Category: Taxation

  • MIL-OSI: Euronet Worldwide Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results – Highlighted by 18% Operating Income Growth

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Record first quarter results – revenue, operating income and adjusted EBITDA
    • Operating margin expansion of 80 basis points
    • Continued expansion of its leading cross-border payments network

    LEAWOOD, Kan., April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Euronet Worldwide, Inc. (“Euronet” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: EEFT), a leading global financial technology solutions and payments provider, reports first quarter 2025 financial results.

    Euronet reports the following consolidated results for the first quarter 2025 compared with the same period of 2024:

    • Revenues of $915.5 million, a 7% increase from $857.0 million (9% increase on a constant currency1 basis).
    • Operating income of $75.2 million, an 18% increase from $64.0 million (22% increase on a constant currency basis).
    • Adjusted operating income2 of $75.2 million, an 18% increase from $63.6 million (23% increase on a constant currency basis).
    • Adjusted EBITDA3 of $118.7 million, a 9% increase from $108.8 million (12% increase on a constant currency basis).
    • Net income attributable to Euronet of $38.4 million, or $0.85 diluted earnings per share, compared with $26.2 million, or $0.55 diluted earnings per share.
    • Adjusted earnings per share4 of $1.13 ($1.33 excluding a one-time operating tax charge of $0.20 per share) compared to $1.28 ($1.13 excluding a one-time operating tax benefit of $0.15 per share).

    See the reconciliation of non-GAAP items in the attached financial schedules.  

    “I am pleased that we achieved double-digit constant currency growth in adjusted operating income and adjusted EBITDA, highlighted by an 18% increase in adjusted operating income over the prior year. All segments contributed to the strong earnings.  Moreover, the contribution of double-digit earnings growth reflects the strength of our strategic focus on our global payment network which concentrates on high value, digital payments complemented by cross-border transactions.  On an apples-to-apples basis our adjusted EPS of $1.33 increased 18% from $1.13 in the first quarter of 2024,” stated Michael J. Brown, Euronet’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. 

    “I would offer that we do not see any direct impacts on our business as a result of the recent United States’ tariff actions.  With a good start to the year together with our diversified global business, we are reaffirming our expectation to produce 12% to 16% earnings growth for the year,” continued Mr. Brown.

    Segment and Other Results

    The EFT Processing Segment reports the following results for the first quarter 2025 compared with the same period or date in 2024:

    • Revenues of $232.5 million, a 7% increase from $217.2 million (10% increase on a constant currency basis).
    • Operating income of $23.3 million, an 8% increase from $21.5 million (13% increase on a constant currency basis).
    • Adjusted Operating income of $23.3 million, a 10% increase from $21.1 million (15% increase on a constant currency basis).
    • Adjusted EBITDA of $47.6 million, a 6% increase from $44.7 million (10% increase on a constant currency basis).
    • Transactions of 3,463 million, a 38% increase from 2,502 million.
    • Total of 55,512 installed ATMs as of March 31, 2025, a 5% increase from 53,029. We operated 51,875 active ATMs as of March 31, 2025, a 5% increase from 49,290 as of March 31, 2024.

    Constant currency revenue, operating income, and adjusted EBITDA growth in the first quarter 2025 was driven by market expansion, growth across most existing markets and the addition of access fees and interchange fees in certain markets. 

    Moreover, the EFT Processing Segment launched operations in two additional countries — Dominican Republic and Peru.

    Transaction growth outpaced revenue growth due to continued growth in high-volume low-value transactions in India. 

    The epay Segment reports the following results for the first quarter 2025 compared with the same period or date in 2024:

    • Revenues of $267.4 million, a 4% increase from $257.1 million (8% increase on a constant currency basis).
    • Operating income of $26.8 million, a 1% increase from $26.6 million (5% increase on a constant currency basis).
    • Adjusted EBITDA of $28.4 million, consistent with prior year (5% increase on a constant currency basis).
    • Transactions of 1,134 million, a 19% increase from 953 million.
    • POS terminals of approximately 735,000 as of March 31, 2025, consistent with prior year.
    • Retailer locations of approximately 358,000 as of March 31, 2025, a 4% from 345,000.

    Constant currency revenue growth was driven by continued payments, digital media and mobile growth. Operating income and adjusted EBITDA growth did not keep pace with revenue growth due to the payment of $4.5 million to resolve a non-recurring, multi-year operating tax matter during the quarter. Excluding this item, adjusted operating income would have grown 22% over the first quarter 2024 – reflecting the benefit of revenue growth and effective expense management.

    epay’s transactions benefited as well from the continuation of strong growth in high-volume low-value transactions in India. 

    The Money Transfer Segment reports the following results for the first quarter 2025 compared with the same period or date in 2024:

    • Revenues of $417.7 million, a 9% increase from $384.6 million (10% increase on a constant currency basis).
    • Operating income of $45.1 million, a 21% increase from $37.2 million (23% increase on a constant currency basis).
    • Adjusted EBITDA of $51.3 million, a 15% increase from $44.5 million (17% increase on a constant currency basis).
    • Total transactions of 44.6 million, a 10% increase from 40.6 million.
    • Network locations of approximately 624,000 as of March 31, 2025, a 7% increase from approximately 583,000.

    Constant currency revenue growth was primarily driven by double-digit growth in cross-border transactions, partially offset by a decrease in intra-US transactions. Direct-to-consumer digital transactions grew by 31%, reflecting strong consumer demand for digital products. Operating income and Adjusted EBITDA growth outpaced revenue growth due to gross margin expansion, leverage of scale and effective expense management.

    Additionally, the Money Transfer segment continued to expand its industry leading global payments network to now reach 4.0 billion bank accounts, 3.2 billion wallet accounts and 624,000 payment locations.

    Corporate and Other reports $20.0 million of expense for the first quarter 2025 compared with $21.3 million for the first quarter 2024. The decrease in corporate expenses is largely from the decrease in long-term share-based compensation.

    Balance Sheet and Financial Position
    Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents on hand was $1,393.6 million as of March 31, 2025, compared to $1,278.8 million as of December 31, 2024. Total indebtedness was $2,202.5 million as of March 31, 2025, compared to $1,949.8 million as of December 31, 2024. Availability under the Company’s revolving credit facilities was approximately $623.1 million as of March 31, 2025. The change in net debt is the result of share repurchases, the repurchase of the convertible notes, and working capital fluctuations, partially offset by cash generated from operations.

    The Company repurchased 0.6 million shares for $59.6 million during the First quarter, which will improve earnings per share by 1% for future periods.

    During the quarter, Euronet repurchased $492 million of convertible notes.

    Non-GAAP Measures
    In addition to the results presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company presents non-GAAP financial measures, such as constant currency financial measures, operating income, adjusted EBITDA, and adjusted earnings per share. These measures should be used in addition to, and not a substitute for, revenues, operating income, net income and earnings per share computed in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We believe that these non-GAAP measures provide useful information to investors regarding the Company’s performance and overall results of operations. These non-GAAP measures are also an integral part of the Company’s internal reporting and performance assessment for executives and senior management. The non-GAAP measures used by the Company may not be comparable to similarly titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. The attached schedules provide a full reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure.

    The Company does not provide a reconciliation of its forward-looking non-GAAP measures to GAAP due to the inherent difficulty in forecasting and quantifying certain amounts that are necessary for GAAP and the related GAAP and non-GAAP reconciliation, including adjustments that would be necessary for foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and other charges reflected in the Company’s reconciliation of historic numbers, the amount of which, based on historical experience, could be significant.  

    (1) Constant currency financial measures are computed as if foreign currency exchange rates did not change from the prior period. This information is provided to illustrate the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on the Company’s results when compared to the prior period.

    (2) Adjusted operating income is defined as operating income excluding non-cash purchase accounting adjustments.  Adjusted operating income represents a performance measure and is not intended to represent a liquidity measure. 

    (3) Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income excluding, to the extent incurred in the period, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation, amortization, share-based compensation and other non-cash purchase accounting adjustment, non-operating or non-recurring items that are considered expenses or income under U.S. GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA represents a performance measure and is not intended to represent a liquidity measure.

    (4) Adjusted earnings per share is defined as diluted U.S. GAAP earnings per share excluding, to the extent incurred in the period, the tax-effected impacts of: a) foreign currency exchange gains or losses, b) share-based compensation, c) acquired intangible asset amortization, d) non-cash income tax expense, e) non-cash purchase accounting adjustment f) non-cash investment gain g) other non-operating or non-recurring items and h) dilutive shares relate to the Company’s convertible bonds. Adjusted earnings per share represents a performance measure and is not intended to represent a liquidity measure. 

    Conference Call and Slide Presentation
    Euronet Worldwide will host an analyst conference call on April 24, 2025, at 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time to discuss these results. The call may also include discussion of Company developments on the Company’s operations, forward-looking information, and other material information about business and financial matters. To listen to the call via telephone please register at Euronet Worldwide First Quarter 2025 Earnings Call. The conference call will also be available via webcast at http://ir.euronetworldwide.com. Participants should register at least five minutes prior to the scheduled start time of the event. A slideshow will be included in the webcast. A webcast replay will be available beginning approximately one hour after the event at  http://ir.euronetworldwide.com and will remain available for one year.

    About Euronet Worldwide, Inc.
    Starting in Central Europe in 1994 and growing to a global real-time digital and cash payments network with millions of touchpoints today, Euronet now moves money in all the ways consumers and businesses depend upon. This includes money transfers, credit/debit card processing, ATMs, POS services, branded payments, foreign currency exchange and more. With products and services in more than 200 countries and territories provided through its own brand and branded business segments, Euronet and its financial technologies and networks make participation in the global economy easier, faster and more secure for everyone. 

    A leading global financial technology solutions and payments provider, Euronet has developed an extensive global payments network that includes 55,512 installed ATMs, approximately 1,214,000 EFT POS terminals and a growing portfolio of outsourced debit and credit card services which are under management in 69 countries; card software solutions; a prepaid processing network of approximately 735,000 POS terminals at approximately 358,000 retailer locations in 64 countries; and a global money transfer network of approximately 624,000 locations serving – countries and territories. Euronet serves clients from its corporate headquarters in Leawood, Kansas, USA, and 67 worldwide offices. For more information, please visit the Company’s website at www.euronetworldwide.com.

    Statements contained in this news release that concern Euronet’s or its management’s intentions, expectations, or predictions of future performance, are forward-looking statements. Euronet’s actual results may vary materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including: conditions in world financial markets and general economic conditions, including impacts from pandemics; inflation; the war in the Ukraine and the related economic sanctions and tariffs; military conflicts in the Middle East; our ability to successfully integrate any acquired operations; economic conditions in specific countries and regions; technological developments affecting the market for our products and services; our ability to successfully introduce new products and services; foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; the effects of any breach of our computer systems or those of our customers or vendors, including our financial processing networks or those of other third parties; interruptions in any of our systems or those of our vendors or other third parties; our ability to renew existing contracts at profitable rates; changes in fees payable for transactions performed for cards bearing international logos or over switching networks such as card transactions on ATMs; our ability to comply with increasingly stringent regulatory requirements, including anti-money laundering, anti-terrorism, anti-bribery, consumer and data protection and privacy; changes in laws and regulations affecting our business, including tax and immigration laws and any laws regulating payments, including dynamic currency conversion transactions; changes in our relationships with, or in fees charged by, our business partners; competition; the outcome of claims and other loss contingencies affecting Euronet; the cost of borrowing (including fluctuations in interest rates), availability of credit and terms of and compliance with debt covenants; and renewal of sources of funding as they expire and the availability of replacement funding. These risks and other risks are described in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K. Copies of these filings may be obtained via the SEC’s Edgar website or by contacting the Company. Any forward-looking statements made in this release speak only as of the date of this release. Except as may be required by law, Euronet does not intend to update these forward-looking statements and undertakes no duty to any person to provide any such update under any circumstances. The Company regularly posts important information to the investor relations section of its website.  

     
     EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC.
     Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
     (in millions)
           
      As of    
      March 31,   As of
      2025   December 31,
      (unaudited)   2024
    ASSETS      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,393.6   $ 1,278.8
    ATM cash 700.3   643.8
    Restricted cash 10.8   9.2
    Settlement assets 1,418.6   1,522.7
    Trade accounts receivable, net 330.5   284.9
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets 319.9   297.1
    Total current assets 4,173.7   4,036.5
           
    Property and equipment, net 337.4   329.7
    Right of use lease asset, net 146.1   132.1
    Goodwill and acquired intangible assets, net 1,070.9   1,048.1
    Other assets, net 325.4   288.1
    Total assets $ 6,053.5   $ 5,834.5
           
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY      
    Current liabilities:      
    Settlement obligations $ 1,418.6   $ 1,522.7
    Accounts payable and other current liabilities 843.6   841.0
    Current portion of operating lease liabilities 50.8   48.3
    Short-term debt obligations 295.4   814.0
    Total current liabilities 2,608.4   3,226.0
           
    Debt obligations, net of current portion 1,906.0   1,134.4
    Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion 97.8   87.4
    Capital lease obligations, net of current portion 1.1   1.4
    Deferred income taxes 57.3   71.8
    Other long-term liabilities 81.2   84.3
    Total liabilities 4,751.8   4,605.3
    Equity 1,301.7   1,229.2
    Total liabilities and equity $ 6,053.5   $ 5,834.5
     EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC.
     Consolidated Statements of Operations
     (unaudited – in millions, except share and per share data)
           
       Three Months Ended
      March 31,
      2025   2024
           
    Revenues $ 915.5     $ 857.0  
           
    Operating expenses:      
    Direct operating costs 561.0     533.7  
    Salaries and benefits 164.1     154.7  
    Selling, general and administrative 83.0     71.9  
    Depreciation and amortization 32.2     32.7  
    Total operating expenses 840.3     793.0  
    Operating income 75.2     64.0  
           
    Other income (expense):      
    Interest income 5.3     5.7  
    Interest expense (19.4 )   (14.9 )
    Foreign currency exchange (loss) (18.1 )   (12.5 )
    Other income (expense) 2.5     (0.1 )
    Total other income (expense), net (29.7 )   (21.8 )
    Income before income taxes 45.5     42.2  
           
    Income tax expense (7.1 )   (16.0 )
           
    Net income 38.4     26.2  
    Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests      
    Net income attributable to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. $ 38.4     $ 26.2  
    Add: Interest expense from assumed conversion of convertible notes, net of tax   1.0       0.9  
    Net income for diluted earnings per share calculation $ 39.4     $ 27.1  
    Earnings per share attributable to Euronet      
    Worldwide, Inc. stockholders – diluted $ 0.85     $ 0.55  
           
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 46,239,523     48,962,583  
           
     EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC.
    Reconciliation of Net Income to Operating Income (Expense) to Adjusted Operating Income (Expense) and Adjusted EBITDA
     (unaudited – in millions)
                       
      Three months ended March 31, 2025
                       
      EFT Processing   epay   Money Transfer   Corporate Services   Consolidated
                       
    Net income                 $ 38.4  
                       
    Add: Income tax expense                 7.1  
    Add: Total other expense, net                  29.7  
                       
    Operating income (expense)  $ 23.3     $ 26.8     $ 45.1     $ (20.0 )   $ 75.2  
    Add: Depreciation and amortization 24.3     1.6     6.1     0.2     32.2  
    Add: Share-based compensation          0.1     11.2     11.3  
    Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation (Adjusted EBITDA) $ 47.6     $ 28.4     $ 51.3     $ (8.6 )   $ 118.7  
                       
      Three months ended March 31, 2024
                       
      EFT Processing   epay   Money Transfer   Corporate Services   Consolidated
                       
    Net income                 $ 26.2  
                       
    Add: Income tax expense                  16.0  
    Add: Total other expense, net                 21.8  
                       
    Operating income (expense) $ 21.5     $ 26.6     $ 37.2     $ (21.3 )   $ 64.0  
    Less: Non-cash purchase accounting adjustment (0.4 )               (0.4 )
    Adjusted operating income (1) 21.1     26.6     37.2     (21.3 )   63.6  
    Add: Depreciation and amortization 23.6     1.7     7.3     0.1     32.7  
    Add: Share-based compensation             12.5     12.5  
    Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation, non-cash purchase accounting adjustment (Adjusted EBITDA) $ 44.7     $ 28.3     $ 44.5     $ (8.7 )   $ 108.8  

    (1) Adjusted operating income and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures that should be considered in addition to, and not a substitute for, net income computed in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

     
     EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC.
     Reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings per Share
     (unaudited – in millions, except share and per share data)
           
       Three Months Ended
      March 31,
      2025   2024
           
    Net income attributable to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. $ 38.4     $ 26.2  
           
     Foreign currency exchange loss 18.1     12.5  
     Intangible asset amortization(1) 4.5     5.5  
     Non-cash purchase accounting adjustment(2)     (0.4 )
     Share-based compensation(3) 11.3     12.5  
     Income tax effect of above adjustments(4)     0.6  
     Non-cash investment gain(5) (3.0 )    
     Non-cash GAAP tax expense (benefit)(6) (19.3 )   2.5  
           
     Adjusted earnings(7) $ 50.0     $ 59.4  
           
     Adjusted earnings per share – diluted(7) $ 1.13     $ 1.28  
           
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (GAAP)   46,239,523     48,962,583  
    Effect of adjusted EPS dilution of convertible notes   (2,347,536 )     (2,781,818 )
    Effect of unrecognized share-based compensation on diluted shares outstanding    371,757     355,219  
    Adjusted diluted weighted average shares outstanding   44,263,744     46,535,984  

    (1) Intangible asset amortization of $4.5 million and $5.5 million are included in depreciation and amortization expense of $32.2 million and $32.7 million for both the three months ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, in the consolidated statements of operations.

    (2) Non-cash purchase accounting expense adjustment of $0.4 million is included in operating income for the three months ended March 31, 2024, in the consolidated statement of operations.

    (3) Share-based compensation of $11.3 million and $12.5 million are included in salaries and benefits expense of $164.1 million and $154.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations.

    (4) Adjustment is the aggregate U.S. GAAP income tax effect on the preceding adjustments determined by applying the applicable statutory U.S. federal, state and/or foreign income tax rates. 

    (5) Non-cash investment gain of $3.0 million is included in other income in the consolidated statement of operations.

    (6) Adjustment is the non-cash GAAP tax impact recognized on certain items such as the utilization of certain material net deferred tax assets and amortization of indefinite-lived intangible assets.

    (7) Adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings per share are non-GAAP measures that should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, net income and earnings per share computed in accordance with U.S. GAAP. 

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Australia: Deputy Commissioner Louise Clarke discusses Bendel decision

    Source: New places to play in Gungahlin

    Private Wealth Client Experience Deputy Commissioner, Louise Clarke, shares her thoughts on some common questions we are hearing from private companies and their advisers, regarding the Commissioner of Taxation v Bendel [2025] FCAFC 15External Link (Bendel) case decision and court process. Louise strongly encourages taxpayers to review our published Interim Decision Impact Statement, and to seek advice about their individual circumstances.

    Can you explain the current situation regarding the Bendel decision?

    For more than 15 years, the ATO has had a published view about the tax consequences of unpaid present entitlements (UPEs) owing to corporate beneficiaries.

    The Bendel case is the first time that the ATO’s longstanding view has been considered by the Courts. In February, the Full Federal Court reached a decision that is contrary to the ATO’s published position. 

    We’ve sought special leave to appeal this decision to the High Court because the decision is of wide interest and will impact many private company taxpayers.

    Our published Interim Decision Impact Statement explains that we don’t intend to revise our current views relating to private company entitlements to trust income, as detailed in Taxation Determination TD 2022/11: Income tax: Division 7A: when will an unpaid present entitlement or amount held on sub-trust become the provision of ‘financial accommodation’?, until the appeal process is exhausted

    How long will the process take?

    I won’t second guess the workings of the High Court. However, we can anticipate that they’ll decide whether to grant the Commissioner special leave to appeal in the next few months. If the High Court decides to hear our appeal, the whole process could take a little while, allowing for a hearing to be scheduled and the High Court time to consider its decision. If the High Court chooses not to hear our appeal, we will, as a priority and almost immediately, publish practical guidance for taxpayers by updating our Decision Impact Statement. Of course, over a period of weeks and months, we will also review and update relevant ATO guidance products.

    Will the Commissioner grant a deferral to the lodgment of tax returns of affected private companies until the special leave application outcome is known?

    It is not usual practice to grant lodgment deferrals as a matter progresses through the Courts.

    Similarly, in this case, we are not going to grant a blanket extension of time for affected companies to lodge their tax returns pending the High Court’s decision about the ATO’s special leave application, or any subsequent appeal.

    We appreciate that some private company taxpayers will need to decide how to treat unpaid present entitlements (UPEs) when preparing their 2024 tax return. To assist with the decision-making process, our published Interim Decision Impact Statement explains that taxpayers need to be mindful that pending the outcome of our special leave application to the High Court, we are maintaining our view in TD 2022/11. We also observe that the basis on which private company beneficiaries deal with UPEs may have consequences under other integrity provisions in the tax law, including section 100A and subdivision EA.

    The application of section 100A and subdivision EA does not depend on the outcome of the Bendel High court process. So, in this regard, we consider that there’s a clear pathway for taxpayers who don’t wish to risk potential exposure to other integrity provisions, regardless of the outcome of the current High Court proceedings.

    Where a deemed dividend has arisen due to a group arranging their affairs in reliance on the views expressed by the Full Federal Court, will the Commissioner exercise the discretion in section 109RB to disregard any deemed dividends if he is ultimately successful in the High Court?

    We won’t be granting a blanket exercise of the discretion.

    Section 109RB allows the Commissioner to consider exercising his discretion to disregard the operation of Division 7A or to allow a deemed dividend to be franked where a deemed dividend arose if there has been an honest mistake or inadvertent omission. In this regard, each case turns on its own individual facts and circumstances and must be considered on a case-by-case basis and the Commissioner can only exercise the discretion in an individual case when a deemed dividend has actually arisen.

    Should taxpayers convert UPEs to loans and place them on complying loan terms, pending the ultimate outcome of the Bendel case?

    Taxpayers will need to consider their circumstances and make their own decision pending the finalisation of the appeal process.

    The Commissioner’s updated Interim Decision Impact Statement highlights the consequences that might arise if UPEs aren’t on Division 7A complying loan terms. This is regardless of the outcome of the Commissioner’s special leave application and any possible appeal.

    Where a UPE isn’t converted into a complying Division 7A loan, taxpayers face the prospect that other integrity provisions may apply to their arrangement (depending on the particular facts), for example Subdivision EA and section 100A.

    Placing a UPE on Division 7A complying loan terms requires all the elements of section 109N to be satisfied, including that there’s a written loan agreement between the parties. That is, relevant UPEs must be converted to loans to comply with section 109N.

    What’s your advice to a taxpayer who has previously followed ATO guidance and is now considering their Division 7A loan or PS LA 2010/4 arrangement?

    If a taxpayer has been following the ATO guidance and if they continue to do so, then they will have certainty regardless of the outcome of the High Court proceedings. That is, they will not be facing the prospects of a deemed dividend or potential application of other integrity provisions.

    Of course, it is up to individual taxpayers to decide their approach post the Full Court’s decision. However, any decision needs to be made with knowledge of the relevant risks and their individual circumstances. I strongly encourage impacted taxpayers to seek advice appropriate to their particular circumstances.

    Keep up to date

    We have tailored communication channels for medium, large and multinational businesses, to keep you up to date with updates and changes you need to know.

    Read more articles in our online Business bulletins newsroom.

    Subscribe to our free:

    • fortnightly Business bulletins email newsletterExternal Link
    • email notifications about new and updated information on our website – you can choose to receive updates relevant to your situation. Choose the ‘Business and organisations’ category to ensure your subscription includes notifications for more Business bulletins newsroom articles like this one.

    MIL OSI News

  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Release: Govt’s flagship cost of living policy a failure

    Source: New Zealand Labour Party

    After promising $250 a fortnight to many families, the Government has been forced to admit just a couple hundred families are receiving it.

    In a response to a written parliamentary question on their flagship FamilyBoost policy, the Revenue Minister has admitted that so far just “249 households have received the full $975 for both Q3 2024, Q4 2024, and Q1 2025.”

    “This means only up to 249 families are receiving the full $250 tax cut that Christopher Luxon and Nicola Willis promised during the election campaign,” Labour finance and economy spokesperson Barbara Edmonds said.

    “That tax cut was made up of income tax cuts, plus the FamilyBoost childcare rebate. While many people have found their tax cut was less than promised and is quickly being eaten up by rising costs, now we discover that people aren’t getting as much as promised in childcare either. 

    “Nicola Willis promised 100,000 families would get FamilyBoost, but barely half that are actually getting childcare support, and as at 9 April just 249 families have received the full amount over the three quarters since the policy was introduced.

    “We’ve been asking the Government to make the policy easier for families to access, because it currently requires families to keep invoices and make claims retrospectively which can be a bureaucratic nightmare for busy parents. We’ve also been asking them to consider an end of year wash-up, so people get what they’re entitled to over the year rather than different amounts each quarter.

    “But so far they’ve refused to budge. Costs are piling up on families under this Government and people are not getting what they were promised.

    “Nicola Willis needs to stop blaming officials for her own failure to make good on her election campaign promises. People voted for her based on this, she should take responsibility for it,” Barbara Edmonds said.


    Stay in the loop by signing up to our mailing list and following us on FacebookInstagram, and X.

    MIL OSI New Zealand News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Former Executive Director Of Non-Profit Serving Oakland Youth Pleads Guilty To Embezzling Over $500,000 From Organization

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    OAKLAND – Howard Solomon, also known as Solomon Howard, pleaded guilty today to one count of mail fraud and one count of tax evasion in connection with embezzling from his former employer, the East Oakland Boxing Association (EOBA), a non-profit organization that serves low-income youth in East Oakland neighborhoods and communities through a variety of programming, including after-school boxing lessons.

    Solomon, 38, of Oakland, Calif., who served as the Executive Director of EOBA from late 2016 until 2021, was charged by information in February 2025.  In pleading guilty, Solomon admitted to a multi-year mail fraud scheme in which he embezzled at least $549,000 from his former employer.  

    According to court documents and the plea agreement, after being added in September 2016 as an authorized signatory on EOBA bank accounts at Wells Fargo Bank, Solomon transferred EOBA funds out of the Wells Fargo accounts into accounts he controlled at other banking institutions.  He also deposited charitable contributions to EOBA into the accounts he controlled, some of which were business accounts and others of which were his personal accounts.  Solomon acknowledged that he took these actions without informing or seeking authority from EOBA board members or any other person affiliated with EOBA.

    As one example, Solomon admitted that he deposited into a personal account a $50,000 donation that EOBA received in October 2019.  The $50,000 donation was made to EOBA in connection with a December 2019 appearance by Stephen Curry and Ayesha Curry on the Ellen DeGeneres Show for a segment known as “Ellen’s Greatest Night of Giveaways,” during which the Currys delivered various gifts to EOBA, including a $50,000 check from the show.  

    Solomon used the embezzled funds and donations to pay for personal expenses that had no connection to his job, including vacation expenses, a Ford Explorer, and Amazon purchases for personal use.  

    Solomon also admitted to tax evasion by failing to disclose the money he embezzled from EOBA as income and misstating expenses associated with two alleged businesses that Solomon claimed lost money on his tax filings for the years 2017 through 2021.  In total, Solomon caused a tax loss to the IRS of approximately $287,185.

    Acting United States Attorney Patrick D. Robbins and IRS Criminal Investigation (IRS-CI) Special Agent in Charge of the Oakland Field Office Linda Nguyen made the announcement.

    Solomon’s sentencing hearing is scheduled for Aug. 14, 2025, before U.S. District Judge Yvonne Gonzalez Rogers.  He faces a maximum sentence of 20 years in prison, a fine of $250,000 or twice the gain of the fraud, and restitution of at least $549,132 to the East Oakland Boxing Association for the mail fraud count under 18 U.S.C. § 1341, and five years in prison, a fine of $250,000, and restitution of at least $287,185 to the IRS for the tax evasion count under 26 U.S.C. § 7201.  Any sentence will be imposed by the court only after consideration of the U.S. Sentencing Guidelines and the federal statute governing the imposition of a sentence, 18 U.S.C. § 3553.

    Assistant U.S. Attorney Thomas R. Green is prosecuting this case with the assistance of Amala James and Alycee Lane.  This prosecution is the result of an investigation by IRS-CI.
     

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI USA: Cassidy Reintroduces Bill to Strike ‘American Recession Plan’ IRS Reporting, Spying Tax Provision

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Louisiana Bill Cassidy

    WASHINGTON – U.S. Senator Bill Cassidy, M.D. (R-LA) re-introduced the Red Tape Reduction Act to increase the threshold on 1099-K tax forms when individuals and entrepreneurs sell goods online. The Biden administration and every elected Democrat inserted a provision to the tax code in the American Rescue Plan Act that requires third-party payment platforms to report businesses’ gross transaction volumes totaling more than $600 to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). Prior to this provision, payment providers were only required to report information when a payee had over 200 commercial transactions per year that exceeded $20,000. As a result of the new provision, thousands of small businesses will have to fill out 1099-Ks to provide their personal information to the IRS.
    “Enough challenges come with running a small business. If we can make it easier by getting rid of unnecessary paperwork, we should,” said Dr. Cassidy. 
    Cassidy was joined by U.S. Senator Maggie Hassan (D-NH) in reintroducing the bill.
    The Red Tape Reduction Act will raise the threshold to $10,000 from $600, ensuring that fewer small businesses and casual sellers receive excessive paperwork for online sales.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Former Clerk/Treasurer for Lewis County town charged federally with wire fraud for more than $930,000 in theft

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    Seattle – The former Clerk-Treasurer for the City of Morton in Lewis County is now charged federally with wire fraud in connection with her nine-year scheme to steal nearly $1 million from city coffers, announced Acting U.S. Attorney Teal Luthy Miller. Tamara (Tammy) Clevenger served as the Clerk-Treasurer for Morton from 2012-2022. In 2024, an audit by the Washington State Auditor uncovered years of embezzlement totaling $937,584. Clevenger is expected to enter a plea to the wire fraud charge next month.

    “I commend the State Auditor’s Office for their good work on this case,” said Acting U.S. Attorney Miller. “It is critical that all of our government entities have multiple safeguards in place to prevent the theft of hard-earned taxpayer dollars.”

    According to the charging information, Clevenger allegedly used a variety of ways to steal funds. Between November 2015 and December 2021, she stole at least $311,727 of cash that citizens had brought in to pay for city services. In some instances, she would write a check from one city account to another to conceal the theft of the cash. She also made unauthorized cash withdrawals with the Morton ATM card.

    Between February 2013 and December 2021, Clevenger allegedly stole at least $625,857 by writing checks to herself and depositing them in her bank account. Clevenger would allegedly use checks that had been pre-signed by the mayor for use in emergency situations. Clevenger allegedly used fake vendor invoices to make it appear the checks had been written for a service rendered to the city. Clevenger’s actions used interstate wires to commit the fraud with the transfer of funds between various bank accounts. One example is the transfer of $5,808 in funds from Washington to Umpqua bank servers located outside the state.

    Following the audit, the City of Morton established new procedures so that no single person had control of the various banking functions.

    The FBI and IRS worked with the Washington State Auditor’s Office on the criminal financial investigation.

    The charges contained in the information are only allegations.  A person is presumed innocent unless and until he or she is proven guilty beyond a reasonable doubt in a court of law. However, use of a criminal information, the sworn statement of the prosecutor, is an indication that there have been discussions with the defendant and their counsel of an agreement to resolve the case.

    Wire fraud is punishable by up to twenty years in prison.

    The case is being prosecuted by Assistant United States Attorney Amanda McDowell. 

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI Russia: Uzbekistan: Staff Concluding Statement of the 2025 Article IV Mission

    Source: IMF – News in Russian

    April 23, 2025

    A Concluding Statement describes the preliminary findings of IMF staff at the end of an official staff visit (or ‘mission’), in most cases to a member country. Missions are undertaken as part of regular (usually annual) consultations under Article IV of the IMF’s Articles of Agreement, in the context of a request to use IMF resources (borrow from the IMF), as part of discussions of staff monitored programs, or as part of other staff monitoring of economic developments.

    The authorities have consented to the publication of this statement. The views expressed in this statement are those of the IMF staff and do not necessarily represent the views of the IMF’s Executive Board. Based on the preliminary findings of this mission, staff will prepare a report that, subject to management approval, will be presented to the IMF Executive Board for discussion and decision.

    Washington, DC:

    Recent Developments, Outlook, and Risks

    The economy has continued to perform strongly. Real GDP growth was robust at 6.5 percent in 2024, supported by strong domestic demand. The external current account deficit narrowed by 2.6 percentage points of GDP to 5.0 percent in 2024 on the back of strong remittances, high commodity prices, rapidly growing non-gold exports, and the winding down of a one-off increase in imports in 2023. International reserves remain ample. The consolidated government deficit (CGD) fell by 1.7 percentage points of GDP to 3.2 percent in 2024, largely reflecting a reduction in energy subsidies and better-targeted social expenditure, with higher gold prices mitigating lower VAT revenues from high VAT refunds. However, the reduction in domestic demand from the smaller deficit was dampened by higher spending in the broader public sector, including from SOEs, facilitated by an increase in the external borrowing ceiling. Inflation remains elevated, with a headline reading of 10.3 percent year-on-year (y/y) in March 2025, reflecting last year’s needed increases in energy tariffs and other administered prices, as well as spillovers into other prices.

    Growth is expected to remain robust, however, external uncertainty has ratcheted up recently. The announced global tariff increases have increased uncertainty and tightened global financial conditions and could affect Uzbekistan through external demand, commodity prices, and financial flows. Despite this uncertainty, under the baseline, real GDP growth is projected to remain close to 6 percent in 2025 and 2026, supported by continued strength in private consumption, investment, and advancement of structural reforms. The current account deficit is forecast to remain unchanged at 5 percent of GDP in 2025, as higher gold exports and broader public sector consolidation offset weaker non-gold export performance brought about by slower growth in trading partners. Inflation is expected to moderate to slightly above 8 percent y/y at end-2025, and continue to gradually decline thereafter, supported by tight macroeconomic and macroprudential policies and the continuation of structural reforms.

    Elevated uncertainty presents both risks and opportunities. Key external risks stem from larger and protracted trade policy shocks, spillovers from the war in Ukraine, reduced availability of external financing, and commodity price volatility. Domestically, risks include higher-than-expected fiscal deficits, upward adjustments to borrowing ceilings, weakened bank balance sheets, and contingent liabilities from state-owned enterprises, state-owned commercial banks (SOCBs), and public-private partnerships (PPPs). Opportunities could arise from faster implementation of structural reforms, stronger capital and remittance inflows, and higher gold prices.

    Fiscal Policy

    The decline in the consolidated government deficit (CGD) in 2024 is welcome. Staff commends the government for reducing the CGD and remaining committed to the 3 percent medium-term fiscal target. Adhering to the external borrowing limit of US $5.5 billion in 2025 and setting future borrowing ceilings that ensure public and publicly guaranteed debt as a share of GDP doesn’t increase are paramount to enhance budget credibility, help mitigate risks from state-owned enterprises and PPPs, and alleviate demand pressures on inflation. Volatile gold prices create risks of inflationary spending pressures when they are high, and pressures to lower spending when they are low, exacerbating macroeconomic fluctuations. The authorities should thus seek to minimize responses of government spending to gold price changes.

    Revenue mobilization and spending rationalization are needed to create room for development and social needs. A medium-term revenue strategy is needed to offset the 2 percentage point of GDP decline in the tax-to-GDP ratio since 2020. Tax policy options include reforming the corporate and personal income taxes, reducing income-based tax incentives, and removing ineffective customs exemptions while refraining from granting new ones. These should be complemented by revenue administration measures, including revamping the audit program and improving large taxpayer office operations, while ensuring that taxpayers’ rights are respected. In this regard, the two strategies currently under consideration, to reform the tax administration and combat the shadow economy should be approved and implemented. Rationalizing wages, reducing the cost of goods and services leveraging recent procurement reforms, accelerating state-owned enterprise reforms, further consolidating and improving the design of social assistance programs, and reforming the pension system would enhance spending efficiency.

    The reform of fiscal institutions should continue in order to strengthen fiscal discipline and transparency. Staff commends the government for adhering to the budget calendar, preparing the fiscal strategy paper and fiscal risk statements, and adopting the 2025-2030 Public Financial Management Reform Strategy. Further progress is needed to unify the public investment process irrespective of the financing source, better align and integrate the preparation of capital and current budgets, cover all capital expenditures institutions are responsible for when setting their budget ceilings, and publish these ceilings with the budget documents. Importantly, to address fiscal risks from a rapidly growing PPP pipeline, the authorities have made notable progress in designing a system to monitor and manage risks from PPPs. This should be complemented by conducting a sensitivity analysis of key assumptions, include potential PPP costs in the budget, integrate PPPs in the broader public investment management framework, and lower the annual PPP cap in line with limited absorption capacity. Improving Government Financial Statistics (GFS) reporting and publishing the debt management strategy, along with annual borrowing plan, will strengthen fiscal transparency and facilitate relations with investors.

    Monetary and Exchange Rate Policy

    The Central Bank of Uzbekistan (CBU) should keep monetary policy tight until inflation approaches its 5 percent target. The recent policy rate hike in response to rising inflation and inflation expectations signals the CBU’s readiness to address existing pressures. Monetary policy should remain data-driven and be tightened further if core inflation or inflation expectations do not decline. The exchange rate should be gradually allowed to fluctuate in wider ranges to better reflect market conditions, serve as a shock absorber, safeguard reserves, incentivize firms to hedge foreign exchange exposures, and help avoid persistent depreciation expectations. In addition, adhering to the principle of neutrality within the calendar year will facilitate exchange rate flexibility. Staff commends the CBU for its efforts to enhance communication. Bolstering communication further will help anchor inflation expectations and ensure predictability of monetary policy. Efforts to strengthen monetary policy transmission should continue by further improving liquidity management, modernizing the reserve requirements framework, and reducing the role of the state in the banking sector and high dollarization.

    Financial Sector Stability

    The authorities should advance reforms of state-owned commercial banks (SOCBs) and accelerate their privatization to promote financial stability and efficient resource allocation. Their mandates should focus on profitability, and any costs arising from non-commercial operations should be fully and transparently compensated for in the budget until these operations are gradually phased out. Strengthening the corporate governance of SOCBs would support their commercial focus, facilitate privatization, promote state-owned enterprise restructuring, improve monetary policy transmission, and increase access to affordable credit for the private sector. A reduction in government ownership of banking system assets to 40 percent, as envisaged in the 2020-2025 banking reform strategy, calls for the acceleration of SOCB privatization. Transparent procedures, strong regulatory frameworks, good creditor and shareholder rights, and competitive bidding during the privatization process would ensure the attraction of qualified investors and maximize asset value. Furthermore, staff advises against current plans to keep systemic banks as policy banks, which could increase financial risks or costs to the budget.

    Bank supervision should be enhanced, including by adopting international standards. Staff advises the authorities to implement the recommendations of the recent and first Financial Sector Assessment Program (FSAP) for Uzbekistan. These call for reforms to focus on strengthening bank regulation; implementing robust risk-based supervision; enhancing systemic risk analysis and stress testing; strengthening capital requirements; aligning asset classification and non-performing loan resolution with international best practices; improving payment system oversight; and establishing adequate bank resolution, crisis management, and financial safety net arrangements.

    The Central Bank of Uzbekistan (CBU) should continue to closely monitor and be prepared to address emerging financial stability risks. The welcome introduction of macroprudential measures in 2023-24 has moderated household credit growth and resulted in banks’ increased attention to borrower’s creditworthiness. Nevertheless, the microlending segment has been growing rapidly as micro loans and credits are provided under less stringent conditions. While initiatives that aim at enhancing financial inclusion and deepening are welcome, they should not undermine proper credit assessment by banks, which would add to financial stability risks. The CBU should therefore strengthen risk-based supervision to limit these risks and deploy additional capital requirements or other binding macroprudential measures, as needed. It should also address risks from foreign exchange lending to unhedged corporate borrowers, and lending to individuals without formal income and to corporates facing heightened risks of insolvency or illiquidity. Phasing out preferential and directed lending should remain a priority.

    Structural and Governance Reforms

    After significantly advancing economic transition reforms, Uzbekistan needs to complete them and accelerate implementation of institutional reforms. Necessary energy tariff and broader administrative price increases have advanced price liberalization and should be continued until its completion to allow prices to fully reflect market forces. Significant progress has also been made with World Trade Organization accession in both bilateral and multilateral tracks, and the increased engagement with neighboring countries and other regions such as the Gulf Cooperation Council, have significantly contributed to advancing trade liberalization and diversification. Support for state-owned enterprises needs to be transparent, made conditional on restructuring, and be gradually phased out to level the playing field for the private sector. State involvement in the economy should continue to be reduced, and privatization of large state-owned enterprises should be accelerated and carried out in accordance with international best practices. Controls and direct intervention should be replaced with effective regulation and market institutions. Facilitating firm entry and exit would further contribute to stimulate a competitive environment for the private sector.  

    Governance, labor, and climate reforms should continue. Governance indicators have improved significantly in recent years. The enactment of the conflict-of-interest law, training of government officials to implement it, and the establishment of the Virtual Anti-Corruption Academy are welcome. Public discussion of the draft law on asset declaration for officials of the government and state enterprises, and cabinet review of the draft whistleblower protection law are expected soon. The authorities should enact and implement these laws as soon as possible. Improving transparency and access to information, particularly regarding procurement, and finalizing the National Strategy on Anti-Corruption would also contribute to improved efficiency of public spending and administration. Labor market reforms need to be accelerated to address low female labor participation, high informality, and skill mismatches. Completing the energy price reform and swiftly adopting measures to enhance water efficiency, diversify crops, and support reforestation efforts will significantly advance the climate agenda. Improving the quality of statistics would lead to better analysis and more informed policymaking.

    The mission would like to thank the Uzbek authorities, stakeholders, and private sector representatives for their hospitality, constructive policy dialogue, and productive collaboration during the Article IV mission.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Wafa Amr

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    https://www.imf.org/en/News/Articles/2025/04/23/mcs-042325-uzbekistan-staff-concluding-statement-of-the-2025-article-iv-mission

    MIL OSI

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI Security: East Lyme Business Owner Pleads Guilty to Federal Tax Charge

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    Marc H. Silverman, Acting United States Attorney for the District of Connecticut, and Harry Chavis, Special Agent in Charge of IRS Criminal Investigation in New England, announced that ANALIA MOUNTZOURES, 48, of East Lyme, waived her right to be indicted and pleaded guilty today before U.S. District Judge Kari A. Dooley in Bridgeport to a tax offense.

    According to court documents and statements made in court, Mountzoures operated Mountzoures Cleaning, a business with approximately 10 employees that provided cleaning services to more than 200 commercial and residential clients in southeastern Connecticut.  During the 2018 through 2023 tax years, Mountzoures often paid her employees in cash, did not report their wages to the state or federal government, did not file required IRS forms related to her employees, did not issue W-2 forms, did not withhold employee taxes as required, and did not pay federal employment taxes and withholding.  She also provided her tax return preparer with false information that resulted in personal tax returns that significantly underreported her gross receipts, income, and taxes due and owing.

    As an example, Mountzoures’ 2023 tax return reported gross receipts of $12,095 and total taxes before credits as $1,450.  In fact, Mountzoures’ gross receipts were approximately $628,072 and the tax due was approximately $96,650.

    Mountzoures has agreed to pay restitution of $380,167.60 to the IRS.

    Mountzoures pleaded guilty to aiding and assisting a false tax return, which carries a maximum term of imprisonment of three years.  Judge Dooley scheduled sentencing for July 22.  Mountzoures is released on a $40,000 bond pending sentencing.

    This investigation has been conducted by the Internal Revenue Service, Criminal Investigation Division.  The case is being prosecuted by Assistant U.S. Attorney Christopher W. Schmeisser.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI Russia: Dmitry Grigorenko: Digital projects allow the FAS to create equal conditions for business and protect the interests of citizens

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: Government of the Russian Federation – An important disclaimer is at the bottom of this article.

    The creation of a real-time price monitoring system for the timely prevention of unjustified growth, the automation of the process of conducting public procurement tenders to identify anti-competitive agreements, as well as a digital format for regulating housing and communal services tariffs are the key areas of the digital transformation of the Federal Antimonopoly Service. This was stated by Deputy Prime Minister – Head of the Government Staff Dmitry Grigorenko during a meeting of the department’s board.

    The work of the FAS Russia covers all existing commodity markets, as well as the areas of tariff regulation, public procurement, and foreign investment control. The introduction of digital technologies and big data analysis allows us to significantly increase the efficiency of many processes, creating equal conditions for business and objective control over tariffs and prices for citizens.

    “Today, the FAS is becoming more than just a supervisory body. The best system is one in which there are no violations. Digital solutions and big data analysis allow us to act preventively: to deal not with the facts of violations, but to prevent them at the stage of the problem’s emergence,” noted Dmitry Grigorenko.

    Thus, the FAS of Russia, together with the Treasury of Russia, launched an information panel (dashboard) of the national system of price indicators. The service makes it possible to monitor exchange and over-the-counter transactions and display price indicators for groups of goods on one screen. Real-time analysis allows you to see the overall picture of pricing in the markets and combat speculation. At the moment, the dashboard monitors prices for gasoline, diesel fuel, fuel oil, coal, bitumen and gas. In the future, the list of goods will be expanded.

    The GIS “Anticartel” allows for daily automated scanning of information about all tenders conducted using artificial intelligence and a risk-oriented approach. Automation of the process increases the efficiency of identifying signs of anticompetitive agreements at tenders to combat cartels. In 2025, the service is planned to be integrated with the information systems of the Federal Tax Service of Russia, the Federal Customs Service of Russia, and electronic public procurement platforms.

    The Federal State Information System “Tariff” provides for the transfer of all tariff regulation processes to a digital format and monitoring of the implementation of investment programs in the housing and communal services sector. Already in 2026, the document flow for setting housing and communal services tariffs, as well as the adoption of tariff decisions in housing and communal services and communications, will be transferred completely to electronic form. The examination of tariff applications and control over the implementation of investment programs will also be automated. This will significantly reduce the burden on regional tariff authorities and increase control by transferring document flow from paper to electronic.

    Please note: This information is raw content directly from the source of the information. It is exactly what the source states and does not reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Three Members of the Highs Street Gang Convicted of RICO Conspiracy and Premeditated Murder

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    MINNEAPOLIS – Following a three-week trial, a federal jury in Minneapolis convicted three Minnesota men today of RICO Conspiracy and Premediated Murder for their involvement in the violent Minneapolis criminal street gang known as the Highs and the August 7, 2021, gang-related murder of Darryl Wells.

    “Minneapolis criminal street gangs have inflicted devastating harm on our community for far too long.  Three years ago, the U.S. Attorney’s Office announced our federal violent crime initiative to address the skyrocketing and completely unacceptable rates of violent crime in Minnesota,” said Acting U.S. Attorney Lisa D. Kirkpatrick. “Since then, we have brought large RICO cases against three criminal street gangs—charging them as the violent enterprises they are.  Make no mistake:  we will not stop.  Criminal street gangs in Minneapolis will continue to see federal justice.  The citizens of Minnesota—the many victims of these crimes—deserve no less.”

    “These defendants participated in a senseless murder and other acts of violence that terrorized their community,” said Matthew R. Galeotti, Head of the Department’s Criminal Division. “Today’s conviction holds accountable members of a violent gang and shows the Department’s commitment to hold accountable criminal enterprises that use murder and intimidation to exert power. We remain steadfast in our commitment to dismantle violent gangs and secure justice for the victims and their loved ones.”

    “This was cold-blooded, calculated violence meant to control through fear,” said Special Agent in Charge Alvin M. Winston Sr. of FBI Minneapolis. “They believed violence gave them power — but today’s conviction proves that justice is stronger. The FBI, together with our law enforcement partners, are committed to dismantling these criminal enterprises and holding violent offenders accountable.”

    “Today’s conviction sends a strong message that violent street gangs will not be tolerated in our communities,” said Special Agent in Charge Travis Riddle, of the ATF St. Paul Field Division. “Through the power of the RICO statute, ATF agents, in partnership with federal, state, and local law enforcement, have been able to target the violent criminal activity of the Highs gang. This conviction is a direct result of the tireless work by our agents who are committed to dismantling these criminal organizations and ensuring that those who use violence to control neighborhoods are held accountable. ATF will continue to lead efforts to take down street gangs and protect the citizens of Minneapolis.”

    “Minneapolis has seen a significant drop in violent crime, especially gun violence, thanks to the outstanding work of MPD officers and our law enforcement partners. Most notably, the U.S. Attorney’s Office has been instrumental in helping us target the small number of individuals driving violence, without causing harm to the broader communities we serve.  Together, we’re not just reducing crime — we’re rebuilding trust,” said Minneapolis Police Chief Brian O’Hara.

    “Today’s verdict marks a decisive victory in the fight against violent criminal organizations,” said Ramsey E. Covington, Special Agent in Charge, IRS Criminal Investigation, Chicago Field Office. “Reducing violence in this community has required a change in tactics and IRS Criminal Investigation special agents are perfectly poised to support our law enforcement partners in this effort. Our agents will continue to apply their financial expertise and investigative skills to bring justice to those who endanger our communities and threaten our way of life.”

    According to court documents and evidence presented at trial, Keon Pruitt, 22, Dantrell Johnson, 32, and Gregory Hamilton, 29, each of Minneapolis, were all members of various “cliques” or subsets, of the Highs—a criminal enterprise that controlled territory north of West Broadway Avenue in Minneapolis. Evidence at trial proved that members of the Highs committed murders, narcotics trafficking, weapons violations, burglaries, assaults, and robberies on behalf of the enterprise.  As members of the Highs, the defendants were expected to retaliate against the rival Lows gang, which operated south of West Broadway Avenue.

    Evidence produced at trial showed that, on August 7, 2021, a prominent Highs member was shot and killed by a Lows member at the Winner gas station, a Highs hangout.  The following day, August 8, 2021, Highs members organized a memorial for the deceased member at the gas staF. App’x tion, where they distributed firearms and encouraged one another to retaliate against Lows members for the murder.  Defendants Pruitt, Johnson, and Hamilton were all in attendance at the memorial.

    Later that day, Johnson and Hamilton drove to a Lows hangout—Wally’s Foods—and shot a Lows associate, who survived his injuries. Approximately two hours later, Johnson, Hamilton, and Pruitt drove to Skyline Market, another known Lows hangout, to shoot another Lows member. They mistakenly believed Darryl Wells was a Lows member and the store’s cameras captured them shooting Wells inside the store. Wells ran from the store and into the street. Pruitt, who was driving two juveniles in a stolen Porsche, let the juveniles out of the car. They then chased Wells into a nearby alley and fired additional shots at him. All told, Wells was shot at least eight times.

    The jury convicted Pruitt, Johnson, and Hamilton of Racketeering Influenced and Corrupt Organizations (RICO) Conspiracy and Using a Firearm to Cause Death. Each defendant faces a maximum penalty of life in prison. Their sentencing hearings will be scheduled in the near future.

    This is the first of several trials in this case, which charged a total of 28 defendants with RICO Conspiracy, narcotics trafficking, firearms offenses, and other charges related to their activities as members and associates of the Highs gang.  Sixteen defendants are pending trial.

    The ATF, FBI, Minneapolis Police Department, IRS Criminal Investigation, U.S. Postal Inspection Service, Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office, Minnesota Bureau of Criminal Apprehension, and Minnesota Department of Corrections are investigating the cases, with assistance from the U.S. Marshals Service, DEA, Homeland Security Investigations, and the Hennepin County Attorney’s Office. The Ramsey County Sheriff’s Office, Dakota County Sheriff’s Office, St. Paul Police Department, and numerous other law enforcement agencies contributed to this investigation through reports or evidence control. Assistant U.S. Attorneys Thomas Lopez-Calhoun, Albania Concepcion, and Rebecca Kline of the District of Minnesota, and Trial Attorney Brian Lynch of the Justice Department’s Violent Crime & Racketeering Section, tried this case. Assistant U.S. Attorneys Carla Baumel and Trial Attorney Alyssa Levey-Weinstein also worked on the investigation and trial. 

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI: Precision Drilling Announces 2025 First Quarter Unaudited Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CALGARY, Alberta, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — This news release contains “forward-looking information and statements” within the meaning of applicable securities laws. For a full disclosure of the forward-looking information and statements and the risks to which they are subject, see the “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information and Statements” later in this news release. This news release contains references to certain Financial Measures and Ratios, including Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before income taxes, gain on investments and other assets, finance charges, foreign exchange, gain on asset disposals and depreciation and amortization), Funds Provided by (Used in) Operations, Net Capital Spending, Working Capital and Total Long-term Financial Liabilities. These terms do not have standardized meanings prescribed under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) Accounting Standards and may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies. See “Financial Measures and Ratios” later in this news release.

    Precision Drilling Corporation (“Precision” or the “Company”) (TSX:PD; NYSE:PDS) announces 2025 first quarter results, confirms shareholder return targets, and lowers 2025 capital budget.

    Financial Highlights

    • Revenue in the first quarter was $496 million compared to $528 million realized in the same period last year as strong drilling activity in Canada was offset by lower U.S. drilling activity.
    • Adjusted EBITDA(1) was $137 million and included $3 million of restructuring costs and $3 million of share-based compensation expense. In 2024, first quarter Adjusted EBITDA(1) was $143 million and included share-based compensation expense of $23 million.
    • First quarter net earnings attributable to shareholders was $35 million or $2.52 per share and comparable to $37 million or $2.53 per share in 2024. Precision has consistently delivered positive net earnings since mid-2022.
    • Cash provided by operations during the quarter was $63 million, allowing the Company to repurchase $31 million of common shares and repay $17 million of debt.
    • Capital expenditures were $60 million and the Company has lowered its 2025 capital budget to $200 million versus the $225 million previously announced.
    • Precision remains committed to repaying at least $100 million of debt in 2025 and allocating 35% to 45% of free cash flow, before debt repayments, to share buybacks.

    Operational Highlights

    • Canada’s activity averaged 74 drilling rigs in the first quarter and surpassed the 73 active rigs in the same period last year.
    • Canadian revenue per utilization day was $35,601 and comparable to the $35,596 in the first quarter of 2024.
    • U.S. activity averaged 30 drilling rigs compared to 38 in the same period last year.
    • U.S. revenue per utilization day was US$33,157, which included US$1,263 per utilization day for idle but contracted rig revenue, versus US$32,867 in the first quarter of last year.
    • Internationally, we had eight rigs active in the first quarter, consistent with the first quarter of 2024, and realized revenue of US$36 million compared to US$38 million in 2024.
    • Service rig operating hours decreased 10% compared to the same quarter last year due to customer project deferrals and impacts of an earlier spring break up in Canada, plus lower U.S. activity.
            (1) See “FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RATIOS.”

    MANAGEMENT COMMENTARY

    “I am pleased with Precision’s first quarter financial and operational results, and particularly with the efforts of the Precision team as we manage our way through a period of unusual volatility and market uncertainty. In the first quarter, our net earnings attributable to shareholders was $35 million, marking 11 consecutive quarters of positive earnings, and we are well on our way to meeting our capital allocation targets. During the quarter, we generated $63 million of cash provided by operations, allowing us to repay $17 million of debt and purchase $31 million of shares. Over the last four quarters, Precision has reduced its outstanding shares by nearly one million shares, representing 7% of our outstanding balance.

    “During the first quarter our Canadian drilling activity remained slightly higher than last year, averaging 74 active rigs compared to 73 in 2024 and we expect this trend to continue through the first half of this year. In the U.S., we have modestly increased our activity levels from the fourth quarter, currently operating 34 rigs, primarily by capitalizing on the emerging opportunities in natural gas plays. With initial Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) exports beginning shortly in Canada and significant LNG export capacity expansion underway in the U.S., we believe our market positioning for these increasing LNG opportunities is constructive.

    “Second-half industry activity in North America will depend largely on customer realized cash flows and their capital allocation priorities. We believe industry capital discipline will remain a stabilizing market feature muting our customers’ short-term response to volatile commodity prices. However, global events and conflicts, including unexpected OPEC+ production increases, trade and tariff uncertainty, and geopolitical conflicts have the potential to impact global economic growth and access to commodity supplies, creating a range of commodity price scenarios which are difficult to predict.

    “Tightly controlling all aspects of our business, adjusting spending and specifically managing Precision’s cash inflows and outflows at a pace that matches the cyclicality of our industry is a cornerstone of Precision’s business model. We are reducing our 2025 capital spending by $25 million to $200 million to mitigate increased market uncertainty and a potential reduction in customer demand. This includes trimming our expected upgrade spending by approximately $8 million and maintenance capital by $17 million. We remain poised to further adjust capital spending in response to actual customer demand. 

    “We have also reduced our fixed costs by approximately $10 million annually by streamlining our internal structure and focusing more directly on customer needs and aligning with current activity levels. These changes included flattening our operations leadership structure, exiting our North Dakota well-servicing business and reducing the related staffing levels.

    “Our International drilling operations and Completion and Production business both contributed meaningful free cash flow for the quarter, and this is expected to continue for the rest of the year.

    “With a predominantly variable cost business and low debt levels, a highly experienced team committed to serving our customers, and a high-performance rig fleet, Precision is better positioned than any time in the past decade to navigate uncertainty while simultaneously creating shareholder value,” concluded Mr. Neveu.

    SELECT FINANCIAL AND OPERATING INFORMATION

    Financial Highlights

      For the three months ended March 31,  
    (Stated in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)   2025       2024     % Change  
    Revenue   496,331       527,788       (6.0 )
    Adjusted EBITDA(1)   137,497       143,149       (3.9 )
    Net earnings   34,947       36,516       (4.3 )
    Net earnings attributable to shareholders   34,511       36,516       (5.5 )
    Cash provided by operations   63,419       65,543       (3.2 )
    Funds provided by operations(1)   109,842       117,765       (6.7 )
                     
    Cash used in investing activities   57,202       75,237       (24.0 )
    Capital spending by spend category(1)                
    Expansion and upgrade   19,546       14,370       36.0  
    Maintenance and infrastructure   40,419       41,157       (1.8 )
    Proceeds on sale   (3,765 )     (5,186 )     (27.4 )
    Net capital spending(1)   56,200       50,341       11.6  
                     
    Net earnings attributable to shareholders per share :                
    Basic   2.52       2.53       (0.4 )
    Diluted   2.20       2.53       (13.0 )
    Weighted average shares outstanding:                
    Basic   13,683       14,407       (5.0 )
    Diluted   14,287       14,410       (0.9 )

    (1) See “FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RATIOS.”

    Operating Highlights

      For the three months ended March 31,  
      2025     2024     % Change  
    Contract drilling rig fleet   215       214       0.5  
    Drilling rig utilization days:                
    Canada   6,680       6,617       1.0  
    U.S.   2,691       3,453       (22.1 )
    International   720       728       (1.1 )
    Revenue per utilization day:                
    Canada (Cdn$)   35,601       35,596       0.0  
    U.S. (US$)   33,157       32,867       0.9  
    International (US$)   49,419       52,808       (6.4 )
    Operating costs per utilization day:                
    Canada (Cdn$)   20,822       19,959       4.3  
    U.S. (US$)   23,568       21,719       8.5  
                     
    Service rig fleet   153       183       (16.4 )
    Service rig operating hours   66,986       74,505       (10.1 )


    Drilling Activity

      Average for the quarter ended 2024   Average for the quarter ended 2025  
      Mar. 31     June 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31     Mar. 31  
    Average Precision active rig count(1):                            
    Canada   73       49       72       65       74  
    U.S.   38       36       35       34       30  
    International   8       8       8       8       8  
    Total   119       93       115       107       112  

    (1) Average number of drilling rigs working or moving.


    Financial Position

    (Stated in thousands of Canadian dollars, except ratios) March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024  
    Working capital(1)   (45,033 )     162,592  
    Cash   28,245       73,771  
    Long-term debt   567,824       812,469  
    Total long-term financial liabilities(1)   632,369       888,173  
    Total assets   2,915,984       2,956,315  
    Long-term debt to long-term debt plus equity ratio(1)   0.25       0.33  

    (1) See “FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RATIOS.”

    Summary for the three months ended March 31, 2025:

    • Revenue was $496 million compared to $528 million in the first quarter of 2024 as strong drilling activity in Canada was offset by lower U.S. drilling activity.
    • Adjusted EBITDA decreased to $137 million from $143 million, primarily due to lower drilling activity in the U.S. and restructuring costs of $3 million that were partially offset by lower share-based compensation expense. Please refer to “Other Items” later in this news release for additional information on share-based compensation.
    • Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was relatively stable at 28% compared to 27% in 2024.
    • Net earnings attributable to shareholders was $35 million or $2.52 per share and comparable with $37 million or $2.53 per share for the same period last year. On a diluted basis, net earnings attributable to shareholders was $2.20 versus $2.53 in 2024.
    • Cash provided by operations was $63 million, allowing the Company to repurchase 408,973 shares for $31 million, reduce debt by $17 million by repaying the outstanding balance on the Senior Credit Facility, and end the quarter with $28 million of cash and almost $550 million of available liquidity.
    • In Canada, revenue per utilization day was $35,601, consistent with the first quarter of 2024. Canadian operating costs per utilization day increased 4% to $20,822, mainly due to wage increases and Super Single rig reactivations. First quarter revenue and operating costs per utilization day were consistent with the fourth quarter of 2024.
    • In the U.S. revenue per utilization day, excluding idle but contracted rig revenue of US$1,263, was US$31,894 compared with US$32,867 in the first quarter of last year. First quarter revenue per utilization day, excluding idle but contracted rig revenue, increased by 4% from the fourth quarter of 2024.
    • U.S. operating costs per utilization day increased 9% to US$23,568 compared to the same quarter last year due to higher mobilization costs, additional rig reactivations, and fixed costs being spread over fewer activity days. These same factors caused operating costs per utilization per day in the first quarter to rise 9% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024.
    • Internationally, we realized revenue of US$36 million from eight active drilling rigs, which is similar to the US$38 million generated in the first quarter of 2024.
    • Completion and Production Services revenue was $79 million, a decrease of $8 million from 2024, as service rig operating hours decreased 10% due to a number of customer project deferrals and an earlier spring break up in Canada, plus less activity in the U.S. Adjusted EBITDA was $18 million, representing 22% of revenue compared to 21% in the first quarter of 2024.
    • General and administrative expenses were $30 million compared with $45 million in the first quarter of 2024 primarily due to lower share-based compensation expense.
    • Capital expenditures increased slightly to $60 million versus $56 million in 2024 and by spend category included $40 million for the maintenance of existing assets, infrastructure, and intangible assets and $20 million for expansion and upgrades. Precision has lowered its 2025 capital budget to $200 million.

    STRATEGY

    Precision’s vision is to be globally recognized as the High Performance, High Value provider of land drilling services. We work toward this vision by defining and measuring our results against strategic priorities that we establish at the beginning of every year.

    Precision’s 2025 strategic priorities and the progress made during the first quarter are as follows:

    1. Maximize free cash flow through disciplined capital deployment and strict cost management.
      • Generated cash from operations of $63 million, allowing the Company to reduce debt and buy back shares.
      • Proactively reduced fixed cost structure to address market uncertainty and expect to realize approximately $10 million in annual savings.
      • Reduced our 2025 capital budget to $200 million versus the $225 million previously announced.
    2. Enhance shareholder returns through debt reduction and share repurchases. Plan to reduce debt by at least $100 million and allocate 35% to 45% of free cash flow before debt repayments for share repurchases.
      • Returned $31 million of capital to shareholders by repurchasing 408,973 shares during the quarter.
      • Reduced debt by $17 million and ended the quarter with almost $550 million of available liquidity.
      • Remain committed to reducing debt by at least $100 million in 2025 and allocating 35% to 45% of free cash flow, before debt repayments, directly to shareholders.
    3. Grow revenue in existing service lines through contracted upgrades, optimized pricing and utilization, and opportunistic consolidating tuck-in acquisitions.
      • Increased Canadian rig utilization, averaging 74 active rigs for the first quarter versus 73 in 2024.
      • Maintained strong pricing in Canada with revenue per utilization per day of $35,601, aligning with an average day rate of $35,596 in the first quarter of 2024.
      • Invested $20 million in expansion and upgrade capital to enhance our drilling rigs.
      • Current market conditions and commodity price volatility make acquisitions less likely in the near term.

    OUTLOOK

    Near-term expectations for global energy demand growth have been tempered by several geopolitical events including OPEC+ easing of curtailments, trade policy uncertainty, and international conflicts. However, we believe the long-term fundamentals for energy demand are positive, driven by economic growth, increasing demand from emerging economies, and new energy sources of power demand. 

    In Canada, the Trans Mountain pipeline expansion, which became operational in May of 2024, combined with the imminent startup of LNG Canada will provide significant tidewater access for Canadian crude oil and natural gas, supporting Canadian drilling activity. In the U.S., the next wave of LNG export terminals is expected to add approximately 13 bcf/d of export capacity over the next five years, supporting U.S. natural gas drilling activity beyond domestic demand growth and further supporting natural gas drilling.

    Our Canadian drilling activity peaked at 82 rigs in the first quarter with our Super Triple and Super Single rigs near full utilization. We expect the traditional spring breakup period this year to have a historically small impact on our activity, as strong demand for our growing fleet of pad-capable rigs should allow 45 to 48 rigs to continue operating during this period versus 43 last year. Despite trade and tariff uncertainty and oil prices falling to approximately US$60 per barrel, we have not experienced any meaningful change in customer demand or their longer-term plans. Overall, we expect our Canadian drilling activity to be up for the first half of the year compared to the first six months of 2024.

    In the U.S., we have modestly increased our activity levels from the fourth quarter, currently operating 34 rigs, primarily by capitalizing on the emerging opportunities in natural gas plays. With significant LNG export capacity expansion underway in the U.S., we believe our market positioning for these increasing LNG opportunities is constructive.

    North American industry activity in the second half of this year will depend largely on customer realized cash flows and their capital allocation priorities. We believe industry capital discipline will remain a stabilizing market feature muting our customers’ short-term response to volatile commodity prices. However, global events and conflicts, including unexpected OPEC+ production increases, trade and tariff uncertainty, and geopolitical conflicts have the potential to impact global economic growth and access to commodity supplies, creating a range of commodity price scenarios which are difficult to predict.

    Internationally, we have eight rigs on term contracts, five in Kuwait and three in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The majority of these rigs are under five-year term contracts that extend into 2027 and 2028, providing predictable cash flow for the next few years. In May and for the remainder of the year, we expect seven active rigs compared to eight for the first four months of the year but with no material impact on our 2025 cash flow. We continue to look for opportunities to leverage our international expertise.

    As the premier well service provider in Canada, the outlook for this business remains strong, driven by increased takeaway capacity from Trans Mountain pipeline expansion and LNG Canada, and increased regulatory spending requirements for abandonment work. With continued labour constraints, we expect firm pricing into the foreseeable future.

    Contracts

    The following chart outlines the average number of drilling rigs under term contract by quarter as at April 23, 2025. For those quarters ending after March 31, 2025, this chart represents the minimum number of term contracts from which we will earn revenue. We expect the actual number of contracted rigs to vary in future periods as we sign additional term contracts.

    As at April 23, 2025 Average for the quarter ended 2024     Average     Average for the quarter ended 2025     Average  
      Mar. 31     June 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31     2024     Mar. 31     June 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31     2025  
    Average rigs under term contract:                                                          
    Canada   24       22       23       23       23       20       19       18       14       18  
    U.S.   20       17       17       16       18       16       15       11       8       13  
    International   8       8       8       8       8       8       7       7       7       7  
    Total   52       47       48       47       49       44       41       36       29       38  

    SEGMENTED FINANCIAL RESULTS

    Precision’s operations are reported in two segments: Contract Drilling Services, which includes our drilling rig, oilfield supply and manufacturing divisions; and Completion and Production Services, which includes our service rig, rental and camp and catering divisions.

    SEGMENT REVIEW OF CONTRACT DRILLING SERVICES

      For the three months ended March 31,  
    (Stated in thousands of Canadian dollars, except where noted)   2025       2024     % Change  
    Revenue   419,457       443,367       (5.4 )
    Expenses:                
    Operating   272,412       276,692       (1.5 )
    General and administrative   11,029       13,002       (15.2 )
    Adjusted EBITDA(1)   136,016       153,673       (11.5 )
    Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue(1)   32.4 %     34.7 %      

    (1) See “FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RATIOS.”

    Canadian onshore drilling statistics:(1) 2025     2024  
      Precision     Industry(2)     Precision     Industry(2)  
    Average number of active land rigs for quarters ended:                      
    March 31   74       214       73       208  

    (1) Canadian operations only.
    (2) Baker Hughes rig counts.

    United States onshore drilling statistics:(1) 2025     2024  
      Precision     Industry(2)     Precision     Industry(2)  
    Average number of active land rigs for quarters ended:                      
    March 31   30       572       38       602  

    (1) United States lower 48 operations only.
    (2) Baker Hughes rig counts.

    SEGMENT REVIEW OF COMPLETION AND PRODUCTION SERVICES

      For the three months ended March 31,  
    (Stated in thousands of Canadian dollars, except where noted)   2025       2024     % Change  
    Revenue   79,330       87,087       (8.9 )
    Expenses:                
    Operating   59,112       65,480       (9.7 )
    General and administrative   2,672       3,002       (11.0 )
    Adjusted EBITDA(1)   17,546       18,605       (5.7 )
    Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue(1)   22.1 %     21.4 %      
    Well servicing statistics:                
    Number of service rigs (end of period)   153       183       (16.4 )
    Service rig operating hours   66,986       74,505       (10.1 )

    (1) See “FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RATIOS.”

    OTHER ITEMS

    Share-based Incentive Compensation Plans

    We have several cash and equity-settled share-based incentive plans for non-management directors, officers, and other eligible employees. Our accounting policies for each share-based incentive plan can be found in our 2024 Annual Report.

    A summary of expense amounts under these plans during the reporting periods are as follows:

      For the three months ended March 31,  
    (Stated in thousands of Canadian dollars) 2025     2024  
    Cash settled share-based incentive plans   403       21,759  
    Equity settled share-based incentive plans   2,427       875  
    Total share-based incentive compensation plan expense   2,830       22,634  
               
    Allocated:          
    Operating   1,128       5,252  
    General and Administrative   1,702       17,382  
        2,830       22,634  

    FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RATIOS

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    We reference certain additional Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (Non-GAAP) measures that are not defined terms under IFRS Accounting Standards to assess performance because we believe they provide useful supplemental information to investors.
    Adjusted EBITDA We believe Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before income taxes, gain on investments and other assets, finance charges, foreign exchange, gain on asset disposals and depreciation and amortization), as reported in our Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Net Earnings and our reportable operating segment disclosures, is a useful measure because it gives an indication of the results from our principal business activities prior to consideration of how our activities are financed and the impact of foreign exchange, taxation and depreciation and amortization charges.

    The most directly comparable financial measure is net earnings.

      For the three months ended March 31,  
    (Stated in thousands of Canadian dollars)   2025       2024  
    Adjusted EBITDA by segment:          
    Contract Drilling Services   136,016       153,673  
    Completion and Production Services   17,546       18,605  
    Corporate and Other   (16,065 )     (29,129 )
    Adjusted EBITDA   137,497       143,149  
    Depreciation and amortization   75,036       78,213  
    Gain on asset disposals   (2,872 )     (3,237 )
    Foreign exchange   367       394  
    Finance charges   15,760       18,369  
    Gain on investments and other assets   (49 )     (228 )
    Income taxes   14,308       13,122  
    Net earnings   34,947       36,516  
    Non-controlling interests   436        
    Net earnings attributable to shareholders   34,511       36,516  
    Funds Provided by (Used in) Operations We believe funds provided by (used in) operations, as reported in our Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, is a useful measure because it provides an indication of the funds our principal business activities generate prior to consideration of working capital changes, which is primarily made up of highly liquid balances.

    The most directly comparable financial measure is cash provided by (used in) operations.

    Net Capital Spending We believe net capital spending is a useful measure as it provides an indication of our primary investment activities.

    The most directly comparable financial measure is cash provided by (used in) investing activities.

    Net capital spending is calculated as follows:

      For the three months ended March 31,  
    (Stated in thousands of Canadian dollars)   2025       2024  
    Capital spending by spend category          
    Expansion and upgrade   19,546       14,370  
    Maintenance, infrastructure and intangibles   40,419       41,157  
        59,965       55,527  
    Proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment   (3,765 )     (5,186 )
    Net capital spending   56,200       50,341  
    Purchase of investments and other assets   11        
    Receipt of finance lease payments   (208 )     (191 )
    Changes in non-cash working capital balances   1,199       25,087  
    Cash used in investing activities   57,202       75,237  
    Working Capital We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities, as reported in our Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

    Working capital is calculated as follows:

      March 31,     December 31,  
    (Stated in thousands of Canadian dollars)   2025       2024  
    Current assets   481,111       501,284  
    Current liabilities   (526,144 )     (338,692 )
    Working capital   (45,033 )     162,592  
    Total Long-term Financial Liabilities We define total long-term financial liabilities as total non-current liabilities less deferred tax liabilities, as reported in our Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

    Total long-term financial liabilities is calculated as follows:

      March 31,     December 31,  
    (Stated in thousands of Canadian dollars)   2025       2024  
    Total non-current liabilities   688,940       935,624  
    Deferred tax liabilities   (56,571 )     (47,451 )
    Total long-term financial liabilities   632,369       888,173  
    Non-GAAP Ratios
    We reference certain additional Non-GAAP ratios that are not defined terms under IFRS to assess performance because we believe they provide useful supplemental information to investors.
    Adjusted EBITDA % of Revenue We believe Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of consolidated revenue, as reported in our Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Net Earnings, provides an indication of our profitability from our principal business activities prior to consideration of how our activities are financed and the impact of foreign exchange, taxation and depreciation and amortization charges.
    Long-term debt to long-term debt plus equity We believe that long-term debt (as reported in our Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Financial Position) to long-term debt plus equity (total equity as reported in our Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Financial Position) provides an indication of our debt leverage. For the period ended March 31, 2025 long-term debt includes long-term debt plus current portion of long-term debt as reported in our Consolidated Interim Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
    Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA We believe that the Net Debt (long-term debt plus current portion of long-term debt less cash, as reported in our Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Financial Position) to Adjusted EBITDA ratio provides an indication of the number of years it would take for us to repay our debt obligations. For the period ended March 31, 2025 long-term debt includes long-term debt plus current portion of long-term debt as reported in our Consolidated Interim Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
    Supplementary Financial Measures
    We reference certain supplementary financial measures that are not defined terms under IFRS to assess performance because we believe they provide useful supplemental information to investors.
    Capital Spending by Spend Category We provide additional disclosure to better depict the nature of our capital spending. Our capital spending is categorized as expansion and upgrade, maintenance and infrastructure, or intangibles.

    CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION AND STATEMENTS

    Certain statements contained in this release, including statements that contain words such as “could”, “should”, “can”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “intend”, “plan”, “expect”, “believe”, “will”, “may”, “continue”, “project”, “potential” and similar expressions and statements relating to matters that are not historical facts constitute “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities legislation and “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the “safe harbor” provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (collectively, “forward-looking information and statements”).

    In particular, forward-looking information and statements include, but are not limited to, the following:

    • our strategic priorities for 2025;
    • our capital expenditures, free cash flow allocation and debt reduction plans for 2025 and beyond;
    • anticipated activity levels, demand for our drilling rigs, day rates and daily operating margins in 2025;
    • the average number of term contracts in place for 2025;
    • customer adoption of Alpha™ technologies and EverGreen™ suite of environmental solutions;
    • potential commercial opportunities and rig contract renewals; and
    • our future debt reduction plans.

    These forward-looking information and statements are based on certain assumptions and analysis made by Precision in light of our experience and our perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. These include, among other things:

    • our ability to react to customer spending plans as a result of changes in oil and natural gas prices;
    • the status of current negotiations with our customers and vendors;
    • customer focus on safety performance;
    • existing term contracts are neither renewed nor terminated prematurely;
    • our ability to deliver rigs to customers on a timely basis;
    • the impact of an increase/decrease in capital spending; and
    • the general stability of the economic and political environments in the jurisdictions where we operate.

    Undue reliance should not be placed on forward-looking information and statements. Whether actual results, performance or achievements will conform to our expectations and predictions is subject to a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:

    • volatility in the price and demand for oil and natural gas;
    • fluctuations in the level of oil and natural gas exploration and development activities;
    • fluctuations in the demand for contract drilling, well servicing and ancillary oilfield services;
    • our customers’ inability to obtain adequate credit or financing to support their drilling and production activity;
    • changes in drilling and well servicing technology, which could reduce demand for certain rigs or put us at a competitive advantage;
    • shortages, delays and interruptions in the delivery of equipment supplies and other key inputs;
    • liquidity of the capital markets to fund customer drilling programs;
    • availability of cash flow, debt and equity sources to fund our capital and operating requirements, as needed;
    • the impact of weather and seasonal conditions on operations and facilities;
    • the impact of tariffs and trade disputes;
    • competitive operating risks inherent in contract drilling, well servicing and ancillary oilfield services;
    • ability to improve our rig technology to improve drilling efficiency;
    • general economic, market or business conditions;
    • the availability of qualified personnel and management;
    • a decline in our safety performance which could result in lower demand for our services;
    • changes in laws or regulations, including changes in environmental laws and regulations such as increased regulation of hydraulic fracturing or restrictions on the burning of fossil fuels and greenhouse gas emissions, which could have an adverse impact on the demand for oil and natural gas;
    • terrorism, social, civil and political unrest in the foreign jurisdictions where we operate;
    • fluctuations in foreign exchange, interest rates and tax rates; and
    • other unforeseen conditions which could impact the use of services supplied by Precision and Precision’s ability to respond to such conditions.

    Readers are cautioned that the forgoing list of risk factors is not exhaustive. Additional information on these and other factors that could affect our business, operations or financial results are included in reports on file with applicable securities regulatory authorities, including but not limited to Precision’s Annual Information Form for the year ended December 31, 2024, which may be accessed on Precision’s SEDAR+ profile at www.sedarplus.ca or under Precision’s EDGAR profile at www.sec.gov. The forward-looking information and statements contained in this release are made as of the date hereof and Precision undertakes no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements or information, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION (UNAUDITED)

    (Stated in thousands of Canadian dollars) March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024  
    ASSETS          
    Current assets:          
    Cash $ 28,245     $ 73,771  
    Accounts receivable   397,684       378,712  
    Inventory   49,176       43,300  
    Assets held for sale   6,006       5,501  
    Total current assets   481,111       501,284  
    Non-current assets:          
    Deferred tax assets   2,437       6,559  
    Property, plant and equipment   2,342,482       2,356,173  
    Intangibles   13,537       12,997  
    Right-of-use assets   63,223       66,032  
    Finance lease receivables   4,670       4,806  
    Investments and other assets   8,524       8,464  
    Total non-current assets   2,434,873       2,455,031  
    Total assets $ 2,915,984     $ 2,956,315  
               
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY          
    Current liabilities:          
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $ 271,696     $ 314,355  
    Income taxes payable   4,526       3,778  
    Current portion of lease obligations   19,703       20,559  
    Current portion of long-term debt   230,219        
    Total current liabilities   526,144       338,692  
               
    Non-current liabilities:          
    Share-based compensation   5,391       13,666  
    Provisions and other   7,478       7,472  
    Lease obligations   51,676       54,566  
    Long-term debt   567,824       812,469  
    Deferred tax liabilities   56,571       47,451  
    Total non-current liabilities   688,940       935,624  
    Equity:          
    Shareholders’ capital   2,287,422       2,301,729  
    Contributed surplus   77,011       77,557  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income   197,827       199,020  
    Deficit   (866,323 )     (900,834 )
    Total equity attributable to shareholders   1,695,937       1,677,472  
    Non-controlling interest   4,963       4,527  
    Total equity   1,700,900       1,681,999  
    Total liabilities and equity $ 2,915,984     $ 2,956,315  

    CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NET EARNINGS (LOSS) (UNAUDITED)

      Three Months Ended March 31,  
    (Stated in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 2025     2024  
               
               
    Revenue $ 496,331     $ 527,788  
    Expenses:          
    Operating   329,068       339,506  
    General and administrative   29,766       45,133  
    Earnings before income taxes, gain on
    investments and other assets, finance
    charges, foreign exchange, gain on asset
    disposals, and depreciation and amortization
      137,497       143,149  
    Depreciation and amortization   75,036       78,213  
    Gain on asset disposals   (2,872 )     (3,237 )
    Foreign exchange   367       394  
    Finance charges   15,760       18,369  
    Gain on investments and other assets   (49 )     (228 )
    Earnings before income taxes   49,255       49,638  
    Income taxes:          
    Current   1,106       1,017  
    Deferred   13,202       12,105  
        14,308       13,122  
    Net earnings $ 34,947     $ 36,516  
    Attributable to:          
    Shareholders of Precision Drilling Corporation $ 34,511     $ 36,516  
    Non-controlling interests $ 436     $  
    Net earnings per share attributable to shareholders
    of Precision Drilling Corporation:
             
    Basic $ 2.52     $ 2.53  
    Diluted $ 2.20     $ 2.53  

    CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (UNAUDITED)

      Three Months Ended March 31,  
    (Stated in thousands of Canadian dollars) 2025     2024  
    Net earnings $ 34,947     $ 36,516  
    Unrealized gain (loss) on translation of assets
    and liabilities of operations denominated in
    foreign currency
      (658 )     32,253  
    Foreign exchange loss on net investment hedge
    with U.S. denominated debt
      (535 )     (20,159 )
    Comprehensive income $ 33,754     $ 48,610  
    Attributable to:          
    Shareholders of Precision Drilling Corporation $ 33,318     $ 48,610  
    Non-controlling interests $ 436     $  

    CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

      Three Months Ended March 31,  
    (Stated in thousands of Canadian dollars) 2025     2024  
    Cash provided by (used in):          
    Operations:          
    Net earnings $ 34,947     $ 36,516  
    Adjustments for:          
    Long-term compensation plans   3,016       7,451  
    Depreciation and amortization   75,036       78,213  
    Gain on asset disposals   (2,872 )     (3,237 )
    Foreign exchange   (783 )     728  
    Finance charges   15,760       18,369  
    Income taxes   14,308       13,122  
    Gain on investments and other assets   (49 )     (228 )
    Income taxes paid   (321 )     (234 )
    Interest paid   (29,637 )     (33,430 )
    Interest received   437       495  
    Funds provided by operations   109,842       117,765  
    Changes in non-cash working capital balances   (46,423 )     (52,222 )
    Cash provided by operations   63,419       65,543  
               
    Investments:          
    Purchase of property, plant and equipment   (59,965 )     (55,527 )
    Proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment   3,765       5,186  
    Purchase of investments and other assets   (11 )      
    Receipt of finance lease payments   208       191  
    Changes in non-cash working capital balances   (1,199 )     (25,087 )
    Cash used in investing activities   (57,202 )     (75,237 )
               
    Financing:          
    Repayment of long-term debt   (17,110 )     (716 )
    Repurchase of share capital   (30,766 )     (10,081 )
    Lease payments   (3,587 )     (3,200 )
    Cash used in financing activities   (51,463 )     (13,997 )
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash   (280 )     457  
    Increase (decrease) in cash   (45,526 )     (23,234 )
    Cash, beginning of period   73,771       54,182  
    Cash, end of period $ 28,245     $ 30,948  

    CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (UNAUDITED)

      Attributable to shareholders of the Corporation              
    (Stated in thousands of
    Canadian dollars)
    Shareholders’
    Capital
        Contributed
    Surplus
        Accumulated
    Other
    Comprehensive
    Income
        Deficit     Total     Non-
    controlling
    interest
        Total
    Equity
     
    Balance at January 1, 2025 $ 2,301,729     $ 77,557     $ 199,020     $ (900,834 )   $ 1,677,472     $ 4,527     $ 1,681,999  
    Net earnings for the period                     34,511       34,511       436       34,947  
    Other comprehensive income
    for the period
                  (1,193 )           (1,193 )           (1,193 )
    Settlement of Executive
    Performance and Restricted
    Share Units
      11,651       (2,790 )                 8,861             8,861  
    Share repurchases   (26,141 )                       (26,141 )           (26,141 )
    Redemption of non-management
    directors share units
      183       (183 )                              
    Share-based compensation
    expense
            2,427                   2,427             2,427  
    Balance at March 31, 2025 $ 2,287,422     $ 77,011     $ 197,827     $ (866,323 )   $ 1,695,937     $ 4,963     $ 1,700,900  
      Attributable to shareholders of the Corporation              
    (Stated in thousands of
    Canadian dollars)
    Shareholders’
    Capital
        Contributed
    Surplus
        Accumulated
    Other
    Comprehensive
    Income
        Deficit     Total     Non-
    controlling interest
        Total
    Equity
     
    Balance at January 1, 2024 $ 2,365,129     $ 75,086     $ 147,476     $ (1,012,029 )   $ 1,575,662     $     $ 1,575,662  
    Net earnings for the period                     36,516       36,516             36,516  
    Other comprehensive income
    for the period
                  12,094             12,094             12,094  
    Settlement of Executive
    Performance and Restricted
    Share Units
      21,846       (1,479 )                 20,367             20,367  
    Share repurchases   (10,081 )                       (10,081 )           (10,081 )
    Share-based compensation
    expense
            875                   875             875  
    Balance at March 31, 2024 $ 2,376,894     $ 74,482     $ 159,570     $ (975,513 )   $ 1,635,433     $     $ 1,635,433  

    2025 FIRST QUARTER RESULTS CONFERENCE CALL AND WEBCAST

    Precision Drilling Corporation has scheduled a conference call and webcast to begin promptly at 11:00 a.m. MT (1:00 p.m. ET) on Thursday, April 24, 2025.

    To participate in the conference call please register at the URL link below. Once registered, you will receive a dial-in number and a unique PIN, which will allow you to ask questions.

    https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BIfac587dca2994a30be564b41d99b43ac

    The call will also be webcast and can be accessed through the link below. A replay of the webcast call will be available on Precision’s website for 12 months.

    https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/gifawh57

    About Precision

    Precision is a leading provider of safe and environmentally responsible High Performance, High Value services to the energy industry, offering customers access to an extensive fleet of Super Series drilling rigs. Precision has commercialized an industry-leading digital technology portfolio known as Alpha™ that utilizes advanced automation software and analytics to generate efficient, predictable, and repeatable results for energy customers. Our drilling services are enhanced by our EverGreen™ suite of environmental solutions, which bolsters our commitment to reducing the environmental impact of our operations. Additionally, Precision offers well service rigs, camps and rental equipment all backed by a comprehensive mix of technical support services and skilled, experienced personnel.

    Precision is headquartered in Calgary, Alberta, Canada and is listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “PD” and on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “PDS”.

    Additional Information

    For further information, please contact:

    Lavonne Zdunich, CPA, CA
    Vice President, Investor Relations
    403.716.4500

    800, 525 – 8th Avenue S.W.
    Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2P 1G1
    Website: www.precisiondrilling.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NOTABLE ITEMS FOR THE QUARTER INCLUDE:

    • DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE WERE $0.19 FOR THE CURRENT QUARTER COMPARED TO $0.27 FOR THE TRAILING QUARTER, AND $0.15 FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF 2024.
      • Fourth Quarter 2024 earnings included a gain of $3.4 million, or $0.06 per share, on the sale and consolidation of a branch in December 2024.
    • NET INTEREST MARGIN INCREASED TO 2.38% FOR THE CURRENT QUARTER AS COMPARED TO 2.18% FOR THE TRAILING QUARTER AND 2.03% FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF 2024, REFLECTING LOWER FUNDING COSTS AND HIGHER YIELDS ON INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS.
    • DEPOSITS (EXCLUDING BROKERED) INCREASED $133.6 MILLION, OR 13.8% ANNUALIZED, FROM DECEMBER 31, 2024. COST OF DEPOSITS AT MARCH 31, 2025 WAS 1.94% AS COMPARED TO 1.95% AT DECEMBER 31, 2024.
    • LOANS DECLINED BY $30.7 MILLION, OR 3.0% ANNUALIZED, FROM DECEMBER 31, 2024, PRIMARILY DUE TO A DECREASE IN MULTIFAMILY LOANS, PARTIALLY OFFSET BY INCREASES IN HOME EQUITY AND CONSTRUCTION AND LAND LOANS.
    • ASSET QUALITY REMAINS STRONG WITH NON-PERFORMING LOANS TO TOTAL LOANS AT 0.48% AT MARCH 31, 2025 AND 0.51% AT DECEMBER 31, 2024.
    • THE COMPANY MAINTAINED STRONG LIQUIDITY WITH APPROXIMATELY $1.12 BILLION IN UNPLEDGED AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES AND LOANS READILY AVAILABLE-FOR-PLEDGE OF APPROXIMATELY $547 MILLION.
    • THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS APPROVED A $10.0 MILLION REPURCHASE PLAN ON APRIL 23, 2025. THE PREVIOUSLY APPROVED $5.0 MILLION PLAN WAS COMPLETED DURING THE CURRENT QUARTER AND THE COMPANY REPURCHASED 440,150 SHARES.
    • CASH DIVIDEND DECLARED OF $0.13 PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK, PAYABLE ON MAY 21, 2025, TO STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD AS OF MAY 7, 2025.

    WOODBRIDGE, N.J., April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. (Nasdaq:NFBK) (the “Company”), the holding company for Northfield Bank, reported net income of $7.9 million, or $0.19 per diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $11.3 million, or $0.27 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2024, and $6.2 million, or $0.15 per diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease in net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the trailing quarter was primarily due to a $3.4 million, or $0.06 per share, gain on sale of property in the trailing quarter. The increase in net income in the current quarter as compared to the first quarter of 2024 was primarily the result of an increase in net interest income, attributable to lower funding costs and higher yields on interest-earning assets, partially offset by an increase in the provision for credit losses on loans.

    Commenting on the quarter, Steven M. Klein, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer stated, “The Northfield team continued to focus on growing our franchise, deploying our strong capital base, and delivering solid financial performance for the quarter.” Mr. Klein commented further, “We remained focused on serving our communities, and the fundamentals of reducing our funding costs and increasing the yield on our interest-earning assets resulting in higher net interest income and net interest margin.” Mr. Klein further stated, “We remain committed to prudently managing our operating expenses, maintaining strong asset quality, and managing our strong capital levels through dividends and stock repurchases.”

    Mr. Klein concluded, “I am pleased to announce that the Board of Directors has declared a cash dividend of $0.13 per common share, payable on May 21, 2025 to stockholders of record on May 7, 2025.”

    Results of Operations

    Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 and 2024

    Net income was $7.9 million and $6.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, respectively. Significant variances from the comparable prior year period are as follows: a $3.9 million increase in net interest income, a $2.2 million increase in the provision for credit losses on loans, a $359,000 decrease in non-interest income, an $897,000 decrease in non-interest expense, and a $616,000 increase in income tax expense.

    Net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, increased $3.9 million, or 14.0%, to $31.8 million, from $27.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024, due to a $2.5 million decrease in interest expense and a $1.4 million increase in interest income. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to a decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities which decreased by 15 basis points to 2.74% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from 2.89% for the three months ended March 31, 2024, driven by a 20 basis point decrease in the cost of borrowed funds to 3.67% from 3.87%, partially offset by a two basis point increase in the cost of interest-bearing deposits to 2.51% from 2.49%, due to a higher concentration of certificates of deposit. The decrease in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities was primarily due to a $413.6 million, or 37.3% decrease in the average balance of borrowed funds, partially offset by a $307.8 million, or 9.9%, increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits. The increase in interest income was primarily due to a 23 basis point increase in the yield on interest-earning assets, specifically higher yields on mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by a $104.0 million, or 1.9%, decrease in the average balance of interest earning assets. The decrease in the average balance of interest-earning assets was primarily due to decreases in the average balance of other securities of $273.9 million, the average balance of loans of $167.4 million and the average balance of interest-earning deposits in financial institutions of $143.9 million, partially offset by an increase in the average balance of mortgage-backed securities of $483.9 million.

    Net interest margin increased by 35 basis points to 2.38% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from 2.03% for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase in net interest margin was primarily due to higher yields on mortgage-backed securities, coupled with a decrease in the cost of borrowed funds. The Company accreted interest income related to purchased credit-deteriorated (“PCD”) loans of $223,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to $426,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, included loan prepayment income of $245,000 as compared to $351,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The provision for credit losses on loans increased by $2.2 million to $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $415,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to higher net charge-offs, changes in model assumptions, including a reduction in prepayment speeds and an increase in loss given defaults in the multifamily loans related to risk rating downgrades of certain loans in the portfolio. Net charge-offs were $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, primarily due to $2.4 million in net charge-offs on small business unsecured commercial and industrial loans, as compared to net charge-offs of $911,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Management continues to closely monitor the small business unsecured commercial and industrial loan portfolio, which totaled $25.5 million at March 31, 2025.

    Non-interest income decreased by $359,000, or 10.6%, to $3.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $998,000 in gains on sales of trading securities, partially offset by an increase in income on bank-owned life insurance of $675,000, primarily related to the exchange of certain policies late in the fourth quarter of 2024 which have higher yields. Losses on trading securities in the three months ended March 31, 2025, were $299,000, as compared to gains of $699,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2024. The trading portfolio is utilized to fund the Company’s deferred compensation obligation to certain employees and directors of the plan. The participants of this plan, at their election, defer a portion of their compensation.  Gains and losses on trading securities have no effect on net income since participants benefit from, and bear the full risk of, changes in the trading securities market values. Therefore, the Company records an equal and offsetting amount in compensation expense, reflecting the change in the Company’s obligations under the plan.

    Non-interest expense decreased $897,000, or 4.0%, to $21.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $22.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a $990,000 decrease in employee compensation and benefits, primarily attributable to a decrease in deferred compensation expense, which is described above, and had no effect on net income. Additionally, there was a $268,000 decrease in advertising expense. Partially offsetting the decreases were increases of $263,000 in professional fees related to outsourced audit services and recruitment fees and $164,000 in other expense.

    The Company recorded income tax expense of $2.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The effective tax rate for both the three months ended March 31, 2025, and March 31, 2024, was 27.0%. The effective tax rate for three months ending March 31, 2025, and March 31, 2024, were negatively impacted by increased tax expense of $79,000 and $18,000, respectively, as a result of vesting of stock awards.

    Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024

    Net income was $7.9 million and $11.3 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively. Significant variances from the prior quarter are as follows: a $2.1 million increase in net interest income, a $640,000 increase in the provision for credit losses on loans, a $4.0 million decrease in non-interest income, a $613,000 increase in non-interest expense, and a $246,000 increase in income tax expense.

    Net interest income for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, increased by $2.1 million, or 7.1%, primarily due to a $1.7 million decrease in interest expense and a $370,000 increase in interest income. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to an 11 basis point decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 2.74% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, from 2.85% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, and a $7.0 million, or 0.2%, decrease in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities attributable to an $80.4 million decrease in the average balance of borrowed funds, partially offset by a $73.3 million increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an 11 basis point increase in the yield on interest-earning assets and a $206,000 increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets primarily due to an increase in the average balance of mortgage-backed securities of $182.4 million, partially offset by decreases in the average balance of interest-earning deposits in financial institutions of $85.2 million, the average balance of other securities of $59.4 million, and the average balance of loans of $37.5 million.

    Net interest margin increased by 20 basis points to 2.38% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, from 2.18% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to higher yields on loans and mortgage-backed securities coupled with a decrease in the cost of funds. Net interest income for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, included loan prepayment income of $245,000 as compared to $215,000 for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The Company accreted interest income related to PCD loans of $223,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, as compared to $568,000 for the quarter ended December 31, 2024.

    The provision for credit losses on loans increased by $640,000 to $2.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, from $1.9 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The increase in the provision for the current quarter was primarily due to an increase in reserves in the commercial and industrial and in multifamily loans related to risk rating downgrades of certain loans in the portfolio, and higher net charge-offs. Net charge-offs were $2.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, as compared to net charge-offs of $2.0 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024.

    Non-interest income decreased by $4.0 million, or 56.9%, to $3.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, from $7.0 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a $3.4 million gain on sale of property in the quarter ended December 31, 2024. Additionally, there was a $367,000 decrease in gains on sales of trading securities, net, and a $561,000 decrease in other income, primarily due to lower swap fee income. For the quarter ended March 31, 2025, losses on trading securities, net, were $299,000, compared to gains of $68,000 for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. Partially offsetting the decreases was a $362,000 increase in income on bank owned life insurance, primarily related to the exchange of certain policies late in the fourth quarter of 2024 which have higher yields.

    Non-interest expense increased by $613,000, or 2.9%, to $21.4 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, from $20.8 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to increases of $280,000 in occupancy expense, related to higher repairs and maintenance costs, $201,000 in data processing costs due to an increase in core system expenses, $310,000 in professional fees primarily due to an increase in outsourced audit services and recruitment fees, and a $158,000 increase in credit loss expense/(benefit) for off-balance sheet exposure. The increase in credit loss/(benefit) for off-balance sheet exposure was due to a provision of $103,000 recorded during the quarter ended March 31, 2025, as compared to a benefit of $55,000 recorded during the quarter ended December 31, 2024. Partially offsetting the decreases was a $283,000 decrease in other expense.

    The Company recorded income tax expense of $2.9 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to $2.7 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The effective tax rate for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 was 27.0%, compared to 19.2% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The effective tax rate for the quarter ending December 31, 2024, was positively impacted by the revaluation of certain state deferred tax assets.

    Financial Condition

    Total assets increased by $43.6 million, or 0.8%, to $5.71 billion at March 31, 2025, from $5.67 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to an increase in available-for-sale debt securities of $145.7 million, or 13.2%, partially offset by decreases in cash and cash equivalents of $66.1 million, or 39.4%, loans receivable of $30.7 million, or 0.8% and other assets of $4.5 million, or 9.6%.

    Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $66.1 million, or 39.4%, to $101.7 million at March 31, 2025, from $167.7 million at December 31, 2024, as excess liquidity was deployed into purchasing higher-yielding mortgage-backed securities. Balances fluctuate based on the timing of receipt of security and loan repayments and the redeployment of cash into higher-yielding assets such as loans and securities, or the funding of deposit outflows or borrowing maturities.

    Loans held-for-investment, net, decreased by $30.7 million, or 0.8%, to $3.99 billion at March 31, 2025 from $4.02 billion at December 31, 2024, primarily due to decreases in multifamily real estate loans, partially offset by increases in home equity and lines of credit and construction and land loans. The decrease in loan balances reflects the Company’s continued strategic focus on managing concentration risk within its commercial and multifamily real estate loan portfolios, while maintaining disciplined loan pricing. Multifamily loans decreased $29.6 million, or 1.1%, to $2.57 billion at March 31, 2025 from $2.60 billion at December 31, 2024, commercial real estate loans decreased $7.2 million, or 0.8%, to $882.6 million at March 31, 2025 from $889.8 million at December 31, 2024, one-to-four family residential loans decreased $3.4 million, or 2.3%, to $146.8 million at March 31, 2025 from $150.2 million at December 31, 2024, and commercial and industrial loans decreased $1.3 million, or 0.8%, to $162.1 million at March 31, 2025 from $163.4 million at December 31, 2024, and other loans decreased $754,000, or 34.8%, to $1.4 million at March 31, 2025 from $2.2 million at December 31, 2024. Partially offsetting these decreases were increases in home equity and lines of credit of $7.3 million, or 4.2%, to $181.4 million at March 31, 2025 from $174.1 million at December 31, 2024, and construction and land loans of $4.4 million, or 12.2%, to $40.3 million at March 31, 2025 from $35.9 million at December 31, 2024.

    As of March 31, 2025, non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans (as defined by regulatory guidance) to total risk-based capital was estimated at approximately 424%. Management believes that Northfield Bank (the “Bank”) maintains appropriate risk management practices including risk assessments, board-approved underwriting policies and related procedures, which includes monitoring Bank portfolio performance, performing market analysis (economic and real estate), and stressing of the Bank’s commercial real estate portfolio under severe, adverse economic conditions. Although management believes the Bank has implemented appropriate policies and procedures to manage its commercial real estate concentration risk, the Bank’s regulators could require it to implement additional policies and procedures or could require it to maintain higher levels of regulatory capital, which might adversely affect its loan originations, the Company’s ability to pay dividends, and overall profitability.

    Our real estate portfolio includes credit risk exposure to loans collateralized by office buildings and multifamily properties in New York State subject to some form of rent regulation limiting rent increases for rent stabilized multifamily properties. At March 31, 2025, office-related loans represented $182.4 million, or 4.6% of our total loan portfolio, with an average balance of $1.7 million (although we have originated these type of loans in amounts substantially greater than this average) and a weighted average loan-to-value ratio of 59%. Approximately 39% were owner-occupied. The geographic locations of the properties collateralizing our office-related loans are: 50.0% in New York, 48.5% in New Jersey and 1.5% in Pennsylvania. At March 31, 2025, our largest office-related loan had a principal balance of $90.0 million (with a net active principal balance for the Bank of $29.5 million as we have a 33.3% participation interest), was secured by an office facility located in Staten Island, New York, and was performing in accordance with its original contractual terms. At March 31, 2025, multifamily loans that have some form of rent stabilization or rent control totaled approximately $435.8 million, or approximately 11% of our total loan portfolio, with an average balance of $1.7 million (although we have originated these type of loans in amounts substantially greater than this average) and a weighted average loan-to-value ratio of 51%. At March 31, 2025, our largest rent-regulated loan had a principal balance of $16.7 million, was secured by an apartment building located in Staten Island, New York, and was performing in accordance with its original contractual terms. Management continues to closely monitor its office and rent-regulated portfolios. For further details on our rent-regulated multifamily portfolio see “Asset Quality”.

    PCD loans totaled $9.0 million and $9.2 million at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The majority of the remaining PCD loan balance consists of loans acquired as part of a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-assisted transaction. The Company accreted interest income of $223,000 attributable to PCD loans for three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $426,000 for three months ended March 31, 2024. PCD loans had an allowance for credit losses of approximately $2.7 million at March 31, 2025.

    Loan balances are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    Real estate loans:      
    Multifamily $ 2,567,913   $ 2,597,484
    Commercial mortgage   882,600     889,801
    One-to-four family residential mortgage   146,791     150,217
    Home equity and lines of credit   181,354     174,062
    Construction and land   40,284     35,897
    Total real estate loans   3,818,942     3,847,461
    Commercial and industrial loans   162,133     163,425
    Other loans   1,411     2,165
    Total commercial and industrial and other loans   163,544     165,590
    Loans held-for-investment, net (excluding PCD)   3,982,486     4,013,051
    PCD loans   9,043     9,173
    Total loans held-for-investment, net $ 3,991,529   $ 4,022,224
     

    The Company’s available-for-sale debt securities portfolio increased by $145.7 million, or 13.2%, to $1.25 billion at March 31, 2025, from $1.10 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to purchases of securities, partially offset by paydowns and maturities. At March 31, 2025, $1.21 billion of the portfolio consisted of residential mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae. In addition, the Company held $33.4 million in corporate bonds, substantially all of which were investment grade, $683,000 in municipal bonds and $608,000 in U.S. Government agency securities at March 31, 2025. Unrealized losses, net of tax, on available-for-sale debt securities and held-to-maturity securities approximated $16.7 million and $307,000, respectively, at March 31, 2025, and $21.8 million and $400,000, respectively, at December 31, 2024.

    Equity securities were $10.9 million at March 31, 2025 and $14.3 million at December 31, 2024. Equity securities are primarily comprised of an investment in a Small Business Administration Loan Fund. This investment is utilized by the Bank as part of its Community Reinvestment Act program. The decrease in equity securities was primarily due to a decrease in money market mutual funds.

    Total liabilities increased $37.2 million, or 0.7%, to $5.00 billion at March 31, 2025, from $4.96 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in borrowings of $42.8 million, partially offset by a decrease in total deposits of $6.5 million. The Company routinely utilizes brokered deposits and borrowed funds to manage interest rate risk, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, and funding needs related to loan originations and deposit activity.

    Deposits decreased $6.5 million, or 0.2%, to $4.13 billion at March 31, 2025 as compared to $4.14 billion at December 31, 2024. Brokered deposits decreased by $140.1 million, or 53.2%, as the Company placed less reliance on brokered deposits which were used as a lower-cost alternative to borrowings in the trailing quarter. Deposits, excluding brokered deposits, increased $133.6 million, or 3.4%. The increase in deposits, excluding brokered deposits, was primarily attributable to increases of $97.1 million in transaction accounts and $41.6 million in time deposits, partially offset by decreases of $4.5 million in savings accounts, and $579,000 in money market accounts. Growth in transaction accounts and time deposits was primarily due to new municipal relationships and new commercial customer relationships.

    Estimated gross uninsured deposits at March 31, 2025 were $1.95 billion. This total includes fully collateralized uninsured governmental deposits and intercompany deposits of $1.01 billion, leaving estimated uninsured deposits of approximately $934.7 million, or 22.6%, of total deposits. At December 31, 2024, estimated uninsured deposits totaled $896.5 million, or 21.7% of total deposits.

    Deposit account balances are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    Transaction:      
    Non-interest bearing checking $ 722,994   $ 706,976
    Negotiable orders of withdrawal and interest-bearing checking   1,367,219     1,286,154
    Total transaction   2,090,213     1,993,130
    Savings and money market:      
    Savings   899,674     904,163
    Money market   271,566     272,145
    Total savings   1,171,240     1,176,308
    Certificates of deposit:      
    $250,000 and under   602,959     580,940
    Over $250,000   144,255     124,681
    Brokered deposits   123,289     263,418
    Total certificates of deposit   870,503     969,039
    Total deposits $ 4,131,956   $ 4,138,477
     

    Included in the table above are business and municipal deposit account balances as follows (dollars in thousands):

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
           
    Business customers $ 891,545   $ 885,769
    Municipal (governmental) customers $ 929,611   $ 859,319
               

    Borrowed funds increased to $770.7 million at March 31, 2025, from $727.8 million at December 31, 2024. The increase in borrowings for the period was primarily due to a $67.0 million increase in borrowings under an overnight line of credit, partially offset by a decrease of $24.2 million in other borrowings due to maturities. Management utilizes borrowings to mitigate interest rate risk, for short-term liquidity, and to a lesser extent from time to time, as part of leverage strategies.

    The following table sets forth borrowing maturities (excluding overnight borrowings and subordinated debt) and the weighted average rate by year at March 31, 2025 (dollars in thousands):

    Year   Amount   Weighted Average Rate
    2025   $160,684   3.89%
    2026   148,000   4.36%
    2027   173,000   3.19%
    2028   154,288   3.96%
        $635,972   3.83%
     

    Total stockholders’ equity increased by $6.5 million to $711.1 million at March 31, 2025, from $704.7 million at December 31, 2024. The increase was attributable to net income of $7.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, an $8.1 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive income, associated with an increase in the estimated fair value of our debt securities available-for-sale portfolio, and a $900,000 increase in equity award activity, partially offset by $5.0 million in stock repurchases and $5.4 million in dividend payments. On February 26, 2025, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a $5.0 million stock repurchase program. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company repurchased 440,150 of its common stock outstanding at an average price of $11.36 for a total of $5.0 million pursuant to approved stock repurchase plan. As of March 31, 2025, the Company has no outstanding repurchase program.

    The Company’s most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, corporate bonds, and unpledged mortgage-related securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac, that we can either borrow against or sell. We also have the ability to surrender bank-owned life insurance contracts. The surrender of these contracts would subject the Company to income taxes and penalties for increases in the cash surrender values over the original premium payments. We also have the ability to obtain additional funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank of New York utilizing unencumbered and unpledged securities and multifamily loans. The Company expects to have sufficient funds available to meet current commitments in the normal course of business. The Company’s on-hand liquidity ratio as of March 31, 2025 was 24.3%.

    The Company had the following primary sources of liquidity at March 31, 2025 (dollars in thousands):

    Cash and cash equivalents(1)   $ 89,139
    Corporate bonds(2)   $ 19,323
    Multifamily loans(2)   $ 547,043
    Mortgage-backed securities (issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac)(2)   $ 1,102,759
         

    (1) Excludes $12.5 million of cash at Northfield Bank.
    (2) Represents estimated remaining borrowing potential.

    The Company and the Bank utilize the Community Bank Leverage Ratio (“CBLR”) framework. At March 31, 2025, the Company and the Bank’s estimated CBLR ratios were 12.08% and 12.62%, respectively, which exceeded the minimum requirement to be considered well-capitalized of 9%.

    Asset Quality

    The following table details total non-accrual loans (excluding PCD), non-performing assets, loans over 90 days delinquent on which interest is accruing, and accruing loans 30 to 89 days delinquent at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 (dollars in thousands):

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    Non-accrual loans:      
    Held-for-investment      
    Real estate loans:      
    Multifamily $ 2,565     $ 2,609  
    Commercial mortgage   4,565       4,578  
    Home equity and lines of credit   1,267       1,270  
    Commercial and industrial   4,972       5,807  
    Total non-accrual loans   13,369       14,264  
    Loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing:      
    Held-for-investment      
    Real estate loans:      
    Multifamily         164  
    One-to-four family residential   878       882  
    Home equity and lines of credit   140       140  
    Total loans held-for-investment delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing   1,018       1,186  
    Non-performing loans held-for-sale      
    Commercial mortgage   4,397       4,397  
    Commercial and industrial   500       500  
    Total non-performing loans held-for-sale   4,897       4,897  
    Total non-performing loans   19,284       20,347  
    Total non-performing assets $ 19,284     $ 20,347  
    Non-performing loans to total loans   0.48 %     0.51 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.34 %     0.36 %
    Accruing loans 30 to 89 days delinquent $ 6,845     $ 9,336  
     

    Accruing Loans 30 to 89 Days Delinquent

    Loans 30 to 89 days delinquent and on accrual status totaled $6.8 million and $9.3 million at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The following table sets forth delinquencies for accruing loans by type and by amount at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 (dollars in thousands):

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    Held-for-investment      
    Real estate loans:      
    Multifamily $ 1,296   $ 2,831
    Commercial mortgage   147     78
    One-to-four family residential   2,584     2,407
    Home equity and lines of credit   1,141     1,472
    Commercial and industrial loans   1,674     2,545
    Other loans   3     3
    Total delinquent accruing loans held-for-investment $ 6,845   $ 9,336
     

    The decrease in delinquent multifamily loans was primarily due to one relationship totaling $2.1 million that became current during the quarter ended March 31, 2025. The decrease in delinquent commercial and industrial loans was primarily due to five unsecured small business loans that were charged off totaling $797,000. Management continues to monitor the unsecured small business commercial and industrial loan portfolio which represents the majority of the commercial and industrial delinquencies in the table above.

    PCD Loans (Held-for-Investment)

    The Company accounts for PCD loans at estimated fair value using discounted expected future cash flows deemed to be collectible on the date acquired. Based on its detailed review of PCD loans and experience in loan workouts, management believes it has a reasonable expectation about the amount and timing of future cash flows and accordingly has classified PCD loans ($9.0 million at March 31, 2025 and $9.2 million at December 31, 2024, respectively) as accruing, even though they may be contractually past due. At March 31, 2025, 2.1% of PCD loans were past due 30 to 89 days, and 25.2% were past due 90 days or more, as compared to 2.9% and 27.1%, respectively, at December 31, 2024.

    Our multifamily loan portfolio at March 31, 2025 totaled $2.57 billion, or 64% of our total loan portfolio, of which $435.8 million, or 11%, included loans collateralized by properties in New York with units subject to some percentage of rent regulation. The table below sets forth details about our multifamily loan portfolio in New York (dollars in thousands).

    % Rent Regulated   Balance   % Portfolio Total NY Multifamily Portfolio   Average Balance   Largest Loan   LTV*   Debt Service Coverage Ratio (DSCR)*   30-89 Days Delinquent   Non-Accrual   Special Mention   Substandard
    0   $ 279,630   39.1 %   $ 1,175   $ 16,441   50.6 %   1.48x   $ 580   $ 499   $   $ 1,800
    >0-10     4,696   0.6       1,565     2,107   50.9     1.33                
    >10-20     18,397   2.6       1,415     2,834   48.7     1.40                
    >20-30     19,268   2.7       2,141     5,449   53.2     1.65                
    >30-40     14,958   2.1       1,247     3,037   47.8     1.59                
    >40-50     21,558   3.0       1,268     2,710   46.9     1.77                
    >50-60     9,298   1.3       1,550     2,313   39.4     1.80                
    >60-70     20,765   2.9       2,966     11,181   53.4     1.51                
    >70-80     22,158   3.1       2,462     4,874   47.5     1.43                
    >80-90     20,516   2.9       1,140     3,124   46.1     1.64             1,124    
    >90-100     284,164   39.7       1,733     16,698   51.6     1.60     665     2,067     3,630     4,389
    Total   $ 715,408   100.0 %   $ 1,442   $ 16,698   50.6 %   1.55x   $ 1,245   $ 2,566   $ 4,754   $ 6,189
     

    The table below sets forth our New York rent-regulated loans by county (dollars in thousands).

    County   Balance   LTV*   DSCR*
    Bronx   $ 116,944   51.2 %   1.60x
    Kings     184,545   50.5 %   1.57
    Nassau     2,155   35.8 %   1.88
    New York     48,838   46.3 %   1.61
    Queens     37,633   44.3 %   1.69
    Richmond     32,258   60.1 %   1.41
    Westchester     13,405   58.7 %   1.78
    Total   $ 435,778   50.6 %   1.59x
                 

    * Weighted Average

    None of the loans that are rent-regulated in New York are interest only. During the remainder of 2025, 27 loans with an aggregate principal balance of $46.0 million will re-price.

    About Northfield Bank

    Northfield Bank, founded in 1887, operates 37 full-service banking offices in Staten Island and Brooklyn, New York, and Hunterdon, Middlesex, Mercer, and Union counties, New Jersey. For more information about Northfield Bank, please visit www.eNorthfield.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements: This release may contain certain “forward looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and may be identified by the use of such words as “may,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “plan,” “estimate,” “predict,” “continue,” and “potential” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, estimates with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Any or all of the forward-looking statements in this release and in any other public statements made by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. may turn out to be wrong. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions Northfield Bancorp, Inc. might make or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties as described in our SEC filings, including, but not limited to, those related to general economic conditions, particularly in the market areas in which the Company operates, competition and demand for financial services in our market area, fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions, changes in liquidity, the size and composition of our deposit portfolio and the percentage of uninsured deposits in the portfolio, competition among depository and other financial institutions, including with respect to fees and interest rates, changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in the monetary policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the imposition of tariffs or other domestic or international governmental policies, changes in the quality and/or composition of our loan and securities portfolios, prepayment speeds, charge-offs and/or credit loss provisions, our ability to access cost-effective funding, changes in the value of our goodwill or other intangible assets, changes in regulatory fees, assessments  and capital requirements, inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins, reduce the fair value of financial instruments or reduce our ability to originate loans, the failure to maintain current technologies and to successfully implement future information technology enhancements, cyber security and fraud risks against our information technology and those of our third-party providers, the ability of third-party providers to perform their obligations to us, the effects of war, conflict, and acts of terrorism, our ability to successfully integrate acquired entities, and adverse changes in the securities markets. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. does not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this release, or conform these statements to actual events.

    Company Contact:
    William R. Jacobs
    Chief Financial Officer
    Tel: (732) 499-7200 ext. 2519

    (Tables follow)

    NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) (unaudited)
     
      At or For the Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31
      2025   2024   2024
    Selected Financial Ratios:          
    Performance Ratios (1)          
    Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) 0.56 %   0.43 %   0.79 %
    Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) 4.52     3.59     6.40  
    Average equity to average total assets 12.43     12.04     12.28  
    Interest rate spread 1.76     1.39     1.54  
    Net interest margin 2.38     2.03     2.18  
    Efficiency ratio (2) 61.57     71.43     56.75  
    Non-interest expense to average total assets 1.53     1.55     1.46  
    Non-interest expense to average total interest-earning assets 1.61     1.63     1.53  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities 129.42     128.66     129.20  
    Asset Quality Ratios:          
    Non-performing assets to total assets 0.34     0.29     0.36  
    Non-performing loans (3) to total loans (4) 0.48     0.41     0.51  
    Allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans (5) 242.73     214.83     227.72  
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans held-for-investment, net (6) 0.87     0.89     0.87  
     

    (1) Annualized where appropriate.
    (2) The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
    (3) Non-performing loans consist of non-accruing loans and loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing (excluding PCD loans), and are included in total loans held-for-investment, net.
    (4) Includes originated loans held-for-investment, PCD loans, acquired loans and loans held-for-sale.
    (5) Excludes loans held-for-sale.
    (6) Includes originated loans held-for-investment, PCD loans, and acquired loans.

    NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts) (unaudited)
     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    ASSETS:      
    Cash and due from banks $ 12,523     $ 13,043  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions   89,139       154,701  
    Total cash and cash equivalents   101,662       167,744  
    Trading securities   13,003       13,884  
    Debt securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value   1,246,473       1,100,817  
    Debt securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost   8,883       9,303  
    Equity securities   10,855       14,261  
    Loans held-for-sale   4,897       4,897  
    Loans held-for-investment, net   3,991,529       4,022,224  
    Allowance for credit losses   (34,921 )     (35,183 )
    Net loans held-for-investment   3,956,608       3,987,041  
    Accrued interest receivable   19,648       19,078  
    Bank-owned life insurance   177,398       175,759  
    Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost   38,350       35,894  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   27,345       27,771  
    Premises and equipment, net   21,431       21,985  
    Goodwill   41,012       41,012  
    Other assets   42,435       46,932  
    Total assets $ 5,710,000     $ 5,666,378  
           
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:      
    LIABILITIES:      
    Deposits $ 4,131,956     $ 4,138,477  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings   709,159       666,402  
    Subordinated debentures, net of issuance costs   61,498       61,442  
    Lease liabilities   31,630       32,209  
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance   29,270       24,057  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   35,338       39,095  
    Total liabilities   4,998,851       4,961,682  
           
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:      
    Total stockholders’ equity   711,149       704,696  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 5,710,000     $ 5,666,378  
           
    Total shares outstanding   42,676,274       42,903,598  
    Tangible book value per share(1) $ 15.70     $ 15.46  
     

    (1) Tangible book value per share is calculated based on total stockholders’ equity, excluding intangible assets (goodwill and core deposit intangibles), divided by total shares outstanding as of the balance sheet date. Core deposit intangibles were $57 and $69 at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, and are included in other assets.

    NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts) (unaudited)
     
      For the Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,
        2025       2024     2024  
    Interest income:          
    Loans $ 45,283     $ 46,047   $ 45,902  
    Mortgage-backed securities   12,009       4,398     9,160  
    Other securities   797       3,841     1,428  
    Federal Home Loan Bank of New York dividends   862       970     885  
    Deposits in other financial institutions   1,141       3,392     2,347  
    Total interest income   60,092       58,648     59,722  
    Interest expense:          
    Deposits   21,191       19,273     22,031  
    Borrowings   6,291       10,663     7,169  
    Subordinated debt   819       828     837  
    Total interest expense   28,301       30,764     30,037  
    Net interest income   31,791       27,884     29,685  
    Provision for credit losses   2,582       415     1,942  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   29,209       27,469     27,743  
    Non-interest income:          
    Fees and service charges for customer services   1,620       1,615     1,634  
    Income on bank-owned life insurance   1,639       964     1,277  
    (Losses)/gains on trading securities, net   (299 )     699     68  
    Gain on sale of property             3,402  
    Other   62       103     623  
    Total non-interest income   3,022       3,381     7,004  
    Non-interest expense:          
    Compensation and employee benefits   11,775       12,765     11,761  
    Occupancy   3,533       3,553     3,253  
    Furniture and equipment   414       484     436  
    Data processing   2,122       2,147     1,921  
    Professional fees   1,072       809     762  
    Advertising   250       518     287  
    Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance   617       588     625  
    Credit loss expense/(benefit) for off-balance sheet exposures   103       83     (55 )
    Other   1,549       1,385     1,832  
    Total non-interest expense   21,435       22,332     20,822  
    Income before income tax expense   10,796       8,518     13,925  
    Income tax expense   2,920       2,304     2,674  
    Net income $ 7,876     $ 6,214   $ 11,251  
    Net income per common share:          
    Basic $ 0.19     $ 0.15   $ 0.28  
    Diluted $ 0.19     $ 0.15   $ 0.27  
    Basic average shares outstanding   40,864,529       42,367,243     40,889,355  
    Diluted average shares outstanding   40,922,829       42,408,953     41,029,275  
     
    NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
    ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME
    (Dollars in thousands) (unaudited)
     
      For the Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Average Outstanding Balance   Interest   Average Yield/ Rate(1)   Average Outstanding Balance   Interest   Average Yield/ Rate(1)   Average Outstanding Balance   Interest   Average Yield/ Rate(1)
    Interest-earning assets:                                  
    Loans(2) $ 4,007,266   $ 45,283   4.58 %   $ 4,044,787   $ 45,902   4.51 %   $ 4,174,668   $ 46,047   4.44 %
    Mortgage-backed securities(3)   1,132,715     12,009   4.30       950,309     9,160   3.83       648,811     4,398   2.73  
    Other securities(3)   118,082     797   2.74       177,462     1,428   3.20       391,980     3,841   3.94  
    Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock   36,929     862   9.47       37,065     885   9.50       39,599     970   9.85  
    Interest-earning deposits in financial institutions   118,983     1,141   3.89       204,146     2,347   4.57       262,884     3,392   5.19  
    Total interest-earning assets   5,413,975     60,092   4.50       5,413,769     59,722   4.39       5,517,942     58,648   4.27  
    Non-interest-earning assets   277,586             277,067             266,428        
    Total assets $ 5,691,561           $ 5,690,836           $ 5,784,370        
                                       
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                  
    Savings, NOW, and money market accounts $ 2,502,664   $ 12,148   1.97 %   $ 2,424,370   $ 11,997   1.97 %   $ 2,464,297   $ 12,331   2.01 %
    Certificates of deposit   923,713     9,043   3.97       928,658     10,034   4.30       654,328     6,942   4.27  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   3,426,377     21,191   2.51       3,353,028     22,031   2.61       3,118,625     19,273   2.49  
    Borrowed funds   695,281     6,291   3.67       775,722     7,169   3.68       1,108,880     10,663   3.87  
    Subordinated debt   61,461     819   5.40       61,406     837   5.42       61,239     828   5.44  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   4,183,119     28,301   2.74       4,190,156     30,037   2.85       4,288,744     30,764   2.89  
    Non-interest bearing deposits   706,217             703,886             699,640        
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   94,819             97,918             99,594        
    Total liabilities   4,984,155             4,991,960             5,087,978        
    Stockholders’ equity   707,406             698,876             696,392        
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 5,691,561           $ 5,690,836           $ 5,784,370        
                                       
    Net interest income     $ 31,791           $ 29,685           $ 27,884    
    Net interest rate spread(4)         1.76 %           1.54 %           1.39 %
    Net interest-earning assets(5) $ 1,230,856           $ 1,223,613           $ 1,229,198        
    Net interest margin(6)         2.38 %           2.18 %           2.03 %
    Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities         129.42 %           129.20 %           128.66 %
     

    (1) Average yields and rates are annualized.
    (2) Includes non-accruing loans.
    (3) Securities available-for-sale and other securities are reported at amortized cost.
    (4) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (5) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
    (6) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Colorado Helps Lead Lawsuit to Stop Trump Administration’s Illegal Tariffs that Are Raising Prices, Causing Economic Uncertainty

    Source: US State of Colorado

    President Trump’s tariff tax disaster is creating uncertainty in the economy, and drying up investment by plunging markets into chaos

    COLORADO – Today, Governor Polis and Attorney General Phil Weiser announced that the state will take legal action against the Trump administration over its failed tariff taxes that are destroying our economy, increasing costs on Americans, plunging markets, and putting America on the track to a recession. Colorado joins Oregon, Arizona, Connecticut, Delaware, Illinois, Maine, Minnesota, Nevada, New Mexico, New York, and Vermont.

    “Tariffs are awful for Americans and our economy, and it’s important to use every legal tool possible to reduce trade barriers and increase prosperity. Today, Colorado is standing up against President Trump’s recessionary tariff tax increase, which has been disastrous and is jeopardizing both U.S. leadership and the world economy. Here in Colorado, tariffs are already hurting Colorado agriculture and small businesses. We will do everything we can legally to prevent tariffs that are bad for businesses and all Americans,” said Colorado Governor Jared Polis.

    Today, Governor Polis hosted Colorado-Mexico Friendship Day and has met with businesses across the state about the negative impacts of Trump’s tariffs on Colorado jobs and the economy.

    “Coloradans are already starting to feel the effects of the Trump tariffs, with rising prices to consumers and the State of Colorado resulting from them,” Weiser said. “Under the Constitution, only Congress has the power to tax and impose tariffs and there is no ‘emergency’ that justifies the Trump tariffs. We are challenging these tariffs in court because they are illegal and, as one study concluded, they will ‘increase inflation, result in nearly 800,000 lost jobs, and shrink the American economy by $180 billion a year’.”

    The lawsuit challenges President Trump’s executive orders calling for higher tariffs on most products worldwide. These tariffs impose a 25 percent tariff on most products from Canada and Mexico, and a 10 percent tariff on most products from the rest of the world. It also challenges President Trump’s plan to raise tariffs on imports from 46 other trading partners on July 9.

    Studies of the tariffs President Trump issued in his first term show that 95 percent of the cost of tariffs are paid by Americans. The Federal Reserve and the International Monetary Fund project that this round of tariffs will cause inflation.

    The lawsuit explains that under Article I of the Constitution, only Congress has the “Power To lay and collect Taxes, Duties, Imposts and Excises.” The executive orders cite the powers granted by the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA), but that law applies only when an emergency presents “unusual and extraordinary threat” from abroad and does not give the President the power to impose tariffs. Congress enacted IEEPA in 1977. No President had imposed tariffs based on IEEPA until President Trump did so this year.

    The case is State of Oregon, et al., v. Trump, et al. and was filed in the U.S. Court of International Trade.

    The case is led by Oregon Attorney General Dan Rayfield and Arizona Attorney General Kris Mayes. Also joining the lawsuit are the attorneys general of Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Illinois, Maine, Minnesota, Nevada, New Mexico, New York, and Vermont.

    In 2024, Colorado exported a record $10.5 billion of goods to the world and imported $16.8 B in goods. Colorado’s top export partners are Mexico ($1.7B), Canada ($1.6B), China ($0.8B)  South Korea ($0.6B), and Malaysia ($0.6 B), accounting for half of all Colorado exports in 2024. Top export commodities include meat (17%); nuclear reactors, boilers, machinery (15%); electric machinery (13%); optic, photo, medical or surgical instruments (11%); and aircraft, spacecraft, and related parts (5%). In 2022, exports from Colorado supported an estimated 40 thousand jobs.

    Colorado in 2024 exported $500 million in aerospace, spacecraft, and related parts, accounting for roughly 4.8% of all Colorado exports. The European Union, Brazil, France, Canada and Mexico were the top five export destinations, accounting for 63% of Colorado’s aerospace exports. In 2024, Colorado imported $1 billion of aerospace, spacecraft and related parts, accounting for roughly 6.2% of all Colorado imports. Switzerland, the EU, Germany, Canada, and France were the top five import sources, accounting for over 90% of Colorado’s aerospace imports.

    An estimated 820,200 jobs in Colorado are supported by international trade, representing 20.8% of all jobs in the state. Colorado’s top import partners are Canada ($5.4 B), China ($1.8 B), Mexico ($1.1 B), Switzerland ($0.9 B) and Germany ($0.9 B), accounting for 60% of imports in 2024. Top import commodities include oil, mineral fuel (20%); electric machinery (14%); nuclear reactors, boilers, machinery (11%); optic, photo, medical or surgical instruments (8%); and aircraft, spacecraft and related parts (6%).

    In addition to the commodities traded, Colorado also trades services and runs a services trade surplus. In 2022, Colorado exported $16 B in services, supporting 97,260 jobs. Top services export markets were Canada ($1.3 B), the United Kingdom ($0.9 B), Mexico ($0.9 B), and China ($0.6 B). As a bloc, the EU was the top services export market with $3.8 B in services exports supporting over 18,900 jobs.

    ###
     

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Pontiac Man Pleads Guilty in $4M Identity Theft and Unemployment Fraud Case

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    DETROIT – A Pontiac man has pleaded guilty to committing aggravated identity theft and wire fraud as part of large-scale, multi-state Unemployment Insurance benefit fraud scheme in which he and co-conspirators fraudulently obtained debit cards loaded with more than $4 million in Pandemic Unemployment Assistance funds, Acting United States Attorney Julie A. Beck announced today.

    Joining in the announcement were Megan Howell, Acting Special Agent-in-Charge, Chicago Region, U.S. Department of Labor, Office of Inspector General, Special Agent-in-Charge Cheyvoryea Gibson, Federal Bureau of Investigation, Detroit Division, Charles Miller, Special Agent-in-Charge, Internal Revenue Service – Criminal Investigations, Douglas Zloto, Special Agent-in-Charge, U.S. Secret Service, Sean McStravick, Acting Inspector-in-Charge, U.S. Postal Service, Office of Inspector General, and Director Jason Palmer, State of Michigan Unemployment Insurance Agency.

    Terrance Calhoun, Jr., 36, of Pontiac, Michigan, pleaded guilty to committing aggravated identity theft, wire fraud, conspiracy to commit wire fraud, and to possessing 15 or more unauthorized access devices, all in relation to acts of unemployment insurance fraud.

    According to his plea agreement, Calhoun Jr., and others, used stolen personal identification and filed hundreds of false unemployment claims with state unemployment insurance agencies in Michigan, Arizona, and Maryland over a six-month period in the names of other individuals without their knowledge or consent. Those false claims resulted in hundreds of debit cards loaded with over $4 million in unemployment insurance funds being mailed to addresses controlled by Calhoun Jr. and his co-conspirators. Roughly $1.6 million dollars in purchases and cash withdrawals were then successfully made from the cards.

    As described within a prior complaint, when agents executed search warrants at the principal mailing addresses used for the fraudulent unemployment insurance benefit claims, including the residence of Calhoun Jr., agents seized numerous documents containing the personal identification information of other individuals, multiple debit cards in the names of numerous other individuals, and firearms.

    Calhoun now faces a possible sentence of up to 20-years’ imprisonment for each of the wire fraud counts to which he has pleaded guilty, a possible sentence of up to 10-years’ imprisonment for possessing 15 or more unauthorized access devices, and a mandatorily consecutive 2-year sentence for the aggravated identity theft charge to which he has pleaded guilty.

    Sentencing is set for August 27, 2025 before United States District Court Judge Judith E. Levy.

    “Taxpayer money diverted into the pockets of criminals means less money going to Michiganders who actually need help getting through difficult financial times and who follow the rules when seeking assistance,” said Acting US Attorney Beck.  “These charges reflect our office’s ongoing commitment to the community by investigating such schemes and bringing those who commit these crimes to justice.”

    “Terrance Calhoun Jr and his co-conspirators engaged in a scheme to defraud state workforce agencies in Michigan, Arizona, and Maryland by filing hundreds of fraudulent unemployment insurance (UI) claims.  As a result, Calhoun enriched himself by stealing taxpayer resources intended for unemployed American workers.  We will continue to work with our law enforcement partners to protect the integrity of the UI program from those who seek to exploit it,” said Megan Howell, Acting Special Agent-in-Charge, Great Lakes Region, U.S. Department of Labor, Office of Inspector General.

    “Individuals who commit identity theft and unemployment insurance fraud of this magnitude deserve to be punished to the fullest extent of the law,” said Charles Miller, Special Agent in Charge, Detroit Field Office, IRS Criminal Investigation (IRS-CI).  “Terrance Calhoun, Jr. and Jermaine Arnett demonstrated a blatant disregard of the integrity of the multiple states’ unemployment insurance systems and caused immeasurable hardship to innocent victims. IRS-CI remains committed to the pursuit of identity theft and financial fraud, and together with our partners at the U.S. Attorney’s Office, we will hold those who engage in similar crimes accountable.”

    “The FBI in Michigan, alongside our law enforcement partners, remains steadfast in protecting the community and investigating individuals who violate federal law,” said Cheyvoryea Gibson, Special Agent in Charge of the FBI Detroit Field Office. “Today’s guilty plea by Terrance Calhoun, whose involvement in a multi-state fraud scheme, is a clear reminder that bad actors will be stopped, and we will ensure integrity will prevail.”

    The case was jointly investigated by agents from the Department of Labor Office of the Inspector General, the Internal Revenue Service – Criminal Investigations Division, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement, the United States Secret Service, the United States Postal Service Office of the Inspector General, and the State of Michigan -Unemployment Insurance Agency. The case is being prosecuted by Assistant United States Attorneys Carl D. Gilmer-Hill and Jessica A. Nathan.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI: CVB Financial Corp. Reports Earnings for the First Quarter 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    First Quarter 2025

    • Net Earnings of $51.1 million, or $0.36 per share
    • Return on Average Assets of 1.37%
    • Return on Average Tangible Common Equity of 14.51%
    • Net Interest Margin of 3.31%

    ONTARIO, CA, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — CVB Financial Corp. (NASDAQ:CVBF) and its subsidiary, Citizens Business Bank (the “Company”), announced earnings for the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    CVB Financial Corp. reported net income of $51.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared with $50.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $48.6 million for the first quarter of 2024. Diluted earnings per share were $0.36 for the first quarter, compared to $0.36 for the prior quarter and $0.35 for the same period last year.

    For the first quarter of 2025, annualized return on average equity (“ROAE”) was 9.31%, annualized return on average tangible common equity (“ROATCE”) was 14.51%, and an annualized return on average assets (“ROAA”) was 1.37%.

    David Brager, President and Chief Executive Officer of Citizens Business Bank, commented, “Citizens Business Bank’s performance in the first quarter demonstrates our continued financial strength and focus on our vision of serving the comprehensive financial needs of small to medium sized businesses and their owners. Our consistent financial performance is highlighted by our 192 consecutive quarters, or 48 years, of profitability, and our 142 consecutive quarters of paying cash dividends. I would like to thank our customers and associates for their continuing commitment and loyalty.”

    Highlights for the First Quarter of 2025

    • Pretax income was $69.5 million, up $1.5 million or 2%, from the prior quarter
    • Efficiency ratio of 46.7%
    • Net gain of $2.2 million on sale of $19.3 million of OREO assets
    • Net interest margin of 3.31%, increased by 13 basis points compared to the fourth quarter of 2024
    • Cost of funds decreased to 1.04% from 1.13% in the fourth quarter of 2024
    • Noninterest bearing deposits grew by $147 million from the end of 2024
    • Dairy and Livestock loans decreased by $168 million or 44% from the end of 2024
    • Net Recoveries of $130,000 and $2 million recapture of credit losses
    • TCE Ratio of 10.0% & CET1 Ratio of 16.5%

    INCOME STATEMENT HIGHLIGHTS

      Three Months Ended  
      March 31, 2025
      December 31, 2024
      March 31, 2024
     
      (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
    Net interest income $ 110,444     $ 110,418     $ 112,461    
    Recapure of (provision for) credit losses   2,000       3,000          
    Noninterest income   16,229       13,103       14,113    
    Noninterest expense   (59,144 )     (58,480 )     (59,771 )  
    Income taxes   (18,425 )     (17,183 )     (18,204 )  
    Net earnings $ 51,104     $ 50,858     $ 48,599    
    Earnings per common share:            
    Basic $ 0.37     $ 0.36     $ 0.35    
    Diluted $ 0.36     $ 0.36     $ 0.35    
                 
    NIM   3.31 %     3.18 %     3.10 %  
    ROAA   1.37 %     1.30 %     1.21 %  
    ROAE   9.31 %     9.14 %     9.31 %  
    ROATCE   14.51 %     14.31 %     15.13 %  
    Efficiency ratio   46.69 %     47.34 %     47.22 %  
                 

    Net Interest Income
    Net interest income was $110.4 million for the first quarter of 2025, essentially equal to the fourth quarter of 2024, and a $2.02 million, or 1.79%, decrease from the first quarter of 2024. Compared to the prior quarter, net interest income in the first quarter of 2025 was impacted by a 13-basis point increase in net interest margin that was offset by a $405.6 million decline in earning assets.

    The decline in net interest income of $2 million compared to the first quarter of 2024 was the net result of a $1.09 billion decline in earning assets partially offset by a 21-basis point increase in net interest margin. The decrease in earning assets was primarily due to the deleveraging strategy deployed in the second half of 2024, which resulted in the Company’s borrowings declining by $1.48 billion.

    Net Interest Margin
    Our tax equivalent net interest margin was 3.31% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 3.18% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 3.10% for the first quarter of 2024. The 13 basis points increase in our net interest margin compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, was the combined result of a four-basis point increase in our interest-earning assets and a nine-basis point decrease in our cost of funds, including a seven-basis point decrease in cost of deposits. The four-basis point increase in our interest-earning asset yield was primarily due to a seven-basis point increase in loan yields and a five-basis points increase in investment securities yields. We experienced an increase in yields on investments in the first quarter of 2025, as a result of the sale of lower-yielding available-for-sale (“AFS”) securities and the purchase of higher-yielding AFS securities during the fourth quarter of 2024. However, this increase in investment yields was partially offset by a decrease during the first quarter of 2025 in the positive carry on our fair value hedging instruments that pay a fixed interest rate while receiving daily SOFR.

    Net interest margin for the first quarter of 2025 increased by 21-basis points compared to the first quarter of 2024, primarily as a result of 27-basis point decrease in cost of funds from 1.31% for the first quarter of 2024 to 1.04% for the first quarter of 2025. The decrease in cost of funds was primarily due to a $1.48 billion decline in borrowings, which had an average cost of 4.76% in the first quarter of 2024. For the first quarter of 2025, the Company had average borrowings of $513 million at a cost of 4.61% and average deposits and customer repos of $12.19 billion at a cost of .87%, which compares to the first quarter of 2024 in which borrowings averaged $2 billion at a cost of 4.76% and average deposits and customer repos of $11.95 billion at a cost of .73%. The decrease in cost of funds was offset by lower interest earning asset yields that declined by 6 basis points from 4.34% in the first quarter of 2024 to 4.28% in the first quarter of 2025. The lower earning asset yields included lower loan yields, which declined from 5.30% for the first quarter of 2024 to 5.22% for the first quarter of 2025.

    Earning Assets and Deposits
    On average, earning assets decreased by $405.6 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 and declined by $1.09 billion when compared to the first quarter of 2024. The decline in earning assets from the fourth quarter of 2024 was primarily a $323 million decrease in funds held at the Federal Reserve, as well as a $55 million average decline in outstanding loans. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, the average balance of outstanding loans was $357 million lower, investment securities decreased by $449.0 million and the average amount of funds held at the Federal Reserve decreased by $272.0 million. Noninterest-bearing deposits declined on average by $109.7 million, or 1.54%, from the fourth quarter of 2024 and interest-bearing deposits and customer repurchase agreements declined on average by $270.9 million. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, total deposits and customer repurchase agreements increased on average by $243.9 million, or 2.04%, including an increase of $420.2 million in interest-bearing deposits and customer repurchase agreements. On average, noninterest-bearing deposits were 59.01% of total deposits during the most recent quarter, compared to 58.74% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 61.72% for the first quarter of 2024.

        Three Months Ended  
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024  
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Yield on average investment securities (TE)   2.63%       2.58%       2.64%    
    Yield on average loans   5.22%       5.15%       5.30%    
    Yield on average earning assets (TE)   4.28%       4.24%       4.34%    
    Cost of deposits   0.86%       0.93%       0.74%    
    Cost of funds   1.04%       1.13%       1.31%    
    Net interest margin (TE)   3.31%       3.18%       3.10%    
                               
    Average Earning Asset Mix Avg   % of Total   Avg   % of Total   Avg   % of Total
      Total investment securities $ 4,908,718   36.21 %   $ 4,936,514   35.36 %   $ 5,357,708   36.59 %  
      Interest-earning deposits with other institutions   162,389   1.20 %     485,103   3.47 %     444,101   3.03 %  
      Loans   8,467,465   62.46 %     8,522,587   61.04 %     8,824,579   60.26 %  
      Total interest-earning assets   13,556,584         13,962,216         14,644,400      
                               


    Provision for Credit Losses

    There was a $2.0 million recapture of provision for credit losses in the first quarter of 2025, compared to a $3.0 million recapture of provision for credit losses in the fourth quarter of 2024 and no provision in the first quarter of 2024. Net recoveries for the first quarter of 2025 were $130,000 compared to net recoveries of $180,000 in the prior quarter. Allowance for credit losses represented 0.94% of gross loans at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

    Noninterest Income
    Noninterest income was $16.2 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared with $13.1 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $14.1 million for the first quarter of 2024. During the first quarter of 2025, the Bank sold four OREO properties resulting in a gain of $2.2 million. Income from Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) increased in the first quarter of 2025 by $445,000 from the fourth quarter of 2024 and decreased by $762,000 compared to the first quarter of 2024. Compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 and the first quarter of 2024, income from various equity investments increased by $750,000 and $450,000, respectively.

    Noninterest Expense
    Noninterest expense for the first quarter of 2025 was $59.1 million, compared to $58.5 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $59.8 million for the first quarter of 2024. The $664,000 quarter-over-quarter increase includes a $500,000 provision for unfunded loan commitments in the first quarter of 2025, compared to no provision or recapture of provision in the first and fourth quarter of 2024. Salaries and employee benefit costs increased $479,000, as the first quarter of each calendar year reflects higher payroll taxes than the fourth quarter of the prior year. Offsetting those quarter-over-quarter increases was a decline in legal expenses of $326,000.

    The year-over-year decrease in noninterest expense of $627,000 was impacted by the higher level of assessment expense in the first quarter of 2024, in which we had an additional accrual of $2.3 million associated with the 2023 FDIC special assessment. The decline in assessment expense was offset by increases in software expenses of $696,000 and occupancy expenses of $433,000, as well as the $500,000 recapture of provision for unfunded loan commitments in the first quarter of 2025. As a percentage of average assets, noninterest expense was 1.58% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 1.49% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 1.48% for the first quarter of 2024. The efficiency ratio for the first quarter of 2025 was 46.69%, compared to 47.34% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 47.22% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Income Taxes
    Our effective tax rate for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 was 26.50%, compared with 25.25% for the fourth quarter of 2024, and 27.25% for the same period of 2024. Our estimated annual effective tax rate can vary depending upon the level of tax-advantaged income from municipal securities and BOLI, as well as available tax credits.

    BALANCE SHEET HIGHLIGHTS

    Assets
    The Company reported total assets of $15.26 billion at March 31, 2025. This represented an increase of $102.9 million, or 0.68%, from total assets of $15.15 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase in assets included a $290.3 million increase in interest-earning balances due from the Federal Reserve, offset by a $27.6 million decrease in investment securities, and a $170.9 million decrease in net loans.

    Total assets at March 31, 2025 decreased by $1.2 billion, or 7.36%, from total assets of $16.47 billion at March 31, 2024. The decrease in assets was primarily due to a decrease of $476.5 million in interest-earning balances due from the Federal Reserve, a decrease of $397.5 million in investment securities and a $402.5 million decrease in net loans.

    Investment Securities
    Total investment securities were $4.89 billion at March 31, 2025, a decrease of $27.6 million, or 0.56% from December 31, 2024, and a decrease of $397.5 million, or 7.51%, from $5.29 billion at March 31, 2024.  

    At March 31, 2025, investment securities held-to-maturity (“HTM”) totaled $2.36 billion, a decrease of $20.5 million, or 0.86% from December 31, 2024, and a decrease of $95.4 million, or 3.89%, from March 31, 2024.

    At March 31, 2025, investment securities available-for-sale (“AFS”) totaled $2.54 billion, inclusive of a pre-tax net unrealized loss of $338.4 million. AFS securities decreased by $7.0 million, or 0.28% from December 31, 2024 and decreased by $302.0 million, or 10.65%, from $2.84 billion at March 31, 2024. The pre-tax unrealized loss decreased by $58.9 million from December 31, 2024 and decreased by $97.2 million from March 31, 2024.

    Loans
    Total loans and leases, at amortized cost, of $8.36 billion at March 31, 2025 decreased by $172.8 million, or 2.02%, from December 31, 2024. The quarter-over quarter decrease in loans included decreases of $16.8 million in commercial real estate loans and $167.8 million in dairy & livestock loans, partially offset by an increase of $17.1 million in commercial and industrial loans.

    Total loans and leases, at amortized cost, decreased by $407.1 million, or 4.64%, from March 31, 2024. The $407.1 million decrease included decreases of $229.9 million in commercial real estate loans, $43.1 million in construction loans, $20.8 million in commercial and industrial loans, $99.1 million in dairy & livestock and agribusiness loans, $6.8 million in municipal lease financings, and $7.0 million in SFR mortgage loans.

    Asset Quality
    During the first quarter of 2025, we experienced credit charge-offs of $40,000 and total recoveries of $170,000, resulting in net recoveries of $130,000. The allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) totaled $78.3 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $80.1 million at December 31, 2024 and $82.8 million at March 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025, ACL as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding was 0.94%. This compares to 0.94% and 0.94% at December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.

    Nonperforming loans, defined as nonaccrual loans, including modified loans on nonaccrual, plus loans 90 days past due and accruing interest, and nonperforming assets, defined as nonperforming plus OREO, are highlighted below.

    Nonperforming Assets and Delinquency Trends March 31, 2025
      December 31, 2024
      March 31, 2024
    Nonperforming loans   (Dollars in thousands)
    Commercial real estate   $ 24,379     $ 25,866     $ 10,661  
    SBA     1,024       1,529       54  
    Commercial and industrial     173       340       2,727  
    Dairy & livestock and agribusiness     60       60       60  
    SFR mortgage                 308  
    Consumer and other loans                  
    Total   $ 25,636     $ 27,795     $ 13,810  
    % of Total loans     0.31 %     0.33 %     0.16 %
    OREO            
    Commercial real estate   $ 495     $ 18,656     $  
    Commercial and industrial                 647  
    SFR mortgage           647        
    Total   $ 495     $ 19,303     $ 647  
                 
    Total nonperforming assets   $ 26,131     $ 47,098     $ 14,457  
    % of Nonperforming assets to total assets     0.17 %     0.31 %     0.09 %
                 
    Past due 30-89 days (accruing)            
    Commercial real estate   $     $     $ 19,781  
    SBA     718       88       408  
    Commercial and industrial           399       6  
    Dairy & livestock and agribusiness                  
    SFR mortgage                  
    Consumer and other loans                  
    Total   $ 718     $ 487     $ 20,195  
    % of Total loans     0.01 %     0.01 %     0.23 %
    Total nonperforming, OREO, and past due   $ 26,849     $ 47,585     $ 34,652  
                 
    Classified Loans   $ 94,169     $ 89,549     $ 103,080  
     

    The $21.0 million decrease in nonperforming assets from December 31, 2024 was primarily due to the sale of $19.3 million of OREO at a net gain of $2.2 million during the first quarter of 2025. Classified loans are loans that are graded “substandard” or worse. Classified loans increased $4.6 million quarter-over-quarter, primarily due to increases of $6.5 million in classified dairy and livestock loans.

    Deposits & Customer Repurchase Agreements
    Deposits of $12.0 billion and customer repurchase agreements of $276.2 million totaled $12.27 billion at March 31, 2025. This represented a net increase of $55.8 million compared to December 31, 2024. Total deposits and customer repurchase agreements increased $95.4 million, or .78% when compared to $12.17 billion at March 31, 2024.

    Noninterest-bearing deposits were $7.18 billion at March 31, 2025, an increase of $147.2 million, or 2.09%, when compared to $7.04 billion at December 31, 2024. Noninterest-bearing deposits increased by $71.5 million, or 1.00% when compared to $7.11 billion at March 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025, noninterest-bearing deposits were 59.92% of total deposits, compared to 58.90% at December 31, 2024 and 59.80% at
    March 31, 2024.

    Borrowings
    As of March 31, 2025, total borrowings consisted of $500 million of FHLB advances. The FHLB advances include maturities of $300 million, at an average cost of approximately 4.73%, maturing in May of 2026, and $200 million, at a cost of 4.27% maturing in May of 2027. Total borrowings decreased by $1.5 billion from March 31, 2024. The $2.0 billion of borrowings at March 31, 2024 consisted of one-year advances from the Federal Reserve’s Bank Term Funding Program, at an average cost of approximately 4.75%, all of which were redeemed before the end of 2024.

    Capital
    The Company’s total equity was $2.23 billion at March 31, 2025. This represented an overall increase of $42.1 million from total equity of $2.19 billion at December 31, 2024. Increases to equity included $51.1 million in net earnings and a $34.8 million increase in other comprehensive income that were partially offset by $27.9 million in cash dividends. During the first quarter of 2025, we repurchased, under our stock repurchase plan, 782,063 shares of common stock, at an average repurchase price of $19.55, totaling $15.3 million.   Our tangible book value per share at March 31, 2025 was $10.45.

    Our capital ratios under the revised capital framework referred to as Basel III remain well-above regulatory standards.

            CVB Financial Corp. Consolidated  
    Capital Ratios   Minimum Required Plus Capital Conservation Buffer   March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024  
                       
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio   4.0%   11.8%   11.5%   10.5%  
    Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio   7.0%   16.5%   16.2%   14.9%  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   8.5%   16.5%   16.2%   14.9%  
    Total risk-based capital ratio   10.5%   17.3%   17.1%   15.8%  
                       
    Tangible common equity ratio       10.0%   9.8%   8.3%  
                       

    CitizensTrust
    As of March 31, 2025 CitizensTrust had approximately $4.7 billion in assets under management and administration, including $3.38 billion in assets under management. Revenues were $3.4 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $3.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $3.2 million for the first quarter of 2024. CitizensTrust provides trust, investment and brokerage related services, as well as financial, estate and business succession planning.

    Corporate Overview
    CVB Financial Corp. (“CVBF”) is the holding company for Citizens Business Bank. CVBF is one of the 10 largest bank holding companies headquartered in California with more than $15 billion in total assets. Citizens Business Bank is consistently recognized as one of the top performing banks in the nation and offers a wide array of banking, lending and investing services with more than 60 banking centers and three trust office locations serving California.

    Shares of CVB Financial Corp. common stock are listed on the NASDAQ under the ticker symbol “CVBF”. For investor information on CVB Financial Corp., visit our Citizens Business Bank website at www.cbbank.com and click on the “Investors” tab.

    Conference Call

    Management will hold a conference call at 7:30 a.m. PDT/10:30 a.m. EDT on Thursday, April 24, 2025, to discuss the Company’s first quarter 2025 financial results. The conference call can be accessed live by registering at: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BI643a97d119af4b899539fee84f093408

    The conference call will also be simultaneously webcast over the Internet; please visit our Citizens Business Bank website at www.cbbank.com and click on the “Investors” tab to access the call from the site. Please access the website 15 minutes prior to the call to download any necessary audio software. This webcast will be recorded and available for replay on the Company’s website approximately two hours after the conclusion of the conference call and will be available on the website for approximately 12 months.

    Safe Harbor
    Certain statements set forth herein constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “will likely result”, “aims”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “could”, “estimates”, “expects”, “hopes”, “intends”, “may”, “plans”, “projects”, “seeks”, “should”, “will,” “strategy”, “possibility”, and variations of these words and similar expressions help to identify these forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or performance to differ materially from those projected. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on the Company including, without limitation, plans, strategies, goals and statements about the Company’s outlook regarding revenue and asset growth, financial performance and profitability, capital and liquidity levels, loan and deposit levels, growth and retention, yields and returns, loan diversification and credit management, stockholder value creation, tax rates, the impact of economic developments, the impact of monetary, fiscal and trade policies, and the impact of acquisitions we have made or may make. Such statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, many of which are difficult to predict and are generally beyond the control of the Company, and there can be no assurance that future developments affecting the Company will be the same as those anticipated by management. The Company cautions readers that a number of important factors, in addition to those set forth below, could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied or projected by, such forward-looking statements.

    General risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following: the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which we conduct business; the effects of, and changes in, immigration, trade, tariff, monetary, and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; inflation/deflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations; the effect of acquisitions we have made or may make, including, without limitation, the failure to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals, the failure to achieve the expected revenue growth and/or expense savings from such acquisitions, and/or the failure to effectively integrate an acquisition target and key personnel into our operations; the timely development of competitive products and services and the acceptance of these products and services by new and existing customers; the impact of changes in financial services policies, laws, and regulations, including those concerning banking, taxes, securities, and insurance, and the application thereof by regulatory agencies; the effectiveness of our risk management framework and quantitative models; changes in the level of our nonperforming assets and charge-offs; the transition away from USD LIBOR and uncertainties regarding potential alternative reference rates, including SOFR; the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices or accounting standards, as may be adopted from time-to-time by bank regulatory agencies, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other accounting standards setters; possible credit related impairments or declines in the fair value of loans and securities held by us; possible impairment charges to goodwill on our balance sheet; changes in customer spending, borrowing, and savings habits; the effects of our lack of a diversified loan portfolio, including the risks of geographic and industry concentrations; periodic fluctuations in commercial or residential real estate prices or values; our ability to attract or retain deposits or to access government or private lending facilities and other sources of liquidity; the possibility that we may reduce or discontinue the payment of dividends on our common stock; changes in the financial performance and/or condition of our borrowers; changes in the competitive environment among financial and bank holding companies and other financial service providers; technological changes in banking and financial services; geopolitical conditions, including acts or threats of terrorism, actions taken by the United States or other governments in response to acts or threats of terrorism, and/or military conflicts, which could impact business and economic conditions in the United States and abroad; catastrophic events or natural disasters, including earthquakes, drought, climate change or extreme weather events that may affect our assets, communications or computer services, customers, employees or third party vendors; public health crises and pandemics, and their effects on the economic and business environments in which we operate, including on our asset credit quality, business operations, and employees, as well as the impact on general economic and financial market conditions; cybersecurity threats and fraud and the costs of defending against them, including the costs of compliance with legislation or regulations to combat fraud and cybersecurity threats; our ability to recruit and retain key executives, board members and other employees, and our ability to comply with federal and state in employment laws and regulations; ongoing or unanticipated regulatory or legal proceedings or outcomes; and our ability to manage the risks involved in the foregoing.

    Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements are discussed in the Company’s 2024 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and available at the SEC’s Internet site (http://www.sec.gov).

    The Company does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to update any forward-looking statements to reflect occurrences or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements, except as required by law. Any statements about future operating results, such as those concerning accretion and dilution to the Company’s earnings or shareholders, are for illustrative purposes only, are not forecasts, and actual results may differ.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Certain financial information provided in this earnings release has not been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and is presented on a non-GAAP basis. Investors and analysts should refer to the reconciliations included in this earnings release and should consider the Company’s non-GAAP measures in addition to, not as a substitute for or as superior to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. These measures may or may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

    Contact:
    David A. Brager
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    (909) 980-4030

    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)
                 
                 
        March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Assets            
    Cash and due from banks   $ 187,981     $ 153,875     $ 131,955  
    Interest-earning balances due from Federal Reserve     341,108       50,823       817,634  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     529,089       204,698       949,589  
    Interest-earning balances due from depository institutions     3,451       480       12,632  
    Investment securities available-for-sale     2,535,066       2,542,115       2,837,100  
    Investment securities held-to-maturity     2,359,141       2,379,668       2,454,586  
    Total investment securities     4,894,207       4,921,783       5,291,686  
    Investment in stock of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)     18,012       18,012       18,012  
    Loans and lease finance receivables     8,363,632       8,536,432       8,770,713  
    Allowance for credit losses     (78,252 )     (80,122 )     (82,817 )
    Net loans and lease finance receivables     8,285,380       8,456,310       8,687,896  
    Premises and equipment, net     26,772       27,543       43,448  
    Bank owned life insurance (BOLI)     318,301       316,248       310,744  
    Intangibles     8,812       9,967       13,853  
    Goodwill     765,822       765,822       765,822  
    Other assets     406,745       432,792       374,464  
    Total assets   $ 15,256,591     $ 15,153,655     $ 16,468,146  
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity            
    Liabilities:            
    Deposits:            
    Noninterest-bearing   $ 7,184,267     $ 7,037,096     $ 7,112,789  
    Investment checking     533,220       551,305       545,066  
    Savings and money market     3,710,612       3,786,387       3,561,512  
    Time deposits     561,822       573,593       675,554  
    Total deposits     11,989,921       11,948,381       11,894,921  
    Customer repurchase agreements     276,163       261,887       275,720  
    Other borrowings     500,000       500,000       1,995,000  
    Other liabilities     262,088       257,071       215,680  
    Total liabilities     13,028,172       12,967,339       14,381,321  
    Stockholders’ Equity            
    Stockholders’ equity     2,505,719       2,498,380       2,422,110  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     (277,300 )     (312,064 )     (335,285 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     2,228,419       2,186,316       2,086,825  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 15,256,591     $ 15,153,655     $ 16,468,146  
                 
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)
                 
                 
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Assets            
    Cash and due from banks   $ 154,328     $ 152,966     $ 162,049  
    Interest-earning balances due from Federal Reserve     161,432       484,038       433,421  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     315,760       637,004       595,470  
    Interest-earning balances due from depository institutions     957       1,065       10,680  
    Investment securities available-for-sale     2,539,211       2,542,649       2,900,097  
    Investment securities held-to-maturity     2,369,507       2,393,865       2,457,611  
    Total investment securities     4,908,718       4,936,514       5,357,708  
    Investment in stock of FHLB     18,012       18,012       18,012  
    Loans and lease finance receivables     8,467,465       8,522,587       8,824,579  
    Allowance for credit losses     (80,113 )     (82,960 )     (85,751 )
    Net loans and lease finance receivables     8,387,352       8,439,627       8,738,828  
    Premises and equipment, net     27,408       29,959       44,380  
    Bank owned life insurance (BOLI)     316,643       316,938       309,609  
    Intangibles     9,518       10,650       14,585  
    Goodwill     765,822       765,822       765,822  
    Other assets     419,116       406,898       350,319  
    Total assets   $ 15,169,306     $ 15,562,489     $ 16,205,413  
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity            
    Liabilities:            
    Deposits:            
    Noninterest-bearing   $ 7,006,357     $ 7,116,050     $ 7,182,718  
    Interest-bearing     4,866,318       4,998,424       4,454,135  
    Total deposits     11,872,675       12,114,474       11,636,853  
    Customer repurchase agreements     317,322       456,145       309,272  
    Other borrowings     513,078       500,000       1,991,978  
    Other liabilities     239,283       278,314       168,442  
    Total liabilities     12,942,358       13,348,933       14,106,545  
    Stockholders’ Equity            
    Stockholders’ equity     2,523,923       2,507,060       2,432,075  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     (296,975 )     (293,504 )     (333,207 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     2,226,948       2,213,556       2,098,868  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 15,169,306     $ 15,562,489     $ 16,205,413  
                 
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                 
                 
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Interest income:            
    Loans and leases, including fees   $ 109,071     $ 110,277     $ 116,349  
    Investment securities:            
    Investment securities available-for-sale     18,734       18,041       21,446  
    Investment securities held-to-maturity     13,021       13,020       13,402  
    Total investment income     31,755       31,061       34,848  
    Dividends from FHLB stock     379       380       419  
    Interest-earning deposits with other institutions     1,797       5,881       6,073  
    Total interest income     143,002       147,599       157,689  
    Interest expense:            
    Deposits     25,322       28,317       21,366  
    Borrowings and customer repurchase agreements     6,800       8,291       23,862  
    Other     436       573        
    Total interest expense     32,558       37,181       45,228  
    Net interest income before (recapture of) provision for credit losses     110,444       110,418       112,461  
    (Recapture of) provision for credit losses     (2,000 )     (3,000 )      
    Net interest income after (recapture of) provision for credit losses     112,444       113,418       112,461  
    Noninterest income:            
    Service charges on deposit accounts     4,908       5,097       5,036  
    Trust and investment services     3,411       3,512       3,224  
    Loss on sale of AFS investment securities           (16,735 )      
    Gain on OREO, net     2,183              
    Gain on sale leaseback transactions           16,794        
    Other     5,727       4,435       5,853  
    Total noninterest income     16,229       13,103       14,113  
    Noninterest expense:           .
    Salaries and employee benefits     36,477       35,998       36,401  
    Occupancy and equipment     5,998       5,866       5,565  
    Professional services     2,081       2,646       2,255  
    Computer software expense     4,221       3,921       3,525  
    Marketing and promotion     1,988       1,757       1,630  
    Amortization of intangible assets     1,155       1,163       1,438  
    Provision for unfunded loan commitments     500              
    Other     6,724       7,129       8,957  
    Total noninterest expense     59,144       58,480       59,771  
    Earnings before income taxes     69,529       68,041       66,803  
    Income taxes     18,425       17,183       18,204  
    Net earnings   $ 51,104     $ 50,858     $ 48,599  
                 
    Basic earnings per common share   $ 0.37     $ 0.36     $ 0.35  
    Diluted earnings per common share   $ 0.36     $ 0.36     $ 0.35  
    Cash dividends declared per common share   $ 0.20     $ 0.20     $ 0.20  
                 
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                 
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Interest income – tax equivalent (TE)   $ 143,525     $ 148,128     $ 158,228  
    Interest expense     32,558       37,181       45,228  
    Net interest income – (TE)   $ 110,967     $ 110,947     $ 113,000  
                 
    Return on average assets, annualized     1.37 %     1.30 %     1.21 %
    Return on average equity, annualized     9.31 %     9.14 %     9.31 %
    Efficiency ratio [1]     46.69 %     47.34 %     47.22 %
    Noninterest expense to average assets, annualized     1.58 %     1.49 %     1.48 %
    Yield on average loans     5.22 %     5.15 %     5.30 %
    Yield on average earning assets (TE)     4.28 %     4.24 %     4.34 %
    Cost of deposits     0.86 %     0.93 %     0.74 %
    Cost of deposits and customer repurchase agreements     0.87 %     0.97 %     0.73 %
    Cost of funds     1.04 %     1.13 %     1.31 %
    Net interest margin (TE)     3.31 %     3.18 %     3.10 %
    [1] Noninterest expense divided by net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income.
                 
    Tangible Common Equity Ratio (TCE) [2]            
    CVB Financial Corp. Consolidated     10.04 %     9.81 %     8.33 %
    Citizens Business Bank     9.92 %     9.64 %     8.23 %
    [2] (Capital – [GW+Intangibles])/(Total Assets – [GW+Intangibles])
                 
    Weighted average shares outstanding            
    Basic     138,973,996       138,661,665       138,428,596  
    Diluted     139,294,401       139,102,524       138,603,324  
    Dividends declared   $ 27,853     $ 27,978     $ 27,886  
    Dividend payout ratio [3]     54.50 %     55.01 %     57.38 %
    [3] Dividends declared on common stock divided by net earnings.
                 
    Number of shares outstanding – (end of period)     139,089,612       139,689,686       139,641,884  
    Book value per share   $ 16.02     $ 15.65     $ 14.94  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 10.45     $ 10.10     $ 9.36  
                 
        March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
           
    Nonperforming assets:            
    Nonaccrual loans   $ 25,636     $ 27,795     $ 13,810  
    Other real estate owned (OREO), net     495       19,303       647  
    Total nonperforming assets   $ 26,131     $ 47,098     $ 14,457  
    Modified loans/performing troubled debt restructured loans (TDR) [4]   $ 11,949     $ 6,467     $ 10,765  
                 
    [4] Effective January 1, 2023, performing and nonperforming TDRs are reflected as Loan Modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty.
                 
    Percentage of nonperforming assets to total loans outstanding and OREO     0.31 %     0.55 %     0.16 %
    Percentage of nonperforming assets to total assets     0.17 %     0.31 %     0.09 %
    Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming assets     299.46 %     170.12 %     572.85 %
                 
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Allowance for credit losses:            
    Beginning balance   $ 80,122     $ 82,942     $ 86,842  
    Total charge-offs     (40 )     (64 )     (4,267 )
    Total recoveries on loans previously charged-off     170       244       242  
    Net recoveries (charge-offs)     130       180       (4,025 )
    (Recapture of) provision for credit losses     (2,000 )     (3,000 )      
    Allowance for credit losses at end of period   $ 78,252     $ 80,122     $ 82,817  
                 
    Net recoveries (charge-offs) to average loans     0.002 %     0.002 %     -0.046 %
                             
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in millions)
                                   
    Allowance for Credit Losses by Loan Type                          
                                   
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
        Allowance
    For Credit
    Losses
      Allowance
    as a % of
    Total Loans
    by Respective
    Loan Type
      Allowance
    For Credit
    Losses
      Allowance
    as a % of
    Total Loans
    by Respective
    Loan Type
      Allowance
    For Credit
    Losses
      Allowance
    as a % of
    Total Loans
    by Respective
    Loan Type
                                   
    Commercial real estate   $ 65.3       1.01 %   $ 66.2       1.02 %   $ 69.4       1.03 %
    Construction     0.2       1.52 %     0.3       1.94 %     1.3       2.20 %
    SBA     2.6       0.96 %     2.6       0.96 %     2.5       0.94 %
    Commercial and industrial     6.1       0.65 %     6.1       0.66 %     5.1       0.53 %
    Dairy & livestock and agribusiness     2.8       1.12 %     3.6       0.86 %     3.3       0.92 %
    Municipal lease finance receivables     0.2       0.32 %     0.2       0.31 %     0.2       0.27 %
    SFR mortgage     0.5       0.16 %     0.5       0.16 %     0.5       0.17 %
    Consumer and other loans     0.6       0.94 %     0.6       1.04 %     0.5       0.97 %
                                   
    Total   $ 78.3       0.94 %   $ 80.1       0.94 %   $ 82.8       0.94 %
                                   
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                             
    Quarterly Common Stock Price
                             
          2025       2024       2023  
    Quarter End   High   Low   High   Low   High   Low
    March 31,   $ 21.71     $ 18.22     $ 20.45     $ 15.95     $ 25.98     $ 16.34  
    June 30,   $     $     $ 17.91     $ 15.71     $ 16.89     $ 10.66  
    September 30,   $     $     $ 20.29     $ 16.08     $ 19.66     $ 12.89  
    December 31,   $     $     $ 24.58     $ 17.20     $ 21.77     $ 14.62  
                             
    Quarterly Consolidated Statements of Earnings
                             
            Q1   Q4   Q3   Q2   Q1
              2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Interest income                        
    Loans and leases, including fees       $ 109,071     $ 110,277     $ 114,929     $ 114,200     $ 116,349  
    Investment securities and other         33,931       37,322       50,823       44,872       41,340  
    Total interest income         143,002       147,599       165,752       159,072       157,689  
    Interest expense                        
    Deposits         25,322       28,317       29,821       25,979       21,366  
    Borrowings and customer repurchase agreements     6,800       8,291       22,312       22,244       23,862  
    Other         436       573                    
    Total interest expense         32,558       37,181       52,133       48,223       45,228  
    Net interest income before (recapture of)                    
    provision for credit losses         110,444       110,418       113,619       110,849       112,461  
    (Recapture of) provision for credit losses     (2,000 )     (3,000 )                  
    Net interest income after (recapture of)                    
    provision for credit losses         112,444       113,418       113,619       110,849       112,461  
                             
    Noninterest income         16,229       13,103       12,834       14,424       14,113  
    Noninterest expense         59,144       58,480       58,835       56,497       59,771  
    Earnings before income taxes         69,529       68,041       67,618       68,776       66,803  
    Income taxes         18,425       17,183       16,394       18,741       18,204  
    Net earnings       $ 51,104     $ 50,858     $ 51,224     $ 50,035     $ 48,599  
                             
    Effective tax rate         26.50 %     25.25 %     24.25 %     27.25 %     27.25 %
                             
    Basic earnings per common share       $ 0.37     $ 0.36     $ 0.37     $ 0.36     $ 0.35  
    Diluted earnings per common share     $ 0.36     $ 0.36     $ 0.37     $ 0.36     $ 0.35  
                             
    Cash dividends declared per common share   $ 0.20     $ 0.20     $ 0.20     $ 0.20     $ 0.20  
                             
    Cash dividends declared       $ 27,853     $ 27,978     $ 27,977     $ 28,018     $ 27,886  
                             
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)
                         
    Loan Portfolio by Type
        March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
      June 30,   March 31,
          2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
                         
    Commercial real estate   $ 6,490,604     $ 6,507,452     $ 6,618,637     $ 6,664,925     $ 6,720,538  
    Construction     15,706       16,082       14,755       52,227       58,806  
    SBA     271,844       273,013       272,001       267,938       268,320  
    SBA – PPP     179       774       1,255       1,757       2,249  
    Commercial and industrial     942,301       925,178       936,489       956,184       963,120  
    Dairy & livestock and agribusiness     252,532       419,904       342,445       350,562       351,624  
    Municipal lease finance receivables     65,203       66,114       67,585       70,889       72,032  
    SFR mortgage     269,493       269,172       267,181       267,593       276,475  
    Consumer and other loans     55,770       58,743       52,217       49,771       57,549  
    Gross loans, at amortized cost     8,363,632       8,536,432       8,572,565       8,681,846       8,770,713  
    Allowance for credit losses     (78,252 )     (80,122 )     (82,942 )     (82,786 )     (82,817 )
    Net loans   $ 8,285,380     $ 8,456,310     $ 8,489,623     $ 8,599,060     $ 8,687,896  
                         
                         
                         
    Deposit Composition by Type and Customer Repurchase Agreements
                         
        March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
      June 30,   March 31,
          2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
                         
    Noninterest-bearing   $ 7,184,267     $ 7,037,096     $ 7,136,824     $ 7,090,095     $ 7,112,789  
    Investment checking     533,220       551,305       504,028       515,930       545,066  
    Savings and money market     3,710,612       3,786,387       3,745,707       3,409,320       3,561,512  
    Time deposits     561,822       573,593       685,930       774,980       675,554  
    Total deposits     11,989,921       11,948,381       12,072,489       11,790,325       11,894,921  
                         
    Customer repurchase agreements     276,163       261,887       394,515       268,826       275,720  
    Total deposits and customer repurchase agreements   $ 12,266,084     $ 12,210,268     $ 12,467,004     $ 12,059,151     $ 12,170,641  
                         
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)
                         
    Nonperforming Assets and Delinquency Trends
        March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
      June 30,   March 31,
          2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Nonperforming loans:                    
    Commercial real estate   $ 24,379     $ 25,866     $ 18,794     $ 21,908     $ 10,661  
    Construction                              
    SBA     1,024       1,529       151       337       54  
    Commercial and industrial     173       340       2,825       2,712       2,727  
    Dairy & livestock and agribusiness     60       60       143             60  
    SFR mortgage                             308  
    Consumer and other loans                              
    Total   $ 25,636     $ 27,795     $ 21,913     $ 24,957     $ 13,810  
    % of Total loans     0.31 %     0.33 %     0.26 %     0.29 %     0.16 %
                         
    Past due 30-89 days (accruing):                    
    Commercial real estate   $     $     $ 30,701     $ 43     $ 19,781  
    Construction                              
    SBA     718       88                   408  
    Commercial and industrial           399       64       103       6  
    Dairy & livestock and agribusiness                              
    SFR mortgage                              
    Consumer and other loans                              
    Total   $ 718     $ 487     $ 30,765     $ 146     $ 20,195  
    % of Total loans     0.01 %     0.01 %     0.36 %     0.00 %     0.23 %
                         
    OREO:                    
    Commercial real estate   $ 495     $ 18,656     $     $     $  
    SBA                              
    Commercial and industrial                              
    SFR mortgage           647       647       647       647  
    Total   $ 495     $ 19,303     $ 647     $ 647     $ 647  
    Total nonperforming, past due, and OREO   $ 26,849     $ 47,585     $ 53,325     $ 25,750     $ 34,652  
    % of Total loans     0.32 %     0.56 %     0.62 %     0.30 %     0.40 %
     
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
    (Unaudited)
                     
    Regulatory Capital Ratios
                     
                     
                     
            CVB Financial Corp. Consolidated
    Capital Ratios   Minimum Required Plus
    Capital Conservation Buffer
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
                     
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio     4.0 %     11.8 %     11.5 %     10.5 %
    Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio     7.0 %     16.5 %     16.2 %     14.9 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     8.5 %     16.5 %     16.2 %     14.9 %
    Total risk-based capital ratio     10.5 %     17.3 %     17.1 %     15.8 %
                     
    Tangible common equity ratio         10.0 %     9.8 %     8.3 %
                     
    Tangible Book Value Reconciliations (Non-GAAP)
                           
    The tangible book value per share is a Non-GAAP disclosure. The Company uses certain non-GAAP financial measures to provide supplemental information regarding the Company’s performance. The following is a reconciliation of tangible book value to the Company stockholders’ equity computed in accordance with GAAP, as well as a calculation of tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024.
     
     
        March 31,
    2025
          December 31,
    2024
          March 31,
    2024
     
        (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                           
    Stockholders’ equity $ 2,228,419     $ 2,186,316     $ 2,086,825  
    Less: Goodwill   (765,822 )     (765,822 )     (765,822 )
    Less: Intangible assets   (8,812 )     (9,967 )     (13,853 )
    Tangible book value $ 1,453,785     $ 1,410,527     $ 1,307,150  
    Common shares issued and outstanding   139,089,612       139,689,686       139,641,884  
    Tangible book value per share $ 10.45     $ 10.10     $ 9.36  
     
    Return on Average Tangible Common Equity Reconciliations (Non-GAAP)
     
    The return on average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP disclosure. The Company uses certain non-GAAP financial measures to provide supplemental information regarding the Company’s performance. The following is a reconciliation of net income, adjusted for tax-effected amortization of intangibles, to net income computed in accordance with GAAP; a reconciliation of average tangible common equity to the Company’s average stockholders’ equity computed in accordance with GAAP; as well as a calculation of return on average tangible common equity.
                             
                             
        Three Months Ended
          March 31,       December 31,       March 31,    
          2025       2024       2024    
        (Dollars in thousands)    
                               
    Net Income   $ 51,104     $ 50,858     $ 48,599    
    Add: Amortization of intangible assets     1,155       1,163       1,438    
    Less: Tax effect of amortization of intangible assets (1)     (341 )     (344 )     (425 )  
    Tangible net income   $ 51,918     $ 51,677     $ 49,612    
                               
    Average stockholders’ equity   $ 2,226,948     $ 2,213,556     $ 2,098,868    
    Less: Average goodwill     (765,822 )     (765,822 )     (765,822 )  
    Less: Average intangible assets     (9,518 )     (10,650 )     (14,585 )  
    Average tangible common equity   $ 1,451,608     $ 1,437,084     $ 1,318,461    
                               
    Return on average equity, annualized (2)     9.31 %     9.14 %     9.31 %  
    Return on average tangible common equity, annualized (2)     14.51 %     14.31 %     15.13 %  
                               
                               
    (1) Tax effected at respective statutory rates.                          
    (2) Annualized where applicable.                          

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Oregon State Treasury Completes Total Of $1.48 Billion In Bond Sales Despite Historic Market Instability

    Source: US State of Oregon

    ast week, the Oregon State Treasury successfully completed two major bond sales through its Buy Oregon Bonds Program, providing nearly $1.5 billion for statewide projects and programs, including affordable housing, educational facility improvements, pollution control, and agricultural grant programs.

    “Oregon bonds continue to attract strong investor demand, offering a solid investment opportunity even amid ongoing volatility in national financial markets driven by federal policy shifts and tariff-related challenges,” said Oregon State Treasurer Elizabeth Steiner, MD. “The strong performance and investor response to these offerings demonstrates Oregon’s fiscal resilience and Treasury’s thoughtful stewardship of the state’s debt.”

    Amid historic market instability not seen since the COVID-19 pandemic, Treasury’s Debt Management team worked closely with financial partners to monitor conditions and time the sales for optimal results. This diligent work, combined with the state’s strong credit ratings, contributed to the oversubscription of both sales and secured low-cost financing, saving Oregon millions of dollars.

    The first sale, a $925 million General Obligation Bond issuance, featured 3rd-party verified Sustainability Bonds and lower denomination offerings to broaden investor participation. Proceeds from this sale will fund approximately 20 projects and programs across 12 state agencies, including affordable housing, pollution control, and capital improvements to the State Capitol, K-12 schools, public universities, and other state facilities.

    The sale’s Sustainability Bonds component, totaling $301 million, will support Oregon’s Permanent Supportive Housing and Local Innovation and Fast Track Housing Programs. Kestrel, an approved verifier accredited by the Climate Bonds Initiative, awarded the accreditation following an independent external review, in which they determined the projects and associated Series B Bonds would address housing needs in Oregon, meet green building requirements, and advance Oregon’s goal of reducing statewide energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions.

    Later in the week, Treasury took advantage of another favorable market window to issue $555 million in Lottery Revenue Bonds. These proceeds will support approximately 34 projects and programs from nine (9) state agencies. Fund projects include city and community college capital improvements, such as the construction of a new ballpark for the Hillsboro Hops minor league baseball team and renovations to the Center for Native Arts And Cultures, as well as seismic improvements to transportation infrastructure and statewide programs like the agricultural irrigation modernization grants program.

    The sale also included a $250 million refunding of existing state debt component to reduce debt service costs and increase capacity for future infrastructure investments. The refunding is projected to yield approximately $11.2 million in present value savings.

    “The proceeds from these bond sales will support vital projects that improve the quality of life for Oregonians, invest in our schools, expand affordable housing, and strengthen our state’s infrastructure,” said Treasurer Steiner. “These investments reflect Oregon’s commitment to developing resilient communities and promoting the well-being of Oregonians.”

    For more information about the Buy Oregon Bonds Program and upcoming bond offerings visit: www.BuyOregonBonds.com

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: TowneBank Reports First Quarter 2025 Earnings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SUFFOLK, Va., April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — TowneBank (the “Company” or “Towne”) (NASDAQ: TOWN) today reported earnings for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 of $50.59 million, or $0.67 per diluted share, compared to $34.69 million, or $0.46 per diluted share, for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. Excluding certain items affecting comparability, core earnings (non-GAAP) were $50.98 million, or $0.68 per diluted share, in the current quarter compared to $36.27 million, or $0.48 per diluted share, for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    “Our Company had a very strong start to the year earning $0.67 per share and delivering nearly 7% annualized loan growth. Our continued focus on measured growth aligned with a deliberate strategy to maintain healthy liquidity and capital levels should position our Company well during periods of economic uncertainty. While growth could be challenged in the short run, we believe our conservative Main Street approach to relationship banking coupled with our diversified fee income businesses can serve as a pillar of strength for our members, shareholders and the communities we serve,” said G. Robert Aston, Jr., Executive Chairman.

    Highlights for First Quarter 2025:

    • Total revenues were $192.04 million, an increase of $24.94 million, or 14.93%, compared to first quarter 2024. Net interest income increased $17.26 million, driven primarily by lower deposit costs, while noninterest income increased $7.68 million.
    • Total deposits were $14.61 billion, an increase of $482.47 million, or 3.42%, compared to first quarter 2024. Total deposits increased 1.19%, or $171.25 million, in comparison to December 31, 2024, 4.81% on an annualized basis.
    • Noninterest-bearing deposits increased 2.85%, to $4.31 billion, compared to first quarter 2024 and represented 29.53% of total deposits. Compared to the linked quarter, noninterest-bearing deposits increased 1.42%.
    • Loans held for investment were $11.65 billion, an increase of $200.40 million, or 1.75%, compared to March 31, 2024, and $193.69 million, 1.69%, or 6.86% on an annualized basis, compared to December 31, 2024.
    • Annualized return on common shareholders’ equity was 9.57% compared to 6.89% in first quarter 2024. Annualized return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) was 13.21% compared to 9.98% in first quarter 2024.
    • Net interest margin was 3.14% for the quarter and tax-equivalent net interest margin (non-GAAP) was 3.17%, including purchase accounting accretion of 3 basis points, compared to the prior year quarter net interest margin of 2.72% and tax-equivalent net interest margin (non-GAAP) of 2.75%, including purchase accounting accretion of 4 basis points.
    • Compared to the linked quarter, net interest margin increased 15 basis points and spread increased 26 basis points.  
    • The effective tax rate was 13.95% in the quarter compared to 17.31% in first quarter 2024 and 13.92% in the linked quarter. The lower effective tax rate in the current quarter as compared to first quarter 2024 was primarily due to the impact on state and federal taxes from the increase in credits and losses related to tax advantaged investment properties placed in service over the past 12 months and purchase accounting adjustments for a prior partnership acquisition.   

    “We were pleased to close our partnership with Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. on April 1, 2025 followed by our latest announcement of the signing of a definitive agreement with Old Point Financial Corporation. Both transactions are strategically important for our Company and follow our disciplined model of targeting partnerships that enhance shareholder returns with low execution risk,” stated William I. Foster III, President and Chief Executive Officer.

    Quarterly Net Interest Income:

    • Net interest income was $120.48 million compared to $103.22 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    • On an average basis, loans held for investment, with a yield of 5.38%, represented 74.15% of earning assets at March 31, 2025 compared to a yield of 5.37% and 74.54% of earning assets at March 31, 2024.
    • The cost of interest-bearing deposits was 2.69% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to 3.24% in first quarter 2024. Interest expense on deposits decreased $11.26 million, or 14.36%, from the prior year quarter driven by decreases in rate.
    • Our total cost of deposits decreased to 1.89% from 2.26% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 due to lower interest-bearing deposit rates. The Federal Reserve Open Market Committee lowered the overnight funds rate a total of 100 basis points in the last four months of 2024.
    • Average interest-earning assets totaled $15.55 billion at March 31, 2025 compared to $15.27 billion at March 31, 2024, an increase of 1.84%. The Company anticipates approximately $760 million of cash flows from its securities portfolio to be available for reinvestment in the next 24 months.
    • Average interest-bearing liabilities totaled $10.42 billion, an increase of $212.32 million, or 2.08%, from prior year, driven by demand and money market deposit growth. Borrowings have declined between periods. There were no short term FHLB borrowings in first quarter 2025, compared to an average of $174.73 million in the prior year quarter.

    Quarterly Provision for Credit Losses:

    • The quarterly provision for credit losses was an expense of $2.42 million compared to a benefit of $0.88 million in the prior year quarter and an expense of $1.61 million in the linked quarter.
    • The allowance for credit losses on loans increased $2.21 million in first quarter 2025, compared to the linked quarter. The increase in the allowance was driven by increases in the loan portfolio combined with a continuation of our use of higher weightings of more adverse macroeconomic forecast scenarios utilized in our model.
    • Net loan charge-offs were $626 thousand in the quarter compared to $520 thousand in the prior year quarter and $382 thousand in the linked quarter.
    • The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans on an annualized basis was 0.02% in first quarter 2025, compared to 0.02% in first quarter 2024 and 0.01% in the linked quarter.
    • The allowance for credit losses on loans represented 1.08% of total loans at March 31, 2025, compared to 1.10% at March 31, 2024, and 1.08% at December 31, 2024. The allowance for credit losses on loans was 19.15 times nonperforming loans compared to 18.01 times at March 31, 2024 and 16.69 times at December 31, 2024.

    Quarterly Noninterest Income:

    • Total noninterest income was $71.57 million compared to $63.88 million in 2024, an increase of $7.68 million, or 12.02%.
    • Total net insurance commissions increased $0.89 million, or 3.47%, to $26.42 million in first quarter 2025 compared to 2024. This increase was primarily attributable to increases in property and casualty commissions, which were driven by organic growth.
    • Property management fee revenue increased 16.26%, or $2.73 million, to $19.50 million in first quarter 2025 compared to 2024. Future reservations increased compared to the prior year, primarily driven by an acquisition in 2024.
    • Residential mortgage banking income was $10.36 million compared to $10.48 million in first quarter 2024. Loan volume increased to $445.19 million in first quarter 2025 from $424.39 million in first quarter 2024. Residential purchase activity was 89.94% of production volume in the first quarter of 2025 compared to 95.66% in first quarter 2024.
    • At 3.18% gross margins on residential mortgage sales decreased 7 basis points from the linked quarter and 16 basis points from 3.34% in first quarter 2024.

    Quarterly Noninterest Expense:

    • Total noninterest expense was $130.54 million compared to $125.59 million in 2024, an increase of $4.95 million, or 3.94%.   This increase was primarily attributable to growth in salaries and employee benefits of $3.70 million.
    • Salaries and benefits expense increases were driven by annual base salary adjustments that went into effect October 2024, an increase in banking personnel, and production incentives.

    Consolidated Balance Sheet Highlights:

    • Total assets were $17.51 billion for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, a $264.99 million increase compared to $17.25 billion at December 31, 2024. Total assets increased $627.64 million, or 3.72%, from $16.88 billion at March 31, 2024.
    • Loans held for investment increased $193.69 million, or 1.69%, compared to the linked quarter and $200.40 million, or 1.75%, compared to prior year. Real estate construction and development loans declined, but were offset by growth in non owner occupied and multifamily commercial real estate. The Company continues to maintain a strong credit discipline.
    • Mortgage loans held for sale increased $17.78 million, or 11.80%, compared to prior year but decreased $31.95 million, or 15.94%, compared to the linked quarter, driven by production levels.
    • Total deposits increased $482.47 million, or 3.42%, driven by interest-bearing demand deposits, compared to prior year. In the linked quarter comparison, total deposits increased $171.25 million, or 4.81% on an annualized basis.
    • Noninterest-bearing deposits increased $119.42 million, or 2.85%, compared to prior year and $60.50 million, or 1.42%, or 5.77% on an annualized basis, compared to the linked quarter.
    • Total borrowings decreased $6.88 million, or 2.37%, compared to first quarter 2024 and $12.80 million, or 4.31%, compared to the linked quarter, due to declines in repurchase agreements and other borrowings.

    Investment Securities:

    • Total investment securities were $2.70 billion compared to $2.59 billion at December 31, 2024 and $2.54 billion at March 31, 2024. The weighted average duration of the portfolio at March 31, 2025 was 3.3 years. The carrying value of the available-for-sale debt securities portfolio included net unrealized losses of $119.25 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $155.28 million at December 31, 2024 and $170.84 million at March 31, 2024, with the changes in fair value due to the change in interest rates.

    Loans and Asset Quality:

    • Total loans held for investment were $11.65 billion at March 31, 2025, $11.46 billion at December 31, 2024, and $11.45 billion at March 31, 2024.
    • Nonperforming assets were $7.37 million, or 0.04% of total assets, compared to $7.77 million, or 0.05%, at March 31, 2024, and $7.87 million, or 0.05%, in the linked quarter end.
    • Nonperforming loans were 0.06% of period end loans at March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024, and the linked quarter end.
    • Foreclosed property consisted of $235 thousand in other real estate owned and $551 thousand in repossessed autos, for a total of $786 thousand in foreclosed property at March 31, 2025, compared to $175 thousand in other real estate owned and $605 thousand in repossessed autos, for a total of $780 thousand in foreclosed property at March 31, 2024.

    Deposits and Borrowings:

    • Total deposits were $14.61 billion compared to $14.44 billion at December 31, 2024 and $14.13 billion at March 31, 2024.
    • The ratio of period end loans held for investment to deposits was 79.77% compared to 79.37% at December 31, 2024 and 81.07% at March 31, 2024.
    • Noninterest-bearing deposits were 29.53% of total deposits at March 31, 2025 compared to 29.46% at December 31, 2024 and 29.69% at March 31, 2024. Noninterest-bearing deposits increased $119.42 million, or 2.85%, compared to March 31, 2024, and $60.50 million, or 1.42%, or 5.77% on an annualized basis, compared to the linked quarter.
    • Total borrowings were $284.10 million compared to $296.90 million at December 31, 2024 and $290.98 million at March 31, 2024.

    Capital:

    • Common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 12.75%(1).
    • Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 10.61%(1).
    • Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 12.87%(1).
    • Total risk-based capital ratio of 15.65% (1) .
    • Book value per common share was $29.19 compared to $28.43 at December 31, 2024 and $27.33 at March 31, 2024.
    • Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) was $22.36 compared to $21.55 at December 31, 2024 and $20.31 at March 31, 2024.

    (1) Preliminary.

    About TowneBank:
    Founded in 1999, TowneBank is a company built on relationships, offering a full range of banking and other financial services, with a focus of serving others and enriching lives. Dedicated to a culture of caring, Towne values all employees and members by embracing their diverse talents, perspectives, and experiences.

    Today, TowneBank operates over 55 banking offices throughout Hampton Roads and Central Virginia, as well as Northeastern and Central North Carolina – serving as a local leader in promoting the social, cultural, and economic growth in each community. Towne offers a competitive array of business and personal banking solutions, delivered with only the highest ethical standards. Experienced local bankers providing a higher level of expertise and personal attention with local decision-making are key to the TowneBank strategy. TowneBank has grown its capabilities beyond banking to provide expertise through its affiliated companies that include Towne Wealth Management, Towne Insurance Agency, Towne Benefits, TowneBank Mortgage, TowneBank Commercial Mortgage, Berkshire Hathaway HomeServices RW Towne Realty, Towne 1031 Exchange, LLC, and Towne Vacations. With total assets of $17.51 billion as of March 31, 2025, TowneBank is one of the largest banks headquartered in Virginia.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures:
    This press release contains certain financial measures determined by methods other than in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Such non-GAAP financial measures include the following: fully tax-equivalent net interest margin, core operating earnings, core net income, tangible book value per common share, total risk-based capital ratio, tier one leverage ratio, tier one capital ratio, and the tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to assess the performance of TowneBank’s core business and the strength of its capital position. Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful additional information about TowneBank to assist investors in evaluating operating results, financial strength, and capitalization. The non-GAAP financial measures should be considered as additional views of the way our financial measures are affected by significant charges for credit costs and other factors. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. The computations of the non-GAAP financial measures used in this presentation are referenced in a footnote or in the appendix to this presentation.

    Forward-Looking Statements:
    This press release contains certain forward-looking statements as defined by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but instead represent only the beliefs, expectations, or opinions of TowneBank and its management regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain. Forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of such words as: “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional terms, such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “likely,” “probably,” or “possibly.” These statements may address issues that involve significant risks, uncertainties, estimates, and assumptions made by management. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include, among others, competitive pressures in the banking industry that may increase significantly; changes in the interest rate environment that may reduce margins and/or the volumes and values of loans made or held as well as the value of other financial assets held; an unforeseen outflow of cash or deposits or an inability to access the capital markets, which could jeopardize our overall liquidity or capitalization; changes in the creditworthiness of customers and the possible impairment of the collectability of loans; insufficiency of our allowance for credit losses due to market conditions, inflation, changing interest rates or other factors; adverse developments in the financial industry generally, such as the 2023 bank failures, responsive measures to mitigate and manage such developments, related supervisory and regulatory actions and costs, and related impacts on customer and client behavior; general economic conditions, either nationally or regionally, that may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and/or a reduced demand for credit or other services; geopolitical instability, including wars, conflicts, trade restrictions and tariffs, civil unrest, and terrorist attacks and the potential impact, directly or indirectly, on our business; the effects of weather-related or natural disasters, which may negatively affect our operations and/or our loan portfolio and increase our cost of conducting business; public health events (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) and governmental and societal responses to them; changes in the legislative or regulatory environment, including changes in accounting standards and tax laws, that may adversely affect our business; our ability to successfully integrate the businesses of Old Point Financial Corporation (“Old Point”), a pending merger, and Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. (“Village”), a recently completed merger, to the extent that it may take longer or be more difficult, time-consuming, or costly to accomplish than expected, our ability to close the transaction with Old Point when expected or at all because required approvals and other conditions to closing are not received or satisfied on the proposed terms or on the anticipated schedule; deposit attrition, operating costs, customer losses, and business disruption associated with pending or recently completed acquisitions, including reputational risk and adverse effects on relationships with employees, customers or other business partners, that may be greater than expected; costs or difficulties related to the integration of the businesses we have acquired that may be greater than expected; expected growth opportunities or cost savings associated with pending or recently completed acquisitions may not be fully realized or realized within the expected time frame; the diversion of management’s attention and time from ongoing business operations and opportunities on merger related matters; cybersecurity threats or attacks, whether directed at us or at vendors or other third parties with which we interact, the implementation of new technologies, and the ability to develop and maintain reliable electronic systems; our competitors may have greater financial resources and develop products that enable them to compete more successfully; changes in business conditions; changes in the securities market; and changes in our local economy with regard to our market area, including any adverse impact of actual and proposed cuts to federal spending, including defense, security and military spending, on the Greater Hampton Roads economy. Any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf speak only as of the date they are made or as of the date indicated, and we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. For additional information on factors that could materially influence forward-looking statements included in this report, see the “Risk Factors” in TowneBank’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and related disclosures in other filings that have been, or will be, filed by TowneBank with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

    Media contact:
    G. Robert Aston, Jr., Executive Chairman, 757-638-6780
    William I. Foster III, President and Chief Executive Officer, 757-417-6482

    Investor contact:
    William B. Littreal, Chief Financial Officer, 757-638-6813

     
    TOWNEBANK
    Selected Financial Highlights (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
         
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
        2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Income and Performance Ratios:                  
      Total revenue $ 192,044     $ 177,160     $ 174,518     $ 174,970     $ 167,102  
      Net income   50,887       41,441       43,126       43,039       35,127  
      Net income available to common shareholders   50,592       41,265       42,949       42,856       34,687  
      Net income per common share – diluted   0.67       0.55       0.57       0.57       0.46  
      Book value per common share   29.19       28.43       28.59       27.62       27.33  
      Book value per common share – tangible (non-GAAP)   22.36       21.55       21.65       20.65       20.31  
      Return on average assets   1.19 %     0.95 %     1.00 %     1.01 %     0.83 %
      Return on average assets – tangible (non-GAAP)   1.29 %     1.03 %     1.09 %     1.11 %     0.92 %
      Return on average equity   9.50 %     7.64 %     8.12 %     8.43 %     6.84 %
      Return on average equity – tangible (non-GAAP)   13.08 %     10.68 %     11.42 %     12.03 %     9.87 %
      Return on average common equity   9.57 %     7.70 %     8.18 %     8.49 %     6.89 %
      Return on average common equity – tangible (non-GAAP)   13.21 %     10.79 %     11.54 %     12.16 %     9.98 %
      Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue   37.27 %     33.36 %     35.66 %     37.68 %     38.23 %
    Regulatory Capital Ratios (1):                  
      Common equity tier 1   12.75 %     12.77 %     12.63 %     12.43 %     12.20 %
      Tier 1   12.87 %     12.89 %     12.76 %     12.55 %     12.32 %
      Total   15.65 %     15.68 %     15.54 %     15.34 %     15.10 %
      Tier 1 leverage ratio   10.61 %     10.36 %     10.38 %     10.25 %     10.15 %
    Asset Quality:                  
      Allowance for credit losses on loans to nonperforming loans 19.15x   16.69x   18.70x   19.08x   18.01x
      Allowance for credit losses on loans to period end loans   1.08 %     1.08 %     1.08 %     1.10 %     1.10 %
      Nonperforming loans to period end loans   0.06 %     0.06 %     0.06 %     0.06 %     0.06 %
      Nonperforming assets to period end assets   0.04 %     0.05 %     0.04 %     0.04 %     0.05 %
      Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans (annualized)   0.02 %     0.01 %     0.02 %     %     0.02 %
      Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 626     $ 382     $ 677     $ (19 )   $ 520  
                         
      Nonperforming loans $ 6,586     $ 7,424     $ 6,588     $ 6,582     $ 6,987  
      Foreclosed property   786       443       884       581       780  
      Total nonperforming assets $ 7,372     $ 7,867     $ 7,472     $ 7,163     $ 7,767  
      Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest $ 15     $ 1,264     $ 510     $ 368     $ 323  
      Allowance for credit losses on loans $ 126,131     $ 123,923     $ 123,191     $ 125,552     $ 125,835  
    Mortgage Banking:                  
      Loans originated, mortgage $ 300,699     $ 385,238     $ 421,571     $ 430,398     $ 289,191  
      Loans originated, joint venture   144,495       180,188       176,612       196,583       135,197  
      Total loans originated $ 445,194     $ 565,426     $ 598,183     $ 626,981     $ 424,388  
      Number of loans originated   1,181       1,489       1,637       1,700       1,247  
      Number of originators   161       160       159       169       176  
      Purchase %   89.94 %     89.46 %     91.49 %     94.85 %     95.66 %
      Loans sold $ 475,518     $ 629,120     $ 526,998     $ 605,134     $ 410,895  
      Rate lock asset $ 1,880     $ 1,150     $ 1,548     $ 1,930     $ 1,681  
      Gross realized gain on sales and fees as a % of loans originated   3.18 %     3.25 %     3.28 %     3.28 %     3.34 %
    Other Ratios:                  
      Net interest margin   3.14 %     2.99 %     2.90 %     2.86 %     2.72 %
      Net interest margin-fully tax-equivalent (non-GAAP)   3.17 %     3.02 %     2.93 %     2.89 %     2.75 %
      Average earning assets/total average assets   90.32 %     90.57 %     90.43 %     90.36 %     90.52 %
      Average loans/average deposits   80.01 %     78.71 %     80.07 %     80.80 %     81.48 %
      Average noninterest deposits/total average deposits   29.68 %     30.14 %     30.19 %     30.06 %     30.25 %
      Period end equity/period end total assets   12.66 %     12.50 %     12.58 %     12.24 %     12.24 %
      Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   67.10 %     70.28 %     70.93 %     68.98 %     73.25 %
      (1) Current reporting period regulatory capital ratios are preliminary.            
    TOWNEBANK
    Selected Data (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
     
    Investment Securities             % Change
      Q1   Q1   Q4   Q1 25 vs.   Q1 25 vs.
    Available-for-sale securities, at fair value   2025       2024       2024     Q1 24   Q4 24
    U.S. agency securities $ 320,190     $ 294,723     $ 293,917     8.64 %   8.94 %
    U.S. Treasury notes   78,184       27,534       28,429     183.95 %   175.01 %
    Municipal securities   439,379       447,323       439,115     (1.78 )%   0.06 %
    Trust preferred and other corporate securities   98,463       87,983       95,279     11.91 %   3.34 %
    Mortgage-backed securities issued by GSEs and GNMA   1,535,217       1,347,920       1,497,951     13.90 %   2.49 %
    Allowance for credit losses   (1,262 )     (1,382 )     (1,326 )   (8.68 )%   (4.83 )%
    Total $ 2,470,171     $ 2,204,101     $ 2,353,365     12.07 %   4.96 %
    Gross unrealized gains (losses) reflected in financial statements            
    Total gross unrealized gains $ 5,909     $ 1,868     $ 2,572     216.33 %   129.74 %
    Total gross unrealized losses   (125,156 )     (172,708 )     (157,851 )   (27.53 )%   (20.71 )%
    Net unrealized gains (losses) and other adjustments on AFS securities $ (119,247 )   $ (170,840 )   $ (155,279 )   (30.20 )%   (23.20 )%
    Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost                  
    U.S. agency securities $ 92,805     $ 102,042     $ 102,622     (9.05 )%   (9.57 )%
    U.S. Treasury notes   96,481       197,356       96,710     (51.11 )%   (0.24 )%
    Municipal securities   5,390       5,294       5,366     1.81 %   0.45 %
    Trust preferred corporate securities   2,107       2,159       2,121     (2.41 )%   (0.66 )%
    Mortgage-backed securities issued by GSEs   5,235       5,659       5,533     (7.49 )%   (5.39 )%
    Allowance for credit losses   (68 )     (82 )     (77 )   (17.07 )%   (11.69 )%
    Total $ 201,950     $ 312,428     $ 212,275     (35.36 )%   (4.86 )%
                       
    Total gross unrealized gains $ 176     $ 265     $ 178     (33.58 )%   (1.12 )%
    Total gross unrealized losses   (6,563 )     (14,262 )     (8,647 )   (53.98 )%   (24.10 )%
    Net unrealized gains (losses) in HTM securities $ (6,387 )   $ (13,997 )   $ (8,469 )   (54.37 )%   (24.58 )%
    Total unrealized gains (losses) on AFS and HTM securities $ (125,634 )   $ (184,837 )   $ (163,748 )   (32.03 )%   (23.28 )%
                  % Change
    Loans Held For Investment Q1   Q1   Q4   Q1 25 vs.   Q1 25 vs.
        2025       2024       2024     Q1 24   Q4 24
    Real estate – construction and development $ 1,006,086     $ 1,255,741     $ 1,082,161     (19.88 )%   (7.03 )%
    Commercial real estate – owner occupied   1,654,401       1,700,753       1,628,731     (2.73 )%   1.58 %
    Commercial real estate – non owner occupied   3,329,728       3,178,947       3,196,665     4.74 %   4.16 %
    Real estate – multifamily   841,330       595,075       801,079     41.38 %   5.02 %
    Residential 1-4 family   1,886,107       1,882,296       1,891,470     0.20 %   (0.28 )%
    HELOC   429,152       386,361       410,594     11.08 %   4.52 %
    Commercial and industrial business (C&I)   1,337,254       1,288,550       1,280,394     3.78 %   4.44 %
    Government   511,676       528,341       513,039     (3.15 )%   (0.27 )%
    Indirect   570,795       555,482       567,245     2.76 %   0.63 %
    Consumer loans and other   86,217       80,797       87,677     6.71 %   (1.67 )%
    Total $ 11,652,746     $ 11,452,343     $ 11,459,055     1.75 %   1.69 %
                       
                  % Change
    Deposits Q1   Q1   Q4   Q1 25 vs.   Q1 25 vs.
        2025       2024       2024     Q1 24   Q4 24
    Noninterest-bearing demand $ 4,313,553     $ 4,194,132     $ 4,253,053     2.85 %   1.42 %
    Interest-bearing:                  
    Demand and money market accounts   7,463,355       6,916,701       7,329,669     7.90 %   1.82 %
    Savings   312,151       326,179       311,841     (4.30 )%   0.10 %
    Certificates of deposits   2,519,489       2,689,062       2,542,735     (6.31 )%   (0.91 )%
    Total   14,608,548       14,126,074       14,437,298     3.42 %   1.19 %
    TOWNEBANK
    Average Balances, Yields and Rate Paid (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
     
      Three Months Ended   Three Months Ended   Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
          Interest   Average       Interest   Average       Interest   Average
      Average   Income/   Yield/   Average   Income/   Yield/   Average   Income/   Yield/
      Balance   Expense   Rate (1)   Balance   Expense   Rate (1)   Balance   Expense   Rate (1)
    Assets:                                  
    Loans (net of unearned income
    and deferred costs)
    $ 11,527,915     $ 153,068     5.38 %   $ 11,455,253     $ 155,710     5.41 %   $ 11,379,323     $ 151,811     5.37 %
    Taxable investment securities   2,478,048       21,301     3.44 %     2,421,253       20,722     3.42 %     2,440,652       18,716     3.07 %
    Tax-exempt investment securities   176,081       1,860     4.23 %     176,266       1,832     4.16 %     161,538       1,549     3.84 %
    Total securities   2,654,129       23,161     3.49 %     2,597,519       22,554     3.47 %     2,602,190       20,265     3.12 %
    Interest-bearing deposits   1,199,650       11,801     3.99 %     1,451,121       15,796     4.33 %     1,167,322       14,234     4.90 %
    Mortgage loans held for sale   164,358       2,653     6.46 %     209,315       3,088     5.90 %     116,868       1,716     5.87 %
    Total earning assets   15,546,052       190,683     4.97 %     15,713,208       197,148     4.99 %     15,265,703       188,026     4.95 %
    Less: allowance for loan losses   (124,265 )             (123,068 )             (127,413 )        
    Total nonearning assets   1,790,075               1,758,988               1,725,945          
    Total assets $ 17,211,862             $ 17,349,128             $ 16,864,235          
    Liabilities and Equity:                                  
    Interest-bearing deposits                                  
    Demand and money market $ 7,279,365     $ 40,606     2.26 %   $ 7,157,076     $ 43,894     2.44 %   $ 6,828,053     $ 47,985     2.83 %
    Savings   312,118       714     0.93 %     315,414       777     0.98 %     329,036       881     1.08 %
    Certificates of deposit   2,540,438       25,813     4.12 %     2,694,236       31,214     4.61 %     2,583,938       29,522     4.60 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   10,131,921       67,133     2.69 %     10,166,726       75,885     2.97 %     9,741,027       78,388     3.24 %
    Borrowings   29,606       (300 )   (4.05 )%     36,708       (151 )   (1.61 )%     212,375       3,078     5.73 %
    Subordinated debt, net   260,070       2,304     3.54 %     257,667       2,261     3.51 %     255,878       2,236     3.50 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   10,421,597       69,137     2.69 %     10,461,101       77,995     2.97 %     10,209,280       83,702     3.30 %
    Demand deposits   4,276,586               4,386,911               4,224,104          
    Other noninterest-bearing liabilities   353,665               353,005               390,576          
    Total liabilities   15,051,848               15,201,017               14,823,960          
    Shareholders’ equity   2,160,014               2,148,111               2,040,275          
    Total liabilities and equity $ 17,211,862             $ 17,349,128             $ 16,864,235          
    Net interest income (tax-equivalent basis) (4)     $ 121,546             $ 119,153             $ 104,324      
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures                                
    Tax-equivalent basis adjustment       (1,068 )             (1,096 )             (1,106 )    
    Net interest income (GAAP)     $ 120,478             $ 118,057             $ 103,218      
                                       
    Interest rate spread (2)(4)         2.28 %           2.02 %           1.65 %
    Interest expense as a percent of average earning assets       1.80 %           1.97 %           2.21 %
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent basis) (3)(4)       3.17 %           3.02 %           2.75 %
    Total cost of deposits         1.89 %           2.07 %           2.26 %
                                       

    (1) Yields and interest income are presented on a tax-equivalent basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 21%.
    (2) Interest spread is the average yield earned on earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Fully tax-equivalent.
    (3) Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets. Fully tax-equivalent.
    (4) Non-GAAP.

    TOWNEBANK
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (dollars in thousands, except share data)
       
         
      March 31,   December 31,
        2025       2024  
      (unaudited)   (audited)
    ASSETS      
    Cash and due from banks $ 126,526     $ 108,750  
    Interest-bearing deposits at FRB   1,090,555       1,127,878  
    Interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions   100,249       102,847  
    Total Cash and Cash Equivalents   1,317,330       1,339,475  
    Securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $2,590,680 and $2,509,970, and allowance for credit losses of $1,262 and $1,326 at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   2,470,171       2,353,365  
    Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $195,631 and $203,883 at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   202,018       212,352  
    Less: allowance for credit losses   (68 )     (77 )
    Securities held to maturity, net of allowance for credit losses   201,950       212,275  
    Other equity securities   12,223       12,100  
    FHLB stock   12,425       12,136  
    Total Securities   2,696,769       2,589,876  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   168,510       200,460  
    Loans, net of unearned income and deferred costs   11,652,746       11,459,055  
    Less: allowance for credit losses   (126,131 )     (123,923 )
    Net Loans   11,526,615       11,335,132  
    Premises and equipment, net   373,111       368,876  
    Goodwill   457,619       457,619  
    Other intangible assets, net   57,145       60,171  
    BOLI   280,344       279,802  
    Other assets   634,437       615,479  
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 17,511,880     $ 17,246,890  
           
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY      
    Deposits:      
    Noninterest-bearing demand $ 4,313,553     $ 4,253,053  
    Interest-bearing:      
    Demand and money market accounts   7,463,355       7,329,669  
    Savings   312,151       311,841  
    Certificates of deposit   2,519,489       2,542,735  
    Total Deposits   14,608,548       14,437,298  
    Advances from the FHLB   3,029       3,218  
    Subordinated debt, net   260,198       260,001  
    Repurchase agreements and other borrowings   20,875       33,683  
    Total Borrowings   284,102       296,902  
    Other liabilities   402,252       357,063  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES   15,294,902       15,091,263  
    Preferred stock, authorized and unissued shares – 2,000,000          
    Common stock, $1.667 par value: 150,000,000 shares authorized;      
    75,392,225 and 75,255,205 shares issued at      
    March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   125,679       125,455  
    Capital surplus   1,123,330       1,122,147  
    Retained earnings   1,039,518       1,007,775  
    Common stock issued to deferred compensation trust, at cost:      
    1,049,002 and 1,046,121 shares at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   (21,969 )     (21,868 )
    Deferred compensation trust   21,969       21,868  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (87,869 )     (116,045 )
    TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   2,200,658       2,139,332  
    Noncontrolling interest   16,320       16,295  
    TOTAL EQUITY   2,216,978       2,155,627  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $ 17,511,880     $ 17,246,890  
    TOWNEBANK
    Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
           
           
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,
        2025       2024  
    INTEREST INCOME:      
    Loans, including fees $ 152,322     $ 150,974  
    Investment securities   22,839       19,996  
    Interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions and federal funds sold   11,801       14,234  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   2,653       1,716  
    Total interest income   189,615       186,920  
    INTEREST EXPENSE:      
    Deposits   67,133       78,388  
    Advances from the FHLB   25       2,438  
    Subordinated debt, net   2,304       2,236  
    Repurchase agreements and other borrowings   (325 )     640  
    Total interest expense   69,137       83,702  
    Net interest income   120,478       103,218  
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES   2,420       (877 )
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   118,058       104,095  
    NONINTEREST INCOME:      
    Residential mortgage banking income, net   10,361       10,477  
    Insurance commissions and related income, net   26,424       25,539  
    Property management income, net   19,500       16,773  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   3,327       3,079  
    Credit card merchant fees, net   1,697       1,551  
    Investment commissions, net   3,075       2,343  
    BOLI   1,872       1,842  
    Gain on sale of equity investment   2,000        
    Other income   3,310       2,206  
    Net gain on investment securities         74  
    Total noninterest income   71,566       63,884  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE:      
    Salaries and employee benefits   75,078       71,377  
    Occupancy   9,333       9,422  
    Furniture and equipment   4,621       4,478  
    Amortization – intangibles   3,026       3,246  
    Software   6,293       6,100  
    Data processing   3,835       3,916  
    Professional fees   2,653       3,180  
    Advertising and marketing   4,472       4,582  
    FDIC and other insurance   2,860       4,358  
    Acquisition related expenses   420       595  
    Other expenses   17,945       14,337  
    Total noninterest expense   130,536       125,591  
    Income before income tax expense and noncontrolling interest   59,088       42,388  
    Provision for income tax expense   8,201       7,261  
    Net income $ 50,887     $ 35,127  
    Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest   (295 )     (440 )
    Net income attributable to TowneBank $ 50,592     $ 34,687  
    Per common share information      
    Basic earnings $ 0.67     $ 0.46  
    Diluted earnings $ 0.67     $ 0.46  
    Cash dividends declared $ 0.25     $ 0.25  
    TOWNEBANK
    Consolidated Balance Sheets – Five Quarter Trend
    (dollars in thousands, except share data)
     
                       
      March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
        2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
      (unaudited)   (audited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)
    ASSETS                  
    Cash and due from banks $ 126,526     $ 108,750     $ 131,068     $ 140,028     $ 75,802  
    Interest-bearing deposits at FRB   1,090,555       1,127,878       1,061,596       1,062,115       926,635  
    Interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions   100,249       102,847       103,400       99,303       98,673  
    Total Cash and Cash Equivalents   1,317,330       1,339,475       1,296,064       1,301,446       1,101,110  
    Securities available for sale   2,470,171       2,353,365       2,363,176       2,250,679       2,204,101  
    Securities held to maturity   202,018       212,352       212,422       212,488       312,510  
    Less: allowance for credit losses   (68 )     (77 )     (77 )     (79 )     (82 )
    Securities held to maturity, net of allowance for credit losses   201,950       212,275       212,345       212,409       312,428  
    Other equity securities   12,223       12,100       12,681       13,566       13,661  
    FHLB stock   12,425       12,136       12,134       12,134       12,139  
    Total Securities   2,696,769       2,589,876       2,600,336       2,488,788       2,542,329  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   168,510       200,460       264,320       200,762       150,727  
    Loans, net of unearned income and deferred costs   11,652,746       11,459,055       11,412,518       11,451,747       11,452,343  
    Less: allowance for credit losses   (126,131 )     (123,923 )     (123,191 )     (125,552 )     (125,835 )
    Net Loans   11,526,615       11,335,132       11,289,327       11,326,195       11,326,508  
    Premises and equipment, net   373,111       368,876       365,764       340,348       342,569  
    Goodwill   457,619       457,619       457,619       457,619       457,619  
    Other intangible assets, net   57,145       60,171       63,265       65,460       68,758  
    BOLI   280,344       279,802       279,325       277,434       279,293  
    Other assets   634,437       615,479       572,000       610,791       615,324  
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 17,511,880     $ 17,246,890     $ 17,188,020     $ 17,068,843     $ 16,884,237  
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                  
    Deposits:                  
    Noninterest-bearing demand $ 4,313,553     $ 4,253,053     $ 4,267,628     $ 4,303,773     $ 4,194,132  
    Interest-bearing:                  
    Demand and money market accounts   7,463,355       7,329,669       6,990,103       6,940,086       6,916,701  
    Savings   312,151       311,841       319,970       312,881       326,179  
    Certificates of deposit   2,519,489       2,542,735       2,785,469       2,715,848       2,689,062  
    Total Deposits   14,608,548       14,437,298       14,363,170       14,272,588       14,126,074  
    Advances from the FHLB   3,029       3,218       3,405       3,591       3,775  
    Subordinated debt, net   260,198       260,001       256,444       256,227       256,011  
    Repurchase agreements and other borrowings   20,875       33,683       30,970       35,351       31,198  
    Total Borrowings   284,102       296,902       290,819       295,169       290,984  
    Other liabilities   402,252       357,063       371,316       411,770       401,307  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES   15,294,902       15,091,263       15,025,305       14,979,527       14,818,365  
                       
    Preferred stock                            
    Common stock, $1.667 par value   125,679       125,455       125,139       125,090       125,009  
    Capital surplus   1,123,330       1,122,147       1,117,279       1,115,759       1,114,038  
    Retained earnings   1,039,518       1,007,775       985,343       961,162       937,065  
    Common stock issued to deferred compensation                  
    trust, at cost   (21,969 )     (21,868 )     (22,224 )     (22,756 )     (20,915 )
    Deferred compensation trust   21,969       21,868       22,224       22,756       20,915  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (87,869 )     (116,045 )     (81,482 )     (129,224 )     (126,586 )
    TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   2,200,658       2,139,332       2,146,279       2,072,787       2,049,526  
    Noncontrolling interest   16,320       16,295       16,436       16,529       16,346  
    TOTAL EQUITY   2,216,978       2,155,627       2,162,715       2,089,316       2,065,872  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $ 17,511,880     $ 17,246,890     $ 17,188,020     $ 17,068,843     $ 16,884,237  
    TOWNEBANK
    Consolidated Statements of Income – Five Quarter Trend (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except share data)
       
       
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
        2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    INTEREST INCOME:                  
    Loans, including fees $ 152,322     $ 154,933     $ 155,792     $ 154,549     $ 150,974  
    Investment securities   22,839       22,236       22,334       22,928       19,996  
    Interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions and federal funds sold   11,801       15,796       15,249       14,512       14,234  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   2,653       3,087       3,247       2,945       1,716  
    Total interest income   189,615       196,052       196,622       194,934       186,920  
    INTEREST EXPENSE:                  
    Deposits   67,133       75,885       82,128       82,023       78,388  
    Advances from the FHLB   25       26       29       942       2,438  
    Subordinated debt, net   2,304       2,261       2,237       2,236       2,236  
    Repurchase agreements and other borrowings   (325 )     (177 )     (54 )     685       640  
    Total interest expense   69,137       77,995       84,340       85,886       83,702  
    Net interest income   120,478       118,057       112,282       109,048       103,218  
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES   2,420       1,606       (1,100 )     (177 )     (877 )
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   118,058       116,451       113,382       109,225       104,095  
    NONINTEREST INCOME:                  
    Residential mortgage banking income, net   10,361       11,272       11,786       13,422       10,477  
    Insurance commissions and related income, net   26,424       23,265       25,727       24,031       25,539  
    Property management income, net   19,500       8,186       11,221       14,312       16,773  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   3,327       3,289       3,117       3,353       3,079  
    Credit card merchant fees, net   1,697       1,486       1,830       1,662       1,551  
    Investment commissions, net   3,075       3,195       2,835       2,580       2,343  
    BOLI   1,872       4,478       1,886       3,238       1,842  
    Other income   5,310       3,932       3,834       3,324       2,206  
    Net gain on investment securities                           74  
    Total noninterest income   71,566       59,103       62,236       65,922       63,884  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE:                  
    Salaries and employee benefits   75,078       74,399       72,123       71,349       71,377  
    Occupancy   9,333       9,819       9,351       9,717       9,422  
    Furniture and equipment   4,621       4,850       4,657       4,634       4,478  
    Amortization – intangibles   3,026       3,095       3,130       3,298       3,246  
    Software   6,293       6,870       6,790       7,056       6,100  
    Data processing   3,835       3,788       4,701       4,606       3,916  
    Professional fees   2,653       3,446       4,720       3,788       3,180  
    Advertising and marketing   4,472       3,359       4,162       3,524       4,582  
    Other expenses   21,225       17,815       17,266       16,012       19,290  
    Total noninterest expense   130,536       127,441       126,900       123,984       125,591  
    Income before income tax expense and noncontrolling interest   59,088       48,113       48,718       51,163       42,388  
    Provision for income tax expense   8,201       6,672       5,592       8,124       7,261  
    Net income   50,887       41,441       43,126       43,039       35,127  
    Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest   (295 )     (176 )     (177 )     (183 )     (440 )
    Net income attributable to TowneBank $ 50,592     $ 41,265     $ 42,949     $ 42,856     $ 34,687  
    Per common share information                  
    Basic earnings $ 0.67     $ 0.55     $ 0.57     $ 0.57     $ 0.46  
    Diluted earnings $ 0.67     $ 0.55     $ 0.57     $ 0.57     $ 0.46  
    Basic weighted average shares outstanding   75,149,668       75,034,688       74,940,827       74,925,877       74,816,420  
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding   75,527,713       75,309,989       75,141,661       75,037,955       74,979,501  
    Cash dividends declared $ 0.25     $ 0.25     $ 0.25     $ 0.25     $ 0.25  
    TOWNEBANK
    Banking Segment Financial Information (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
     
               
      Three Months Ended   Increase/(Decrease)
      March 31,   December 31,   YTD 2025 over 2024
        2025       2024       2024     Amount   Percent
    Revenue                  
    Net interest income $ 119,584     $ 102,682     $ 117,137     $ 16,902     16.46 %
    Service charges on deposit accounts   3,327       3,079       3,289       248     8.05 %
    Credit card merchant fees   1,697       1,551       1,486       146     9.41 %
    Investment commissions, net   3,075       2,343       3,195       732     31.24 %
    Other income   6,495       3,429       6,456       3,066     89.41 %
    Subtotal   14,594       10,402       14,426       4,192     40.30 %
    Net gain/(loss) on investment securities         74             (74 )   N/M
    Total noninterest income   14,594       10,476       14,426       4,118     39.31 %
    Total revenue   134,178       113,158       131,563       21,020     18.58 %
                       
    Provision for credit losses   2,367       (976 )     1,525       3,343     (342.52 )%
                       
    Expenses                  
    Salaries and employee benefits   49,684       46,474       50,130       3,210     6.91 %
    Occupancy   6,979       7,061       7,362       (82 )   (1.16 )%
    Furniture and equipment   3,808       3,648       4,087       160     4.39 %
    Amortization of intangible assets   981       1,162       1,027       (181 )   (15.58 )%
    Software   4,022       4,054       4,548       (32 )   (0.79 )%
    Data processing   2,609       2,548       2,581       61     2.39 %
    Accounting and professional fees   2,010       2,659       2,649       (649 )   (24.41 )%
    Advertising and marketing   2,897       3,008       1,985       (111 )   (3.69 )%
    FDIC and other insurance   2,590       4,122       2,244       (1,532 )   (37.17 )%
    Acquisition related   420       147       268       273     185.71 %
    Other expenses   11,971       10,415       11,315       1,556     14.94 %
    Total expenses   87,971       85,298       88,196       2,673     3.13 %
    Income before income tax, corporate allocation and noncontrolling interest   43,840       28,836       41,842       15,004     52.03 %
    Corporate allocation   1,396       1,069       1,172       327     30.59 %
    Income before income tax provision and noncontrolling interest   45,236       29,905       43,014       15,331     51.27 %
    Provision for income tax expense   4,681       4,105       5,275       576     14.03 %
    Net income   40,555       25,800       37,739       14,755     57.19 %
    Noncontrolling interest   42       120       (63 )     (78 )   (65.00 )%
    Net income attributable to TowneBank $ 40,597     $ 25,920     $ 37,676     $ 14,677     56.62 %
                       
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   64.83 %     74.40 %     66.26 %   (9.57 )%   (12.86 )%
    TOWNEBANK
    Mortgage Segment Financial Information (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
     
           
      Three Months Ended   Increase/(Decrease)
      March 31,   December 31,   YTD 2025 over 2024
        2025       2024       2024     Amount   Percent
    Revenue                  
    Residential mortgage brokerage income, net $ 10,580     $ 10,798     $ 11,580     $ (218 )   (2.02 )%
    Income (loss) from unconsolidated subsidiary   42       30       68       12     40.00 %
    Net interest and other income   1,110       768       1,661       342     44.53 %
    Total revenue   11,732       11,596       13,309       136     1.17 %
                       
    Provision for credit losses   53       99       81       (46 )   (46.46 )%
                       
    Expenses                  
    Salaries and employee benefits   7,031       6,656       6,712       375     5.63 %
    Occupancy   939       1,061       981       (122 )   (11.50 )%
    Furniture and equipment   195       178       158       17     9.55 %
    Amortization of intangible assets         144             (144 )   (100.00 )%
    Software   727       787       719       (60 )   (7.62 )%
    Data processing   163       148       194       15     10.14 %
    Accounting and professional fees   226       234       252       (8 )   (3.42 )%
    Advertising and marketing   389       382       406       7     1.83 %
    FDIC and other insurance   96       102       112       (6 )   (5.88 )%
    Acquisition related                         N/M
    Other expenses   2,461       2,222       2,652       239     10.76 %
    Total expenses   12,227       11,914       12,186       313     2.63 %
                       
    Income before income tax, corporate allocation and noncontrolling interest   (548 )     (417 )     1,042       (131 )   31.41 %
    Corporate allocation   (350 )     (348 )     (437 )     (2 )   0.57 %
    Income before income tax provision and noncontrolling interest   (898 )     (765 )     605       (133 )   17.39 %
    Provision for income tax expense   (240 )     (202 )     121       (38 )   18.81 %
    Net income   (658 )     (563 )     484       (95 )   16.87 %
    Noncontrolling interest   (117 )     (115 )     (156 )     (2 )   1.74 %
    Net income attributable to TowneBank $ (775 )   $ (678 )   $ 328     $ (97 )   14.31 %
                       
    Efficiency ratio excluding gain on equity investment (non-GAAP)   104.22 %     101.50 %     91.56 %     2.72 %   2.68 %
    TOWNEBANK
    Resort Property Management Segment Financial Information (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
     
               
      Three Months Ended   Increase/(Decrease)
      March 31,   December 31,   YTD 2025 over 2024
        2025       2024       2024     Amount   Percent
    Revenue                  
    Property management fees, net $ 19,500     $ 16,773     $ 8,186     $ 2,727     16.26 %
    Net interest and other income   13       16       3       (3 )   (18.75 )%
    Total revenue   19,513       16,789       8,189       2,724     16.22 %
                       
    Expenses                  
    Salaries and employee benefits   5,448       5,532       4,796       (84 )   (1.52 )%
    Occupancy   614       508       640       106     20.87 %
    Furniture and equipment   405       416       435       (11 )   (2.64 )%
    Amortization of intangible assets   637       533       637       104     19.51 %
    Software   859       608       939       251     41.28 %
    Data processing   944       1,102       896       (158 )   (14.34 )%
    Accounting and professional fees   126       152       304       (26 )   (17.11 )%
    Advertising and marketing   892       1,038       807       (146 )   (14.07 )%
    FDIC and other insurance   67       35       70       32     91.43 %
    Acquisition related         447             (447 )   (100.00 )%
    Other expenses   2,613       942       466       1,671     177.39 %
    Total expenses   12,605       11,313       9,990       1,292     11.42 %
                       
    Income before income tax, corporate allocation and noncontrolling interest   6,908       5,476       (1,801 )     1,432     26.15 %
    Corporate allocation   (320 )                 (320 )   N/M
    Income before income tax provision and noncontrolling interest   6,588       5,476       (1,801 )     1,112     20.31 %
    Provision for income tax expense   1,629       1,358       (337 )     271     19.96 %
    Net income   4,959       4,118       (1,464 )     841     20.42 %
    Noncontrolling interest   (220 )     (445 )     43       225     (50.56 )%
    Net income attributable to TowneBank $ 4,739     $ 3,673     $ (1,421 )   $ 1,066     29.02 %
                       
    Efficiency ratio excluding gain on equity investment (non-GAAP)   61.33 %     64.21 %     114.21 %   (2.88 )%   (4.49 )%
    TOWNEBANK
    Insurance Segment Financial Information (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
     
               
      Three Months Ended   Increase/(Decrease)
      March 31,   December 31,   YTD 2025 over 2024
        2025       2024       2024     Amount   Percent
    Commission and fee income                  
    Property and casualty $ 23,322     $ 20,722     $ 20,576     $ 2,600     12.55 %
    Employee benefits   4,725       4,826       4,335       (101 )   (2.09 )%
    Specialized benefit services         9       1       (9 )   (100.00 )%
    Total commissions and fees   28,047       25,557       24,912       2,490     9.74 %
                       
    Contingency and bonus revenue   3,620       4,503       2,924       (883 )   (19.61 )%
    Other income   4       11       221       (7 )   (63.64 )%
    Total revenue   31,671       30,071       28,057       1,600     5.32 %
                       
    Employee commission expense   5,050       4,512       3,958       538     11.92 %
    Revenue, net of commission expense   26,621       25,559       24,099       1,062     4.16 %
                       
    Salaries and employee benefits   12,915       12,715       12,761       200     1.57 %
    Occupancy   801       792       836       9     1.14 %
    Furniture and equipment   213       236       170       (23 )   (9.75 )%
    Amortization of intangible assets   1,408       1,407       1,431       1     0.07 %
    Software   685       651       664       34     5.22 %
    Data processing   119       118       117       1     0.85 %
    Accounting and professional fees   291       135       241       156     115.56 %
    Advertising and marketing   294       154       161       140     90.91 %
    FDIC and other insurance   107       99       108       8     8.08 %
    Acquisition related         1             (1 )   (100.00 )%
    Other expenses   900       758       580       142     18.73 %
    Total operating expenses   17,733       17,066       17,069       667     3.91 %
    Income before income tax, corporate allocation and noncontrolling interest   8,888       8,493       7,030       395     4.65 %
    Corporate allocation   (726 )     (721 )     (735 )     (5 )   0.69 %
    Income before income tax provision and noncontrolling interest   8,162       7,772       6,295       390     5.02 %
    Provision for income tax expense   2,131       2,000       1,613       131     6.55 %
    Net income   6,031       5,772       4,682       259     4.49 %
    Noncontrolling interest                         N/M
    Net income attributable to TowneBank $ 6,031     $ 5,772     $ 4,682     $ 259     4.49 %
                    0      
    Provision for income taxes   2,131       2,000       1,613       131     6.55 %
    Depreciation, amortization and interest expense   1,527       1,553       1,550       (26 )   (1.67 )%
    EBITDA (non-GAAP) $ 9,689     $ 9,325     $ 7,845     $ 364     3.90 %
                       
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   61.32 %     61.27 %     65.48 %     0.05 %   0.08 %
    TOWNEBANK
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (dollars in thousands)
     
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   March 31,   December 31,
        2025       2024       2024  
               
    Return on average assets (GAAP)   1.19 %     0.83 %     0.95 %
    Impact of excluding average goodwill and other
     intangibles and amortization
      0.10 %     0.09 %     0.08 %
    Return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)   1.29 %     0.92 %     1.03 %
               
    Return on average equity (GAAP)   9.50 %     6.84 %     7.64 %
    Impact of excluding average goodwill and other
     intangibles and amortization
      3.58 %     3.03 %     3.04 %
    Return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)   13.08 %     9.87 %     10.68 %
               
    Return on average common equity (GAAP)   9.57 %     6.89 %     7.70 %
    Impact of excluding average goodwill and other
     intangibles and amortization
      3.64 %     3.09 %     3.09 %
    Return on average tangible common equity
    (non-GAAP)
      13.21 %     9.98 %     10.79 %
               
    Book value (GAAP) $ 29.19     $ 27.33     $ 28.43  
    Impact of excluding average goodwill and other
     intangibles and amortization
      (6.83 )     (7.02 )     (6.88 )
    Tangible book value (non-GAAP) $ 22.36     $ 20.31     $ 21.55  
               
    Efficiency ratio (GAAP)   67.97 %     75.16 %     71.94 %
    Impact of exclusions (0.87 )%   (1.91 )%   (1.66 )%
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   67.10 %     73.25 %     70.28 %
               
    Average assets (GAAP) $ 17,211,862     $ 16,864,235     $ 17,349,128  
    Less: average goodwill and intangible assets   516,661       522,675       519,691  
    Average tangible assets (non-GAAP) $ 16,695,201     $ 16,341,560     $ 16,829,437  
               
    Average equity (GAAP) $ 2,160,014     $ 2,040,275     $ 2,148,111  
    Less: average goodwill and intangible assets   516,661       522,675       519,691  
    Average tangible equity (non-GAAP) $ 1,643,353     $ 1,517,600     $ 1,628,420  
               
    Average common equity (GAAP) $ 2,143,806     $ 2,024,169     $ 2,131,778  
    Less: average goodwill and intangible assets   516,661       522,675       519,691  
    Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) $ 1,627,145     $ 1,501,494     $ 1,612,087  
               
    Net income (GAAP) $ 50,592     $ 34,687     $ 41,265  
    Amortization of intangibles, net of tax   2,391       2,564       2,445  
    Tangible net income (non-GAAP) $ 52,983     $ 37,251     $ 43,710  
               
    Total revenue (GAAP) $ 192,044     $ 167,102     $ 177,160  
    Net (gain)/loss on investment securities/equity investments   (2,000 )     (74 )     (218 )
    Total revenue for efficiency calculation (non-GAAP) $ 190,044     $ 167,028     $ 176,942  
               
    Noninterest expense (GAAP) $ 130,536     $ 125,591     $ 127,441  
    Less: amortization of intangibles   3,026       3,246       3,095  
    Noninterest expense net of amortization (non-GAAP) $ 127,510     $ 122,345     $ 124,346  
    TOWNEBANK
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                       
                       
    Reconciliation of GAAP Earnings to Operating
    Earnings Excluding Certain Items Affecting
    Comparability
    Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
        2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Net income available to common shareholders (GAAP) $ 50,592     $ 41,265     $ 42,949     $ 42,856     $ 34,687  
                       
    Adjustments                  
    Plus: Acquisition-related expenses, net of tax   389       250       460       18       564  
    Plus: Initial provision for acquired loans, net of tax                            
    Plus: FDIC special assessment, net of tax                     (310 )     1,021  
    Less: Gain on sale of equity investments, net of noncontrolling interest         (99 )     (16 )            
    Core operating earnings, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP) $ 50,981     $ 41,416     $ 43,393     $ 42,564     $ 36,272  
    Annualized interest impact of Series IV Notes, net of tax   42                          
    Core net income for diluted earnings (non-GAAP) $ 51,023     $ 41,416     $ 43,393     $ 42,564     $ 36,272  
                       
    Weighted average diluted shares   75,527,713       75,309,989       75,141,661       75,037,955       74,979,501  
    Diluted EPS (GAAP) $ 0.67     $ 0.55     $ 0.57     $ 0.57     $ 0.46  
    Diluted EPS, excluding certain items affecting
     comparability (non-GAAP)
    $ 0.68     $ 0.55     $ 0.58     $ 0.57     $ 0.48  
    Average assets $ 17,211,862     $ 17,349,128     $ 17,028,141     $ 16,982,482     $ 16,864,235  
    Average tangible equity $ 1,643,353     $ 1,628,420     $ 1,582,830     $ 1,520,500     $ 1,517,600  
    Average common tangible equity $ 1,627,145     $ 1,612,087     $ 1,566,455     $ 1,504,028     $ 1,501,494  
    Return on average assets, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)   1.20 %     0.95 %     1.01 %     1.01 %     0.87 %
    Return on average tangible equity, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)   13.17 %     10.72 %     11.53 %     11.95 %     10.29 %
    Return on average common tangible equity, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)   13.30 %     10.82 %     11.65 %     12.08 %     10.40 %
    Efficiency ratio, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)   66.87 %     70.12 %     70.67 %     68.96 %     72.89 %

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Goosehead Insurance, Inc. Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

       Total Revenue Increased 17% and Core Revenue* Grew 17% over the Prior-Year Period –

       Total Written Premium increased 22% to $1.0 billion over the Prior-Year Period

    –   Net Income of $2.6 million versus Net Income of $1.8 million a year ago –

       Adjusted EBITDA* of $15.5 million versus $11.7 million in the Prior-Year Period –

    –   Company Announces new $100 million Share Repurchase Authorization through May 1, 2026

    WESTLAKE, Texas, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Goosehead Insurance, Inc. (“Goosehead” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: GSHD), a rapidly growing independent personal lines insurance agency, today announced results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Total Revenues grew 17% over the prior-year period to $75.6 million in the first quarter of 2025
    • First quarter Core Revenues* of $69.1 million increased 17% over the prior-year period
    • First quarter net income of $2.6 million improved from net income of $1.8 million a year ago
    • EPS of $0.09 per share increased from $0.07 in the prior-year period, and Adjusted EPS* of $0.26 per share decreased 5% over the prior-year period
    • Net Income Margin for the first quarter was 4%
    • Adjusted EBITDA* of $15.5 million increased from $11.7 million in the prior-year period
    • Adjusted EBITDA Margin* increased versus the prior-year period to 21%
    • Total Written Premiums placed for the first quarter increased 22% over the prior-year period to $1.0 billion.
    • Policies in Force increased 13% from the prior-year period to approximately 1,729,000
    • Corporate agent headcount of 426 was up 46% compared to the prior-year period
    • Total franchise producers of 2,097 increased 7% from the prior-year period

    “At Goosehead, our strong growth comes from delivering exceptional value to clients, agents and partners,” said Mark Miller, President and CEO. “For the first quarter we drove premium growth of 22% with total and core revenue* up 17%. Net Income increased 46% for the quarter and Adjusted EBITDA* for the quarter increased 32%. Net Income Margin was 4% and adjusted EBITDA margin* expanded 300 basis points to 21%. During the quarter we invested meaningfully in our production force, service function, technology initiatives, and AI-driven tools to enhance the personal lines experience across all our key stakeholders. We currently place roughly $4 billion in annual premium—still less than 1% of the over $500 billion U.S. personal lines market. We believe our runway is enormous and our competitive moat in the marketplace continues to expand. I could not be more excited for our company’s future as we progress towards our goal of becoming the largest distributor of personal lines in the US.”

    *Core Revenue, Adjusted EPS, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are non-GAAP measures. Reconciliations of Core Revenue to total revenues, Adjusted EPS to basic earnings per share and Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP, are set forth in the reconciliation table accompanying this release.

    First Quarter 2025 Results
    For the first quarter of 2025, revenues were $75.6 million, an increase of 17% compared to the corresponding period in 2024. Core Revenues, a non-GAAP measure which excludes contingent commissions, initial franchise fees, interest income, and other income, were $69.1 million, a 17% increase from $58.8 million in the prior-year period. Core Revenues are the most reliable revenue stream for the Company, consisting of New Business Commissions, Agency Fees, New Business Royalty Fees, Renewal Commissions, and Renewal Royalty Fees. Core Revenue growth was driven by improved franchise productivity and client retention of 84%, and rising premium rates. The Company grew total written premiums, which we consider to be the leading indicator of future revenue growth, by 22% in the first quarter.

    Total operating expenses for the first quarter of 2025 were $69.0 million, up from $63.0 million in the prior-year period. Total operating expenses, excluding equity-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, and impairment expenses* for the first quarter of 2025 were $60.1 million, up 14% from $52.7 million in the prior-year period. Employee compensation and benefits increased to $48.3 million from $42.1 million in the prior-year period. Employee compensation and benefits, excluding equity-based compensation* increased to $42.1 million from $34.8 million in the prior-year period. The increases were primarily due to investments in corporate producers and our service and technology functions. Equity-based compensation decreased to $6.2 million for the period, compared to $7.4 million in the prior-year period. General and administrative expenses increased to $17.6 million from $17.2 million in the prior-year period. General and administrative expenses, excluding impairment*, increased to $17.6 million from $16.8 million in the prior-year period. The increases were primarily due to increases in professional services and investments in technology and systems to drive growth and continue to improve the client experience. Bad debt expense of $0.4 million decreased from $1.1 million in the prior-year period.

    Net income in the first quarter of 2025 was $2.6 million versus net income of $1.8 million in the prior-year period. Earnings per share and Net Income Margin for the first quarter of 2025 were $0.09 and 4%, respectively. Adjusted EPS for the first quarter of 2025, which excludes equity-based compensation and impairment expense, was $0.26 per share. Total Adjusted EBITDA was $15.5 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $11.7 million in the prior-year period. Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 21% increased compared to the prior-year period.

    *Total operating expenses, excluding equity-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, and impairment expenses; Employee compensation and benefits, excluding equity-based compensation; and General and administrative expenses, excluding impairment are non-GAAP measures. For the definition and reconciliation of each non-GAAP measure, see “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures to GAAP” below.

    Liquidity and Capital Resources
    As of March 31, 2025, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $70.2 million. We had an unused line of credit of $75.0 million as of March 31, 2025. Total outstanding term note payable balance was $300.0 million as of March 31, 2025. During the quarter ended March 31, 2025, the Company did not repurchase any shares of Class A common stock. As of March 31, 2025, the share repurchase authorization expired.

    The Company’s board of directors authorized a new share repurchase program after the prior repurchase authorization expired on March 31, 2025. The new authorization is for repurchases of up to $100 million of Class A common stock through May 1, 2026. The share repurchase program does not require the Company to acquire any dollar amount or number of shares and may be modified, suspended, or discontinued at any time.

    2025 Outlook
    The Company is reiterating its guidance for full year 2025 as follows:

    • Total written premiums placed for 2025 are expected to be between $4.65 billion and $4.88 billion, representing growth of 22% on the low end of the range to 28% on the high end of the range.
    • Total revenues for 2025 are expected to be between $350 million and $385 million, representing growth of 11% on the low end of the range to 22% on the high end of the range.

    Conference Call Information
    Goosehead will host a conference call and webcast today at 4:30 PM ET to discuss these results.

    To access the call by phone, participants should go to this link (registration link), and you will be provided with the dial in details.

    In addition, a live webcast of the conference call will also be available on Goosehead’s investor relations website at http://ir.goosehead.com.

    A webcast replay of the call will be available at http://ir.goosehead.com for one year following the call.

    About Goosehead

    Goosehead (NASDAQ: GSHD) is a rapidly growing and innovative independent personal lines insurance agency that distributes its products and services through corporate and franchise locations throughout the United States. Goosehead was founded on the premise that the consumer should be at the center of our universe and that everything we do should be directed at providing extraordinary value by offering broad product choice and a world-class service experience. Goosehead represents over 200 insurance companies that underwrite personal and commercial lines. For more information, please visit goosehead.com or goosehead.com/become-a-franchisee.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release may contain various “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which represent Goosehead’s expectations or beliefs concerning future events. Forward-looking statements are statements other than historical facts and may include statements that address future operating, financial or business performance or Goosehead’s strategies or expectations. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may”, “might”, “will”, “should”, “expects”, “plans”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “projects”, “potential”, “outlook” or “continue”, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and beliefs and involve significant risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, developments and business decisions to differ materially from those contemplated by these statements.

    Factors that could cause actual results or performance to differ from the expectations expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, conditions impacting insurance carriers or other parties with which Goosehead does business, the loss of one or more key executives or an inability to attract and retain qualified personnel and the failure to attract and retain highly qualified franchisees. These risks and uncertainties also include, but are not limited to, those described under the captions “1A. Risk Factors” in Goosehead’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and in Goosehead’s other filings with the SEC, which are available free of charge on the Securities Exchange Commission’s website at: www.sec.gov. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those indicated. All forward-looking statements and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to Goosehead or to persons acting on behalf of Goosehead are expressly qualified in their entirety by reference to these risks and uncertainties. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and Goosehead does not undertake any obligation to update them in light of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable law.

    Contacts
    Investor Contact:
    Dan Farrell
    Goosehead Insurance – VP Capital Markets
    Phone: (214) 838-5290
    Email: dan.farrell@goosehead.com; IR@goosehead.com

    PR Contact:
    Mission North for Goosehead Insurance
    Email: goosehead@missionnorth.com; PR@goosehead.com


    Goosehead Insurance, Inc.

    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Unaudited)
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)

        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
          2025       2024  
    Revenues:        
    Commissions and agency fees   $ 29,423     $ 26,221  
    Franchise revenues     45,971       37,989  
    Interest income     189       250  
    Total revenues     75,583       64,460  
    Operating Expenses:        
    Employee compensation and benefits     48,334       42,130  
    General and administrative expenses     17,559       17,180  
    Bad debts     406       1,127  
    Depreciation and amortization     2,670       2,568  
    Total operating expenses     68,969       63,005  
    Income from operations     6,614       1,455  
    Other Income:        
    Interest expense     (5,823 )     (1,487 )
    Other income (expense)     168       (6,727 )
    Income (loss) before taxes     959       (6,759 )
    Tax benefit     (1,687 )     (8,568 )
    Net income     2,646       1,809  
    Less: net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests     304       (5 )
    Net income attributable to Goosehead Insurance, Inc.   $ 2,342     $ 1,814  
    Earnings per share:        
    Basic   $ 0.09     $ 0.07  
    Diluted   $ 0.09     $ 0.05  
    Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding        
    Basic     24,791       25,087  
    Diluted     25,943       38,839  
                     


    Goosehead Insurance, Inc.

    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Unaudited)
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)

        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
          2025       2024  
    Revenues:        
    Core Revenue:        
    Renewal Commissions(1)   $ 16,952     $ 15,961  
    Renewal Royalty Fees(2)     37,244       29,053  
    New Business Commissions(1)     5,755       5,681  
    New Business Royalty Fees(2)     6,929       6,234  
    Agency Fees(1)     2,240       1,911  
    Total Core Revenue     69,120       58,839  
    Cost Recovery Revenue:        
    Initial Franchise Fees(2)     1,342       2,245  
    Interest Income     189       250  
    Total Cost Recovery Revenue     1,531       2,495  
    Ancillary Revenue:        
    Contingent Commissions(1)     4,476       2,668  
    Other Franchise Revenues(2)     456       458  
    Total Ancillary Revenue     4,932       3,126  
    Total Revenues     75,583       64,460  
    Operating Expenses:        
    Employee compensation and benefits, excluding equity-based compensation     42,098       34,773  
    General and administrative expenses, excluding impairment     17,559       16,833  
    Bad debts     406       1,127  
    Total     60,063       52,733  
    Adjusted EBITDA     15,520       11,727  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin     21   %     18   %
             
    Interest expense     (5,823 )     (1,487 )
    Depreciation and amortization     (2,670 )     (2,568 )
    Tax benefit     1,687       8,568  
    Equity-based compensation     (6,236 )     (7,357 )
    Impairment expense           (347 )
    Other income (expense)     168       (6,727 )
    Net Income   $ 2,646     $ 1,809  
    Net Income Margin     4   %     3   %
    (1) Renewal Commissions, New Business Commissions, Agency Fees, and Contingent Commissions are included in “Commissions and agency fees” as shown on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations within Goosehead’s Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
    (2) Renewal Royalty Fees, New Business Royalty Fees, Initial Franchise Fees, and Other Franchise Revenues are included in “Franchise revenues” as shown on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations within Goosehead’s Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
     

    Goosehead Insurance, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (Unaudited) 
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)

        March 31,   December 31,
          2025       2024  
    Assets        
    Current Assets:        
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 70,208     $ 54,280  
    Restricted cash     2,363       3,693  
    Commissions and agency fees receivable, net     8,156       31,375  
    Receivable from franchisees, net     12,178       11,077  
    Prepaid expenses     22,498       8,139  
    Total current assets     115,403       108,564  
    Receivable from franchisees, net of current portion     3,583       3,469  
    Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation     23,455       24,101  
    Right-of-use asset     36,111       37,420  
    Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization     27,094       25,075  
    Deferred income taxes, net     200,574       193,478  
    Other assets     6,336       5,546  
    Total assets   $ 412,556     $ 397,653  
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity        
    Current Liabilities:        
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 20,377     $ 22,891  
    Premiums payable     2,363       3,693  
    Lease liability     5,901       6,535  
    Contract liabilities     2,743       3,275  
    Note payable     3,000       10,063  
    Liabilities under tax receivable agreement     6,993        
    Total current liabilities     41,377       46,457  
    Lease liability, net of current portion     53,116       54,536  
    Note payable, net of current portion     290,333       82,251  
    Contract liabilities, net of current portion     15,677       15,191  
    Liabilities under tax receivable agreement, net of current portion     157,568       160,142  
    Total liabilities     558,071       358,577  
    Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share – 300,000 shares authorized, 25,055 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025, 24,668 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024     251       247  
    Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share – 50,000 shares authorized, 12,475 issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025, 12,620 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024     125       126  
    Additional paid in capital     69,925       58,917  
    Accumulated deficit     (158,845 )     (15,401 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     (88,544 )     43,889  
    Non-controlling interests     (56,971 )     (4,813 )
    Total equity     (145,515 )     39,076  
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 412,556     $ 397,653  
     

    .
    Goosehead Insurance, Inc.
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures to GAAP

    This release includes certain financial performance measures that are not required by, nor presented in accordance with, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). The Company refers to these measures as “non-GAAP financial measures.” The Company uses these non-GAAP financial measures when planning, monitoring and evaluating its performance and considers these non-GAAP financial measures to be useful metrics for management and investors to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences caused by variations in capital structures, tax position, depreciation, amortization and certain other items that the Company believes are not representative of its core business. The Company uses these non-GAAP financial measures for business planning purposes and in measuring its performance relative to that of its competitors.

    These non-GAAP financial measures are defined by the Company as follows:

    • “Core Revenue” is a supplemental measure of our performance and includes Renewal Commissions, Renewal Royalty Fees, New Business Commissions, New Business Royalty Fees, and Agency Fees. We believe that Core Revenue is an appropriate measure of operating performance because it summarizes all of our revenues from sales of individual insurance policies.
    • “Cost Recovery Revenue” is a supplemental measure of our performance and includes Initial Franchise Fees and Interest Income. We believe that Cost Recovery Revenue is an appropriate measure of operating performance because it summarizes revenues that are viewed by management as cost recovery mechanisms.
    • “Ancillary Revenue” is a supplemental measure of our performance and includes Contingent Commissions and Other Income. We believe that Ancillary Revenue is an appropriate measure of operating performance because it summarizes revenues that are ancillary to our core business.
    • “Adjusted EBITDA” is a supplemental measure of the Company’s performance. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an appropriate measure of operating performance because it eliminates the impact of items that do not relate to business performance. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (the most directly comparable GAAP measure) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted to exclude equity-based compensation, impairment expense, and other non-operating items, including, among other things, certain non-cash charges and certain non-recurring or non-operating gains or losses.
    • “Adjusted EBITDA Margin” is Adjusted EBITDA as defined above, divided by total revenue. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is helpful in measuring profitability of operations on a consolidated level.
    • “Adjusted EPS” is a supplemental measure of our performance, defined as earnings per share (the most directly comparable GAAP measure) before non-recurring or non-operating income and expenses. Adjusted EPS is a useful measure to management and our investors because it eliminates the impact of items that do not relate to business performance and helps measure our profitability on a consolidated level.
    • “Total operating expenses, excluding equity-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, and impairment expenses” is defined as total operating expenses (the most directly comparable GAAP measure) before equity-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, and impairment expenses. This measure is useful to management and our investors as it eliminates the impact of certain non-cash charges.
    • “Employee compensation and benefits, excluding equity-based compensation” is defined as Employee compensation and benefits (the most directly comparable GAAP measure) before equity-based compensation. This measure is useful to management and our investors as it eliminates the impact of certain non-cash compensation charges.
    • “General and administrative expenses, excluding impairment” is defined as general and administrative expenses (the most directly comparable GAAP measure) before impairment expense. This measure is useful to management and our investors as it eliminates the impact of certain non-cash charges.

    While the Company believes that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating its business, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for revenues, net income, or earnings per share, in each case as recognized in accordance with GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in the Company’s industry, may calculate such measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

    The following tables show a reconciliation from total revenues to Core Revenue, Cost Recovery Revenue, and Ancillary Revenue (non-GAAP basis) for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):

        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
          2025       2024  
    Total Revenues   $ 75,583     $ 64,460  
             
    Core Revenue:        
    Renewal Commissions(1)   $ 16,952     $ 15,961  
    Renewal Royalty Fees(2)     37,244       29,053  
    New Business Commissions(1)     5,755       5,681  
    New Business Royalty Fees(2)     6,929       6,234  
    Agency Fees(1)     2,240       1,911  
    Total Core Revenue     69,120       58,839  
    Cost Recovery Revenue:        
    Initial Franchise Fees(2)     1,342       2,245  
    Interest Income     189       250  
    Total Cost Recovery Revenue     1,531       2,495  
    Ancillary Revenue:        
    Contingent Commissions(1)     4,476       2,668  
    Other Franchise Revenues(2)     456       458  
    Total Ancillary Revenue     4,932       3,126  
    Total Revenues   $ 75,583     $ 64,460  
    (1) Renewal Commissions, New Business Commissions, Agency Fees, and Contingent Commissions are included in “Commissions and agency fees” as shown on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
    (2) Renewal Royalty Fees, New Business Royalty Fees, Initial Franchise Fees, and Other Franchise Revenues are included in “Franchise revenues” as shown on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
     

    The following tables show a reconciliation from net income to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin (non-GAAP basis) for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):

        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
          2025       2024  
    Net Income   $ 2,646     $ 1,809  
    Interest expense     5,823       1,487  
    Depreciation and amortization     2,670       2,568  
    Tax benefit     (1,687 )     (8,568 )
    Equity-based compensation     6,236       7,357  
    Impairment expense           347  
    Other (income) expense     (168 )     6,727  
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ 15,520     $ 11,727  
    Net Income Margin(1)     4   %     3   %
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin(2)     21   %     18   %
    (1) Net Income Margin is calculated as Net Income divided by Total Revenue ($2,646/$75,583) and ($1,809/$64,460) for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
    (2) Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by Total Revenue ($15,520/$75,583), and ($11,727/$64,460) for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
                     

    The following tables show a reconciliation from basic earnings per share to Adjusted EPS (non-GAAP basis) for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. Note that totals may not sum due to rounding:

        Three Months Ended March 31,
          2025       2024  
    Earnings per share – basic (GAAP)   $ 0.09     $ 0.07  
    Add: equity-based compensation(1)     0.17       0.19  
    Add: impairment expense(2)           0.01  
    Adjusted EPS (non-GAAP)   $ 0.26     $ 0.28  
    (1) Calculated as equity-based compensation divided by sum of weighted average Class A and Class B shares [$6.2 million/(24.8 million + 12.6 million)] for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and [$7.4 million/ (25.1 million + 12.9 million)] for the three months ended March 31, 2024.
    (2) Calculated as impairment expense divided by sum of weighted average Class A and Class B shares [$0.3 million/(25.1 million + 12.9 million)] for the three months ended March 31, 2024. No impairment was recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2025.
     


    Goosehead Insurance, Inc.

    Key Performance Indicators

        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Corporate sales agents < 1 year tenured     254       253       138  
    Corporate sales agents > 1 year tenured     172       164       154  
    Operating franchises < 1 year tenured     100       90       133  
    Operating franchises > 1 year tenured     998       1,013       1,022  
    Total Franchise Producers     2,097       2,092       1,963  
    QTD Corporate Agent Productivity < 1 Year (1)   $ 14,960     $ 12,787     $ 16,520  
    QTD Corporate Agent Productivity > 1 Year (1)   $ 27,793     $ 26,788     $ 27,261  
    QTD Franchise Productivity < 1 Year (2)   $ 13,904     $ 17,861     $ 16,736  
    QTD Franchise Productivity > 1 Year (2)   $ 30,551     $ 29,089     $ 25,109  
    Policies in Force     1,729,000       1,674,000       1,528,000  
    Client Retention     84 %     84 %     85 %
    Premium Retention     98 %     98 %     100 %
    QTD Written Premium (in thousands)   $ 1,000,231     $ 965,596     $ 818,785  
    Net Promoter Score (“NPS”)     87       89       91  
    (1) – Corporate Productivity is New Business Production per Agent (Corporate): The New Business Revenue collected related to corporate sales, divided by the average number of full-time corporate sales agents for the same period. This calculation excludes interns, part-time sales agents and partial full-time equivalent sales managers.
    (2) – Franchise Productivity is New Business Production per Franchise: The gross commissions paid by Carriers and Agency Fees received related to policies in their first term sold by franchise sales agents, divided by the average number of franchises for the same period, prior to paying Royalty Fees to the Company.
     

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Dragonfly Energy Announces First Quarter 2025 Preliminary Net Sales and Adjusted EBITDA

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    RENO, Nev., April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Dragonfly Energy Holdings Corp. (“Dragonfly Energy” or the “Company”) (Nasdaq: DFLI), an industry leader in energy storage and battery technology, today announced preliminary first quarter 2025 Net Sales and Adjusted EBITDA.

    The Company anticipates first quarter 2025 Net Sales of $13.4 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $(3.6) million, above the guidance provided in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    “First quarter results represent our second consecutive quarter of year over year growth as we continue to execute on a number of important growth initiatives while focusing on driving profitability.” said Dr. Denis Phares, Chief Executive Officer.

    Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and should be considered only as supplemental to, and not as superior to, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Please refer to the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its nearest GAAP measure in this release.

    The first quarter 2025 Net Sales and Adjusted EBITDA are preliminary and are subject to finalization in connection with the preparation of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2025. 

    First Quarter 2025 Webcast Information

    The Dragonfly Energy management team will host a conference call to discuss its first quarter 2025 financial and operational results on Thursday, May 15th at 4:30 PM Eastern Time. The call can be accessed live via webcast by clicking here, or through the Events and Presentations page within the Investor Relations section of Dragonfly Energy’s website at https://investors.dragonflyenergy.com/events-and-presentations/default.aspx. The call can also be accessed live via telephone by dialing (646) 564-2877, toll-free in North America (800) 549-8228, or for international callers +1 (289) 819-1520, and referencing conference ID: 76172. Please log in to the webcast or dial in to the call at least 10 minutes prior to the start of the event.

    An archive of the webcast will be available for a period of time shortly after the call on the Events and Presentations page on the Investor Relations section of Dragonfly Energy’s website, along with the earnings press release.

    About Dragonfly Energy

    Dragonfly Energy Holdings Corp. (Nasdaq: DFLI) is a comprehensive lithium battery technology company, specializing in cell manufacturing, battery pack assembly, and full system integration. Through its renowned Battle Born Batteries® brand, Dragonfly Energy has established itself as a frontrunner in the lithium battery industry, with hundreds of thousands of reliable battery packs deployed in the field through top-tier OEMs and a diverse retail customer base. At the forefront of domestic lithium battery cell production, Dragonfly Energy’s patented dry electrode manufacturing process can deliver chemistry-agnostic power solutions for a broad spectrum of applications, including energy storage systems, electric vehicles, and consumer electronics. The Company’s overarching mission is the future deployment of its proprietary, nonflammable, all-solid-state battery cells.

    To learn more about Dragonfly Energy and its commitment to clean energy advancements, visit investors.dragonflyenergy.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical statements of fact and statements regarding the Company’s intent, belief or expectations, including, but not limited to, statements regarding the Company’s guidance for first quarter 2025 preliminary Net Sales and Adjusted EBITDA, results of operations and financial position, planned products and services, business strategy and plans, market size and growth opportunities, competitive position and technological and market trends. Some of these forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking words, including “may,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “predict,” “plan,” “targets,” “projects,” “could,” “would,” “continue,” “forecast” or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar expressions.

    These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors (some of which are beyond the Company’s control) which could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that may impact such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: the closing of the offerings, the use of proceeds from the offerings, the ability to successfully achieve the thresholds for the additional funding from the offerings, the impact of the offering and the conversion and sale of the shares of common stock underlying the preferred stock on the Company’s stock price, improved recovery in the Company’s core markets, including the RV market; the Company’s ability to successfully increase market penetration into target markets; the Company’s ability to penetrate the heavy-duty trucking and other new markets; the growth of the addressable markets that the Company intends to target; the Company’s ability to retain members of its senior management team and other key personnel; the Company’s ability to maintain relationships with key suppliers including suppliers in China; the Company’s ability to maintain relationships with key customers; the Company’s ability to access capital as and when needed under its $150 million ChEF Equity Facility; the Company’s ability to protect its patents and other intellectual property; the Company’s ability to successfully utilize its patented dry electrode battery manufacturing process and optimize solid state cells as well as to produce commercially viable solid state cells in a timely manner or at all, and to scale to mass production; the Company’s ability to timely achieve the anticipated benefits of its licensing arrangement with Stryten Energy LLC; the Company’s ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of its customer arrangements with THOR Industries and THOR Industries’ affiliated brands (including Keystone RV Company); the Company’s ability to maintain the listing of its common stock and public warrants on the Nasdaq Capital Market; the Russian/Ukrainian conflict; the Company’s ability to generate revenue from future product sales and its ability to achieve and maintain profitability; and the Company’s ability to compete with other manufacturers in the industry and its ability to engage target customers and successfully convert these customers into meaningful orders in the future. These and other risks and uncertainties are described more fully in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 filed with the SEC and in the Company’s subsequent filings with the SEC available at www.sec.gov.

    If any of these risks materialize or any of the Company’s assumptions prove incorrect, actual results could differ materially from the results implied by these forward-looking statements. There may be additional risks that the Company presently does not know or that it currently believes are immaterial that could also cause actual results to differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements contained in this press release speak only as of the date they were made. Except to the extent required by law, the Company undertakes no obligation to update such statements to reflect events that occur or circumstances that exist after the date on which they were made.

    Financial Tables

    Dragonfly Energy Holdings Corp.
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures (Unaudited)
    (U.S. Dollars in Thousands)
        Three Months Ended
            March 31,     March 31,
             2025   2024 
    EBITDA Calculation        
    Net (Loss) Income Before Taxes   $ (6,797 )   $ (10,367 )
      Interest Expense     4,701       4,760  
      Taxes                             –                                  –  
      Depreciation and Amortization     859       332  
    EBITDA   $ (1,237 )   $ (5,275 )
                 
    Adjustments to EBITDA        
      Stock Based Compensation     220       266  
      Preferred Stock Financing expenses     631                                  –  
      Litigation Fees and Loss on Settlement     543                                  –  
      Reverse Stock Split     15                                  –  
      Change in fair market value of warrant liability     (3,818 )     (236 )
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ (3,646 )   $ (5,245 )
                     

    Investor Relations:
    Eric Prouty
    Szymon Serowiecki
    AdvisIRy Partners
    DragonflyIR@advisiry.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Horizon Bancorp, Inc. Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MICHIGAN CITY, Ind., April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — (NASDAQ GS: HBNC) – Horizon Bancorp, Inc. (“Horizon” or the “Company”), the parent company of Horizon Bank (the “Bank”), announced its unaudited financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    “Horizon’s first quarter earnings displayed continued positive momentum in our core financial metrics and management’s commitment to deliver long term value to its shareholders. Our results were highlighted by a sixth consecutive quarter of margin expansion, now above 3%, strong loan growth with exceptional credit metrics and a core funding base that continues to deliver value, even in an uncertain economic environment. The team also delivered a more efficient expense base entering 2025 and added optionality to our capital position through the successful sale of our mortgage warehouse business”, President and CEO, Thomas Prame stated. “We are pleased with our first quarter results and the positive momentum across our community banking model. The core franchise remains strong and our investments in expanding our local relationship banking model is paying dividends”.

    Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $23.9 million, or $0.54 per diluted share, compared to net loss of $10.9 million, or $0.25, for the fourth quarter of 2024 and compared to $14.0 million, or $0.32 per diluted share, for the first quarter of 2024.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Net interest margin, on a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis1, expanded for the sixth consecutive quarter, to 3.04% compared with 2.97% for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and 2.50% for the three months ended March 31, 2024.
    • Total loans held for investment (“HFI”) increased 5% linked quarter annualized, with strong organic commercial loan growth of $103.3 million, or 14% annualized. This growth was partially funded by the continued strategic runoff of lowering yielding indirect auto loans of approximately $36 million.
    • Core deposits continued to be stable, with non-interest-bearing balances growing $62.5 million during the period, or 24% annualized.
    • Credit quality remained strong, with annualized net charge offs of 0.07% of average loans during the first quarter. Non-performing assets remain well within expected ranges, with no material change from the prior quarter.
    • On January 17, 2025, the Company completed the sale of its mortgage warehouse business to an unrelated third party, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $7.0 million.
    • Expenses were down $5.6 million from the fourth quarter of 2024, reflecting management’s commitment to creating a more efficient expense base in 2025.

    _________________________________
    1 Non-GAAP financial metric. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

     
    Financial Highlights
    (Dollars in Thousands Except Share and Per Share Data and Ratios)
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
      2025   2024   2024   2024   2024
    Income statement:                  
    Net interest income $ 52,267     $ 53,127     $ 46,910     $ 45,279     $ 43,288  
    Credit loss expense   1,376       1,171       1,044       2,369       805  
    Non-interest income (loss)   16,499       (28,954 )     11,511       10,485       9,929  
    Non-interest expense   39,306       44,935       39,272       37,522       37,107  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   4,141       (11,051 )     (75 )     1,733       1,314  
    Net income (loss) $ 23,943     $ (10,882 )   $ 18,180     $ 14,140     $ 13,991  
                       
    Per share data:                  
    Basic earnings (loss) per share $ 0.55     $ (0.25 )   $ 0.42     $ 0.32     $ 0.32  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per share   0.54       (0.25 )     0.41       0.32       0.32  
    Cash dividends declared per common share   0.16       0.16       0.16       0.16       0.16  
    Book value per common share   17.72       17.46       17.27       16.62       16.49  
    Market value – High   17.76       18.76       16.57       12.74       14.44  
    Market value – Low   15.00       14.57       11.89       11.29       11.75  
    Weighted average shares outstanding – Basic   43,777,109       43,721,211       43,712,059       43,712,059       43,663,610  
    Weighted average shares outstanding – Diluted   43,954,164       43,721,211       44,112,321       43,987,187       43,874,036  
    Common shares outstanding (end of period)   43,785,932       43,722,086       43,712,059       43,712,059       43,726,380  
                       
    Key ratios:                  
    Return on average assets   1.25 %   (0.55 )%     0.92 %     0.73 %     0.72 %
    Return on average stockholders’ equity   12.44       (5.73 )     9.80       7.83       7.76  
    Total equity to total assets   10.18       9.79       9.52       9.18       9.18  
    Total loans to deposit ratio   85.21       87.75       83.92       85.70       82.78  
    Allowance for credit losses to HFI loans   1.07       1.07       1.10       1.08       1.09  
    Annualized net charge-offs of average total loans(1)   0.07       0.05       0.03       0.05       0.04  
    Efficiency ratio   57.16       185.89       67.22       67.29       69.73  
                       
    Key metrics (Non-GAAP)(2):                  
    Net FTE interest margin   3.04 %     2.97 %     2.66 %     2.64 %     2.50 %
    Return on average tangible common equity   15.79       (7.35 )     12.65       10.18       10.11  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets   8.20       7.83       7.58       7.22       7.20  
    Tangible book value per common share $ 13.96     $ 13.68     $ 13.46     $ 12.80     $ 12.65  
                       
                       
    (1) Average total loans includes loans held for investment and held for sale.
    (2) Non-GAAP financial metrics. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measures.
     

    Income Statement Highlights

    Net Interest Income

    Net interest income was $52.3 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $53.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. Continued expansion of the Company’s net FTE interest margin was offset by a decline in average interest earning asset balances and two fewer days when compared with the prior quarter. Horizon’s net FTE interest margin2 was 3.04% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.97% for the fourth quarter of 2024, attributable to the favorable mix shift in average interest earning assets toward higher-yielding loans and in the average funding mix toward deposit balances, in addition to continued disciplined pricing strategies on both sides of the balance sheet. Additionally, as previously noted, the fourth quarter net FTE interest margin included approximately five basis points related to interest recoveries on specific commercial loans that did not recur.

    Provision for Credit Losses

    During the first quarter of 2025, the Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $1.4 million. This compares to a provision for credit losses of $1.2 million during the fourth quarter of 2024, and $0.8 million during the first quarter of 2024. The increase in the provision for credit losses during the first quarter of 2025 when compared with the fourth quarter of 2024 was primarily attributable to increased net growth in commercial loans HFI and changes in economic factors, partially offset by the reduction of specific reserves and the reserves for unfunded commitments in the current quarter.

    For the first quarter of 2025, the allowance for credit losses included net charge-offs of $0.9 million, or an annualized 0.07% of average loans outstanding, compared to net charge-offs of $0.6 million, or an annualized 0.05% of average loans outstanding for the fourth quarter of 2024, and net charge-offs of $0.3 million, or an annualized 0.04% of average loans outstanding, in the first quarter of 2024.

    The Company’s allowance for credit losses as a percentage of period-end loans HFI was 1.07% at March 31, 2025, compared to 1.07% at December 31, 2024 and 1.09% at March 31, 2024.

    Non-Interest Income

    For the Quarter Ended March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
    (Dollars in Thousands) 2025   2024   2024
      2024
      2024
    Non-interest Income                  
    Service charges on deposit accounts $ 3,208     $ 3,276     $ 3,320     $ 3,130     $ 3,214  
    Wire transfer fees   71       124       123       113       101  
    Interchange fees   3,241       3,353       3,511       3,826       3,109  
    Fiduciary activities   1,326       1,313       1,394       1,372       1,315  
    Loss on sale of investment securities   (407 )     (39,140 )                  
    Gain on sale of mortgage loans   1,076       1,071       1,622       896       626  
    Mortgage servicing income net of impairment   385       376       412       450       439  
    Increase in cash value of bank owned life insurance   335       335       349       318       298  
    Other income   7,264       338       780       380       827  
    Total non-interest income (loss) $ 16,499     $ (28,954 )   $ 11,511     $ 10,485     $ 9,929  
                                           

    Total non-interest income was $16.5 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to non-interest loss of $29.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. The increase in non-interest income of $45.5 million is primarily due to a pre-tax loss on sale of investment securities of $39.1 million from the completion of the repositioning of $332.2 million of available-for-sale securities during the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to a loss on the sale of investment securities of $0.4 million in the first quarter of 2025. In addition, the Company completed the sale of its mortgage warehouse business to an unrelated third party in the current period, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $7.0 million.

    _________________________________
    1 Non-GAAP financial metric. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

    Non-Interest Expense

    For the Quarter Ended March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
    (Dollars in Thousands) 2025
      2024
      2024
      2024
      2024
    Non-interest Expense                  
    Salaries and employee benefits $ 22,414     $ 25,564     $ 21,829     $ 20,583     $ 20,268  
    Net occupancy expenses   3,702       3,431       3,207       3,192       3,546  
    Data processing   2,872       2,841       2,977       2,579       2,464  
    Professional fees   826       736       676       714       607  
    Outside services and consultants   3,265       4,470       3,677       3,058       3,359  
    Loan expense   689       1,285       1,034       1,038       719  
    FDIC insurance expense   1,288       1,193       1,204       1,315       1,320  
    Core deposit intangible amortization   816       843       844       844       872  
    Merger related expenses   305                          
    Other losses   228       371       297       515       16  
    Other expense   2,901       4,201       3,527       3,684       3,936  
    Total non-interest expense $ 39,306     $ 44,935     $ 39,272     $ 37,522     $ 37,107  
                                           

    Total non-interest expense was $39.3 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared with $44.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. The current period included $0.3 million of direct expenses related to the sale of the mortgage warehouse business. The decrease in non-interest expense during the first quarter of 2025 when compared with the prior period was primarily driven by a $3.2 million decrease in salaries and employee benefits expense, which is attributable to expenses incurred in the fourth quarter of 2024 related to the termination of legacy compensation and benefits programs that did not recur in the current period, and lower incentive compensation expense. Additionally, outside services and consultants expense decreased by $1.2 million, partially attributable to expense related to specific corporate initiatives in the fourth quarter of 2024 that did not recur in the current period. Other expenses decreased $1.3 million, partially attributable to a decrease in marketing expense.

    Income Taxes

    Horizon recorded a net tax expense of $4.1 million for the first quarter of 2025, representing an effective tax rate of 14.8%. Net tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2024 was impacted by the realized securities loss and the reversal of the $5.2 million tax valuation allowance.

    Balance Sheet Highlights

    Total assets decreased by $175.5 million, or 2.2%, to $7.6 billion as of March 31, 2025, from $7.8 billion as of December 31, 2024. The decrease in total assets is primarily due to the sale of the mortgage warehouse portfolio and a decrease in interest-bearing cash related to the payoff of FHLB advances and deposit outflows.

    Total investment securities decreased by $26.1 million, or 1.2%, to $2.1 billion as of March 31, 2025.

    Total loans were $4.9 billion at March 31, 2025, a decrease of $1.6 million from December 31, 2024 balances. The decrease is primarily due to the sale of the mortgage warehouse business during the quarter, which was offset by continued organic commercial loan growth.

    Total deposits increased by $165.1 million, or 2.9%, to $5.8 billion as of March 31, 2025 when compared to balances as of December 31, 2024. Time deposits increased by $155.9 million, or 14.3% during the quarter, while non-interest bearing deposits grew by $62.5 million, or 5.9%. Total borrowings decreased by $330.1 million during the quarter, to $812.2 million as of March 31, 2025, due to the pay down of FHLB advances. Balances subject to repurchase agreements declined by $2.1 million, to $87.9 million.

    Capital

    The following table presents the consolidated regulatory capital ratios of the Company for the previous three quarters, and the Company’s preliminary estimate of its consolidated regulatory capital ratios for the quarter ended March 31, 2025:

    For the Quarter Ended March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
      2025*   2024   2024   2024
    Consolidated Capital Ratios              
    Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   14.28 %     13.91 %     13.45 %     13.41 %
    Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   12.35       12.00       11.63       11.59  
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   11.34       11.00       10.68       10.63  
    Tier 1 capital (to average assets)   9.25       8.88       9.02       9.02  
    *Preliminary estimate – may be subject to change    
         

    As of March 31, 2025, the ratio of total stockholders’ equity to total assets is 10.18%. Book value per common share was $17.72, increasing $0.26 during the first quarter of 2025.

    Tangible common equity3 totaled $611.4 million at March 31, 2025, and the ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets1 was 8.20% at March 31, 2025, up from 7.83% at December 31, 2024. Tangible book value, which excludes intangible assets from total equity, per common share1 was $13.96, increasing $0.28 during the first quarter of 2025 behind the growth in retained earnings.

    Credit Quality

    As of March 31, 2025, total non-accrual loans increased by $3.0 million, or 12%, from December 31, 2024, to 0.59% of total loans HFI. Total non-performing assets increased $4.0 million, or 15%, to $31.4 million, compared to $27.4 million as of December 31, 2024. The ratio of non-performing assets to total assets increased to 0.41% compared to 0.35% as of December 31, 2024.

    As of March 31, 2025, net charge-offs increased by $0.2 million to $0.9 million, compared to $0.6 million as of December 31, 2024 and remain just 0.07% annualized of average loans.

    _________________________________
    1 Non-GAAP financial metric. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

    Earnings Conference Call

    As previously announced, Horizon will host a conference call to review its first quarter financial results and operating performance.

    Participants may access the live conference call on April 24, 2025 at 7:30 a.m. CT (8:30 a.m. ET) by dialing 833-974-2379 from the United States, 866-450-4696 from Canada or 1-412-317-5772 from international locations and requesting the “Horizon Bancorp, Inc. Call.” Participants are asked to dial in approximately 10 minutes prior to the call.

    A telephone replay of the call will be available approximately one hour after the end of the conference through May 2, 2025. The replay may be accessed by dialing 877-344-7529 from the United States, 855-669-9658 from Canada or 1–412–317-0088 from other international locations, and entering the access code 6313653.

    About Horizon Bancorp, Inc.

    Horizon Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ GS: HBNC) is the $8 billion-asset commercial bank holding company for Horizon Bank, which serves customers across diverse and economically attractive Midwestern markets through convenient digital and virtual tools, as well as its Indiana and Michigan branches. Horizon’s retail offerings include prime residential and other secured consumer lending to in-market customers, as well as a range of personal banking and wealth management solutions. Horizon also provides a comprehensive array of in-market business banking and treasury management services, as well as equipment financing solutions for customers regionally and nationally, with commercial lending representing over half of total loans. More information on Horizon, headquartered in Northwest Indiana’s Michigan City, is available at horizonbank.com and investor.horizonbank.com.

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Certain information set forth in this press release refers to financial measures determined by methods other than in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, we have included non-GAAP financial measures relating to net income, diluted earnings per share, pre-tax, pre-provision net income, net interest margin, tangible stockholders’ equity and tangible book value per share, efficiency ratio, the return on average assets, the return on average common equity, and return on average tangible equity. In each case, we have identified special circumstances that we consider to be non-recurring and have excluded them. We believe that this shows the impact of such events as acquisition-related purchase accounting adjustments and swap termination fees, among others we have identified in our reconciliations. Horizon believes these non-GAAP financial measures are helpful to investors and provide a greater understanding of our business and financial results without giving effect to the purchase accounting impacts and one-time costs of acquisitions and non–recurring items. These measures are not necessarily comparable to similar measures that may be presented by other companies and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related GAAP measure. See the tables and other information below and contained elsewhere in this press release for reconciliations of the non-GAAP information identified herein and its most comparable GAAP measures.

    Forward Looking Statements

    This press release may contain forward–looking statements regarding the financial performance, business prospects, growth and operating strategies of Horizon Bancorp, Inc. and its affiliates (collectively, “Horizon”). For these statements, Horizon claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements in this press release should be considered in conjunction with the other information available about Horizon, including the information in the filings we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Forward-looking statements provide current expectations or forecasts of future events and are not guarantees of future performance. The forward-looking statements are based on management’s expectations and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. We have tried, wherever possible, to identify such statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “will” and similar expressions in connection with any discussion of future operating or financial performance.

    Although management believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially include: effects on Horizon’s business resulting from new U.S. domestic or foreign governmental trade measures, including but not limited to tariffs, import and export controls, foreign exchange intervention accomplished to offset the effects of trade policy or in response to currency volatility, and other restrictions on free trade; uncertain conditions within the domestic and international macroeconomic environment, including trade policy, monetary and fiscal policy, and conditions in the investment, credit, interest rate, and derivatives markets, and their impact on Horizon and its customers; current financial conditions within the banking industry; changes in the level and volatility of interest rates, changes in spreads on earning assets and changes in interest bearing liabilities; increased interest rate sensitivity; the aggregate effects of elevated inflation levels in recent years; loss of key Horizon personnel; increases in disintermediation; potential loss of fee income, including interchange fees, as new and emerging alternative payment platforms take a greater market share of the payment systems; estimates of fair value of certain of Horizon’s assets and liabilities; changes in prepayment speeds, loan originations, credit losses, market values, collateral securing loans and other assets; changes in sources of liquidity; legislative and regulatory actions and reforms; changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be adopted and required by regulatory agencies; litigation, regulatory enforcement, and legal compliance risk and costs; rapid technological developments and changes; cyber terrorism and data security breaches; the rising costs of cybersecurity; the ability of the U.S. federal government to manage federal debt limits; climate change and social justice initiatives; the inability to realize cost savings or revenues or to effectively implement integration plans and other consequences associated with mergers, acquisitions, and divestitures; acts of terrorism, war and global conflicts, such as the Russia and Ukraine conflict and the Israel and Hamas conflict; and supply chain disruptions and delays. These and additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements are discussed in Horizon’s reports (such as the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K) filed with the SEC and available at the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Undue reliance should not be placed on the forward–looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. Horizon does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to publicly release the result of any revisions that may be made to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the events or circumstances after the date on which the forward–looking statement is made, or reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except to the extent required by law.

       
      Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
      (Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Data, Unaudited)
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
      2025   2024   2024   2024
      2024
    Interest Income                  
    Interest and fees on loans $ 74,457     $ 76,747     $ 75,488     $ 71,880     $ 66,954  
    Investment securities – taxable   6,039       6,814       8,133       7,986       7,362  
    Investment securities – tax-exempt   6,192       6,301       6,310       6,377       6,451  
    Other   2,487       3,488       957       738       4,497  
    Total interest income   89,175       93,350       90,888       86,981       85,264  
    Interest Expense                  
    Deposits   25,601       27,818       30,787       28,447       27,990  
    Short and long-term borrowings   9,188       10,656       11,131       11,213       11,930  
    Subordinated notes   829       829       830       829       831  
    Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts   1,290       920       1,230       1,213       1,225  
    Total interest expense   36,908       40,223       43,978       41,702       41,976  
    Net Interest Income   52,267       53,127       46,910       45,279       43,288  
    Provision for loan losses   1,376       1,171       1,044       2,369       805  
    Net Interest Income after Credit Loss Expense   50,891       51,956       45,866       42,910       42,483  
    Non-interest Income                  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   3,208       3,276       3,320       3,130       3,214  
    Wire transfer fees   71       124       123       113       101  
    Interchange fees   3,241       3,353       3,511       3,826       3,109  
    Fiduciary activities   1,326       1,313       1,394       1,372       1,315  
    Loss on sale of investment securities   (407 )     (39,140 )                  
    Gain on sale of mortgage loans   1,076       1,071       1,622       896       626  
    Mortgage servicing income net of impairment   385       376       412       450       439  
    Increase in cash value of bank owned life insurance   335       335       349       318       298  
    Other income   7,264       338       780       380       827  
    Total non-interest (loss) income   16,499       (28,954 )     11,511       10,485       9,929  
    Non-interest Expense                  
    Salaries and employee benefits   22,414       25,564       21,829       20,583       20,268  
    Net occupancy expenses   3,702       3,431       3,207       3,192       3,546  
    Data processing   2,872       2,841       2,977       2,579       2,464  
    Professional fees   826       736       676       714       607  
    Outside services and consultants   3,265       4,470       3,677       3,058       3,359  
    Loan expense   689       1,285       1,034       1,038       719  
    FDIC insurance expense   1,288       1,193       1,204       1,315       1,320  
    Core deposit intangible amortization   816       843       844       844       872  
    Merger related expenses   305                          
    Other losses   228       371       297       515       16  
    Other expense   2,901       4,201       3,527       3,684       3,936  
    Total non-interest expense   39,306       44,935       39,272       37,522       37,107  
    Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes   28,084       (21,933 )     18,105       15,873       15,305  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   4,141       (11,051 )     (75 )     1,733       1,314  
    Net Income (Loss) $ 23,943     $ (10,882 )   $ 18,180     $ 14,140     $ 13,991  
    Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share $ 0.55     $ (0.25 )   $ 0.42     $ 0.32     $ 0.32  
    Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share   0.54       (0.25 )     0.41       0.32       0.32  
                                           
      Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
      (Dollar in Thousands)
       
      Three Months Ended for the Period
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Assets                  
    Interest earning assets                  
    Federal funds sold $     $     $ 113,912     $ 34,453     $ 161,704  
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks   80,023       201,131       12,107       4,957       9,178  
    Interest earning time deposits         735       735       1,715       1,715  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock   45,412       53,826       53,826       53,826       53,826  
    Investment securities, available for sale   231,431       233,677       541,170       527,054       535,319  
    Investment securities, held to maturity   1,843,851       1,867,690       1,888,379       1,904,281       1,925,725  
    Loans held for sale   3,253       67,597       2,069       2,440       922  
    Gross loans held for investment (HFI)   4,909,815       4,847,040       4,803,996       4,822,840       4,618,175  
    Total Interest earning assets   7,113,785       7,271,696       7,416,194       7,351,566       7,306,564  
    Non-interest earning assets                  
    Allowance for credit losses   (52,654 )     (51,980 )     (52,881 )     (52,215 )     (50,387 )
    Cash and due from banks   89,643       92,300       108,815       106,691       100,206  
    Cash value of life insurance   37,409       37,450       37,115       36,773       36,455  
    Other assets   140,672       152,635       119,026       165,656       160,593  
    Goodwill   155,211       155,211       155,211       155,211       155,211  
    Other intangible assets   9,407       10,223       11,067       11,910       12,754  
    Premises and equipment, net   93,499       93,864       93,544       93,695       94,303  
    Interest receivable   38,663       39,747       39,366       43,240       40,008  
    Total non-interest earning assets   511,850       529,450       511,263       560,961       549,143  
    Total assets $ 7,625,635     $ 7,801,146     $ 7,927,457     $ 7,912,527     $ 7,855,707  
    Liabilities                  
    Savings and money market deposits $ 3,393,371     $ 3,446,681     $ 3,420,827     $ 3,364,726     $ 3,350,673  
    Time deposits   1,245,088       1,089,153       1,220,653       1,178,389       1,136,121  
    Short and long-term borrowings   812,218       1,142,340       1,142,744       1,229,165       1,219,812  
    Repurchase agreements   87,851       89,912       122,399       128,169       139,309  
    Subordinated notes   55,772       55,738       55,703       55,668       55,634  
    Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts   57,531       57,477       57,423       57,369       57,315  
    Total interest earning liabilities   5,651,831       5,881,301       6,019,749       6,013,486       5,958,864  
    Non-interest bearing deposits   1,127,324       1,064,818       1,085,535       1,087,040       1,093,076  
    Interest payable   11,441       11,137       11,400       11,240       7,853  
    Other liabilities   58,978       80,308       55,951       74,096       74,664  
    Total liabilities   6,849,574       7,037,564       7,172,635       7,185,862       7,134,457  
    Stockholders’ Equity                  
    Preferred stock                            
    Common stock                            
    Additional paid-in capital   360,522       363,761       358,453       357,673       356,599  
    Retained earnings   452,945       436,122       454,050       442,977       435,927  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (37,406 )     (36,301 )     (57,681 )     (73,985 )     (71,276 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   776,061       763,582       754,822       726,665       721,250  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 7,625,635     $ 7,801,146     $ 7,927,457     $ 7,912,527     $ 7,855,707  
                                           
      Loans and Deposits        
      (Dollars in Thousands)        
      March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   % Change
      2025
      2024
      2024
      2024
      2024
      Q1’25 vs
    Q4’24
      Q1’25 vs
    Q1’24
    Loans:                          
    Commercial real estate $ 2,262,910     $ 2,202,858     $ 2,105,459     $ 2,117,772     $ 1,984,723       3 %     14 %
    Commercial & Industrial   918,541       875,297       808,600       786,788       765,043       5 %     20 %
    Total commercial   3,181,451       3,078,155       2,914,059       2,904,560       2,749,766       3 %     16 %
    Residential Real estate   801,726       802,909       801,356       797,956       782,071       %     3 %
    Mortgage warehouse               80,437       68,917       56,548       %     (100 )%
    Consumer   926,638       965,976       1,008,144       1,051,407       1,029,790       (4 )%     (10 )%
    Total loans held for investment   4,909,815       4,847,040       4,803,996       4,822,840       4,618,175       1 %     6 %
    Loans held for sale   3,253       67,597       2,069       2,440       922       (95 )%     253 %
    Total loans $ 4,913,068     $ 4,914,637     $ 4,806,065     $ 4,825,280     $ 4,619,097       %     6 %
                               
    Deposits:                          
    Interest-bearing demand deposits $ 1,713,991     $ 1,767,983     $ 1,688,998     $ 1,653,508     $ 1,613,806       (3 )%     6 %
    Savings and money market deposits   1,679,380       1,678,697       1,731,830       1,711,218       1,736,866       %     (3 )%
    Time deposits   1,245,088       1,089,153       1,220,653       1,178,389       1,136,121       14 %     10 %
    Total Interest bearing deposits   4,638,459       4,535,833       4,641,481       4,543,115       4,486,793       2 %     3 %
    Non-interest bearing deposits                          
    Non-interest bearing deposits   1,127,324       1,064,819       1,085,534       1,087,040       1,093,077       6 %     3 %
    Total deposits $ 5,765,783     $ 5,600,652     $ 5,727,015     $ 5,630,155     $ 5,579,870       3 %     3 %
                                                           
      Average Balance Sheet
      (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2024
      Average
    Balance
    Interest(4)(6) Average
    Rate(4)
    Average
    Balance
    Interest(4)(6) Average
    Rate(4)
    Average
    Balance
    Interest(4)(6) Average
    Rate(4)
    Assets
    Interest earning assets                  
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks $ 223,148   $ 2,487     4.52 % $ 290,693   $ 3,488     4.77 % $ 331,083     4,497     5.46 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock   51,769     1,012     7.93 %   53,826     1,516     11.20 %   37,949     784     8.31 %
    Investment securities – taxable (1)   974,109     5,027     2.09 %   1,079,377     5,298     1.95 %   1,326,246     6,578     1.99 %
    Investment securities – non-taxable (1)   1,120,249     7,838     2.84 %   1,129,622     7,976     2.81 %   1,149,957     8,166     2.86 %
    Total investment securities   2,094,358     12,865     2.49 %   2,208,999     13,274     2.39 %   2,476,203     14,744     2.39 %
    Loans receivable (2) (3)   4,865,449     74,840     6.24 %   4,842,660     77,142     6.34 %   4,448,324     67,307     6.09 %
    Total interest earning assets   7,234,724     91,204     5.11 %   7,396,178     95,420     5.13 %   7,293,559     87,332     4.82 %
    Non-interest earning assets                  
    Cash and due from banks   88,624         85,776         105,795      
    Allowance for credit losses   (51,863 )       (52,697 )       (49,960 )    
    Other assets   483,765         409,332         486,652      
    Total average assets $ 7,755,250       $ 7,838,589       $ 7,836,046      
                       
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
    Interest bearing liabilities                  
    Interest-bearing demand deposits $ 1,750,446   $ 6,491     1.50 % $ 1,716,598   $ 6,861     1.59 % $ 1,658,709   $ 6,516     1.58 %
    Savings and money market deposits   1,674,590     8,263     2.00 %   1,701,012     9,336     2.18 %   1,664,518     9,373     2.26 %
    Time deposits   1,212,386     10,847     3.63 %   1,160,527     11,621     3.98 %   1,176,921     12,101     4.14 %
    Total interest bearing deposits   4,637,422     25,601     2.24 %   4,578,137     27,818     2.42 %   4,500,148     27,990     2.50 %
    Borrowings   971,496     8,772     3.66 %   1,130,301     10,138     3.57 %   1,200,728     10,904     3.65 %
    Repurchase agreements   88,469     416     1.91 %   91,960     518     2.24 %   138,052     1,026     2.99 %
    Subordinated notes   55,750     829     6.03 %   55,717     829     5.92 %   55,558     831     6.02 %
    Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts   57,497     1,290     9.10 %   57,443     920     6.37 %   57,279     1,225     8.60 %
    Total interest bearing liabilities   5,810,634     36,908     2.58 %   5,913,558     40,223     2.71 %   5,951,765     41,976     2.84 %
    Non-interest bearing liabilities
    Demand deposits   1,085,826         1,099,574         1,077,183      
    Accrued interest payable and other liabilities   78,521         70,117         82,015      
    Stockholders’ equity   780,269         755,340         725,083      
    Total average liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 7,755,250       $ 7,838,589       $ 7,836,046      
    Net FTE interest income (non-GAAP) (5)   $ 54,296       $ 55,197       $ 45,356    
    Less FTE adjustments (4)     2,029         2,070         2,068    
    Net Interest Income   $ 52,267       $ 53,127       $ 43,288    
    Net FTE interest margin (Non-GAAP) (4)(5)       3.04 %       2.97 %       2.50 %
     
    (1) Securities balances represent daily average balances for the fair value of securities. The average rate is calculated based on the daily average balance for the amortized cost of securities.
    (2) Includes fees on loans held for sale and held for investment. The inclusion of loan fees does not have a material effect on the average interest rate.
    (3) Non-accruing loans for the purpose of the computation above are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding. Loan totals are shown net of unearned income and deferred loan fees.
    (4) Management believes fully taxable equivalent, or FTE, interest income is useful to investors in evaluating the Company’s performance as a comparison of the returns between a tax-free investment and a taxable alternative. The Company adjusts interest income and average rates for tax-exempt loans and securities to an FTE basis utilizing a 21% tax rate.
    (5) Non-GAAP financial metric. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
    (6) Includes dividend income on Federal Home Loan Bank stock
     
      Credit Quality        
      (Dollars in Thousands Except Ratios)        
      Quarter Ended        
      March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   % Change
      2025   2024   2024   2024   2024   1Q25 vs
    4Q24
      1Q25 vs
    1Q24
    Non-accrual loans                          
    Commercial $ 8,172     $ 5,658     $ 6,830     $ 4,321     $ 5,493       44 %     49 %
    Residential Real estate   12,763       11,215       9,529       8,489       8,725       14 %     46 %
    Mortgage warehouse                                 %     %
    Consumer   7,875       8,919       7,208       5,453       4,835     (12 )%     63 %
    Total non-accrual loans   28,810       25,792       23,567       18,263       19,053       12 %     22 %
    90 days and greater delinquent – accruing interest   1,582       1,166       819       1,039       108       36 %     1365 %
    Total non-performing loans $ 30,392     $ 26,958     $ 24,386     $ 19,302     $ 19,161       13 %     59 %
                               
    Other real estate owned                          
    Commercial   360       407       1,158       1,111       1,124     (12 )%   (68 )%
    Residential Real estate   641                               %     %
    Mortgage warehouse                                 %     %
    Consumer   34       17       36       57       50       98 %   (32 )%
    Total other real estate owned   1,035       424       1,194       1,168       1,174       144 %   (12 )%
                               
    Total non-performing assets $ 31,427     $ 27,382     $ 25,580     $ 20,470     $ 20,335       14.8 %     55 %
                               
    Loan data:                          
    Accruing 30 to 89 days past due loans $ 19,034     $ 23,075     $ 18,087     $ 19,785     $ 15,154     (18 )%     26 %
    Substandard loans   66,714       64,535       59,775       51,221       47,469       3 %     41 %
    Net charge-offs (recoveries)                          
    Commercial $ (47 )   $ (32 )   $ (52 )   $ 57     $ (171 )   (47 )%     73 %
    Residential Real estate   (47 )     (10 )     (9 )     (4 )     (5 )   (370 )%   (840 )%
    Mortgage warehouse                                 %     %
    Consumer   963       668       439       534       488       44 %     97 %
    Total net charge-offs $ 869     $ 626     $ 378     $ 587     $ 312       39 %     179 %
                               
    Allowance for credit losses                          
    Commercial $ 32,640     $ 30,953     $ 32,854     $ 31,941     $ 30,514       5 %     7 %
    Residential Real estate   3,167       2,715       2,675       2,588       2,655       17 %     19 %
    Mortgage warehouse               862       736       659       %   (100 )%
    Consumer   16,847       18,312       16,490       16,950       16,559     (8 )%     2 %
    Total allowance for credit losses $ 52,654     $ 51,980     $ 52,881     $ 52,215     $ 50,387       1 %     4 %
                               
    Credit quality ratios                          
    Non-accrual loans to HFI loans   0.59 %     0.53 %     0.49 %     0.38 %     0.41 %        
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.41 %     0.35 %     0.32 %     0.26 %     0.26 %        
    Annualized net charge-offs of average total loans   0.07 %     0.05 %     0.03 %     0.05 %     0.04 %        
    Allowance for credit losses to HFI loans   1.07 %     1.07 %     1.10 %     1.08 %     1.09 %        
                                                   
    Non–GAAP Reconciliation of Net Fully-Taxable Equivalent (“FTE”) Interest Margin
    (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
        2025   2024   2024   2024   2024
    Interest income (GAAP) (A) $ 89,175     $ 93,350     $ 90,888     $ 86,981     $ 85,264  
    Taxable-equivalent adjustment:                    
    Investment securities – tax exempt (1)     1,646       1,675       1,677       1,695       1,715  
    Loan receivable (2)     383       395       340       328       353  
    Interest income (non-GAAP) (B)   91,204       95,420       92,905       89,004       87,332  
    Interest expense (GAAP) (C)   36,908       40,223       43,978       41,702       41,976  
    Net interest income (GAAP) (D) =(A) – (C) $ 52,267     $ 53,127     $ 46,910     $ 45,279     $ 43,288  
    Net FTE interest income (non-GAAP) (E) = (B) – (C) $ 54,296     $ 55,197     $ 48,927     $ 47,302     $ 45,356  
    Average interest earning assets (F)   7,234,724       7,396,178       7,330,263       7,212,788       7,293,559  
    Net FTE interest margin (non-GAAP) (G) = (E*) / (F)   3.04 %     2.97 %     2.66 %     2.64 %     2.50 %
                         
    (1) The following represents municipal securities interest income for investment securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity
    (2) The following represents municipal loan interest income for loan receivables classified as held for sale and held for investment
    *Annualized
     
    Non–GAAP Reconciliation of Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
    (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
        2025   2024   2024   2024   2024
                         
    Net income (loss) (GAAP) (A) $ 23,943     $ (10,882 )   $ 18,180     $ 14,140     $ 13,991  
                         
    Average stockholders’ equity (B) $ 780,269     $ 755,340     $ 738,372     $ 726,332     $ 725,083  
    Average intangible assets (C)   165,138       165,973       166,819       167,659       168,519  
    Average tangible equity (Non-GAAP) (D) = (B) – (C) $ 615,131     $ 589,367     $ 571,553     $ 558,673     $ 556,564  
    Return on average tangible common equity (“ROACE”) (non-GAAP) (E) = (A*) / (D)   15.79 %   (7.35 )%     12.65 %     10.18 %     10.11 %
    *Annualized                    
                         
    Non–GAAP Reconciliation of Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets
    (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
        2025   2024   2024   2024   2024
    Total stockholders’ equity (GAAP) (A) $ 776,061     $ 763,582     $ 754,822     $ 726,665     $ 721,250  
    Intangible assets (end of period) (B)   164,618       165,434       166,278       167,121       167,965  
    Total tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (C) = (A) – (B) $ 611,443     $ 598,148     $ 588,544     $ 559,544     $ 553,285  
                         
    Total assets (GAAP) (D) $ 7,625,635     $ 7,801,146     $ 7,927,457     $ 7,912,527     $ 7,855,707  
    Intangible assets (end of period) (B)   164,618       165,434       166,278       167,121       167,965  
    Total tangible assets (non-GAAP) (E) = (D) – (B) $ 7,461,017     $ 7,635,712     $ 7,761,179     $ 7,745,406     $ 7,687,742  
                         
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (Non-GAAP) (G) = (C) / (E)   8.20 %     7.83 %     7.58 %     7.22 %     7.20 %
                                             
    Non–GAAP Reconciliation of Tangible Book Value Per Share
    (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
        2025
      2024
      2024
      2024
      2024
    Total stockholders’ equity (GAAP) (A) $ 776,061     $ 763,582     $ 754,822     $ 726,665     $ 721,250  
    Intangible assets (end of period) (B)   164,618       165,434       166,278       167,121       167,965  
    Total tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (C) = (A) – (B) $ 611,443     $ 598,148     $ 588,544     $ 559,544     $ 553,285  
    Common shares outstanding (D)   43,785,932       43,722,086       43,712,059       43,712,059       43,726,380  
                         
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (E) = (C) / (D) $ 13.96     $ 13.68     $ 13.46     $ 12.80     $ 12.65  
                                             
    Contact: John R. Stewart, CFA
      EVP, Chief Financial Officer
    Phone: (219) 814–5833
    Fax: (219) 874–9280
    Date: April 23, 2025

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Brookline Bancorp Announces First Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Net Income of $19.1 million, EPS of $0.21

    Operating Earnings of $20.0 million, Operating EPS of $0.22

    Quarterly Dividend of $0.135

    BOSTON, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Brookline Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: BRKL) (the “Company”) today announced net income of $19.1 million, or $0.21 per basic and diluted share, for the first quarter of 2025, compared to net income of $17.5 million, or $0.20 per basic and diluted share, for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $14.7 million, or $0.16 per basic and diluted share, for the first quarter of 2024. The Company reported operating earnings after tax (non-GAAP) of $20.0 million, or $0.22 per basic and diluted share, for the first quarter of 2025, compared to operating earnings after tax (non-GAAP) of $20.7 million, or $0.23 per basic and diluted share, for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $14.7 million, or $0.16 per basic and diluted share, for the first quarter of 2024.

    Commenting on the first quarter’s performance, Mr. Perrault stated, “We are pleased to report solid earnings for the first quarter of the year. Despite external economic headwinds, our bankers continue to perform well and grow deposits. The contraction in our loan portfolios is intentional as we reduce our commercial real estate exposure while increasing our participation in the C&I markets.”

    BALANCE SHEET

    Total assets at March 31, 2025 were $11.5 billion, representing a decrease of $385.5 million from $11.9 billion at December 31, 2024, primarily driven by a reduction of cash and cash equivalents and loans and leases. Total assets decreased $22.9 million from March 31, 2024.

    At March 31, 2025, total loans and leases were $9.6 billion, representing a decrease of $136.6 million from December 31, 2024, and a decrease of $12.4 million from March 31, 2024.

    Total investment securities at March 31, 2025 decreased $12.7 million to $882.4 million from $895.0 million at December 31, 2024, and increased $16.6 million from $865.8 million at March 31, 2024. Total cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 2025 decreased $186.1 million to $357.5 million from $543.7 million at December 31, 2024, and increased $55.7 million from $301.9 million at March 31, 2024. As of March 31, 2025, total investment securities and total cash and cash equivalents represented 10.8 percent of total assets, compared to 12.1 percent and 10.1 percent as of December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.

    Total deposits at March 31, 2025 increased $9.8 million to $8.9 billion from December 31, 2024, primarily driven by an increase of $113.8 million in customer deposits partially offset by a decline of $104.0 million in brokered deposits. Total deposits increased $192.8 million from $8.7 billion at March 31, 2024, primarily driven by an increase of $398.8 million in customer deposits partially offset by a decline of $206.0 million in brokered deposits.

    Total borrowed funds at March 31, 2025 decreased $364.0 million to $1.2 billion from December 31, 2024, and decreased $206.1 million from $1.4 billion at March 31, 2024.

    The ratio of stockholders’ equity to total assets was 10.77 percent at March 31, 2025, as compared to 10.26 percent at December 31, 2024, and 10.35 percent at March 31, 2024. The ratio of tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP) was 8.73 percent at March 31, 2025, as compared to 8.27 percent at December 31, 2024, and 8.25 percent at March 31, 2024. Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) increased $0.22 from $10.81 at December 31, 2024 to $11.03 at March 31, 2025, and increased $0.56 from $10.47 at March 31, 2024.

    NET INTEREST INCOME

    Net interest income increased $0.8 million to $85.8 million during the first quarter of 2025 from $85.0 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The net interest margin increased 10 basis points to 3.22 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from 3.12 percent for the three months ended December 31, 2024, primarily driven by lower funding costs partially offset by lower yields on loans and leases.

    NON-INTEREST INCOME

    Total non-interest income for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 decreased $0.9 million to $5.7 million from $6.6 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily driven by a decline of $1.0 million in loan level derivative income, net.

    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

    The Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $6.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to $4.1 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The increase in provision was largely driven by deterioration in a single commercial credit that required a specific reserve.

    Total net charge-offs for the first quarter of 2025 were $7.6 million, compared to $7.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. The $7.6 million in net charge-offs was driven by one large $7.1 million charge-off in commercial loans, the majority of which was previously reserved for. The ratio of net loan and lease charge-offs to average loans and leases on an annualized basis increased to 31 basis points for the first quarter of 2025 from 30 basis points for the fourth quarter of 2024.

    The allowance for loan and lease losses represented 1.29 percent of total loans and leases at March 31, 2025, compared to 1.28 percent at December 31, 2024, and 1.24 percent at March 31, 2024.

    ASSET QUALITY

    The ratio of nonperforming loans and leases to total loans and leases was 0.65 percent at March 31, 2025, a decrease from 0.71 percent at December 31, 2024. Total nonaccrual loans and leases decreased $6.2 million to $63.1 million at March 31, 2025 from $69.3 million at December 31, 2024. The ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets was 0.56 percent at March 31, 2025, a decrease from 0.59 percent at December 31, 2024. Total nonperforming assets decreased $6.4 million to $64.0 million at March 31, 2025 from $70.5 million at December 31, 2024.

    NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

    Non-interest expense for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 decreased $3.7 million to $60.0 million from $63.7 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease of $2.4 million in merger and acquisition expense related to the previously announced proposed merger of the Company with Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. (“Berkshire”), and a decrease of $1.3 million in compensation and employee benefits expense.

    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

    The effective tax rate was 25.0 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to 26.4 percent for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and 24.7 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    RETURNS ON AVERAGE ASSETS AND AVERAGE EQUITY

    The annualized return on average assets increased to 0.66 percent during the first quarter 2025 from 0.61 percent for the fourth quarter of 2024.

    The annualized return on average stockholders’ equity increased to 6.19 percent during the first quarter of 2025 from 5.69 percent for the fourth quarter of 2024. The annualized return on average tangible stockholders’ equity (non-GAAP) increased to 7.82 percent for the first quarter of 2025 from 7.21 percent for the fourth quarter of 2024.

    DIVIDEND DECLARED

    The Company’s Board of Directors approved a dividend of $0.135 per share for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. The dividend will be paid on May 23, 2025 to stockholders of record on May 9, 2025.

    CONFERENCE CALL

    The Company will conduct a conference call/webcast at 1:30 PM Eastern Time on Thursday, April 24, 2025 to discuss the results for the quarter, business highlights and outlook. A copy of the Earnings Presentation is available on the Company’s website, www.brooklinebancorp.com. To listen to the call and view the Company’s Earnings Presentation, please join the call via https://events.q4inc.com/attendee/955891780. To listen to the call without access to the slides, interested parties may dial 833-470-1428 (United States) or 404-975-4839 (internationally) and ask for the Brookline Bancorp, Inc. conference call (Access Code 941481). A recorded playback of the call will be available for one week following the call on the Company’s website under “Investor Relations” or by dialing 866-813-9403 (United States) or 929-458-6194 (internationally) and entering the passcode:324302.

    ABOUT BROOKLINE BANCORP, INC.

    Brookline Bancorp, Inc., a bank holding company with $11.5 billion in assets and branch locations in Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and the Lower Hudson Valley of New York State, is headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts and operates as the holding company for Brookline Bank, Bank Rhode Island, and PCSB Bank (the “banks”). The Company provides commercial and retail banking services, cash management and investment services to customers throughout Central New England and the Lower Hudson Valley of New York State. More information about Brookline Bancorp, Inc. and its banks can be found at the following websites: www.brooklinebank.com, www.bankri.com and www.pcsb.com.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    Certain statements contained in this press release that are not historical facts may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We may also make forward-looking statements in other documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), in our annual reports to shareholders, in press releases and other written materials, and in oral statements made by our officers, directors or employees. You can identify forward looking statements by the use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “assume,” “outlook,” “will,” “should,” and other expressions that predict or indicate future events and trends and which do not relate to historical matters, including statements regarding the Company’s business, credit quality, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Forward-looking statements may differ, possibly materially, from what is included in this press release due to factors and future developments that are uncertain and beyond the scope of the Company’s control. These include, but are not limited to, the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the right of the Company or Berkshire to terminate the merger agreement; the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against Berkshire or Company; delays in completing the proposed transaction with Berkshire; the failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals (and the risk that such approvals may result in the imposition of conditions that could adversely affect the combined company or the expected benefits of the proposed transaction) or stockholder approvals, or to satisfy any of the other conditions to the proposed transaction on a timely basis or at all, including the ability of Berkshire and the Company to meet expectations regarding the timing, completion and accounting and tax treatments of the proposed transaction; the impact of certain restrictions during the pendency of the proposed transaction on the parties’ ability to pursue certain business opportunities and strategic transactions; diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business operations and opportunities; potential adverse reactions or changes to business or employee relationships, including those resulting from the announcement or completion of the proposed transaction; changes in interest rates; general economic conditions (including the impact of recently imposed tariffs by the U.S. Administration and foreign governments, inflation, and concerns about liquidity) on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Company operates; ongoing turbulence in the capital and debt markets; competitive pressures from other financial institutions; changes in consumer behavior due to changing political, business and economic conditions, or legislative or regulatory initiatives; changes in the value of securities and other assets in the Company’s investment portfolio; increases in loan and lease default and charge-off rates; the adequacy of allowances for loan and lease losses; decreases in deposit levels that necessitate increases in borrowing to fund loans and investments; operational risks including, but not limited to, cybersecurity incidents, fraud, natural disasters, and future pandemics; changes in regulation; the possibility that future credit losses may be higher than currently expected due to changes in economic assumptions and adverse economic developments; the risk that goodwill and intangibles recorded in the Company’s financial statements will become impaired; and changes in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties which are difficult to predict. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of, among others, the risks outlined in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as updated by its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and other filings submitted to the SEC. The Company does not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made.

    BASIS OF PRESENTATION

    The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) as set forth by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in its Accounting Standards Codification and through the rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under the authority of federal securities laws. Certain amounts previously reported have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

    The Company uses certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as operating earnings after tax, operating earnings per common share, operating return on average assets, operating return on average tangible assets, operating return on average stockholders’ equity, operating return on average tangible stockholders’ equity, tangible book value per common share, tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets, return on average tangible assets (annualized) and return on average tangible stockholders’ equity (annualized). These non-GAAP financial measures provide information for investors to effectively analyze financial trends of ongoing business activities, and to enhance comparability with peers across the financial services sector. A detailed reconciliation table of the Company’s GAAP to the non-GAAP measures is attached.

    INVESTOR RELATIONS:
    Contact: Carl M. Carlson
    Brookline Bancorp, Inc.
    Co-President and Chief Financial and Strategy Officer
    (617) 425-5331
    carl.carlson@brkl.com
       
     
    BROOKLINE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Selected Financial Highlights (Unaudited)
                                 
      At and for the Three Months Ended
      March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        June 30,
    2024
        March 31,
    2024
     
      (Dollars In Thousands Except per Share Data)
    Earnings Data:                        
    Net interest income $ 85,830     $ 84,988     $ 83,008     $ 80,001     $ 81,588  
    Provision for credit losses on loans 5,974     4,141     4,832     5,607     7,423  
    Provision (recovery) of credit losses on investments 12     (104 )   (172 )   (39 )   (44 )
    Non-interest income 5,660     6,587     6,348     6,396     6,284  
    Non-interest expense 60,022     63,719     57,948     59,184     61,014  
    Income before provision for income taxes 25,482     23,819     26,748     21,645     19,479  
    Net income 19,100     17,536     20,142     16,372     14,665  
                                 
    Performance Ratios:                            
    Net interest margin (1) 3.22 %   3.12 %   3.07 %   3.00 %   3.06 %
    Interest-rate spread (1) 2.38 %   2.35 %   2.26 %   2.14 %   2.21 %
    Return on average assets (annualized) 0.66 %   0.61 %   0.70 %   0.57 %   0.51 %
    Return on average tangible assets (annualized) (non-GAAP) 0.68 %   0.62 %   0.72 %   0.59 %   0.53 %
    Return on average stockholders’ equity (annualized) 6.19 %   5.69 %   6.63 %   5.49 %   4.88 %
    Return on average tangible stockholders’ equity (annualized) (non-GAAP) 7.82 %   7.21 %   8.44 %   7.04 %   6.26 %
    Efficiency ratio (2) 65.60 %   69.58 %   64.85 %   68.50 %   69.44 %
                                 
    Per Common Share Data:                            
    Net income — Basic $ 0.21     $ 0.20     $ 0.23     $ 0.18     $ 0.16  
    Net income — Diluted 0.21     0.20     0.23     0.18     0.16  
    Cash dividends declared 0.135     0.135     0.135     0.135     0.135  
    Book value per share (end of period) 13.92     13.71     13.81     13.48     13.43  
    Tangible book value per share (end of period) (non-GAAP) 11.03     10.81     10.89     10.53     10.47  
    Stock price (end of period) 10.90     11.80     10.09     8.35     9.96  
                                 
    Balance Sheet:                            
    Total assets $ 11,519,869     $ 11,905,326     $ 11,676,721     $ 11,635,292     $ 11,542,731  
    Total loans and leases 9,642,722     9,779,288     9,755,236     9,721,137     9,655,086  
    Total deposits 8,911,452     8,901,644     8,732,271     8,737,036     8,718,653  
    Total stockholders’ equity 1,240,182     1,221,939     1,230,362     1,198,480     1,194,231  
                                 
    Asset Quality:                            
    Nonperforming assets $ 64,021     $ 70,452     $ 72,821     $ 62,683     $ 42,489  
    Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets 0.56 %   0.59 %   0.62 %   0.54 %   0.37 %
    Allowance for loan and lease losses $ 124,145     $ 125,083     $ 127,316     $ 121,750     $ 120,124  
    Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases 1.29 %   1.28 %   1.31 %   1.25 %   1.24 %
    Net loan and lease charge-offs $ 7,597     $ 7,252     $ 3,808     $ 8,387     $ 8,781  
    Net loan and lease charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases (annualized) 0.31 %   0.30 %   0.16 %   0.35 %   0.36 %
                                 
    Capital Ratios:                            
    Stockholders’ equity to total assets 10.77 %   10.26 %   10.54 %   10.30 %   10.35 %
    Tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP) 8.73 %   8.27 %   8.50 %   8.23 %   8.25 %
                                 
    (1) Calculated on a fully tax-equivalent basis.
    (2) Calculated as non-interest expense as a percentage of net interest income plus non-interest income.
                                 
     
    BROOKLINE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)
                 
      March 31,
    2025
    December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    March 31,
    2024
    ASSETS (In Thousands Except Share Data)
    Cash and due from banks $ 78,741     $ 64,673     $ 82,168     $ 60,067     $ 45,708  
    Short-term investments   278,805       478,997       325,721       283,017       256,178  
    Total cash and cash equivalents   357,546       543,670       407,889       343,084       301,886  
    Investment securities available-for-sale   882,353       895,034       855,391       856,439       865,798  
    Total investment securities   882,353       895,034       855,391       856,439       865,798  
    Allowance for investment security losses   (94 )     (82 )     (186 )     (359 )     (398 )
    Net investment securities   882,259       894,952       855,205       856,080       865,400  
    Loans and leases held-for-sale                           6,717  
    Loans and leases:            
    Commercial real estate loans   5,580,982       5,716,114       5,779,290       5,782,111       5,755,239  
    Commercial loans and leases   2,512,912       2,506,664       2,453,038       2,443,530       2,416,904  
    Consumer loans   1,548,828       1,556,510       1,522,908       1,495,496       1,482,943  
    Total loans and leases   9,642,722       9,779,288       9,755,236       9,721,137       9,655,086  
    Allowance for loan and lease losses   (124,145 )     (125,083 )     (127,316 )     (121,750 )     (120,124 )
    Net loans and leases   9,518,577       9,654,205       9,627,920       9,599,387       9,534,962  
    Restricted equity securities   67,537       83,155       82,675       78,963       74,709  
    Premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation   84,439       86,781       86,925       88,378       89,707  
    Right-of-use asset operating leases   44,144       43,527       41,934       35,691       33,133  
    Deferred tax asset   52,176       56,620       50,827       60,032       60,484  
    Goodwill   241,222       241,222       241,222       241,222       241,222  
    Identified intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization   16,030       17,461       19,162       20,830       22,499  
    Other real estate owned and repossessed assets   917       1,103       1,579       1,974       1,817  
    Other assets   255,022       282,630       261,383       309,651       310,195  
    Total assets $ 11,519,869     $ 11,905,326     $ 11,676,721     $ 11,635,292     $ 11,542,731  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY            
    Deposits:            
    Demand checking accounts $ 1,664,629     $ 1,692,394     $ 1,681,858     $ 1,638,378     $ 1,629,371  
    NOW accounts   625,492       617,246       637,374       647,370       654,748  
    Savings accounts   1,793,852       1,721,247       1,736,989       1,735,857       1,727,893  
    Money market accounts   2,183,855       2,116,360       2,041,185       2,073,557       2,065,569  
    Certificate of deposit accounts   1,878,665       1,885,444       1,819,353       1,718,414       1,670,147  
    Brokered deposit accounts   764,959       868,953       815,512       923,460       970,925  
    Total deposits   8,911,452       8,901,644       8,732,271       8,737,036       8,718,653  
    Borrowed funds:            
    Advances from the FHLB   957,848       1,355,926       1,345,003       1,265,079       1,150,153  
    Subordinated debentures and notes   84,362       84,328       84,293       84,258       84,223  
    Other borrowed funds   113,617       79,592       68,251       80,125       127,505  
    Total borrowed funds   1,155,827       1,519,846       1,497,547       1,429,462       1,361,881  
    Operating lease liabilities   45,330       44,785       43,266       37,102       34,235  
    Mortgagors’ escrow accounts   15,264       15,875       14,456       17,117       16,245  
    Reserve for unfunded credits   5,296       5,981       6,859       11,400       15,807  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   146,518       195,256       151,960       204,695       201,679  
    Total liabilities   10,279,687       10,683,387       10,446,359       10,436,812       10,348,500  
    Stockholders’ equity:            
    Common stock, $0.01 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 96,998,075 shares issued, 96,998,075 shares issued, 96,998,075 shares issued, 96,998,075 shares issued, and 96,998,075 shares issued, respectively   970       970       970       970       970  
    Additional paid-in capital   903,696       902,584       901,562       904,775       903,726  
    Retained earnings   465,898       458,943       453,555       445,560       441,285  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income   (42,498 )     (52,882 )     (38,081 )     (61,693 )     (60,841 )
    Treasury stock, at cost;            
    7,037,610, 7,019,384, 7,015,843, 7,373,009, and 7,354,399 shares, respectively   (87,884 )     (87,676 )     (87,644 )     (91,132 )     (90,909 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,240,182       1,221,939       1,230,362       1,198,480       1,194,231  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 11,519,869     $ 11,905,326     $ 11,676,721     $ 11,635,292     $ 11,542,731  
                 
                 
    BROOKLINE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited)
       
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,
    2025
    December 31,
    2024
    September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    March 31,
    2024
      (In Thousands Except Share Data)
    Interest and dividend income:          
    Loans and leases $ 143,309   $ 147,436     $ 149,643     $ 145,585     $ 145,265  
    Debt securities   6,765     6,421       6,473       6,480       6,878  
    Restricted equity securities   1,203     1,460       1,458       1,376       1,492  
    Short-term investments   2,451     2,830       1,986       1,914       1,824  
    Total interest and dividend income   153,728     158,147       159,560       155,355       155,459  
    Interest expense:          
    Deposits   53,478     56,562       59,796       59,721       56,884  
    Borrowed funds   14,420     16,597       16,756       15,633       16,987  
    Total interest expense   67,898     73,159       76,552       75,354       73,871  
    Net interest income   85,830     84,988       83,008       80,001       81,588  
    Provision for credit losses on loans   5,974     4,141       4,832       5,607       7,423  
    Provision (recovery) of credit losses on investments   12     (104 )     (172 )     (39 )     (44 )
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   79,844     80,951       78,348       74,433       74,209  
    Non-interest income:          
    Deposit fees   2,361     2,297       2,353       3,001       2,897  
    Loan fees   393     439       464       702       789  
    Loan level derivative income, net   70     1,115             106       437  
    Gain on sales of loans and leases held-for-sale   24     406       415       130        
    Other   2,812     2,330       3,116       2,457       2,161  
    Total non-interest income   5,660     6,587       6,348       6,396       6,284  
    Non-interest expense:          
    Compensation and employee benefits   35,853     37,202       35,130       34,762       36,629  
    Occupancy   5,721     5,393       5,343       5,551       5,769  
    Equipment and data processing   7,012     6,780       6,831       6,732       7,031  
    Professional services   1,726     1,345       2,143       1,745       1,900  
    FDIC insurance   2,037     2,017       2,118       2,025       1,884  
    Advertising and marketing   868     1,303       859       1,504       1,574  
    Amortization of identified intangible assets   1,430     1,701       1,668       1,669       1,708  
    Merger and restructuring expense   971     3,378             823        
    Other   4,404     4,600       3,856       4,373       4,519  
    Total non-interest expense   60,022     63,719       57,948       59,184       61,014  
    Income before provision for income taxes   25,482     23,819       26,748       21,645       19,479  
    Provision for income taxes   6,382     6,283       6,606       5,273       4,814  
    Net income $ 19,100   $ 17,536     $ 20,142     $ 16,372     $ 14,665  
    Earnings per common share:          
    Basic $ 0.21   $ 0.20     $ 0.23     $ 0.18     $ 0.16  
    Diluted $ 0.21   $ 0.20     $ 0.23     $ 0.18     $ 0.16  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding during the period:        
    Basic   89,103,510     89,098,443       89,033,463       88,904,692       88,894,577  
    Diluted   89,567,747     89,483,964       89,319,611       89,222,315       89,181,508  
    Dividends paid per common share $ 0.135   $ 0.135     $ 0.135     $ 0.135     $ 0.135  
               
               
     
    BROOKLINE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Asset Quality Analysis (Unaudited)
       
      At and for the Three Months Ended
      March 31,
    2025
    December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    March 31,
    2024
      (Dollars in Thousands)
    NONPERFORMING ASSETS:            
    Loans and leases accounted for on a nonaccrual basis:            
    Commercial real estate mortgage $ 10,842     $ 11,525     $ 11,595     $ 11,659     $ 18,394  
    Multi-family mortgage   6,576       6,596       1,751              
    Total commercial real estate loans   17,418       18,121       13,346       11,659       18,394  
                 
    Commercial   7,415       14,676       15,734       16,636       3,096  
    Equipment financing   32,975       31,509       37,223       27,128       13,668  
    Total commercial loans and leases   40,390       46,185       52,957       43,764       16,764  
                 
    Residential mortgage   3,962       3,999       3,862       4,495       4,563  
    Home equity   1,333       1,043       1,076       790       950  
    Other consumer   1       1       1       1       1  
    Total consumer loans   5,296       5,043       4,939       5,286       5,514  
                 
    Total nonaccrual loans and leases   63,104       69,349       71,242       60,709       40,672  
                 
    Other real estate owned   700       700       780       780       780  
    Other repossessed assets   217       403       799       1,194       1,037  
    Total nonperforming assets $ 64,021     $ 70,452     $ 72,821     $ 62,683     $ 42,489  
                 
    Loans and leases past due greater than 90 days and still accruing $ 3,009     $ 811     $ 16,091     $ 4,994     $ 363  
                 
    Nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases   0.65 %     0.71 %     0.73 %     0.62 %     0.42 %
    Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets   0.56 %     0.59 %     0.62 %     0.54 %     0.37 %
                 
    PROVISION AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES:        
    Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period $ 125,083     $ 127,316     $ 121,750     $ 120,124     $ 117,522  
    Charge-offs   (9,073 )     (8,414 )     (4,183 )     (8,823 )     (5,390 )
    Recoveries   1,476       1,162       375       436       309  
    Net charge-offs   (7,597 )     (7,252 )     (3,808 )     (8,387 )     (5,081 )
    Provision for loan and lease losses excluding unfunded commitments *   6,659       5,019       9,374       10,013       7,683  
    Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of period $ 124,145     $ 125,083     $ 127,316     $ 121,750     $ 120,124  
                 
    Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases   1.29 %     1.28 %     1.31 %     1.25 %     1.24 %
                 
    NET CHARGE-OFFS:            
    Commercial real estate loans $     $     $     $ 3,819     $ 606  
    Commercial loans and leases **   7,647       7,257       3,797       4,571       8,179  
    Consumer loans   (50 )     (5 )     11       (3 )     (4 )
    Total net charge-offs $ 7,597     $ 7,252     $ 3,808     $ 8,387     $ 8,781  
                 
    Net loan and lease charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases (annualized)   0.31 %     0.30 %     0.16 %     0.35 %     0.36 %
                 
    *Provision for loan and lease losses does not include (credit) provision of $(0.7 million), $(0.9 million), $(4.5 million), $(4.4 million), and $(0.3 million) for credit losses on unfunded commitments during the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    ** The balance at March 31, 2024 includes a $3.7 million charge-off on a letter of credit which impacted the provision.
                 
     
    BROOKLINE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Average Yields / Costs (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2024
      Average Balance Interest (1) Average Yield/ Cost Average Balance Interest (1) Average Yield/ Cost Average Balance Interest (1) Average Yield/ Cost
      (Dollars in Thousands)
    Assets:                  
    Interest-earning assets:                  
    Investments:                  
    Debt securities (2) $ 888,913   $ 6,814 3.07 %   $ 856,065   $ 6,463 3.02 %   $ 893,228   $ 6,927 3.10 %
    Restricted equity securities (2)   69,784     1,204 6.90 %     75,879     1,459 7.69 %     76,335     1,493 7.82 %
    Short-term investments   202,953     2,451 4.83 %     236,784     2,830 4.78 %     130,768     1,824 5.58 %
    Total investments   1,161,650     10,469 3.60 %     1,168,728     10,752 3.68 %     1,100,331     10,244 3.72 %
    Loans and Leases:                  
    Commercial real estate loans (3)   5,651,390     77,243 5.47 %     5,752,591     81,195 5.52 %     5,761,735     81,049 5.56 %
    Commercial loans (3)   1,237,078     19,698 6.37 %     1,170,295     19,750 6.61 %     1,026,467     17,507 6.75 %
    Equipment financing (3)   1,281,425     25,965 8.11 %     1,310,143     26,295 8.03 %     1,374,426     26,895 7.83 %
    Consumer loans (3)   1,548,973     20,861 5.41 %     1,529,654     20,881 5.44 %     1,482,819     19,978 5.40 %
    Total loans and leases   9,718,866     143,767 5.92 %     9,762,683     148,121 6.07 %     9,645,447     145,429 6.03 %
    Total interest-earning assets   10,880,516     154,236 5.67 %     10,931,411     158,873 5.81 %     10,745,778     155,673 5.79 %
    Non-interest-earning assets   662,814         649,161         671,407      
    Total assets $ 11,543,330       $ 11,580,572       $ 11,417,185      
                       
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:                  
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                  
    Deposits:                  
    NOW accounts $ 628,346     1,005 0.65 %   $ 630,408     1,056 0.67 %   $ 671,914     1,261 0.75 %
    Savings accounts   1,743,688     10,173 2.37 %     1,741,355     10,896 2.49 %     1,694,220     11,352 2.69 %
    Money market accounts   2,187,581     13,587 2.52 %     2,083,033     13,856 2.65 %     2,076,303     15,954 3.09 %
    Certificates of deposit   1,886,386     19,593 4.21 %     1,857,483     20,691 4.43 %     1,624,118     16,672 4.13 %
    Brokered deposit accounts   767,275     9,120 4.82 %     797,910     10,063 5.02 %     896,784     11,645 5.22 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   7,213,276     53,478 3.01 %     7,110,189     56,562 3.16 %     6,963,339     56,884 3.29 %
    Borrowings                  
    Advances from the FHLB   1,007,508     11,847 4.70 %     1,144,157     13,958 4.77 %     1,164,534     14,633 4.97 %
    Subordinated debentures and notes   84,345     1,701 8.07 %     84,311     1,944 9.22 %     84,206     1,377 6.54 %
    Other borrowed funds   71,462     872 4.95 %     65,947     695 4.20 %     93,060     977 4.22 %
    Total borrowings   1,163,315     14,420 4.96 %     1,294,415     16,597 5.02 %     1,341,800     16,987 5.01 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   8,376,591     67,898 3.29 %     8,404,604     73,159 3.46 %     8,305,139     73,871 3.58 %
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                  
    Demand checking accounts   1,680,527         1,693,138         1,631,472      
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   251,011         250,303         278,670      
    Total liabilities   10,308,129         10,348,045         10,215,281      
    Stockholders’ equity   1,235,201         1,232,527         1,201,904      
    Total liabilities and equity $ 11,543,330       $ 11,580,572       $ 11,417,185      
    Net interest income (tax-equivalent basis) /Interest-rate spread (4)     86,338 2.38 %       85,714 2.35 %       81,802 2.21 %
    Less adjustment of tax-exempt income     508       726       214  
    Net interest income   $ 85,830     $ 84,988     $ 81,588  
    Net interest margin (5)     3.22 %       3.12 %       3.06 %
                       
    (1) Tax-exempt income on debt securities, equity securities and revenue bonds included in commercial real estate loans is included on a tax-equivalent basis.
    (2) Average balances include unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities. Dividend payments may not be consistent and average yield on equity securities may vary from month to month.
    (3) Loans on nonaccrual status are included in the average balances.
    (4) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (5) Net interest margin represents net interest income (tax-equivalent basis) divided by average interest-earning assets on an actual/actual basis.
                       
     
    BROOKLINE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Non-GAAP Financial Information (Unaudited)
     
            At and for the
    Three Months Ended
    March 31,
              2025       2024  
    Reconciliation Table – Non-GAAP Financial Information     (Dollars in Thousands Except Share Data)
             
    Reported Pretax Income     $ 25,482     $ 19,479  
    Add:          
    Merger and restructuring expense       971        
    Operating Pretax Income       $ 26,453     $ 19,479  
    Effective tax rate         24.3 %     24.7 %
    Provision for income taxes         6,416       4,814  
    Operating earnings after tax     $ 20,037     $ 14,665  
               
    Operating earnings per common share:          
    Basic       $ 0.22     $ 0.16  
    Diluted       $ 0.22     $ 0.16  
               
    Weighted average common shares outstanding during the period:        
    Basic         89,103,510       88,894,577  
    Diluted         89,567,747       89,181,508  
               
    Return on average assets *       0.66 %     0.51 %
    Add:          
    Merger and restructuring expense (after-tax) *       0.03 %     %
    Operating return on average assets *       0.69 %     0.51 %
               
    Return on average tangible assets *       0.68 %     0.53 %
    Add:          
    Merger and restructuring expense (after-tax) *       0.03 %     %
    Operating return on average tangible assets *       0.71 %     0.53 %
               
               
    Return on average stockholders’ equity *       6.19 %     4.88 %
    Add:          
    Merger and restructuring expense (after-tax) *       0.24 %     %
    Operating return on average stockholders’ equity *       6.43 %     4.88 %
               
               
    Return on average tangible stockholders’ equity *       7.82 %     6.26 %
    Add:          
    Merger and restructuring expense (after-tax) *       0.30 %     %
    Operating return on average tangible stockholders’ equity *       8.12 %     6.26 %
               
    * Ratios at and for the three months ended are annualized.        
             
      At and for the Three Months Ended
      March 31,
    2025
    December 31,
    2024
    September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    March 31,
    2024
      (Dollars in Thousands)
               
    Net income, as reported $ 19,100     $ 17,536     $ 20,142     $ 16,372     $ 14,665  
               
    Average total assets $ 11,543,330     $ 11,580,572     $ 11,451,338     $ 11,453,394     $ 11,417,185  
    Less: Average goodwill and average identified intangible assets, net   257,941       259,496       261,188       262,859       264,536  
    Average tangible assets $ 11,285,389     $ 11,321,076     $ 11,190,150     $ 11,190,535     $ 11,152,649  
               
    Return on average tangible assets (annualized)   0.68 %     0.62 %     0.72 %     0.59 %     0.53 %
               
    Average total stockholders’ equity $ 1,235,201     $ 1,232,527     $ 1,216,037     $ 1,193,385     $ 1,201,904  
    Less: Average goodwill and average identified intangible assets, net   257,941       259,496       261,188       262,859       264,536  
    Average tangible stockholders’ equity $ 977,260     $ 973,031     $ 954,849     $ 930,526     $ 937,368  
               
    Return on average tangible stockholders’ equity (annualized)   7.82 %     7.21 %     8.44 %     7.04 %     6.26 %
               
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 1,240,182     $ 1,221,939     $ 1,230,362     $ 1,198,480     $ 1,194,231  
    Less:          
    Goodwill   241,222       241,222       241,222       241,222       241,222  
    Identified intangible assets, net   16,030       17,461       19,162       20,830       22,499  
    Tangible stockholders’ equity $ 982,930     $ 963,256     $ 969,978     $ 936,428     $ 930,510  
               
    Total assets $ 11,519,869     $ 11,905,326     $ 11,676,721     $ 11,635,292     $ 11,542,731  
    Less:          
    Goodwill   241,222       241,222       241,222       241,222       241,222  
    Identified intangible assets, net   16,030       17,461       19,162       20,830       22,499  
    Tangible assets $ 11,262,617     $ 11,646,643     $ 11,416,337     $ 11,373,240     $ 11,279,010  
               
    Tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets   8.73 %     8.27 %     8.50 %     8.23 %     8.25 %
               
    Tangible stockholders’ equity $ 982,930     $ 963,256     $ 969,978     $ 936,428     $ 930,510  
               
    Number of common shares issued   96,998,075       96,998,075       96,998,075       96,998,075       96,998,075  
    Less:          
    Treasury shares   7,037,610       7,019,384       7,015,843       7,373,009       7,354,399  
    Unvested restricted shares   855,860       880,248       883,789       713,443       749,099  
    Number of common shares outstanding   89,104,605       89,098,443       89,098,443       88,911,623       88,894,577  
               
    Tangible book value per common share $ 11.03     $ 10.81     $ 10.89     $ 10.53     $ 10.47  
               

    PDF available: http://ml.globenewswire.com/Resource/Download/e23d70f5-f96e-4a22-ac83-0bee735aa434

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Northrim BanCorp Earns $13.3 Million, or $2.38 Per Diluted Share, in First Quarter 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ANCHORAGE, Alaska, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Northrim BanCorp, Inc. (NASDAQ:NRIM) (“Northrim” or the “Company”) today reported net income of $13.3 million, or $2.38 per diluted share, in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $10.9 million, or $1.95 per diluted share, in the fourth quarter of 2024, and $8.2 million, or $1.48 per diluted share, in the first quarter a year ago. The increase in first quarter 2025 profitability as compared to the first quarter a year ago was primarily the result of an increase in purchased receivable income, higher net interest income, increased mortgage banking income, and a benefit for the provision for credit losses, which were only partially offset by higher other operating expenses. Purchased receivable income increased primarily due to the Company’s acquisition of Sallyport Commercial Finance, LLC (“Sallyport or SCF”), which was completed on October 31, 2024. Sallyport and its direct and indirect subsidiaries provide services and products related to purchased receivable factoring and asset-based lending in the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom.

    Dividends per share in the first quarter of 2025 increased to $0.64 per share as compared to $0.62 per share in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $0.61 per share in the first quarter of 2024.

    “Our record first quarter earnings are the result of Northrim’s focus on profitable, market share driven growth,” said Mike Huston, Northrim’s President and Chief Executive Officer. “Our strong financial performance is due to our history of investing in our people and banking infrastructure to consistently deliver ‘Superior Customer First Service’. We remain confident that our dedication to serving our customers and communities will support future growth.”

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights:

    • Net interest income in the first quarter of 2025 increased 1% to $31.3 million compared to $30.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and increased 18% compared to $26.4 million in the first quarter of 2024.
    • Net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis (“NIMTE”)* was 4.61% for the first quarter of 2025, up 14-basis points from the fourth quarter of 2024 and up 39-basis points from the first quarter a year ago.
    • Return on average assets (“ROAA”) was 1.76% and return on average equity (“ROAE”) was 19.70% for the first quarter of 2025. ROAA was 1.19% and ROAE was 13.84% for the first quarter of 2024.
    • Portfolio loans were $2.12 billion at March 31, 2025, down slightly from the preceding quarter and up 17% from a year ago. Portfolio loans in the first quarter of 2025 decreased from the preceding quarter primarily due to the reclassification of $100 million of consumer mortgages previously held as residential real estate loans to loans held for sale. The consumer mortgages are expected to be sold in the second quarter of 2025 to reduce the concentration of residential real estate loans and provide additional liquidity for future commercial and construction loan growth.
    • Total deposits were $2.78 billion at March 31, 2025, up 4% from the preceding quarter, and up 14% from $2.43 billion a year ago. Non-interest bearing demand deposits increased 5% from the preceding quarter and increased 4% year-over-year to $742.6 million at March 31, 2025 and represent 27% of total deposits.
    • The average cost of interest-bearing deposits was 2.01% at March 31, 2025, down from 2.15% at December 31, 2024 and 2.13% at March 31, 2024.
    • Mortgage loan originations were $121.6 million in the first quarter of 2025, down from $185.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and up from $101.7 million in the first quarter a year ago. Mortgage loans funded for sale were $108.5 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $162.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $84.3 million in the first quarter of 2024.
    Financial Highlights Three Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 September 30, 2024 June 30, 2024 March 31, 2024
    Total assets $ 3,140,960   $ 3,041,869   $ 2,963,392   $ 2,821,668   $ 2,759,560  
    Total portfolio loans $ 2,124,330   $ 2,129,263   $ 2,007,565   $ 1,875,907   $ 1,811,135  
    Total deposits $ 2,777,977   $ 2,680,189   $ 2,625,567   $ 2,463,806   $ 2,434,083  
    Total shareholders’ equity $ 279,756   $ 267,116   $ 260,050   $ 247,200   $ 239,327  
    Net income $ 13,324   $ 10,927   $ 8,825   $ 9,020   $ 8,199  
    Diluted earnings per share $ 2.38   $ 1.95   $ 1.57   $ 1.62   $ 1.48  
    Return on average assets   1.76 %   1.43 %   1.22 %   1.31 %   1.19 %
    Return on average shareholders’ equity   19.70 %   16.32 %   13.69 %   14.84 %   13.84 %
    NIM   4.55 %   4.41 %   4.29 %   4.24 %   4.16 %
    NIMTE*   4.61 %   4.47 %   4.35 %   4.30 %   4.22 %
    Efficiency ratio   64.47 %   66.96 %   66.11 %   68.78 %   68.93 %
    Total shareholders’ equity/total assets   8.91 %   8.78 %   8.78 %   8.76 %   8.67 %
    Tangible common equity/tangible assets*   7.41 %   7.23 %   8.28 %   8.24 %   8.14 %
    Book value per share $ 50.67   $ 48.41   $ 47.27   $ 44.93   $ 43.52  
    Tangible book value per share* $ 41.47   $ 39.17   $ 44.36   $ 42.03   $ 40.61  
    Dividends per share $ 0.64   $ 0.62   $ 0.62   $ 0.61   $ 0.61  
    Common stock outstanding   5,520,892     5,518,210     5,501,943     5,501,562     5,499,578  
                                   

    * References to NIMTE, tangible book value per share, and tangible common equity to tangible common assets, (both of which exclude intangible assets) represent non-GAAP financial measures. Management has presented these non-GAAP measurements in this earnings release, because it believes these measures are useful to investors. See the end of this release for reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP financial measures.

    Alaska Economic Update
    (Note: sources for information included in this section are included on page 13.)

    The Alaska Department of Labor (“DOL”) has reported Alaska’s seasonally adjusted unemployment rate in February of 2025 was 4.7% compared to the U.S. rate of 4.1%. The total number of payroll jobs in Alaska, not including uniformed military, increased 1.6% or 5,200 jobs between February of 2024 and February of 2025.

    According to the DOL, the Oil and Gas sector had the largest growth rate in new jobs of 7.5% through February 2025 compared to the prior year, up 600 direct jobs. The Construction sector added 1,000 positions for a year-over-year growth rate of 6.1% in February of 2025. The larger Health Care sector grew by 1,400 jobs for an annual growth rate of 3.4%. Transportation, Warehousing and Utilities added 1,100 jobs for a 5% growth rate. Leisure and Hospitality increased 500 jobs year-over-year through February of 2025, up 1.6%.

    The Government sector grew by 600 jobs for 0.7% growth, adding 100 Federal jobs, and 500 State positions in Alaska over the same period. Declining sectors between February 2024 and February 2025 were Manufacturing (primarily seafood processing) shrinking 500 positions (-4.4%), Financial Activities, down 100 jobs (-0.9%), and Retail lost 100 jobs (-0.3%).

    Alaska’s seasonally adjusted personal income was $56.5 billion in the fourth quarter of 2024 according to the Federal Bureau of Economic Analysis (“BEA”). This was an annualized improvement in the fourth quarter of 4.7% for Alaska, compared to the national average of 4.6%. Alaska enjoyed an annual personal income improvement of 6% in 2024 compared to the U.S. increase of 5.4%, ranking Alaska 6th best in the nation. The $650 million increase in personal income in the fourth quarter in Alaska came from a $446 million increase in net earnings from wages, $154 million growth in government transfer receipts, and a $49 million increase in investment income.

    Alaska’s Gross State Product (“GSP”) in 2024, reached $70 billion for the first time according to the BEA. Alaska’s inflation adjusted “real” GSP increased 1.5% in 2024 and 4% annualized in the fourth quarter of 2024, placing Alaska third best of all 50 states for the quarter. The average U.S. GDP growth rate was 2.8% for the year and 2.4% in the fourth quarter of 2024. Alaska’s real GSP improvement in the fourth quarter of 2024 was primarily caused by growth in the Mining, Oil & Gas; Transportation & Warehousing; and to a lesser extent the Health Care sector. Construction played a larger role in the annual state GSP performance.

    Based on data from the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, Alaska exported $5.2 billion in goods to foreign countries in 2023. China is the largest importer of Alaska’s products at $1.2 billion, followed by Japan at $710 million and Korea at $702 million in 2023. Fish and related maritime products accounted for the largest volume at $2.1 billion, followed by minerals and ores $1.5 billion, and primary metals at $780 million in 2023. Chief Credit Officer and Bank Economist Mark Edwards stated, “President Trump’s significant changes to international tariffs has created uncertainty in trade markets. At this time, it is unknown how each country will respond. Alaska’s natural resources are highly valued commodities throughout the world. If issues arise with one country, such as China, it is most likely that Alaska’s products will be redirected to other markets like Japan and South Korea or sold domestically in the United States. Canada is the largest long-term investor in Alaska’s mining industry. This involves significant fixed capital investments made over decades that are unlikely to shift dramatically in the short-run.”

    According to the US Bureau of Labor Statistics, the Consumer Price Index, or CPI, for the U.S. increased 2.8% between February of 2024 and February of 2025. In Alaska, the rate of increase was 2.9% for the same time period. Food and beverage; housing rents and mortgage rates; transportation; and medical care costs are the largest causes for inflation. Declining motor fuel prices, new and used car prices, and household furnishing costs have helped moderate inflationary pressures in Alaska.

    The monthly average price of Alaska North Slope (“ANS”) crude oil was $76.39 in January, $74.03 in February and $73.39 in March of 2025. The Alaska Department of Revenue (“DOR”) calculated ANS crude oil production was 461 thousand barrels per day (“bpd”) in Alaska’s fiscal year ending June 30, 2024. Through nine months of the fiscal year 2025, production has averaged slightly above the State of Alaska forecast of 467 thousand bpd. In the Spring 2025 Revenue Forecast published March 12, 2025, the DOR expects production to continue to grow to 663 thousand bpd by fiscal year 2034. This is primarily a result of new production coming on-line in and around the NPR-A region west of Prudhoe Bay. A partnership between Santos and Repsol is constructing the new Pikka oil field and ConocoPhillips is developing the new Willow oil field. There are also a number of smaller new oil fields in Alaska’s North Slope that are contributing to the State of Alaska’s production growth estimates.

    The Alaska Permanent Fund is seeded annually by the oil wealth the State continues to save each year and has grown significantly over 40 years of successful investment. As of February 28, 2025 the funds value was $81.35 billion. According to the DOR it is scheduled to contribute $3.7 billion to the Alaska General Fund in fiscal year 2025 for general government spending and to pay the annual dividend to Alaskan residents.

    According to the Alaska Multiple Listing Services, the average sales price of a single family home in Anchorage rose 6.2% in 2024 to $510,109, following a 5.2% increase in 2023. This was the seventh consecutive year of price increases.

    The average sales price for single family homes in the Matanuska Susitna Borough rose 3.8% in 2024 to $412,859, after increasing 4% in 2023. This continues a trend of average price increases for more than a decade in the region. These two markets represent where the vast majority of the residential lending activity for Northrim Bank (the”Bank”) occurs.

    The Alaska Multiple Listing Services reported a 3.4% increase in the number of units sold in Anchorage when comparing 2024 to 2023. There was virtually no change in the number of homes sold in the Matanuska Susitna Borough, with only four fewer homes sold in 2024 than in 2023 or -0.2%.

    Northrim Bank sponsors the Alaskanomics blog to provide news, analysis, and commentary on Alaska’s economy. Join the conversation at Alaskanomics.com, or for more information on the Alaska economy, visit: www.northrim.com and click on the “Business Banking” link and then click “Learn.” Information from our website is not incorporated into, and does not form, a part of this earnings release.

    Review of Income Statement

    Consolidated Income Statement

    In the first quarter of 2025, Northrim generated a ROAA of 1.76% and a ROAE of 19.70%, compared to 1.43% and 16.32%, respectively, in the fourth quarter of 2024 and 1.19% and 13.84%, respectively, in the first quarter a year ago.

    Net Interest Income/Net Interest Margin

    Net interest income increased 1% to $31.3 million in the first quarter of 2025 compared to $30.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and increased 18% compared to $26.4 million in the first quarter of 2024. Interest expense on deposits decreased to $9.9 million in the first quarter of 2025 compared to $10.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and increased compared to $9.2 million in the first quarter of 2024.

    NIMTE* was 4.61% in the first quarter of 2025 up from 4.47% in the preceding quarter and 4.22% in the first quarter a year ago. NIMTE* increased 39 basis points in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter of 2024 primarily due to a favorable change in the mix of earning-assets towards higher loan balances as a percentage of total earning-assets, slightly higher yields on those assets, and a decrease in costs on interest-bearing liabilities. The weighted average interest rate for new loans booked in the first quarter of 2025 was 7.30% compared to 7.23% in the fourth quarter of 2024 and 7.84% in the first quarter a year ago. The yield on the investment portfolio in the first quarter of 2025 increased to 2.97% from 2.84% in the fourth quarter of 2024 and 2.82% in the first quarter of 2024. “We are starting to see some benefit from lower deposit costs that benefit our net interest margin and outweigh the impact of the recent Fed rate cuts on our loan portfolio, which we could continue to see for the next couple of quarters,” said Jed Ballard, Chief Financial Officer. Northrim’s NIMTE* continues to remain above the peer average of 3.23% posted by the S&P U.S. Small Cap Bank Index with total market capitalization between $250 million and $1 billion as of December 31, 2024.

    Provision for Credit Losses

    Northrim recorded a benefit to the provision for credit losses of $1.4 million in the first quarter of 2025, which was comprised of a benefit to the provision for credit losses on loans of $1.1 million, a $322,000 benefit to the provision for credit losses on unfunded commitments, and a provision for credit losses on purchased receivables of $46,000. This compares to a provision for credit losses of $1.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, and provision for credit losses of $149,000 in the first quarter a year ago.

    The benefit to the provision for unfunded commitments in the first quarter of 2025 was primarily due to a decrease in estimated loss rates due to changes in mix that was only partially offset by management’s assessment of economic conditions and estimated funding rates. The decrease to the provision for credit losses on loans in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to the prior quarter and the same quarter a year ago was primarily a result of the reclassification of $100 million in mortgage loans to loans held for sale, which provided a benefit to the provision of $2.2 million in the Home Mortgage Lending segment for the first quarter of 2025. This benefit was only partially offset by a $1.5 million provision for credit losses in the Home Mortgage Lending segment due to changes in the Company’s loss rate regression models for home mortgage loans. Additionally, the Company recorded $1.7 million net benefit for credit losses in the Community Banking segment related to changes in the Company’s loss rate regression models for commercial, commercial real estate, and construction loans. These decreases in the provision were only partially offset by increases in estimated loss rates for management’s assessment of economic conditions, an increase for higher loan balances in other loan segments, and specific provisions for credit losses in the Specialty Finance segment. These items reduced the overall benefit by $1.3 million. The provision for credit losses related to the Specialty Finance segment of $666,000 in the first quarter of 2025 consisted of a $621,000 provision for credit losses on loans and a $46,000 provision for credit losses on purchased receivables and represents management’s estimate of collateral shortfalls for four loans.

    Nonperforming loans, net of government guarantees, increased during the quarter to $8.0 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $7.5 million at December 31, 2024, and $5.3 million at March 31, 2024.

    The allowance for credit losses on loans was 262% of nonperforming loans, net of government guarantees, at the end of the first quarter of 2025, compared to 292% three months earlier and 333% a year ago.

    Other Operating Income

    In addition to home mortgage lending, Northrim has interests in other businesses that complement its core community banking activities, including purchased receivables financing and wealth management. Other operating income contributed $14.2 million, or 31% of total first quarter 2025 revenues, as compared to $13.0 million, or 30% of revenues in the fourth quarter of 2024, and $7.8 million, or 23% of revenues in the first quarter of 2024. The increase in other operating income in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to the preceding quarter and the first quarter of 2024 was primarily the result of increased purchased receivable income due to the Company’s acquisition of Sallyport on October 31, 2024. The fair market value of marketable equity securities decreased $50,000 in the first quarter of 2025 compared to a decrease of $364,000 in the prior quarter and an increase of $314,000 in the first quarter of 2024. Additionally, the increase in other operating income in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 was partially offset by a decrease in mortgage banking income due to a lower volume of mortgage activity. See further discussion regarding mortgage activity contained under “Home Mortgage Lending” below.

    Other Operating Expenses

    Operating expenses were $29.3 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $29.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, and $23.6 million in the first quarter of 2024. The decrease in other operating expenses in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 was primarily due to a decrease in salaries and other personnel expense, including $623,000 in lower mortgage commissions expense due to lower mortgage volume and a decrease in profit share expense. Professional fees decreased in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 primarily due to one-time deal costs associated with the acquisition of Sallyport of $1.1 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2024. These decreases were only partially offset by $600,000 in compensation expense for Sallyport acquisition payments and an increase in other operating expense for a decrease in fair value of loans held for sale of $1.2 million as a result of reclassifying the consumer mortgages discussed above. The increase in other operating expenses in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter a year ago was primarily due to an increase in salaries and other personnel expense, the increase in compensation expense for Sallyport acquisition payments, the increase in other operating expense for the decrease in fair value of loans held for sale, as well as an increase in other real estate owned, or OREO, expense due to a gain on sale recorded in the first quarter of 2024 for proceeds received related to a government guarantee on an OREO property in prior years. Total other operating expense increased $2.7 million in the Specialty Finance segment in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter of 2024 from the addition of Sallyport on October 31, 2024.

    Income Tax Provision

    In the first quarter of 2025, Northrim recorded $4.3 million in state and federal income tax expense for an effective tax rate of 24.2%, compared to $2.4 million, or 17.8% in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $2.3 million, or 21.9% in the first quarter a year ago. The increase in the tax rate in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to the fourth and first quarters of 2024 is primarily the result of a decrease in tax credits and tax exempt interest income as a percentage of pre-tax income in 2025 as compared to 2024.

    Community Banking

    Northrim is committed to meeting the needs of the diverse communities in which it operates. As a testament to that support, the Bank has branches in four regions of Alaska identified by the Federal Reserve as ‘distressed or underserved non-metropolitan middle-income geographies’.

    Net interest income in the Community Banking segment totaled $28.2 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $27.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $24.2 million in the first quarter of 2024. Net interest income increased slightly in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 mostly due to lower interest expense on deposits and borrowings and higher interest income on loans. These increases were only partially offset by lower interest income on investments.

    Other operating expenses in the Community Banking segment totaled $18.6 million in the first quarter of 2025, down $535,000 or 3% from $19.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, and up $1.4 million or 8% from $17.2 million in the first quarter a year ago. The decrease in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to the prior quarter was mostly due to decreases in salaries and other personnel expense, marketing expense, and professional and outside services expense. The increase in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to the first quarter a year ago was primarily due to an increase in OREO expense due to a gain on sale recorded in the first quarter of 2024 for proceeds received related to a government guarantee on an OREO property sold in prior years, as well as increases in data processing expense, insurance expense, salaries and other personnel expense, and marketing expense.

    The following table provides highlights of the Community Banking segment of Northrim:

      Three Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 September 30, 2024 June 30, 2024 March 31, 2024
    Net interest income $ 28,151   $ 27,643   $ 25,928   $ 24,318   $ 24,215  
    (Benefit) provision for credit losses   (1,768 )   771     1,492     (184 )   197  
    Other operating income   2,703     2,535     3,507     2,450     2,468  
    Other operating expense   18,581     19,116     18,723     18,068     17,178  
    Income before provision for income taxes   14,041     10,291     9,220     8,884     9,308  
    Provision for income taxes   3,253     1,474     2,133     1,786     1,966  
    Net income $ 10,788   $ 8,817   $ 7,087   $ 7,098   $ 7,342  
    Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted   5,608,102     5,597,889     5,583,055     5,558,580     5,554,930  
    Diluted earnings per share attributable to Community Banking $ 1.93   $ 1.58   $ 1.26   $ 1.27   $ 1.32  
                                   

    Home Mortgage Lending

    During the first quarter of 2025, mortgage loans funded for sale were $108.5 million, compared to $162.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, and $84.3 million in the first quarter of 2024.

    During the first quarter of 2025, the Bank purchased loans of $13.1 million from its subsidiary, Residential Mortgage. of which approximately half were jumbos, one-quarter were mortgages for second homes, and one-quarter were adjustable rate mortgages, with a weighted average interest rate of 6.39%, as compared to $23.4 million and 6.30% in the fourth quarter of 2024, and $17.4 million and 6.65% in the first quarter of 2024. Net interest income contributed $3.0 million to total Home Mortgage Lending revenue in the first quarter of 2025, down from $3.3 million in the prior quarter, and up from $2.2 million in the first quarter a year ago.

    The income statement impact from the reclassification of the consumer mortgages was a decrease in provision for credit losses of $2.2 million and a $1.2 million decrease in the fair value of mortgages.

    The Arizona, Colorado, and Pacific Northwest mortgage expansion markets were responsible for 20% of Residential Mortgage’s $122 million total production in the first quarter of 2025, 19% of $186 million total production in the fourth quarter of 2024, and 19% of $102 million total production in the first quarter of 2024.

    The net change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights decreased mortgage banking income by $855,000 during the first quarter of 2025 compared to an increase of $873,000 for the fourth quarter of 2024 and a decrease of $25,000 for the first quarter of 2024. Mortgage servicing revenue decreased to $2.7 million in the first quarter of 2025 from $2.8 million in the prior quarter and increased from $1.6 million in the first quarter of 2024 due to an increase in production of Alaska Housing Finance Corporation (AHFC) mortgages, which contribute to servicing revenues at origination. In the first quarter of 2025, the Company’s servicing portfolio increased $24.0 million compared to a $294.1 million increase in the fourth quarter of 2024, which included the purchase of the AHFC servicing portfolio of $235.6 million, and an increase of $15.5 million in the first quarter of 2024.

    As of March 31, 2025, Northrim serviced 6,391 loans in its $1.48 billion home-mortgage-servicing portfolio, a 2% increase compared to the $1.46 billion serviced as of the end of the fourth quarter of 2024, and a 40% increase from the $1.06 billion serviced a year ago.

    The following table provides highlights of the Home Mortgage Lending segment of Northrim:

      Three Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 September 30, 2024 June 30, 2024 March 31, 2024
    Mortgage commitments $ 68,258   $ 32,299   $ 77,591   $ 88,006   $ 56,208  
               
    Mortgage loans funded for sale $ 108,499   $ 162,530   $ 209,960   $ 152,339   $ 84,324  
    Mortgage loans funded for investment   13,061     23,380     38,087     29,175     17,403  
    Total mortgage loans funded $ 121,560   $ 185,910   $ 248,047   $ 181,514   $ 101,727  
    Mortgage loan refinances to total fundings   11 %   11 %   6 %   6 %   4 %
    Mortgage loans serviced for others $ 1,484,714   $ 1,460,720   $ 1,166,585   $ 1,101,800   $ 1,060,007  
               
    Net realized gains on mortgage loans sold $ 2,740   $ 3,747   $ 5,079   $ 3,188   $ 1,980  
    Change in fair value of mortgage loan commitments, net   660     (665 )   60     391     386  
    Total production revenue   3,400     3,082     5,139     3,579     2,366  
    Mortgage servicing revenue   2,696     2,847     2,583     2,164     1,561  
    Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights:          
    Due to changes in model inputs of assumptions1   (322 )   1,372     (566 )   239     289  
    Other2   (533 )   (499 )   (402 )   (320 )   (314 )
    Total mortgage servicing revenue, net   1,841     3,720     1,615     2,083     1,536  
    Other mortgage banking revenue   170     238     293     222     129  
    Total mortgage banking income $ 5,411   $ 7,040   $ 7,047   $ 5,884   $ 4,031  
               
    Net interest income $ 3,046   $ 3,280   $ 2,941   $ 2,775   $ 2,232  
    Provision (benefit) for credit losses   (307 )   305     571     64     (48 )
    Mortgage banking income   5,411     7,040     7,047     5,884     4,031  
    Other operating expense   7,650     7,198     7,643     6,697     6,086  
    Income (loss) before provision for income taxes   1,114     2,817     1,774     1,898     225  
    Provision (benefit) for income taxes   310     842     497     532     63  
    Net income (loss) $ 804   $ 1,975   $ 1,277   $ 1,366   $ 162  
               
    Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted   5,608,102     5,597,889     5,583,055     5,558,580     5,554,930  
    Diluted earnings per share attributable to Home Mortgage Lending $ 0.14   $ 0.35   $ 0.23   $ 0.25   $ 0.03  

    1Principally reflects changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, which are primarily affected by changes in interest rates.
    2Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.

    Specialty Finance

    The Company’s Specialty Finance segment includes Northrim Funding Services and Sallyport Commercial Finance. Northrim Funding Services is a division of the Bank and has offered factoring solutions to small businesses since 2004. Sallyport is a leading provider of factoring, asset-based lending and alternative working capital solutions to small and medium sized enterprises in the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom that the Company acquired on October 31, 2024 in an all cash transaction valued at approximately $53.9 million. The composition of revenues for the Specialty Finance segment are primarily purchased receivable income, but also includes interest income and other fee income.

    The acquisition of Sallyport included $1.1 million in one-time deal related costs which are reflected in other operating expenses for the fourth quarter of 2024 in the tables below. Total pre-tax income for Sallyport for the first quarter of 2025 was $1.3 million compared to $945,000 for the two months of operations in the fourth quarter of 2024, excluding transaction costs.

    Average purchased receivables and loan balances at Sallyport were $59.9 million for the first quarter of 2025, and yielded 35.8%. This included the recognition of $899,000 in fee income collected during the quarter related to two nonperforming receivables that was previously deferred and the collection of a $350,000 line termination fee. The yield excluding these items for the first quarter of 2025 was 27.4%.

    The following table provides highlights of the Specialty Finance segment of Northrim:

      Three Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 September 30, 2024 June 30, 2024 March 31, 2024
    Purchased receivable income $ 6,150   $ 3,526   $ 1,033   $ 1,243   $ 1,345  
    Other operating income   (64 )   (68 )            
    Interest income   596     407     158     170     212  
    Total revenue   6,682     3,865     1,191     1,413     1,557  
    Provision for credit losses   666     125              
    Compensation expense – SCF acquisition payments   600                  
    Other operating expense   2,500     3,063     362     429     374  
    Interest expense   496     489     185     210     212  
    Total expense   4,262     3,677     547     639     586  
    Income before provision for income taxes   2,420     188     644     774     971  
    Provision for income taxes   688     53     183     218     276  
    Net income Specialty Finance segment $ 1,732   $ 135   $ 461   $ 556   $ 695  
    Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted   5,608,102     5,597,889     5,583,055     5,558,580     5,554,930  
    Diluted earnings per share attributable to Specialty Finance $ 0.31   $ 0.02   $ 0.08   $ 0.10   $ 0.13  
                                   

    Balance Sheet Review

    Northrim’s total assets were $3.14 billion at March 31, 2025, up 3% from the preceding quarter and up 14% from a year ago. Northrim’s loan-to-deposit ratio was 76% at March 31, 2025, down from 79% at December 31, 2024, and up from 74% at March 31, 2024.

    At March 31, 2025, our liquid assets, investments, and loans maturing within one year were $1.11 billion and our funds available for borrowing under our existing lines of credit were $571.7 million. Given these sources of liquidity and our expectations for customer demands for cash and for our operating cash needs, we believe our sources of liquidity to be sufficient for the foreseeable future.

    Average interest-earning assets were $2.78 billion in the first quarter of 2025, down slightly from $2.79 billion in the fourth quarter of 2024 and up 9% from $2.56 billion in the first quarter a year ago. The average yield on interest-earning assets was 6.10% in the first quarter of 2025, up slightly from 6.02% in the preceding quarter and up from 5.69% in the first quarter a year ago.

    Average investment securities decreased to $523.8 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $565.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $670.9 million in the first quarter a year ago. The average net tax equivalent yield on the securities portfolio was 2.97% for the first quarter of 2025, up from 2.84% in the preceding quarter and up from 2.82% in the year ago quarter. The average estimated duration of the investment portfolio at March 31, 2025, was approximately 2.4 years compared to approximately 2.7 years at March 31, 2024. As of March 31, 2025, $70.0 million of available for sale securities with a weighted average yield of 2.25% are scheduled to mature in the next six months, $80.7 million with a weighted average yield of 1.16% are scheduled to mature in six months to one year, and $168.6 million with a weighted average yield of 1.67% are scheduled to mature in the following year, representing a total of $319.4 million or 11% of earning assets that are scheduled to mature in the next 24 months.

    Total unrealized losses, net of tax, on available for sale securities decreased by $2.8 million in the first quarter of 2025 resulting in total unrealized loss, net of tax, of $5.5 million compared to $8.3 million at December 31, 2024, and $17.2 million a year ago. The average maturity of the available for sale securities with the majority of the unrealized loss is 1.3 years. Total unrealized losses on held to maturity securities were $1.1 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.0 million at December 31, 2024, and $3.4 million a year ago.

    Average interest bearing deposits in other banks decreased to $38.0 million in the first quarter of 2025 from $72.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and decreased from $61.6 million in the first quarter of 2024, as cash was used to fund the loan growth and provide liquidity.

    Loans held for sale increased to $159.6 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $60.0 million at December 31, 2024, and $43.8 million a year ago, largely due to the reclassification of $100 million consumer mortgage loans from portfolio loans in the first quarter of 2025. Management expects to sell these loans with servicing retained which will result in an increase to mortgage servicing rights when the sale closes in the second quarter of 2025.

    Portfolio loans were $2.12 billion at March 31, 2025, consistent with the preceding quarter and up 17% from a year ago. Portfolio loans, excluding consumer mortgage loans, were $1.94 billion at March 31, 2025, up $77.4 million or 4% from the preceding quarter and up 22% from a year ago. This increase in the first quarter of 2025 was diversified throughout the loan portfolio including nonowner-occupied commercial real estate and multi-family loans increasing by $70.8 million, commercial loans increasing by $55.4 million, and commercial real estate owner-occupied loans increasing $10.4 million from the preceding quarter. These increases were partially offset by a $57.9 million decrease in construction loans. Average portfolio loans in the first quarter of 2025 were $2.17 billion, which was up 5% from the preceding quarter and up 21% from a year ago. Yields on average portfolio loans in the first quarter of 2025 decreased to 6.89% from 6.93% in the fourth quarter and increased from 6.75% in the first quarter of 2024. The decrease in the yield on portfolio loans in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 is primarily due to a change in the mix of loans as construction loans decreased and commercial real estate loans increased as a percentage of the overall portfolio. The yield on new portfolio loans, excluding consumer mortgage loans, was 7.43% in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to 7.40% in the fourth quarter of 2024 and 8.39% in the first quarter of 2024.

    Northrim’s loans and credit lines are subject to approval procedures and amount limitations. These limitations apply to the borrower’s total outstanding indebtedness and commitments to us, including the indebtedness of any guarantor. Generally, Northrim is permitted to make loans to one borrower of up to 15% of the unimpaired capital and surplus of the Bank. The legal lending limit was $37.6 million at March 31, 2025. At March 31, 2025, Northrim had 23 relationships totaling $520.2 million in portfolio loans whose total direct and indirect commitments were greater than 50% of the legal lending limit.

    Alaskans continue to account for substantially all of Northrim’s deposit base. Total deposits were $2.78 billion at March 31, 2025, up 4% from $2.68 billion at December 31, 2024, and up 14% from $2.43 billion a year ago. “The increase in deposits in the first quarter of 2025 was not consistent with our customers’ normal business cycles as we normally see decreases in balances during the first quarter, however deposits from new relationships in the quarter were more than able to offset our normal seasonal deposit movement,” said Ballard. At March 31, 2025, 74% of total deposits were held in business accounts and 26% of deposit balances were held in consumer accounts. Northrim had approximately 34,000 deposit customers with an average balance of $61,000 as of March 31, 2025. Northrim had 27 customers with balances over $10 million as of March 31, 2025, which accounted for $694.7 million, or 26%, of total deposits. Demand deposits increased by 5% from the prior quarter and increased 4% from the prior year to $742.6 million at March 31, 2025. Demand deposits remained consistent at 27% of total deposits at both March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 and were down from 29% of total deposits at March 31, 2024. Average interest-bearing deposits were up 2% to $2.00 billion with an average cost of 2.01% in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $1.95 billion and an average cost of 2.15% in the fourth quarter of 2024, and up 16% compared to $1.73 billion and an average cost of 2.13% in the first quarter of 2024. Uninsured deposits totaled $1.04 billion or 37% of total deposits as of March 31, 2025 compared to $1.08 billion or 40% of total deposits as of December 31, 2024.

    Shareholders’ equity was $279.8 million, or $50.67 book value per share, at March 31, 2025, compared to $267.1 million, or $48.41 book value per share, at December 31, 2024 and $239.3 million, or $43.52 book value per share, a year ago. Tangible book value per share* was $41.47 at March 31, 2025, compared to $39.17 at December 31, 2024, and $40.61 per share a year ago. The increase in shareholders’ equity in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 was largely the result of earnings of $13.3 million and an increase in the fair value of the available for sale securities portfolio, which increased $5.5 million, net of tax, which were only partially offset by dividends paid of $3.6 million. The Company did not repurchase any shares of common stock in the first quarter of 2025 and currently has no plans to continue to repurchase shares. Tangible common equity to tangible assets* was 7.41% as of March 31, 2025, compared to 7.23% as of December 31, 2024 and 8.14% as of March 31, 2024. Northrim continues to maintain capital levels in excess of the requirements to be categorized as “well-capitalized” with Tier 1 Capital to Risk Adjusted Assets of 9.76% at March 31, 2025, compared to 9.76% at December 31, 2024, and 11.55% at March 31, 2024.

    Asset Quality

    Northrim believes it has a consistent lending approach throughout economic cycles, which emphasizes appropriate loan-to-value ratios, adequate debt coverage ratios, and competent management.

    Nonperforming assets (“NPAs”) net of government guarantees were $12.3 million at March 31, 2025, up from $11.6 million at December 31, 2024 and $5.4 million a year ago. Of the NPAs at March 31, 2025, $4.5 million are attributable to the Community Banking segment and $7.6 million are attributable to the Specialty Finance segment.

    Net adversely classified loans were $20.4 million at March 31, 2025, as compared to $9.6 million at December 31, 2024, and $7.2 million a year ago. Adversely classified loans are loans that Northrim has classified as substandard, doubtful, and loss, net of government guarantees. The increase in adversely classified loans, net of government guarantees, at March 31, 2025 as compared to the prior quarter and prior year is mostly attributable to two commercial relationships totaling $9.4 million. Net loan recoveries were $34,000 in the first quarter of 2025, compared to net loan recoveries of $51,000 in the fourth quarter of 2024, and net loan recoveries of $42,000 in the first quarter of 2024. Additionally, Northrim had three new loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty totaling $813,000, for a total of 14 totaling $3.8 million, net of government guarantees in the first quarter of 2025.

    Northrim had $140.7 million, or 7% of portfolio loans, in the Healthcare sector, $122.5 million, or 6% of portfolio loans, in the Tourism sector, $110.9 million, or 5% of portfolio loans, in the Accommodations sector, $91.2 million, or 4% of portfolio loans, in the Retail sector, $85.7 million, or 4% of portfolio loans, in the Aviation (non-tourism) sector, $75.5 million, or 4% of portfolio loans, in the Fishing sector, and $60.2 million, or 3% in the Restaurants and Breweries sector as of March 31, 2025.

    Northrim estimates that $106.3 million, or approximately 5% of portfolio loans, had direct exposure to the oil and gas industry in Alaska, as of March 31, 2025, and $1.5 million of these loans are adversely classified. As of March 31, 2025, Northrim has an additional $32.6 million in unfunded commitments to companies with direct exposure to the oil and gas industry in Alaska, and no unfunded commitments on adversely classified loans. Northrim defines direct exposure to the oil and gas sector as loans to borrowers that provide oilfield services and other companies that have been identified as significantly reliant upon activity in Alaska related to the oil and gas industry, such as lodging, equipment rental, transportation and other logistics services specific to this industry.

    About Northrim BanCorp

    Northrim BanCorp, Inc. is the parent company of Northrim Bank, an Alaska-based community bank with 20 branches throughout the state and differentiates itself with its detailed knowledge of Alaska’s economy and its “Customer First Service” philosophy. The Bank has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Sallyport Commercial Finance, LLC, a specialty finance company and Residential Mortgage Holding Company, LLC, a regional home mortgage company. Pacific Wealth Advisors, LLC is an affiliated company.

    www.northrim.com

    Forward-Looking Statement
    This release may contain “forward-looking statements” as that term is defined for purposes of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These statements are, in effect, management’s attempt to predict future events, and thus are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s views only as of the date hereof. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, regarding our financial position, business strategy, management’s plans and objectives for future operations are forward-looking statements. When used in this report, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” and “intend” and words or phrases of similar meaning, as they relate to Northrim and its management are intended to help identify forward-looking statements. Although we believe that management’s expectations as reflected in forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot assure readers that those expectations will prove to be correct. Forward-looking statements, are subject to various risks and uncertainties that may cause our actual results to differ materially and adversely from our expectations as indicated in the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include: descriptions of Northrim’s and Sallyport’s financial condition, results of operations, asset based lending volumes, asset and credit quality trends and profitability and statements about the expected financial benefits and other effects of the acquisition of Sallyport by Northrim Bank; expected cost savings, synergies and other financial benefits from the acquisition of Sallyport by Northrim Bank might not be realized within the expected time frames and costs or difficulties relating to integration matters might be greater than expected; the ability of Northrim and Sallyport to execute their respective business plans; potential further increases in interest rates; the value of securities held in our investment portfolio; the impact of the results of government initiatives, including tariffs, on the regulatory landscape, natural resource extraction industries, and capital markets; the impact of declines in the value of commercial and residential real estate markets, high unemployment rates, inflationary pressures and slowdowns in economic growth; changes in banking regulation or actions by bank regulators; potential further increases in inflation, supply-chain constraints, and potential geopolitical instability, including the wars in Ukraine and the Middle East; financial stress on borrowers (consumers and businesses) as a result of higher rates or an uncertain economic environment; the general condition of, and changes in, the Alaska economy; our ability to maintain or expand our market share or net interest margin; the sufficiency of our allowance for credit losses and the accuracy of the assumptions or estimates used in preparing our financial statements, including those related to current expected credit losses accounting guidance; our ability to maintain asset quality; our ability to implement our marketing and growth strategies; our ability to identify and address cyber-security risks, including security breaches, “denial of service attacks,” “hacking,” and identity theft; disease outbreaks; and our ability to execute our business plan. Further, actual results may be affected by competition on price and other factors with other financial institutions; customer acceptance of new products and services; the regulatory environment in which we operate; and general trends in the local, regional and national banking industry and economy. In addition, there are risks inherent in the banking industry relating to collectability of loans and changes in interest rates. Many of these risks, as well as other risks that may have a material adverse impact on our operations and business, are identified in the “Risk Factors” section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, and from time to time are disclosed in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. However, you should be aware that these factors are not an exhaustive list, and you should not assume these are the only factors that may cause our actual results to differ from our expectations. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this release, and Northrim does not undertake any obligation to release revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or conditions after the date of this release.

    References:

    https://www.bea.gov/

    http://almis.labor.state.ak.us/

    http://www.tax.alaska.gov/programs/oil/prevailing/ans.aspx

    http://www.tax.state.ak.us/

    www.mba.org

    https://www.alaskarealestate.com/MLSMember/RealEstateStatistics.aspx

    https://www.akleg.gov/basis/Bill/Text/34?Hsid=HJR011C

    https://www.uschamber.com/assets/static/maps/international-trade/AK_Chamber_2024.pdf

    https://tax.alaska.gov/programs/programs/reports/RSB.aspx?Year=2025&Type=Spring

    https://www.capitaliq.spglobal.com/web/client?auth=inherit&overridecdc=1&#markets/indexFinancials

    Income Statement      
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Three Months Ended
    (Unaudited) March 31, December 31, March 31,
        2025     2024     2024  
    Interest Income:      
    Interest and fees on loans $ 37,470   $ 37,059   $ 30,450  
    Interest on portfolio investments   3,675     3,844     4,520  
    Interest on deposits in banks   416     883     838  
    Total interest income   41,561     41,786     35,808  
    Interest Expense:      
    Interest expense on deposits   9,935     10,568     9,180  
    Interest expense on borrowings   329     377     181  
    Total interest expense   10,264     10,945     9,361  
    Net interest income   31,297     30,841     26,447  
           
    (Benefit) provision for credit losses   (1,409 )   1,201     149  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   32,706     29,640     26,298  
           
    Other Operating Income:      
    Purchased receivable income   6,150     3,526     1,345  
    Mortgage banking income   5,411     7,040     4,031  
    Bankcard fees   1,074     1,148     917  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   677     622     549  
    Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable equity securities   (50 )   (364 )   314  
    Other income   938     949     688  
    Total other operating income   14,200     13,033     7,844  
           
    Other Operating Expense:      
    Salaries and other personnel expense   17,223     18,254     15,417  
    Data processing expense   3,104     3,108     2,659  
    Occupancy expense   1,889     1,893     1,962  
    Professional and outside services   1,115     1,967     755  
    Insurance expense   1,017     894     779  
    Marketing expense   672     965     513  
    Compensation expense – SCF acquisition payments   600          
    OREO expense, net rental income and gains on sale   3     2     (391 )
    Other operating expense   3,708     2,294     1,944  
    Total other operating expense   29,331     29,377     23,638  
           
    Income before provision for income taxes   17,575     13,296     10,504  
    Provision for income taxes   4,251     2,369     2,305  
    Net income $ 13,324   $ 10,927   $ 8,199  
           
    Basic EPS $ 2.41   $ 1.99   $ 1.49  
    Diluted EPS $ 2.38   $ 1.95   $ 1.48  
    Weighted average shares outstanding, basic   5,519,998     5,509,078     5,499,578  
    Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted   5,608,102     5,597,889     5,554,930  
                       
    Balance Sheet      
    (Dollars in thousands)      
    (Unaudited) March 31, December 31, March 31,
        2025     2024     2024  
           
    Assets:      
    Cash and due from banks $ 29,671   $ 42,101   $ 30,159  
    Interest bearing deposits in other banks   35,852     20,635     50,205  
    Investment securities available for sale, at fair value   463,096     478,617     592,479  
    Investment securities held to maturity   36,750     36,750     36,750  
    Marketable equity securities, at fair value   8,669     8,719     13,467  
    Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock   5,342     5,331     3,236  
    Loans held for sale   159,603     59,957     43,818  
           
    Portfolio loans   2,124,330     2,129,263     1,811,135  
    Allowance for credit losses, loans   (20,922 )   (22,020 )   (17,533 )
    Net portfolio loans   2,103,408     2,107,243     1,793,602  
    Purchased receivables, net   95,489     74,078     37,698  
    Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value   26,814     26,439     20,055  
    Other real estate owned, net            
    Premises and equipment, net   37,070     37,757     40,836  
    Lease right of use asset   7,632     7,455     8,867  
    Goodwill and intangible assets   50,824     50,968     15,967  
    Other assets   80,740     85,819     72,421  
    Total assets $ 3,140,960   $ 3,041,869   $ 2,759,560  
           
    Liabilities:      
    Demand deposits $ 742,560   $ 706,225   $ 714,244  
    Interest-bearing demand   1,187,465     1,108,404     889,581  
    Savings deposits   256,650     250,900     246,902  
    Money market deposits   193,842     196,290     209,785  
    Time deposits   397,460     418,370     373,571  
    Total deposits   2,777,977     2,680,189     2,434,083  
    Other borrowings   13,136     23,045     13,569  
    Junior subordinated debentures   10,310     10,310     10,310  
    Lease liability   7,682     7,487     8,884  
    Other liabilities   52,099     53,722     53,387  
    Total liabilities   2,861,204     2,774,753     2,520,233  
           
    Shareholders’ Equity:      
    Total shareholders’ equity   279,756     267,116     239,327  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 3,140,960   $ 3,041,869   $ 2,759,560  
           

    Additional Financial Information
    (Dollars in thousands)
    (Unaudited)

    Composition of Portfolio Loans                        
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Balance % of total   Balance % of total   Balance % of total   Balance % of total   Balance % of total
    Commercial loans $ 573,593   27 %   $ 518,148   24 %   $ 492,414   24 %   $ 495,781   26 %   $ 475,220   26 %
    Commercial real estate:                            
    Owner occupied properties   430,442   20 %     420,060   20 %     412,827   20 %     383,832   20 %     372,507   20 %
    Nonowner occupied and multifamily properties   690,277   32 %     619,431   29 %     584,302   31 %     551,130   30 %     529,904   30 %
    Residential real estate:                            
    1-4 family properties secured by first liens   188,219   9 %     270,535   13 %     248,514   12 %     222,026   12 %     218,552   12 %
    1-4 family properties secured by junior liens & revolving secured by first liens   53,836   3 %     48,857   2 %     45,262   2 %     41,258   2 %     35,460   2 %
    1-4 family construction   34,017   2 %     39,789   2 %     39,794   2 %     29,510   2 %     27,751   2 %
    Construction loans   156,211   7 %     214,068   10 %     185,362   9 %     154,009   8 %     153,537   8 %
    Consumer loans   7,424   %     7,562   %     7,836   %     6,679   %     6,444   %
    Subtotal   2,134,019         2,138,450         2,016,311         1,884,225         1,819,375    
    Unearned loan fees, net   (9,689 )       (9,187 )       (8,746 )       (8,318 )       (8,240 )  
    Total portfolio loans $ 2,124,330       $ 2,129,263       $ 2,007,565       $ 1,875,907       $ 1,811,135    
                                 
    Composition of Deposits                        
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Balance % of total   Balance % of total   Balance % of total   Balance % of total   Balance % of total
    Demand deposits $ 742,560   27 %   $ 706,225   27 %   $ 763,595   29 %   $ 704,471   29 %   $ 714,244   29 %
    Interest-bearing demand   1,187,465   43 %     1,108,404   41 %     979,238   37 %     906,010   36 %     889,581   37 %
    Savings deposits   256,650   9 %     250,900   9 %     245,043   9 %     238,156   10 %     246,902   10 %
    Money market deposits   193,842   7 %     196,290   7 %     204,821   8 %     195,159   8 %     209,785   9 %
    Time deposits   397,460   14 %     418,370   16 %     435,870   17 %     420,010   17 %     373,571   15 %
    Total deposits $ 2,777,977       $ 2,680,189       $ 2,628,567       $ 2,463,806       $ 2,434,083    
                                                     

    Additional Financial Information
    (Dollars in thousands)
    (Unaudited)

    Asset Quality March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
        2025       2024       2024  
    Nonaccrual loans – Community Banking $ 4,274     $ 4,337     $ 4,472  
    Nonaccrual loans – Home Mortgage Lending   221       233       263  
    Nonaccrual loans – Specialty Finance   3,573       2,946       525  
    Nonaccrual loans – Total   8,068       7,516       5,260  
    Loans 90 days past due and accruing – Community Banking         17        
    Loans 90 days past due and accruing – Total         17        
    Total nonperforming loans – Community Banking   4,274       4,354       4,472  
    Total nonperforming loans – Home Mortgage Lending   221       233       263  
    Total nonperforming loans – Specialty Finance   3,573       2,946       525  
    Total nonperforming loans – Total   8,068       7,533       5,260  
    Nonperforming loans guaranteed by gov’t – Community Banking   80              
    Nonperforming loans guaranteed by gov’t – Total   80              
    Net nonperforming loans – Community Banking   4,194       4,354       4,472  
    Net nonperforming loans – Home Mortgage Lending   221       233       263  
    Net nonperforming loans – Specialty Finance   3,573       2,946       525  
    Net nonperforming loans – Total   7,988       7,533       5,260  
                 
    Repossessed assets – Community Banking   297       297        
    Repossessed assets – Total   297       297        
                 
    Nonperforming purchased receivables – Specialty Finance   4,007       3,768       183  
                 
    Net nonperforming assets – Community Banking   4,491       4,651       4,472  
    Net nonperforming assets – Home Mortgage Lending   221       233       263  
    Net nonperforming assets – Specialty Finance   7,580       6,714       708  
    Net nonperforming assets – Total $ 12,292     $ 11,598     $ 5,443  
                 
    Adversely classified loans, net of gov’t guarantees – Community Banking $ 16,592     $ 6,332     $ 6,374  
    Adversely classified loans, net of gov’t guarantees – Home Mortgage Lending   252       358       307  
    Adversely classified loans, net of gov’t guarantees – Specialty Finance   3,573       2,946       525  
    Adversely classified loans, net of gov’t guarantees – Total $ 20,417     $ 9,636     $ 7,206  
                 
    Special mention loans, net of gov’t guarantees – Community Banking $ 14,496     $ 19,769     $ 9,976  
    Special mention loans, net of gov’t guarantees – Home Mortgage Lending   637              
    Special mention loans, net of gov’t guarantees – Total $ 15,133     $ 19,769     $ 9,976  
                           
    Asset Quality, Continued March 31, December 31, March 31,
        2025     2024     2024  
    Nonperforming loans, net of government guarantees / portfolio loans   0.38 %   0.35 %   0.29 %
    Nonperforming loans, net of government guarantees / portfolio loans, net of government guarantees   0.40 %   0.38 %   0.31 %
    Nonperforming assets, net of government guarantees / total assets   0.39 %   0.38 %   0.20 %
    Nonperforming assets, net of government guarantees / total assets net of government guarantees   0.41 %   0.40 %   0.20 %
                 
    Loans 30-89 days past due and accruing, net of government guarantees / portfolio loans   0.04 %   0.11 %   0.03 %
    Loans 30-89 days past due and accruing, net of government guarantees / portfolio loans, net of government guarantees   0.04 %   0.11 %   0.04 %
                 
    Allowance for credit losses for loans / portfolio loans   0.98 %   1.03 %   0.97 %
    Allowance for credit losses for loans / portfolio loans, net of gov’t guarantees   1.06 %   1.10 %   1.03 %
    Allowance for credit losses for loans / nonperforming loans, net of government guarantees   262 %   292 %   333 %
                 
    Gross loan charge-offs for the quarter – Community Banking $ 50   $ 44   $ 25  
    Gross loan charge-offs for the quarter – Specialty Finance       105      
    Gross loan charge-offs for the quarter – Total   50     149     25  
                 
    Gross loan recoveries for the quarter – Community Banking   (84 )   (200 )   (67 )
    Gross loan recoveries for the quarter – Home Mortgage Lending            
    Gross loan recoveries for the quarter – Specialty Finance            
    Gross loan recoveries for the quarter – Total $ (84 ) $ (200 ) $ (67 )
                 
    Net loan (recoveries) charge-offs for the quarter – Community Banking $ (34 ) $ (156 ) $ (42 )
    Net loan (recoveries) charge-offs for the quarter – Specialty Finance       (105 )    
    Net loan (recoveries) charge-offs for the quarter – Total $ (34 ) $ (51 ) $ (42 )
                 
    Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) for the quarter / average loans, for the quarter   %   %   %
                 
    Allowance for credit losses for purchased receivables / purchased receivables   3.72 %   4.69 %   %
                 
    Net purchased receivable charge-offs (recoveries) for the quarter $   $   $  
                 

    Additional Financial Information
    (Dollars in thousands)
    (Unaudited)

    Average Balances, Yields, and Rates                
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
        Average     Average     Average
      Average Tax Equivalent   Average Tax Equivalent   Average Tax Equivalent
      Balance Yield/Rate   Balance Yield/Rate   Balance Yield/Rate
    Assets                
    Interest bearing deposits in other banks $ 37,969   4.44 %   $ 72,212   4.72 %   $ 61,561   5.38 %
    Portfolio investments   523,753   2.97 %     565,785   2.84 %     670,937   2.82 %
    Loans held for sale   46,223   5.86 %     83,304   5.97 %     32,635   6.13 %
    Portfolio loans   2,173,425   6.89 %     2,066,216   6.93 %     1,793,425   6.75 %
    Total interest-earning assets   2,781,370   6.10 %     2,787,517   6.02 %     2,558,558   5.69 %
    Nonearning assets   293,415         251,364         201,137    
    Total assets $ 3,074,785       $ 3,038,881       $ 2,759,695    
                     
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                
    Interest-bearing deposits $ 2,002,594   2.01 %   $ 1,954,495   2.15 %   $ 1,731,923   2.13 %
    Borrowings   37,081   3.55 %     29,251   3.95 %     23,944   2.95 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   2,039,675   2.04 %     1,983,746   2.18 %     1,755,867   2.14 %
                     
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   697,534         738,911         705,134    
    Other liabilities   63,348         49,815         60,407    
    Shareholders’ equity   274,228         266,409         238,287    
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 3,074,785       $ 3,038,881       $ 2,759,695    
    Net spread   4.06 %     3.84 %     3.55 %
    NIM   4.55 %     4.41 %     4.16 %
    NIMTE*   4.61 %     4.47 %     4.22 %
    Cost of funds   1.52 %     1.59 %     1.53 %
    Average portfolio loans to average interest-earning assets   78.14 %       74.12 %       70.10 %  
    Average portfolio loans to average total deposits   80.49 %       76.71 %       73.59 %  
    Average non-interest deposits to average total deposits   25.83 %       27.43 %       28.93 %  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities   136.36 %       140.52 %       145.71 %  
                                 

    Additional Financial Information
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)

    Capital Data (At quarter end)          
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Book value per share $ 50.67     $ 48.41     $ 43.52  
    Tangible book value per share* $ 41.47     $ 39.17     $ 40.61  
    Total shareholders’ equity/total assets   8.91 %     8.78 %     8.67 %
    Tangible Common Equity/Tangible Assets*   7.41 %     7.23 %     8.14 %
    Tier 1 Capital / Risk Adjusted Assets   9.76 %     9.76 %     11.55 %
    Total Capital / Risk Adjusted Assets   10.62 %     10.94 %     12.47 %
    Tier 1 Capital / Average Assets   8.02 %     7.68 %     9.01 %
    Shares outstanding   5,520,892       5,518,210       5,499,578  
    Total unrealized loss on AFS debt securities, net of income taxes $ (5,452 )   $ (8,295 )   $ (17,205 )
    Total unrealized gain on derivatives and hedging activities, net of income taxes $ 1,097     $ 1,272     $ 1,172  
                           
    Profitability Ratios                            
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024
    For the quarter:                            
    NIM 4.55 %   4.41 %   4.29 %   4.24 %   4.16 %
    NIMTE* 4.61 %   4.47 %   4.35 %   4.30 %   4.22 %
    Efficiency ratio 64.47 %   66.96 %   66.11 %   68.78 %   68.93 %
    Return on average assets 1.76 %   1.43 %   1.22 %   1.31 %   1.19 %
    Return on average equity 19.70 %   16.32 %   13.69 %   14.84 %   13.84 %

    *Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)

    Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited. Although we believe these non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by stakeholders in the evaluation of the Company, they have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of results as reported under GAAP.

    Net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis

    Net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis (“NIMTE”) is a non-GAAP performance measurement in which interest income on non-taxable investments and loans is presented on a tax equivalent basis using a combined federal and state statutory rate of 28.43% in both 2025 and 2024. The most comparable GAAP measure is net interest margin and the following table sets forth the reconciliation of NIMTE to net interest margin for the periods indicated.

      Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Net interest income $ 31,297     $ 30,841     $ 28,842     $ 27,053     $ 26,447  
    Divided by average interest-bearing assets   2,781,370       2,787,517       2,674,291       2,568,266       2,558,558  
    Net interest margin (“NIM”)2   4.55 %     4.41 %     4.29 %     4.24 %     4.16 %
                       
    Net interest income $ 31,297     $ 30,841     $ 28,842     $ 27,053     $ 26,447  
    Plus: reduction in tax expense related to tax-exempt interest income   379       379       385       378       379  
      $ 31,676     $ 31,220     $ 29,227     $ 27,431     $ 26,826  
    Divided by average interest-bearing assets   2,781,370       2,787,517       2,674,291       2,568,266       2,558,558  
    NIMTE2   4.61 %     4.47 %     4.35 %     4.30 %     4.22 %
                                           

    2Calculated using actual days in the quarter divided by 365 for the quarters ended in 2025 and 366 for the quarters ended in 2024, respectively.

    *Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)

    Tangible Book Value Per Share

    Tangible book value per share is a non-GAAP measure defined as shareholders’ equity, less intangible assets, divided by shares outstanding. The most comparable GAAP measure is book value per share and the following table sets forth the reconciliation of tangible book value per share and book value per share for the periods indicated.

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024
                       
    Total shareholders’ equity $ 279,756     $ 267,116     $ 260,050     $ 247,200     $ 239,327  
    Divided by shares outstanding   5,521       5,518       5,502       5,502       5,500  
    Book value per share $ 50.68     $ 48.41     $ 47.26     $ 44.93     $ 43.52  
                                           
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024
                       
    Total shareholders’ equity $ 279,756     $ 267,116     $ 260,050     $ 247,200     $ 239,327  
    Less: goodwill and intangible assets   50,824       50,968       15,967       15,967       15,967  
      $ 228,932     $ 216,148     $ 244,083     $ 231,233     $ 223,360  
    Divided by shares outstanding   5,521       5,518       5,502       5,502       5,500  
    Tangible book value per share $ 41.47     $ 39.17     $ 44.36     $ 42.03     $ 40.61  
                                           

    Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets

    Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP ratio that represents total equity less goodwill and intangible assets divided by total assets less goodwill and intangible assets. The most comparable GAAP measure of shareholders’ equity to total assets is calculated by dividing total shareholders’ equity by total assets and the following table sets forth the reconciliation of tangible common equity to tangible assets and shareholders’ equity to total assets for the periods indicated.

    Northrim BanCorp, Inc. March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024
                       
    Total shareholders’ equity $ 279,756     $ 267,116     $ 260,050     $ 247,200     $ 239,327  
    Total assets   3,140,960       3,041,869       2,963,392       2,821,668       2,759,560  
    Total shareholders’ equity to total assets   8.91 %     8.78 %     8.78 %     8.76 %     8.67 %
    Northrim BanCorp, Inc. March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Total shareholders’ equity $ 279,756     $ 267,116     $ 260,050     $ 247,200     $ 239,327  
    Less: goodwill and other intangible assets, net   50,824       50,968       15,967       15,967       15,967  
    Tangible common shareholders’ equity $ 228,932     $ 216,148     $ 244,083     $ 231,233     $ 223,360  
                       
    Total assets $ 3,140,960     $ 3,041,869     $ 2,963,392     $ 2,821,668     $ 2,759,560  
    Less: goodwill and other intangible assets, net   50,824       50,968       15,967       15,967       15,967  
    Tangible assets $ 3,090,136     $ 2,990,901     $ 2,947,425     $ 2,805,701     $ 2,743,593  
    Tangible common equity ratio   7.41 %     7.23 %     8.28 %     8.24 %     8.14 %
                                           
    Contact:     Mike Huston, President, CEO, and COO
    (907) 261-8750
    Jed Ballard, Chief Financial Officer
    (907) 261-3539
         

    Note Transmitted on GlobeNewswire on April 23, 2025, at 12:15 pm Alaska Standard Time.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Gouverneur Bancorp, Inc. Announces Fiscal 2025 Second Quarter and Six Months Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    GOUVERNEUR, N.Y., April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Gouverneur Bancorp, Inc. (OTCQB: GOVB) (the “Company”), the holding company for Gouverneur Savings and Loan Association (the “Bank”), today announced the Company’s results for the second quarter and six months of fiscal year 2025, ended March 31, 2025.

    The Company reported net income of $118,000, or $0.11 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to net income of $102,000, or $0.10 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The Company also reported net income of $278,000, or $0.27 per basic and diluted share, for the six months ended March 31, 2025, compared to net income of $220,000, or $0.21 per basic and diluted share, for the six months ended March 31, 2024.

    Summary of Financial Results

    Our results of operations depend primarily on our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, consisting primarily of loans and securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, consisting of savings and club accounts, NOW and money market accounts and time certificates. Our results of operations also are affected by our provisions for credit losses, non-interest income and non-interest expense. Non-interest income currently consists primarily of service charges, earnings on bank owned life insurance and loan servicing fees. Non-interest expense currently consists primarily of salaries and employee benefits, directors’ fees, occupancy and data processing expense and professional fees. Our results of operations also may be affected significantly by other factors including, but not limited to, general and local economic and competitive conditions, changes in market interest rates, governmental policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

    Total assets increased by $0.1 million or 0.06%, from $197.3 million at September 30, 2024 to $197.4 million at March 31, 2025. Securities available for sale decreased $2.5 million, or 5.59%, from $45.3 million as of September 30, 2024 to $42.8 million as of March 31, 2025 as the Bank received principal paydowns and maturities along with a decrease in the market value as market rates fluctuate. Net loans increased by $1.1 million or 0.91%, from September 30, 2024 to March 31, 2025. The Bank recorded no credit loss provisions for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. The Bank made a $15,000 provision for credit loss during the first six months of fiscal 2025, a decrease from the $70,000 provision made in the same period of fiscal 2024.

    Deposits increased $1.9 million or 1.20%, to $161.8 million at March 31, 2025 from $159.9 million at September 30, 2024 due to seasonal fluctuations. The Bank currently holds no Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances or brokered deposits.

    Shareholders’ equity was $31.4 million at March 31, 2025, representing a decrease of 4.30% from the September 30, 2024 balance of $32.8 million. The decrease in shareholders’ equity was primarily a result of a $1.0 million decrease to the market value of the securities portfolio included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, and the repurchase of common stock by the Company. The Company declared dividends of $0.08 per share totaling $89,000 during the six months ended March 31, 2025. The Company’s book value was $29.63 per common share based on 1,107,134 shares issued and 1,058,399 shares outstanding at March 31, 2025. The Company’s book value was $29.59 per common share based on 1,107,134 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2024.

    Total interest income decreased $8,000, or 0.37%, from $2.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 to $2.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 due to a decrease in interest on taxable and non-taxable securities, partially offset by an increase in loan income. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, total interest income increased $30,000, or 0.70%, from $4.2 million for the six months ended March 31, 2024 to $4.3 million. Interest income on loans increased $51,000, or 3.13%, from $1.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 to $1.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, interest income on loans increased $142,000, or 4.39%, from the same period in fiscal 2024 due to an increase in market rates resulting in higher interest rates on loan originations and repricing, along with a slight increase in loan volume.

    Total interest expense increased $53,000, or 15.73%, from $337,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 to $390,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, total interest expense increased $130,000, or 19.67%, from $661,000 for the six months ended March 31, 2024 to $791,000. Interest expense on deposits increased $98,000, from $292,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 to $390,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, interest expense on deposits increased $256,000, from $535,000 for the six months ended March 31, 2024 to $791,000. Interest expense on FHLB borrowings decreased $75,000 and $206,000 for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, respectively, compared to the same periods in fiscal 2024 as the Bank currently holds no FHLB advances. The increase in total interest expense for the three- and six-month periods ended March 31, 2025 was due to the increase in interest on deposits, resulting from higher deposit rates from the respective prior year periods, and a decrease in income earned on swap agreements hedged against certain borrowings partially offset by a decrease in borrowing interest expense.

    Net interest margin, which represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets, was 4.06% for the quarters ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, and 4.02% and 4.03% for the six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. While net interest income declined as a result of rising interest expense, net interest margin remained steady due to a slight decrease in average interest-earning assets.

    Non-interest income increased $12,000, from $196,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 to $208,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, non-interest income increased $109,000 to $452,000, from $343,000 for the six months ended March 31, 2024. This includes the unrealized market value loss on swap agreements held with FHLBNY of $9,000 and $181,000 for the six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Other non-interest income increased $42,000 during the six months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the same period last year, primarily due to the recognition of additional income from a tax-related refund.

    Non-interest expense decreased $66,000, from $1.9 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 to $1.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. The decrease included a $41,000 decrease in salaries and employee benefits primarily due to staff retirements. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, non-interest expense decreased $11,000 compared to the same period in fiscal 2024. This included a decrease in salaries and employee benefits of $31,000 and a $43,000 decrease in earnings on the Bank’s deferred fees plan due to fluctuations in market rates. Data processing and occupancy expenses also decreased during the six months ended March 31, 2025. Other non-interest expense increased $156,000 during the six months ended March 31, 2025, primarily due to operational expenses related to the Company’s operations as a public company.

    Financial and Operational Metrics (GAAP) – The following information is preliminary and based on the Company’s data available at the time of presentation.

      03/31/2025   09/30/2024
      (In Thousands)
      (unaudited)    
    Statement of Condition      
    Assets      
    Cash and Cash Equivalents $ 7,873     $ 6,370  
    Securities Available-for-Sale   42,812       45,348  
    Loans Receivable, Net of Allowance for Credit      
    Losses and Deferred Loan Fees   125,385       124,257  
    Premises and Equipment, Net   2,891       2,924  
    Goodwill and Intangible Assets   5,716       5,901  
    Accrued Interest Receivable and Other Assets   12,694       12,460  
    Total Assets $ 197,371     $ 197,260  
           
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity      
    Deposits $ 161,821     $ 159,902  
    Accrued Interest Payable and Other Liabilities   4,193       4,593  
    Total Liabilities   166,014       164,495  
           
    Common Stock (and related surplus)   6,507       6,498  
    Retained Earnings   28,602       28,413  
    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss   (2,653 )     (1,606 )
    Other Equity Capital Components   (1,099 )     (540 )
    Total Shareholders’ Equity   31,357       32,765  
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $ 197,371     $ 197,260  
     
      For the Quarter Ended   For the Six Months Ended
      03/31/2025   03/31/2024   03/31/2025   03/31/2024
      (In Thousands except per share data)
      (unaudited)
    Statement of Earnings              
    Interest Income $ 2,137     $ 2,145     $ 4,303     $ 4,273  
    Interest Expense   390       337       791       661  
    Net Interest Income   1,747       1,808       3,512       3,612  
                   
    Provision for Credit Loss               15       70  
    Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Loss   1,747       1,808       3,497       3,542  
                   
    Non-interest Income   208       196       452       343  
    Non-interest Expenses   1,853       1,919       3,688       3,699  
                   
    Income Before Income Tax Benefit   102       85       261       186  
    Income Tax Benefit   (16 )     (17 )     (17 )     (34 )
    Net Income $ 118     $ 102     $ 278     $ 220  
                   
    Performance Ratios              
    Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share $ 0.11     $ 0.10     $ 0.27     $ 0.21  
    Annualized Return on Average Assets   0.24 %     0.20 %     0.28 %     0.21 %
    Annualized Return on Average Equity   1.52 %     1.29 %     1.74 %     1.48 %
    Net Interest Spread   3.87 %     3.92 %     3.83 %     3.88 %
    Net Interest Margin   4.06 %     4.06 %     4.02 %     4.03 %
     

    About Gouverneur Bancorp, Inc.

    Gouverneur Bancorp, Inc. is the holding company for Gouverneur Savings and Loan Association, which is a New York chartered savings and loan association founded in 1892 that offers deposit and loan services for businesses, families and individuals. At March 31, 2025, Gouverneur Bancorp, Inc. had total assets of $197.4 million, total deposits of $161.8 million and total stockholders’ equity of $31.4 million.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release may contain forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates” or similar expressions. Such forward-looking statements and all other statements that are not historic facts are subject to risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from those currently anticipated due to a number of factors. These factors include, among others, the following: changes in interest rates; national and regional economic conditions; legislative and regulatory changes; monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board; the impacts of tariffs, sanctions and other trade policies of the United States and its global trading counterparts; the size, quality and composition of the loan or investment portfolios; demand for loan products; deposit flows and our ability to effectively manage liquidity; competition; demand for financial services in our market area; changes in real estate market values in our market area; changes in relevant accounting principles and guidelines; our ability to attract and retain key employees; our ability to maintain the security of our data processing and information technology systems; and that the Company may not be successful in the implementation of its business strategy. Additionally, other risks and uncertainties are described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2024 and other reports the Company files with the SEC, which are available through the SEC’s EDGAR website located at www.sec.gov. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Should one or more of these risks materialize, actual results may vary from those anticipated, estimated or projected.

    Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this press release. Except as may be required by applicable law or regulation, the Company and the Bank assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

    For more information, contact Robert W. Barlow, President and Chief Executive Officer at (315) 287-2600.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Univest Financial Corporation Reports First Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SOUDERTON, Pa., April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Univest Financial Corporation (“Univest” or the “Corporation”) (NASDAQ: UVSP), parent company of Univest Bank and Trust Co. (the “Bank”) and its insurance, investments and equipment financing subsidiaries, announced net income for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 of $22.4 million, or $0.77 diluted earnings per share, compared to net income of $20.3 million, or $0.69 diluted earnings per share, for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    Dividend
    On April 23, 2025, Univest declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.22 per share to be paid on May 21, 2025 to shareholders of record as of May 7, 2025, which represents an increase of $0.01 per share, or 4.8%. Univest had last increased its dividend by $0.01 per share in May 2022.

    One-Time Items
    The financial results for the quarter included tax-free bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) death benefits claims of $1.0 million, which represented $0.04 diluted earnings per share.

    Loans
    Gross loans and leases increased $6.5 million, or 0.1% (0.4% annualized), from December 31, 2024. Gross loans and leases increased $254.0 million, or 3.9%, from March 31, 2024, primarily due to increases in commercial, commercial real estate, residential mortgage loans and home equity loans, partially offset by decreases in construction loans and lease financings.

    Deposits, Borrowings and Liquidity
    Total deposits decreased $100.8 million, or 1.5% (6.0% annualized), from December 31, 2024, primarily due to seasonal declines in public funds deposits and decreases in commercial and consumer deposits, partially offset by an increase in brokered deposits. Total deposits increased $253.1 million, or 4.0%, from March 31, 2024, due to increases in consumer, commercial, and public funds deposits, partially offset by a decrease in brokered deposits. Noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $1.4 billion and represented 21.5% of total deposits at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.4 billion representing 20.9% of total deposits at December 31, 2024. Unprotected deposits, which excludes insured, internal, and collateralized deposit accounts, totaled $1.5 billion at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. This represented 21.9% of total deposits at March 31, 2025, compared to 22.0% at December 31, 2024.

    Total borrowings decreased $57.0 million, or 14.8%, from December 31, 2024, primarily due to maturities of long-term FHLB advances totaling $50.0 million. These borrowings were replaced with brokered deposits during the quarter.

    As of March 31, 2025, the Corporation and its subsidiaries reported cash and cash equivalents totaling $169.1 million and had committed borrowing capacity of $3.7 billion, of which $2.3 billion was available. The Corporation and its subsidiaries also maintained uncommitted funding sources from correspondent banks of $468.0 million at March 31, 2025. Future availability under these uncommitted funding sources is subject to the prerogatives of the granting banks and may be withdrawn at will.

    Net Interest Income and Margin
    Net interest income of $56.8 million for the first quarter of 2025 increased $5.3 million, or 10.3%, from the first quarter of 2024 and $1.3 million, or 2.4%, from the fourth quarter of 2024. The increase in net interest income for the first quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter of 2024 was driven by higher average balances of loans and increased yields on interest earning assets, as well as a reduction in our overall cost of funds. The increase in net interest income for the first quarter of 2025 compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 was primarily driven by lower average balances of interest-bearing liabilities and related costs outpacing decreases in income from interest-earning deposits with other banks.

    Net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, was 3.09% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.88% for the first and fourth quarters of 2024. Excess liquidity reduced net interest margin by approximately three basis points for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to approximately 14 basis points for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 and approximately three basis points for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. Excluding the impact of excess liquidity, the net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, would have been 3.12% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to 3.02% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 and 2.91% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    Noninterest Income
    Noninterest income for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 was $22.4 million, a decrease of $3.2 million, or 12.4%, from the comparable period in the prior year.

    Other service fee income decreased $3.7 million, or 57.8%, for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to the comparable period in the prior year, primarily due to a $3.4 million net gain from the sale of mortgage servicing rights associated with $591.1 million of serviced loans in the first quarter of 2024. Additionally, net servicing fees on sold mortgage loans decreased by $177 thousand, primarily attributable to the previously mentioned sale of mortgage servicing rights.

    Other income decreased $780 thousand, or 76.1%, for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to the comparable period in the prior year, primarily due to decreases in other real estate owned income, fees on risk participation agreements for interest rate swaps and gains on sale of Small Business Administration loans.

    Net gain on mortgage banking activities decreased $292 thousand, or 31.1%, for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to the comparable period in the prior year, primarily due to decreased salable volume.

    Insurance commission and fee income decreased $312 thousand, or 4.3%, for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to the comparable period in the prior year, primarily due to a decrease in contingent income of $700 thousand, which was $1.6 million and $2.3 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Contingent income is largely recognized in the first quarter of the year. The decrease was partially offset by an increase of $404 thousand in revenue for commercial lines.

    BOLI income increased $1.1 million, or 132.7%, for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to the comparable period in the prior year, primarily due to the previously discussed death benefits claims.

    Investment advisory commission and fee income increased $419 thousand, or 8.1%, for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to the comparable period in the prior year, primarily due to new customer relationships and appreciation of assets under management and supervision.

    Service charges on deposit accounts increased $323 thousand, or 17.3%, for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to the comparable period in the prior year, primarily due to an increase in treasury management income.

    Noninterest Expense
    Noninterest expense for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 was $49.3 million, a decrease of $746 thousand, or 1.5%, from the comparable period in the prior year.

    Salaries, benefits and commissions decreased $512 thousand, or 1.6%, for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to the comparable period in the prior year, primarily due to an increase in compensation capitalized and a decrease in medical claims expense, partially offset by an increase in incentive compensation due to increased profitability.

    Tax Provision
    The effective income tax rate was 18.7% and 20.5% for the quarters ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, respectively. The discrete tax effect of vested equity compensation awards favorably impacted the first quarter of 2025 by 71 basis points and unfavorably impacted the first quarter of 2024 by 74 basis points. Additionally, the effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was favorably impacted by 76 basis points from the proceeds of BOLI death benefits. Excluding the discrete impact of vested equity compensation awards and BOLI death benefits, the effective tax rate was 20.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to 19.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Asset Quality and Provision for Credit Losses
    Nonperforming assets totaled $34.0 million at March 31, 2025, $33.2 million at December 31, 2024, and $40.0 million at March 31, 2024.

    Net loan and lease charge-offs were $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $767 thousand and $1.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.

    The provision for credit losses was $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $2.4 million and $1.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively. The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases as a percentage of loans and leases held for investment was 1.28% at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, and 1.30% at March 31, 2024.

    Share Repurchases
    During the quarter ended March 31, 2025, the Corporation repurchased 221,760 shares of common stock at an average price of $29.22 per share. Including brokerage fees and excise tax, the average price per share was $29.54. As of March 31, 2025, 1,178,394 shares are available for repurchase under the Share Repurchase Plan.

    Conference Call
    Univest will host a conference call to discuss first quarter 2025 results on Thursday, April 24, 2025 at 9:00 a.m. EST. Participants may preregister at https://www.netroadshow.com/events/login?show=175e015e&confId=80607. The general public can access the call by dialing 1-833-470-1428; using Access Code 021974. A replay of the conference call will be available through May 1, 2025 by dialing 1-866-813-9403; using Access Code 718470.

    About Univest Financial Corporation
    Univest Financial Corporation (UVSP), including its wholly-owned subsidiary Univest Bank and Trust Co., Member FDIC, has approximately $8.0 billion in assets and $5.2 billion in assets under management and supervision through its Wealth Management lines of business at March 31, 2025. Headquartered in Souderton, Pa. and founded in 1876, the Corporation and its subsidiaries provide a full range of financial solutions for individuals, businesses, municipalities and nonprofit organizations primarily in the Mid-Atlantic Region. Univest delivers these services through a network of more than 50 offices and online at www.univest.net.  

    This press release and the reports Univest files with the Securities and Exchange Commission often contain “forward-looking statements” relating to trends or factors affecting the financial services industry and, specifically, the financial condition and results of operations, business, prospects and strategies of Univest. These forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties in that there are a number of important factors that could cause Univest’s future financial condition, results of operations, business, prospects or strategies to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to: (1) competition and demand for financial services in our market area; (2) inflation and/or changes in interest rates, which may adversely impact our margins and yields, reduce the fair value of our financial instruments, reduce our loan originations and/or lead to higher operating costs and higher costs we pay to retain and attract deposits; (3) changes in asset quality, prepayment speeds, loan sale volumes, charge-offs and/or credit loss provisions; (4) fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions; (5) changes in liquidity, including the size and composition of our deposit portfolio and the percentage of uninsured deposits in the portfolio; (6) our ability to access cost-effective funding; (7) changes in economic conditions nationally and in our market, including potential recessionary conditions and the levels of unemployment in our market area; (8) changes in the economic assumptions or methodology used to calculate our allowance for credit losses; (9) legislative, regulatory, accounting or tax changes; (10) monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. government, including the policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (11) the imposition of tariffs or other domestic or international governmental policies; (12) the failure to maintain current technologies and to successfully implement future information technology enhancements; (13) technological issues that may adversely affect our operations or those of our customers; (14) a failure or breach in our operational or security systems or infrastructure, including cyberattacks; (15) changes in the securities markets; (16) the current or anticipated impact of military conflict, terrorism or other geopolitical events; (17) our ability to enter into new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities and/or (18) risk factors mentioned in the reports and registration statements Univest files with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     

    (UVSP – ER)

     
    Univest Financial Corporation
    Consolidated Selected Financial Data (Unaudited)
    March 31, 2025
    (Dollars in thousands)                  
                       
    Balance Sheet (Period End) 03/31/25   12/31/24   09/30/24   06/30/24   03/31/24
    ASSETS                  
    Cash and due from banks $ 73,319     $ 75,998     $ 78,346     $ 66,808     $ 49,318  
    Interest-earning deposits with other banks   95,815       252,846       426,354       124,103       152,288  
    Cash and cash equivalents   169,134       328,844       504,700       190,911       201,606  
    Investment securities held-to-maturity   130,889       134,111       137,681       140,112       143,474  
    Investment securities available for sale, net of allowance for credit losses   364,503       357,361       354,100       342,776       350,819  
    Investments in equity securities   1,667       2,506       2,406       2,995       3,355  
    Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal Reserve Bank and other stock, at cost   35,732       38,980       40,235       37,438       37,394  
    Loans held for sale   13,150       16,653       17,131       28,176       13,188  
    Loans and leases held for investment   6,833,037       6,826,583       6,730,734       6,684,837       6,579,086  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses, loans and leases   (87,790 )     (87,091 )     (86,041 )     (85,745 )     (85,632 )
    Net loans and leases held for investment   6,745,247       6,739,492       6,644,693       6,599,092       6,493,454  
    Premises and equipment, net   47,175       46,671       47,411       48,174       48,739  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   27,182       28,531       29,260       29,985       30,702  
    Goodwill   175,510       175,510       175,510       175,510       175,510  
    Other intangibles, net of accumulated amortization   8,061       8,309       7,158       7,701       7,473  
    Bank owned life insurance   139,482       139,351       138,744       137,823       137,896  
    Accrued interest and other assets   117,435       112,098       106,708       114,753       102,958  
    Total assets $ 7,975,167     $ 8,128,417     $ 8,205,737     $ 7,855,446     $ 7,746,568  
                       
    LIABILITIES                  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits $ 1,433,995     $ 1,414,635     $ 1,323,953     $ 1,397,308     $ 1,401,806  
    Interest-bearing deposits:   5,224,503       5,344,624       5,530,195       5,098,014       5,003,552  
    Total deposits   6,658,498       6,759,259       6,854,148       6,495,322       6,405,358  
    Short-term borrowings   4,031       11,181       8,256       11,781       4,816  
    Long-term debt   175,000       225,000       225,000       250,000       250,000  
    Subordinated notes   149,386       149,261       149,136       149,011       148,886  
    Operating lease liabilities   30,062       31,485       32,246       33,015       33,744  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   54,718       64,930       59,880       62,180       60,095  
    Total liabilities   7,071,695       7,241,116       7,328,666       7,001,309       6,902,899  
                       
    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                  
    Common stock, $5 par value: 48,000,000 shares authorized and 31,556,799 shares issued   157,784       157,784       157,784       157,784       157,784  
    Additional paid-in capital   300,634       302,829       301,262       300,166       298,914  
    Retained earnings   541,776       525,780       512,938       500,482       488,790  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit   (37,922 )     (43,992 )     (41,623 )     (54,124 )     (54,740 )
    Treasury stock, at cost   (58,800 )     (55,100 )     (53,290 )     (50,171 )     (47,079 )
    Total shareholders’ equity   903,472       887,301       877,071       854,137       843,669  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 7,975,167     $ 8,128,417     $ 8,205,737     $ 7,855,446     $ 7,746,568  
                       
                       
      For the three months ended,
    Balance Sheet (Average) 03/31/25   12/31/24   06/30/24   03/31/24   12/31/23
    Assets $ 7,981,043     $ 8,163,347     $ 8,005,265     $ 7,721,540     $ 7,696,575  
    Investment securities, net of allowance for credit losses   500,078       500,748       493,334       493,140       500,983  
    Loans and leases, gross   6,856,503       6,758,649       6,730,791       6,640,536       6,577,365  
    Deposits   6,617,653       6,804,483       6,641,324       6,353,752       6,303,854  
    Shareholders’ equity   896,811       880,237       864,406       844,572       842,546  
                                           
    Univest Financial Corporation
    Consolidated Summary of Loans by Type and Asset Quality Data (Unaudited)
    March 31, 2025
    (Dollars in thousands)                  
                       
    Summary of Major Loan and Lease Categories (Period End) 03/31/25   12/31/24   09/30/24   06/30/24   03/31/24
    Commercial, financial and agricultural $ 1,034,361     $ 1,037,835     $ 1,044,043     $ 1,055,332     $ 1,014,568  
    Real estate-commercial   3,546,402       3,530,451       3,442,083       3,373,889       3,283,729  
    Real estate-construction   281,785       274,483       285,616       313,229       379,995  
    Real estate-residential secured for business purpose   536,082       536,095       530,674       532,628       524,196  
    Real estate-residential secured for personal purpose   992,767       994,972       969,562       952,665       922,412  
    Real estate-home equity secured for personal purpose   189,119       186,836       182,901       179,150       177,446  
    Loans to individuals   16,930       21,250       26,794       26,430       27,200  
    Lease financings   235,591       244,661       249,061       251,514       249,540  
    Total loans and leases held for investment, net of deferred income   6,833,037       6,826,583       6,730,734       6,684,837       6,579,086  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses, loans and leases   (87,790 )     (87,091 )     (86,041 )     (85,745 )     (85,632 )
    Net loans and leases held for investment $ 6,745,247     $ 6,739,492     $ 6,644,693     $ 6,599,092     $ 6,493,454  
                       
                       
    Asset Quality Data (Period End) 03/31/25   12/31/24   09/30/24   06/30/24   03/31/24
    Nonaccrual loans and leases, including nonaccrual loans held for sale $ 11,126     $ 12,667     $ 15,319     $ 16,200     $ 20,363  
    Accruing loans and leases 90 days or more past due   322       321       310       205       268  
    Total nonperforming loans and leases   11,448       12,988       15,629       16,405       20,631  
    Other real estate owned   22,433       20,141       20,915       20,007       19,220  
    Repossessed assets   79       76       79       149       167  
    Total nonperforming assets $ 33,960     $ 33,205     $ 36,623     $ 36,561     $ 40,018  
    Nonaccrual loans and leases / Loans and leases held for investment   0.16 %     0.19 %     0.23 %     0.24 %     0.31 %
    Nonperforming loans and leases / Loans and leases held for investment   0.17 %     0.19 %     0.23 %     0.25 %     0.31 %
    Nonperforming assets / Total assets   0.43 %     0.41 %     0.45 %     0.47 %     0.52 %
                       
    Allowance for credit losses, loans and leases $ 87,790     $ 87,091     $ 86,041     $ 85,745     $ 85,632  
    Allowance for credit losses, loans and leases / Loans and leases held for investment   1.28 %     1.28 %     1.28 %     1.28 %     1.30 %
    Allowance for credit losses, loans and leases / Nonaccrual loans and leases   789.05 %     687.54 %     561.66 %     529.29 %     420.53 %
    Allowance for credit losses, loans and leases / Nonperforming loans and leases   766.86 %     670.55 %     550.52 %     522.68 %     415.06 %
                       
                       
      For the three months ended,
      03/31/25   12/31/24   09/30/24   06/30/24   03/31/24
    Net loan and lease charge-offs $ 1,686     $ 767     $ 820     $ 809     $ 1,406  
    Net loan and lease charge-offs (annualized)/Average loans and leases   0.10 %     0.05 %     0.05 %     0.05 %     0.09 %
                       
    Univest Financial Corporation
    Consolidated Selected Financial Data (Unaudited)
    March 31, 2025
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)                  
      For the three months ended,
    For the period: 03/31/25   12/31/24   09/30/24   06/30/24   03/31/24
    Interest income $ 103,416   $ 107,476   $ 106,438   $ 99,832   $ 98,609
    Interest expense   46,635     52,004     53,234     48,805     47,142
    Net interest income   56,781     55,472     53,204     51,027     51,467
    Provision for credit losses   2,311     2,380     1,414     707     1,432
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   54,470     53,092     51,790     50,320     50,035
    Noninterest income:                  
    Trust fee income   2,161     2,265     2,110     2,008     2,108
    Service charges on deposit accounts   2,194     2,192     2,037     1,982     1,871
    Investment advisory commission and fee income   5,613     5,457     5,319     5,238     5,194
    Insurance commission and fee income   6,889     4,743     5,238     5,167     7,201
    Other service fee income   2,707     3,473     1,815     3,044     6,415
    Bank owned life insurance income   1,959     1,012     921     1,086     842
    Net gain on sales of investment securities           18        
    Net gain on mortgage banking activities   647     1,320     1,296     1,710     939
    Other income   245     868     1,396     745     1,025
    Total noninterest income   22,415     21,330     20,150     20,980     25,595
    Noninterest expense:                  
    Salaries, benefits and commissions   30,826     31,518     30,702     30,187     31,338
    Net occupancy   2,853     2,751     2,723     2,679     2,872
    Equipment   1,122     1,147     1,107     1,088     1,111
    Data processing   4,364     4,146     4,154     4,161     4,495
    Professional fees   1,797     1,669     1,579     1,466     1,688
    Marketing and advertising   353     552     490     715     416
    Deposit insurance premiums   1,151     1,102     1,097     1,098     1,135
    Intangible expenses   130     155     164     188     187
    Other expense   6,732     7,618     6,536     7,126     6,832
    Total noninterest expense   49,328     50,658     48,552     48,708     50,074
    Income before taxes   27,557     23,764     23,388     22,592     25,556
    Income tax expense   5,162     4,823     4,810     4,485     5,251
    Net income $ 22,395   $ 18,941   $ 18,578   $ 18,107   $ 20,305
    Net income per share:                  
    Basic $ 0.77   $ 0.65   $ 0.64   $ 0.62   $ 0.69
    Diluted $ 0.77   $ 0.65   $ 0.63   $ 0.62   $ 0.69
    Dividends declared per share $ 0.21   $ 0.21   $ 0.21   $ 0.21   $ 0.21
    Weighted average shares outstanding   29,000,567     29,070,039     29,132,948     29,246,977     29,413,999
    Period end shares outstanding   28,962,648     29,045,877     29,081,108     29,190,640     29,337,919
                       
    Univest Financial Corporation
    Consolidated Selected Financial Data (Unaudited)
    March 31, 2025
                       
                       
                       
      For the three months ended,
    Profitability Ratios (annualized) 03/31/25   12/31/24   09/30/24   06/30/24   03/31/24
                       
    Return on average assets   1.14 %     0.92 %     0.92 %     0.94 %     1.06 %
    Return on average shareholders’ equity   10.13 %     8.56 %     8.55 %     8.62 %     9.69 %
    Return on average tangible common equity (1)(3)   12.69 %     10.79 %     10.84 %     11.01 %     12.38 %
    Net interest margin (FTE)   3.09 %     2.88 %     2.82 %     2.84 %     2.88 %
    Efficiency ratio (2)   61.6 %     65.5 %     65.7 %     67.1 %     64.6 %
                       
    Capitalization Ratios                  
                       
    Dividends declared to net income   27.2 %     32.2 %     33.0 %     33.9 %     30.5 %
    Shareholders’ equity to assets (Period End)   11.33 %     10.92 %     10.69 %     10.87 %     10.89 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (1)   9.31 %     8.92 %     8.71 %     8.81 %     8.80 %
    Common equity book value per share $ 31.19     $ 30.55     $ 30.16     $ 29.26     $ 28.76  
    Tangible common equity book value per share (1) $ 25.06     $ 24.43     $ 24.05     $ 23.17     $ 22.70  
                       
    Regulatory Capital Ratios (Period End)                  
    Tier 1 leverage ratio   9.80 %     9.51 %     9.53 %     9.74 %     9.65 %
    Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   10.97 %     10.85 %     10.88 %     10.72 %     10.71 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   10.97 %     10.85 %     10.88 %     10.72 %     10.71 %
    Total risk-based capital ratio   14.35 %     14.19 %     14.27 %     14.09 %     14.11 %
                       
    (1) Non-GAAP metric. A reconciliation of this and other non-GAAP to GAAP performance measures is included below.        
    (2) Noninterest expense to net interest income before loan loss provision plus noninterest income adjusted for tax equivalent income.    
    (3) Net income before amortization of intangibles to average tangible common equity.                
                       
    Univest Financial Corporation  
    Average Balances and Interest Rates (Unaudited)  
        For the Three Months Ended,      
    Tax Equivalent Basis March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024  
      Average Income/ Average   Average Income/ Average  
    (Dollars in thousands) Balance Expense Rate   Balance Expense Rate  
    Assets:                
    Interest-earning deposits with other banks $ 119,997   $ 1,360 4.60 % $ 402,753   $ 4,852 4.79 %
    Obligations of state and political subdivisions*   879     4 1.85     1,290     7 2.16  
    Other debt and equity securities   499,199     4,019 3.27     499,458     3,815 3.04  
    Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal Reserve Bank and other stock   37,561     687 7.42     39,407     746 7.53  
    Total interest-earning deposits, investments and other interest-earning assets   657,636     6,070 3.74     942,908     9,420 3.97  
                     
    Commercial, financial, and agricultural loans   990,860     17,020 6.97     972,840     17,492 7.15  
    Real estate—commercial and construction loans   3,704,232     52,676 5.77     3,631,142     53,163 5.82  
    Real estate—residential loans   1,729,146     21,542 5.05     1,708,795     21,249 4.95  
    Loans to individuals   19,438     393 8.20     25,803     522 8.05  
    Tax-exempt loans and leases   230,133     2,861 5.04     233,036     2,652 4.53  
    Lease financings   182,694     3,240 7.19     187,033     3,296 7.01  
    Gross loans and leases   6,856,503     97,732 5.78     6,758,649     98,374 5.79  
    Total interest-earning assets   7,514,139     103,802 5.60     7,701,557     107,794 5.57  
    Cash and due from banks   56,690           56,989        
    Allowance for credit losses, loans and leases   (87,822 )         (86,812 )      
    Premises and equipment, net   46,852           47,155        
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   27,761           28,891        
    Other assets   423,423           415,567        
    Total assets $ 7,981,043         $ 8,163,347        
                     
    Liabilities:                
    Interest-bearing checking deposits $ 1,222,012   $ 7,075 2.35 % $ 1,275,348   $ 8,504 2.65 %
    Money market savings   1,840,194     18,035 3.97     1,954,246     20,653 4.20  
    Regular savings   702,543     763 0.44     705,222     817 0.46  
    Time deposits   1,476,495     16,106 4.42     1,499,998     17,247 4.57  
    Total time and interest-bearing deposits   5,241,244     41,979 3.25     5,434,814     47,221 3.46  
                     
    Short-term borrowings   6,909     14 0.82     7,102     1 0.06  
    Long-term debt   217,500     2,361 4.40     225,000     2,501 4.42  
    Subordinated notes   149,319     2,281 6.20     149,194     2,281 6.08  
    Total borrowings   373,728     4,656 5.05     381,296     4,783 4.99  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   5,614,972     46,635 3.37     5,816,110     52,004 3.56  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   1,376,409           1,369,669        
    Operating lease liabilities   30,675           31,864        
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   62,176           65,467        
    Total liabilities   7,084,232           7,283,110        
    Total interest-bearing liabilities and noninterest-bearing deposits (“Cost of Funds”)   6,991,381     2.71     7,185,779     2.88  
                     
    Shareholders’ Equity:                
    Common stock   157,784           157,784        
    Additional paid-in capital   302,653           301,895        
    Retained earnings and other equity   436,374           420,558        
    Total shareholders’ equity   896,811           880,237        
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 7,981,043         $ 8,163,347        
    Net interest income   $ 57,167       $ 55,790    
                     
    Net interest spread     2.23       2.01  
    Effect of net interest-free funding sources     0.86       0.87  
    Net interest margin     3.09 %     2.88 %
    Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities   133.82 %         132.42 %      
                     
    * Obligations of states and political subdivisions are tax-exempt earning assets.          
    Notes: For rate calculation purposes, average loan and lease categories include deferred fees and costs and purchase accounting adjustments.
    Net interest income includes net deferred costs amortization of $554 thousand and $676 thousand for the three months ended March 31,
    2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.              
    Nonaccrual loans and leases have been included in the average loan and lease balances. Loans held for sale have been included  
    in the average loan balances. Tax-equivalent amounts for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 have  
    been calculated using the Corporation’s federal applicable rate of 21.0%.          
                     
    Univest Financial Corporation  
    Average Balances and Interest Rates (Unaudited)  
       For the Three Months Ended March 31,    
    Tax Equivalent Basis 2025   2024  
      Average Income/ Average   Average Income/ Average  
    (Dollars in thousands) Balance Expense Rate   Balance Expense Rate  
    Assets:                
    Interest-earning deposits with other banks $ 119,997   $ 1,360 4.60 % $ 120,845   $ 1,609 5.36 %
    Obligations of state and political subdivisions*   879     4 1.85     1,951     12 2.47  
    Other debt and equity securities   499,199     4,019 3.27     499,032     3,647 2.94  
    Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal Reserve Bank and other stock   37,561     687 7.42     39,115     724 7.44  
    Total interest-earning deposits, investments and other interest-earning assets   657,636     6,070 3.74     660,943     5,992 3.65  
                     
    Commercial, financial, and agricultural loans   990,860     17,020 6.97     934,649     16,523 7.11  
    Real estate—commercial and construction loans   3,704,232     52,676 5.77     3,575,142     50,641 5.70  
    Real estate—residential loans   1,729,146     21,542 5.05     1,618,188     19,555 4.86  
    Loans to individuals   19,438     393 8.20     27,315     548 8.07  
    Tax-exempt loans and leases   230,133     2,861 5.04     232,380     2,464 4.26  
    Lease financings   182,694     3,240 7.19     189,691     3,169 6.72  
    Gross loans and leases   6,856,503     97,732 5.78     6,577,365     92,900 5.68  
    Total interest-earning assets   7,514,139     103,802 5.60     7,238,308     98,892 5.49  
    Cash and due from banks   56,690           54,870        
    Allowance for credit losses, loans and leases   (87,822 )         (86,495 )      
    Premises and equipment, net   46,852           50,592        
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   27,761           31,121        
    Other assets   423,423           408,179        
    Total assets $ 7,981,043         $ 7,696,575        
                     
    Liabilities:                
    Interest-bearing checking deposits $ 1,222,012   $ 7,075 2.35 % $ 1,180,696   $ 8,218 2.80 %
    Money market savings   1,840,194     18,035 3.97     1,705,291     19,220 4.53  
    Regular savings   702,543     763 0.44     769,926     905 0.47  
    Time deposits   1,476,495     16,106 4.42     1,238,878     13,630 4.42  
    Total time and interest-bearing deposits   5,241,244     41,979 3.25     4,894,791     41,973 3.45  
                     
    Short-term borrowings   6,909     14 0.82     10,127     5 0.20  
    Long-term debt   217,500     2,361 4.40     292,486     2,883 3.96  
    Subordinated notes   149,319     2,281 6.20     148,818     2,281 6.16  
    Total borrowings   373,728     4,656 5.05     451,431     5,169 4.61  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   5,614,972     46,635 3.37     5,346,222     47,142 3.55  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   1,376,409           1,409,063        
    Operating lease liabilities   30,675           34,166        
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   62,176           64,578        
    Total liabilities   7,084,232           6,854,029        
    Total interest-bearing liabilities and noninterest-bearing deposits (“Cost of Funds”)   6,991,381     2.71     6,755,285     2.81  
                     
    Shareholders’ Equity:                
    Common stock   157,784           157,784        
    Additional paid-in capital   302,653           300,679        
    Retained earnings and other equity   436,374           384,083        
    Total shareholders’ equity   896,811           842,546        
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 7,981,043         $ 7,696,575        
    Net interest income   $ 57,167       $ 51,750    
                     
    Net interest spread     2.23       1.94  
    Effect of net interest-free funding sources     0.86       0.94  
    Net interest margin     3.09 %     2.88 %
    Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities   133.82 %         135.39 %      
                     
    * Obligations of states and political subdivisions are tax-exempt earning assets.          
    Notes: For rate calculation purposes, average loan and lease categories include deferred fees and costs and purchase accounting adjustments.
    Net interest income includes net deferred costs amortization of $554 thousand and $453 thousand for the three months ended
    March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
    Nonaccrual loans and leases have been included in the average loan and lease balances. Loans held for sale have been included
    in the average loan balances. Tax-equivalent amounts for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 have been
    calculated using the Corporation’s federal applicable rate of 21.0%.
                     
    Univest Financial Corporation
    Loan Portfolio Overview (Unaudited)
    March 31, 2025
             
    (Dollars in thousands)        
    Industry Description Total Outstanding Balance   % of Commercial Loan Portfolio  
    CRE – Retail $ 469,397   8.7 %
    Animal Production   394,279   7.3  
    CRE – Multi-family   360,743   6.7  
    CRE – Office   299,751   5.6  
    CRE – 1-4 Family Residential Investment   278,386   5.2  
    CRE – Industrial / Warehouse   253,136   4.7  
    Hotels & Motels (Accommodation)   207,710   3.8  
    Specialty Trade Contractors   189,427   3.5  
    Nursing and Residential Care Facilities   177,053   3.3  
    Motor Vehicle and Parts Dealers   146,911   2.7  
    Merchant Wholesalers, Durable Goods   146,037   2.7  
    Homebuilding (tract developers, remodelers)   140,612   2.6  
    Repair and Maintenance   134,183   2.5  
    Crop Production   110,882   2.1  
    CRE – Mixed-Use – Residential   109,872   2.0  
    Wood Product Manufacturing   101,606   1.9  
    Professional, Scientific, and Technical Services   95,730   1.8  
    Food Services and Drinking Places   86,916   1.6  
    Administrative and Support Services   83,145   1.5  
    Merchant Wholesalers, Nondurable Goods   83,088   1.5  
    Fabricated Metal Product Manufacturing   78,181   1.4  
    Real Estate Lenders, Secondary Market Financing   75,461   1.4  
    Religious Organizations, Advocacy Groups   65,857   1.2  
    CRE – Mixed-Use – Commercial   64,683   1.2  
    Miniwarehouse / Self-Storage   64,553   1.2  
    Personal and Laundry Services   64,508   1.2  
    Education   62,362   1.2  
    Amusement, Gambling, and Recreation Industries   61,437   1.1  
    Food Manufacturing   56,400   1.0  
    Industries with >$50 million in outstandings $ 4,462,306   82.7 %
    Industries with <$50 million in outstandings $ 936,324   17.3 %
    Total Commercial Loans $ 5,398,630   100.0 %
             
             
    Consumer Loans and Lease Financings Total Outstanding Balance      
    Real Estate-Residential Secured for Personal Purpose   992,767      
    Real Estate-Home Equity Secured for Personal Purpose   189,119      
    Loans to Individuals   16,930      
    Lease Financings   235,591      
    Total – Consumer Loans and Lease Financings $ 1,434,407      
    Total $ 6,833,037      
             
    Univest Financial Corporation
    Non-GAAP Reconciliation
    March 31, 2025
                             
     
     
    Non-GAAP to GAAP Reconciliation
    Management uses non-GAAP measures in its analysis of the Corporation’s performance. These measures should not be considered a substitute for GAAP basis measures nor should they be viewed as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP. Management believes the presentation of the non-GAAP financial measures, which exclude the impact of the specified items, provides useful supplemental information that is essential to a proper understanding of the financial results of the Corporation. See the table below for additional information on non-GAAP measures used throughout this earnings release.
                             
            As of or for the three months ended,
    (Dollars in thousands) 03/31/25   12/31/24   09/30/24   06/30/24   03/31/24
    Net income $ 22,395     $ 18,941     $ 18,578     $ 18,107     $ 20,305  
    Amortization of intangibles, net of tax   103       122       130       149       148  
    Net income before amortization of intangibles $ 22,498     $ 19,063     $ 18,708     $ 18,256     $ 20,453  
                             
    Shareholders’ equity $ 903,472     $ 887,301     $ 877,071     $ 854,137     $ 843,669  
    Goodwill   (175,510 )     (175,510 )     (175,510 )     (175,510 )     (175,510 )
    Other intangibles (a)     (2,104 )     (2,263 )     (2,147 )     (2,157 )     (2,273 )
    Tangible common equity $ 725,858     $ 709,528     $ 699,414     $ 676,470     $ 665,886  
                             
    Total assets $ 7,975,167     $ 8,128,417     $ 8,205,737     $ 7,855,446     $ 7,746,568  
    Goodwill   (175,510 )     (175,510 )     (175,510 )     (175,510 )     (175,510 )
    Other intangibles (a)     (2,104 )     (2,263 )     (2,147 )     (2,157 )     (2,273 )
    Tangible assets $ 7,797,553     $ 7,950,644     $ 8,028,080     $ 7,677,779     $ 7,568,785  
                             
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 896,811     $ 880,237     $ 864,406     $ 844,572     $ 842,546  
    Average goodwill   (175,510 )     (175,510 )     (175,510 )     (175,510 )     (175,510 )
    Average other intangibles (a)     (2,162 )     (2,146 )     (2,086 )     (2,222 )     (2,318 )
    Average tangible common equity $ 719,139     $ 702,581     $ 686,810     $ 666,840     $ 664,718  
                             
    (a) Amount does not include mortgage servicing rights                  
                             

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Eagle Bancorp, Inc. Announces First Quarter 2025 Results and Cash Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    BETHESDA, Md., April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Eagle Bancorp, Inc. (“Eagle”, the “Company”) (NASDAQ: EGBN), the Bethesda-based holding company for EagleBank, one of the largest community banks in the Washington D.C. area, reported its unaudited results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Eagle reported net income of $1.7 million or $0.06 per diluted share for the first quarter 2025, compared to net income of $15.3 million or $0.50 per diluted share during the fourth quarter. Pre-provision net revenue (“PPNR”)1 in the first quarter was $28.4 million compared to $30.3 million for the prior quarter.

    The $13.6 million decrease in net income from the prior quarter is primarily due to a $14.1 million increase in provision expense, a $5.1 million decline in net interest income, and a $0.9 million increase in noninterest expenses. These factors were partially offset by a $4.1 million increase in noninterest income.

    Additionally, the Company is announcing today a cash dividend in the amount of $0.165 per share. The cash dividend will be payable on May 16, 2025 to shareholders of record on May 5, 2025.

    “In the first quarter, we began to see tangible results from our strategic focus,” said Susan G. Riel, Chair, President, and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. “We achieved solid period-end growth in our C&I portfolio, which increased by $109 million, or 4.3%, and total deposits grew by $146.2 million, or 1.6%. Both increases reflect the continued emphasis we’ve placed on these core areas of our business. We are encouraged by this early progress, and we remain focused on executing our strategy and positioning the Company to return to sustained profitability as we navigate this environment.”

    Eric R. Newell, Chief Financial Officer of the Company said, “We grew deposits across both digital and branch channels in the first quarter, though a continued shift from noninterest bearing to interest bearing accounts pressured net interest margin. Valuation risk in our office portfolio remains a concern and was the primary driver of the provision for credit losses. The credit loss reserve coverage rose to 1.63% of total loans, up 19 basis points from last quarter. Our capital position remains strong, with common equity tier one capital at 14.6% and our tangible common equity1 ratio exceeding 10%. We will continue to evaluate capital allocation decisions, in alignment with long-term franchise value and our objective of capital accretion.”

    Ms. Riel added, “I want to thank all our employees for their continued dedication and for helping to cultivate a culture grounded in respect, collaboration, and service — both within our organization and across the communities we serve.”

    First Quarter 2025 Key Elements

    • The Company announces today the declaration of a common stock dividend of $0.165 per share.
    • The ACL as a percentage of total loans was 1.63% at quarter-end; up from 1.44% at the prior quarter-end. Performing office coverage2 was 5.78% at quarter-end; as compared to 3.81% at the prior quarter-end.
    • Nonperforming assets decreased $8.5 million to $202.9 million as of March 31, 2025 and were 1.79% of total assets compared to 1.90% as of December 31, 2024. Inflows to non-performing loans in the quarter totaled $4.6 million offset by a reduction of $12.9 million. The reduction was predominantly associated with the $11.2 million nonperforming loans that were charged off during the quarter.
    • Substandard loans increased $75.2 million to $501.6 million primarily reflecting continued stress within the office loan portfolio. Special mention loans increased $28.6 million to $273.4 million at March 31, 2025 as we proactively identified credits showing signs of potential weakness. These increases reflect our conservative credit risk management approach and the ongoing impact of the uncertain operating environment in the Washington DC metro area.
    • Annualized quarterly net charge-offs for the first quarter were 0.57% compared to 0.48% for the fourth quarter 2024.
    • The net interest margin (“NIM”) decreased to 2.28% for the first quarter 2025, compared to 2.29% for the prior quarter, primarily due to an increase in the average mix of interest-bearing deposits versus noninterest bearing deposits in the first quarter versus the fourth quarter.
    • At quarter-end, the common equity ratio, tangible common equity ratio1, and common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) ratio were 11.00%, 11.00%, and 14.61%, respectively.
    • Total estimated insured deposits decreased at quarter-end to $6.9 billion, or 74.7% of deposits, compared to $7.0 billion, or 76.4% of deposits from the fourth quarter.
    • Total on-balance sheet liquidity and available capacity was $4.8 billion, up $244.9 million from the prior quarter.

    Income Statement

    • Net interest income was $65.6 million for the first quarter 2025, compared to $70.8 million for the prior quarter. The decrease in net interest income was primarily driven by two fewer days in the quarter, lower average interest bearing cash balances, lower rates on loans, and a higher average mix of interest bearing deposits. Both interest income and interest expense declined due to lower rates.
    • Provision for credit losses was $26.3 million for the first quarter 2025, compared to $12.1 million for the prior quarter. The increase in the provision for the quarter is attributed predominately to the replenishment of the reserve following net charge-offs of $11.2 million and an increase in the qualitative overlay. The increase in the overlay relates to updated assumptions associated with the probability of default and probability of loss associated with commercial real estate office loans. Reserve for unfunded commitments was a reversal of $0.3 million due primarily to lower unfunded commitments in our construction portfolio. This compared to a reversal for unfunded commitments in the prior quarter of $1.6 million.
    • Noninterest income was $8.2 million for the first quarter 2025, compared to $4.1 million for the prior quarter. The primary driver for the increase was an increase in income associated with a $200 million separate account BOLI transaction that was entered into in the first quarter.
    • Noninterest expense was $45.5 million for the first quarter 2025, compared to $44.5 million for the prior quarter. The increase over the comparative quarters was primarily due to increased legal, accounting, and professional fees.

    Loans and Funding

    • Total loans were $7.9 billion at March 31, 2025, up 0.1% from the prior quarter-end. The increase in total loans was driven by an increase in owner occupied commercial real estate loans from the prior quarter-end, offset by a decrease in income producing commercial real estate loans.
    • Total deposits at quarter-end were $9.3 billion, up $146.2 million, or 1.6%, from the prior quarter-end. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in time deposit accounts. Period end deposits have increased $775.8 million when compared to prior year comparable period end of March 31, 2024.
    • Other short-term borrowings were $0.5 billion at March 31, 2025, consistent with the prior quarter-end.

    Asset Quality

    • Allowance for credit losses was 1.63% of total loans held for investment at March 31, 2025, compared to 1.44% at the prior quarter-end. Performing office coverage was 5.78% at quarter-end; as compared to 3.81% at the prior quarter-end.
    • Net charge-offs were $11.2 million for the quarter compared to $9.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2024.
    • Nonperforming assets were $202.9 million at March 31, 2025.
      • NPAs as a percentage of assets were 1.79% at March 31, 2025, compared to 1.90% at the prior quarter-end. At March 31, 2025, other real estate owned consisted of four properties with an aggregate carrying value of $2.5 million. The decrease in NPAs was predominantly associated with charge-offs as previously noted.
      • Loans 30-89 days past due were $83.0 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $26.8 million at the prior quarter-end.

    Capital

    • Total shareholders’ equity was $1.2 billion at March 31, 2025, up 1.5% from the prior quarter-end. The increase in shareholders’ equity of $18.8 million was due to an increase in valuations of available-for-sale securities.
    • Book value per share and tangible book value per share3 was $40.99 and $40.99, up 1.0% from the prior quarter-end.

    Additional financial information: The financial information that follows provides more detail on the Company’s financial performance for the three months ended March 31, 2025 as compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, as well as eight quarters of trend data. Persons wishing additional information should refer to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, and other reports filed with the SEC.

    About Eagle Bancorp: The Company is the holding company for EagleBank, which commenced operations in 1998. The Bank is headquartered in Bethesda, Maryland, and operates through twelve banking offices and four lending offices located in Suburban Maryland, Washington, D.C. and Northern Virginia. The Company focuses on building relationships with businesses, professionals and individuals in its marketplace, and is committed to a culture of respect, diversity, equity and inclusion in both its workplace and the communities in which it operates.

    Conference call: Eagle Bancorp will host a conference call to discuss its first quarter 2025 financial results on Thursday, April 24, 2025 at 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time.

    The listen-only webcast can be accessed at:

    Forward-looking statements: This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including statements of goals, intentions, and expectations as to future trends, plans, events or results of Company operations and policies and regarding general economic conditions. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by use of words such as “may,” “will,” “can,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “plans,” “estimates,” “potential,” “continue,” “should,” “could,” “strive,” “feel” and similar words or phrases. These statements are based upon current and anticipated economic conditions, nationally and in the Company’s market (including reductions in the size of the federal government workforce; changes in government spending; the proposal, announcement or imposition of tariffs; volatility in interest rates and interest rate policy; inflation levels; competitive factors) and other conditions (such as the impact of bank failures or adverse developments at other banks and related negative press about the banking industry in general on investor and depositor sentiment regarding the stability and liquidity of banks), which by their nature are not susceptible to accurate forecast and are subject to significant uncertainty. Because of these uncertainties and the assumptions on which this discussion and the forward-looking statements are based, actual future operations and results in the future may differ materially from those indicated herein. For details on factors that could affect these expectations, see the risk factors and other cautionary language included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and in other periodic and current reports filed with the SEC. Readers are cautioned against placing undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. The Company’s past results are not necessarily indicative of future performance, and nothing contained herein is meant to or should be considered and treated as earnings guidance of future quarters’ performance projections. All information is as of the date of this press release. Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Company speak only as to the date they are made. Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, the Company undertakes no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason.

     
    Eagle Bancorp, Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
               
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
      2025   2024   2024
    Interest Income          
    Interest and fees on loans $ 126,136     $ 132,943     $ 137,994  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities   11,912       12,307       12,680  
    Interest on balances with other banks and short-term investments   15,803       23,045       24,862  
    Interest on federal funds sold   27       122       66  
    Total interest income   153,878       168,417       175,602  
    Interest Expense          
    Interest on deposits   77,211       83,002       79,383  
    Interest on customer repurchase agreements   260       294       315  
    Interest on other short-term borrowings   8,733       9,530       21,206  
    Interest on long-term borrowings   2,025       4,797        
    Total interest expense   88,229       97,623       100,904  
    Net Interest Income   65,649       70,794       74,698  
    Provision for Credit Losses   26,255       12,132       35,175  
    Provision (Reversal) for Credit Losses for Unfunded Commitments   (297 )     (1,598 )     456  
    Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses   39,691       60,260       39,067  
               
    Noninterest Income          
    Service charges on deposits   1,743       1,744       1,699  
    Gain on sale of loans                
    Net gain on sale of investment securities   4       4       4  
    Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance   4,282       742       703  
    Other income   2,178       1,577       1,183  
    Total noninterest income   8,207       4,067       3,589  
    Noninterest Expense          
    Salaries and employee benefits   21,968       22,597       21,726  
    Premises and equipment expenses   3,203       2,635       3,059  
    Marketing and advertising   1,371       1,340       859  
    Data processing   3,978       3,870       3,293  
    Legal, accounting and professional fees   3,122       641       2,507  
    FDIC insurance   8,962       9,281       6,412  
    Other expenses   2,847       4,168       2,141  
    Total noninterest expense   45,451       44,532       39,997  
    Income Before Income Tax Expense   2,447       19,795       2,659  
    Income Tax Expense   772       4,505       2,997  
    Net (Loss) Income $ 1,675     $ 15,290     $ (338 )
               
    (Loss) Earnings Per Common Share          
    Basic $ 0.06     $ 0.51     $ (0.01 )
    Diluted $ 0.06     $ 0.50     $ (0.01 )
                           
     
    Eagle Bancorp, Inc.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
      2025   2024   2024
    Assets          
    Cash and due from banks $ 12,516     $ 11,882     $ 10,076  
    Federal funds sold   2,968       2,581       11,343  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks and other short-term investments   661,173       619,017       696,453  
    Investment securities available-for-sale at fair value (amortized cost of $1,330,077, $1,408,935, and $1,613,659 respectively, and allowance for credit losses of $0, $22, and $17, respectively)   1,214,237       1,267,404       1,445,034  
    Investment securities held-to-maturity at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses of $1,275, $1,306, and $1,957 respectively (fair value of $820,530, $820,381, and $878,159 respectively)   924,473       938,647       1,000,732  
    Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock   51,467       51,763       54,678  
    Loans held for sale   15,251              
    Loans   7,943,306       7,934,888       7,982,702  
    Less: allowance for credit losses   (129,469 )     (114,390 )     (99,684 )
    Loans, net   7,813,837       7,820,498       7,883,018  
    Premises and equipment, net   7,079       7,694       9,504  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   32,769       18,494       17,679  
    Deferred income taxes   84,798       91,472       87,813  
    Bank-owned life insurance   320,055       115,806       113,624  
    Goodwill and intangible assets, net   11       16       104,611  
    Other real estate owned   2,459       2,743       773  
    Other assets   174,268       181,491       177,310  
    Total Assets   11,317,361       11,129,508       11,612,648  
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity          
    Liabilities          
    Deposits:          
    Noninterest-bearing demand   1,607,826       1,544,403       1,835,524  
    Interest-bearing transaction   926,722       1,211,791       1,207,566  
    Savings and money market   3,558,919       3,599,221       3,235,391  
    Time deposits   3,183,801       2,775,663       2,222,958  
    Total deposits   9,277,268       9,131,078       8,501,439  
    Customer repurchase agreements   32,357       33,157       37,059  
    Other short-term borrowings   490,000       490,000       1,669,948  
    Long-term borrowings   76,181       76,108        
    Operating lease liabilities   38,484       23,815       21,611  
    Reserve for unfunded commitments   3,166       3,463       6,045  
    Other liabilities   155,014       145,826       117,133  
    Total Liabilities   10,072,470       9,903,447       10,353,235  
    Shareholders’ Equity          
    Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; shares authorized 100,000,000, shares issued and outstanding 30,368,843, 30,202,003, and 30,185,732 respectively   300       298       297  
    Additional paid-in capital   386,535       384,932       377,334  
    Retained earnings   978,995       982,304       1,047,550  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (120,939 )     (141,473 )     (165,768 )
    Total Shareholders’ Equity   1,244,891       1,226,061       1,259,413  
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $ 11,317,361     $ 11,129,508     $ 11,612,648  
                           
     
    Loan Mix and Asset Quality
    (Dollars in thousands)
               
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
      2025   2024   2024
      Amount %   Amount %   Amount %
    Loan Balances – Period End:                
    Commercial $ 1,178,343   15 %   $ 1,183,341   15 %   $ 1,408,767   18 %
    PPP loans   226   %     287   %   $ 467   %
    Income producing – commercial real estate   3,967,124   49 %     4,064,846   51 %   $ 4,040,655   50 %
    Owner occupied – commercial real estate   1,403,668   18 %     1,269,669   16 %   $ 1,185,582   15 %
    Real estate mortgage – residential   48,821   1 %     50,535   1 %   $ 72,087   1 %
    Construction – commercial and residential   1,210,788   15 %     1,210,763   15 %   $ 1,082,556   13 %
    Construction – C&I (owner occupied)   83,417   1 %     103,259   1 %   $ 138,379   2 %
    Home equity   50,121   1 %     51,130   1 %   $ 53,251   1 %
    Other consumer   798   %     1,058   %   $ 958   %
    Total loans $ 7,943,306   100 %   $ 7,934,888   100 %   $ 7,982,702   100 %
      Three Months Ended or As Of
      March 31,
      December 31,
      March 31,
      2025
      2024
      2024
    Asset Quality:          
    Nonperforming loans $ 200,447     $ 208,707     $ 91,491  
    Other real estate owned   2,459       2,743       773  
    Nonperforming assets $ 202,906     $ 211,450     $ 92,264  
    Net charge-offs $ 11,230     $ 9,535     $ 21,430  
    Special mention $ 273,380     $ 244,807     $ 265,348  
    Substandard $ 501,565     $ 426,366     $ 361,776  
                           
     
    Eagle Bancorp, Inc.
    Consolidated Average Balances, Interest Yields And Rates vs. Prior Quarter (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)
                           
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
      Average Balance   Interest   Average
    Yield/Rate
      Average Balance   Interest   Average
    Yield/Rate
    ASSETS                      
    Interest earning assets:                      
    Interest-bearing deposits with other banks and other short-term investments $ 1,445,054     $ 15,803   4.44 %   $ 1,948,436     $ 23,045   4.71 %
    Loans held for sale(1)   169         %             %
    Loans(1) (2)   7,933,695       126,136   6.45 %     7,971,907       132,943   6.63 %
    Investment securities available-for-sale(2)   1,321,954       6,858   2.10 %     1,417,958       7,142   2.00 %
    Investment securities held-to-maturity(2)   933,880       5,055   2.20 %     952,800       5,165   2.16 %
    Federal funds sold   5,410       27   2.02 %     12,839       122   3.78 %
    Total interest earning assets   11,640,162       153,879   5.36 %     12,303,940       168,417   5.45 %
    Total noninterest earning assets   596,585               386,014          
    Less: allowance for credit losses   (118,557 )             (114,232 )        
    Total noninterest earning assets   478,028               271,782          
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 12,118,190             $ 12,575,722          
                           
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                    
    Interest bearing liabilities:                      
    Interest-bearing transaction $ 1,368,609     $ 9,908   2.94 %   $ 1,674,997     $ 13,048   3.10 %
    Savings and money market   3,682,217       32,389   3.57 %     3,648,502       35,262   3.84 %
    Time deposits   2,951,111       34,914   4.80 %     2,804,870       34,692   4.92 %
    Total interest bearing deposits   8,001,937       77,211   3.91 %     8,128,369       83,002   4.06 %
    Customer repurchase agreements   36,572       260   2.88 %     38,750       294   3.02 %
    Other short-term borrowings   682,222       8,733   5.19 %     1,003,587       12,296   4.87 %
    Long-term borrowings   76,146       2,025   10.79 %     75,939       2,031   10.64 %
    Total interest bearing liabilities   8,796,877       88,229   4.07 %     9,246,645       97,623   4.20 %
    Noninterest bearing liabilities:                      
    Noninterest bearing demand   1,881,296               1,928,094          
    Other liabilities   197,212               170,411          
    Total noninterest bearing liabilities   2,078,508               2,098,505          
    Shareholders’ equity   1,242,805               1,230,573          
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ 12,118,190             $ 12,575,723          
    Net interest income     $ 65,650           $ 70,794    
    Net interest spread         1.29 %           1.25 %
    Net interest margin         2.28 %           2.29 %
    Cost of funds         3.35 %           3.48 %
    (1)   Loans placed on nonaccrual status are included in average balances. Net loan fees and late charges included in interest income on loans totaled $3.8 million and $4.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.
    (2)   Interest and fees on loans and investments exclude tax equivalent adjustments.
         
     
    Eagle Bancorp, Inc.
    Consolidated Average Balances, Interest Yields And Rates vs. Year Ago Quarter (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)
                           
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
      Average Balance   Interest   Average
    Yield/Rate
      Average Balance   Interest   Average
    Yield/Rate
    ASSETS                      
    Interest earning assets:                      
    Interest-bearing deposits with other banks and other short-term investments $ 1,445,054     $ 15,803   4.44 %   $ 1,841,771     $ 24,862   5.43 %
    Loans held for sale(1)   169         %             %
    Loans(1) (2)   7,933,695       126,136   6.45 %     7,988,941       137,994   6.95 %
    Investment securities available-for-sale(2)   1,321,954       6,858   2.10 %     1,516,503       7,247   1.92 %
    Investment securities held-to-maturity(2)   933,880       5,055   2.20 %     1,011,231       5,433   2.16 %
    Federal funds sold   5,410       27   2.02 %     7,051       66   3.76 %
    Total interest earning assets   11,640,162       153,879   5.36 %     12,365,497       175,602   5.71 %
    Total noninterest earning assets   596,585               508,987          
    Less: allowance for credit losses   (118,557 )             (90,014 )        
    Total noninterest earning assets   478,028               418,973          
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 12,118,190             $ 12,784,470          
                           
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                    
    Interest bearing liabilities:                      
    Interest-bearing transaction $ 1,368,609     $ 9,908   2.94 %   $ 1,833,493     $ 16,830   3.69 %
    Savings and money market   3,682,217       32,389   3.57 %     3,423,388       35,930   4.22 %
    Time deposits   2,951,111       34,914   4.80 %     2,187,320       26,623   4.90 %
    Total interest bearing deposits   8,001,937       77,211   3.91 %             4.29 %
    Customer repurchase agreements   36,572       260   2.88 %     36,084       315   3.51 %
    Other short-term borrowings   682,222       8,733   5.19 %     1,796,863       21,206   4.75 %
    Long-term borrowings   76,146       2,025   10.79 %             %
    Total interest bearing liabilities   8,796,877       88,229   4.07 %     9,277,148       100,904   4.37 %
    Noninterest bearing liabilities:                      
    Noninterest bearing demand   1,881,296               2,057,460          
    Other liabilities   197,212               160,206          
    Total noninterest bearing liabilities   2,078,508               2,217,666          
    Shareholders’ equity   1,242,805               1,289,656          
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ 12,118,190             $ 12,784,470          
    Net interest income     $ 65,650           $ 74,698    
    Net interest spread         1.29 %           1.34 %
    Net interest margin         2.28 %           2.43 %
    Cost of funds         3.35 %           3.58 %
    (1)   Loans placed on nonaccrual status are included in average balances. Net loan fees and late charges included in interest income on loans totaled $3.8 million and $5.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
    (2)   Interest and fees on loans and investments exclude tax equivalent adjustments.
         
     
    Eagle Bancorp, Inc.
    Statements of Operations and Highlights Quarterly Trends (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
    Income Statements: 2025   2024   2024   2024   2024   2023   2023   2023
    Total interest income $ 153,878     $ 168,417     $ 173,813     $ 169,731     $ 175,602     $ 167,421     $ 161,149     $ 156,510  
    Total interest expense   88,229       97,623       101,970       98,378       100,904       94,429       90,430       84,699  
    Net interest income   65,649       70,794       71,843       71,353       74,698       72,992       70,719       71,811  
    Provision for credit losses   26,255       12,132       10,094       8,959       35,175       14,490       5,644       5,238  
    Provision (reversal) for credit losses for unfunded commitments   (297 )     (1,598 )     (1,593 )     608       456       (594 )     (839 )     318  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   39,691       60,260       63,342       61,786       39,067       59,096       65,914       66,255  
    Noninterest income before investment gain   8,203       4,063       6,948       5,329       3,585       2,891       6,342       8,593  
    Net gain on sale of investment securities   4       4       3       3       4       3       5       2  
    Total noninterest income   8,207       4,067       6,951       5,332       3,589       2,894       6,347       8,595  
    Salaries and employee benefits   21,968       22,597       21,675       21,770       21,726       18,416       21,549       21,957  
    Premises and equipment expenses   3,203       2,635       2,794       2,894       3,059       2,967       3,095       3,227  
    Marketing and advertising   1,371       1,340       1,588       1,662       859       1,071       768       884  
    Goodwill impairment                     104,168                          
    Other expenses   18,909       17,960       17,557       15,997       14,353       14,644       12,221       11,910  
    Total noninterest expense   45,451       44,532       43,614       146,491       39,997       37,098       37,633       37,978  
    (Loss) income before income tax expense   2,447       19,795       26,679       (79,373 )     2,659       24,892       34,628       36,872  
    Income tax expense   772       4,505       4,864       4,429       2,997       4,667       7,245       8,180  
    Net (loss) income   1,675       15,290       21,815       (83,802 )     (338 )     20,225       27,383       28,692  
    Per Share Data:                              
    (Loss) earnings per weighted average common share, basic $ 0.06     $ 0.51     $ 0.72     $ (2.78 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.68     $ 0.91     $ 0.94  
    (Loss) earnings per weighted average common share, diluted $ 0.06     $ 0.50     $ 0.72     $ (2.78 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.67     $ 0.91     $ 0.94  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic   30,275,001       30,199,433       30,173,852       30,185,609       30,068,173       29,925,557       29,910,218       30,454,766  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted   30,404,262       30,321,644       30,241,699       30,185,609       30,068,173       29,966,962       29,944,692       30,505,468  
    Actual shares outstanding at period end   30,368,843       30,202,003       30,173,200       30,180,482       30,185,732       29,925,612       29,917,982       29,912,082  
    Book value per common share at period end $ 40.99     $ 40.60     $ 40.61     $ 38.75     $ 41.72     $ 42.58     $ 40.64     $ 40.78  
    Tangible book value per common share at period end(1) $ 40.99     $ 40.59     $ 40.61     $ 38.74     $ 38.26     $ 39.08     $ 37.12     $ 37.29  
    Dividend per common share $ 0.17     $     $ 0.17     $ 0.45     $ 0.45     $ 0.45     $ 0.45     $ 0.45  
    Performance Ratios (annualized):                              
    Return on average assets   0.06 %     0.48 %     0.70 %   (2.73 )%   (0.01 )%     0.65 %     0.91 %     0.96 %
    Return on average common equity   0.55 %     4.94 %     7.22 %   (26.67 )%   (0.11 )%     6.48 %     8.80 %     9.24 %
    Return on average tangible common equity(1)   0.55 %     4.94 %     7.22 %   (28.96 )%   (0.11 )%     7.08 %     9.61 %     10.08 %
    Net interest margin   2.28 %     2.29 %     2.37 %     2.40 %     2.43 %     2.45 %     2.43 %     2.49 %
    Efficiency ratio(1)(2)   61.50 %     59.50 %     55.40 %     191.00 %     51.10 %     48.90 %     48.83 %     47.20 %
    Other Ratios:                              
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans(3)   1.63 %     1.44 %     1.40 %     1.33 %     1.25 %     1.08 %     1.05 %     1.00 %
    Allowance for credit losses to total nonperforming loans   64.59 %     54.81 %     83.25 %     110.06 %     108.76 %     131.16 %     118.78 %     267.50 %
    Nonperforming assets to total assets   1.79 %     1.90 %     1.22 %     0.88 %     0.79 %     0.57 %     0.64 %     0.28 %
    Net charge-offs (recoveries) (annualized) to average total loans(3)   0.57 %     0.48 %     0.26 %     0.11 %     1.07 %     0.60 %     0.02 %     0.29 %
    Tier 1 capital (to average assets)   11.11 %     10.74 %     10.77 %     10.58 %     10.26 %     10.73 %     10.96 %     10.84 %
    Total capital (to risk weighted assets)   15.86 %     15.86 %     15.51 %     15.07 %     14.87 %     14.79 %     14.54 %     14.51 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)   14.61 %     14.63 %     14.30 %     13.92 %     13.80 %     13.90 %     13.68 %     13.55 %
    Tangible common equity ratio(1)   11.00 %     11.02 %     10.86 %     10.35 %     10.03 %     10.12 %     10.04 %     10.21 %
    Average Balances (in thousands):                              
    Total assets $ 12,118,190     $ 12,575,722     $ 12,360,899     $ 12,361,500     $ 12,784,470     $ 12,283,303     $ 11,942,905     $ 11,960,111  
    Total earning assets $ 11,640,162     $ 12,303,940     $ 12,072,891     $ 11,953,446     $ 12,365,497     $ 11,837,722     $ 11,532,186     $ 11,546,050  
    Total loans(2) $ 7,933,695     $ 7,971,907     $ 8,026,524     $ 8,003,206     $ 7,988,941     $ 7,963,074     $ 7,795,144     $ 7,790,555  
    Total deposits $ 9,883,233     $ 10,056,463     $ 9,344,414     $ 9,225,266     $ 9,501,661     $ 9,471,369     $ 8,946,641     $ 8,514,938  
    Total borrowings $ 794,940     $ 1,118,276     $ 1,654,736     $ 1,721,283     $ 1,832,947     $ 1,401,917     $ 1,646,179     $ 2,102,507  
    Total shareholders’ equity $ 1,242,805     $ 1,230,573     $ 1,201,477     $ 1,263,627     $ 1,289,656     $ 1,238,763     $ 1,235,162     $ 1,245,647  
    (1)   A reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to the nearest GAAP measure is provided in the tables that accompany this document.
    (2)   Computed by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.
    (3)   Excludes loans held for sale.
         
     
    GAAP Reconciliation to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
               
      March 31,
      December 31,
      March 31,
      2025
      2024
      2024
    Tangible common equity          
    Common shareholders’ equity $ 1,244,891     $ 1,226,061     $ 1,259,413  
    Less: Intangible assets   (11 )     (16 )     (104,611 )
    Tangible common equity $ 1,244,880     $ 1,226,045     $ 1,154,802  
               
    Tangible common equity ratio          
    Total assets $ 11,317,361     $ 11,129,508     $ 11,612,648  
    Less: Intangible assets   (11 )     (16 )     (104,611 )
    Tangible assets $ 11,317,350     $ 11,129,492     $ 11,508,037  
               
    Tangible common equity ratio   11.00 %     11.02 %     10.03 %
               
    Per share calculations          
    Book value per common share $ 40.99     $ 40.60     $ 41.72  
    Less: Intangible book value per common share $     $ (0.01 )   $ (3.46 )
    Tangible book value per common share $ 40.99     $ 40.59     $ 38.26  
               
    Shares outstanding at period end   30,368,843       30,202,003       30,185,732  
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
      December 31,
      March 31,
        2025
      2024
      2024
    Average tangible common equity            
    Average common shareholders’ equity   $ 1,242,805     $ 1,230,573     $ 1,289,656  
    Less: Average intangible assets     (14 )     (19 )     (104,718 )
    Average tangible common equity   $ 1,242,791     $ 1,230,554     $ 1,184,938  
                 
    Return on average tangible common equity            
    Net (loss) income   $ 1,675     $ 15,290     $ (338 )
    Return on average tangible common equity     0.55 %     4.94 %   (0.11 )%
                 
    Efficiency ratio            
    Net interest income   $ 65,649     $ 70,794     $ 74,698  
    Noninterest income     8,207       4,067       3,589  
    Operating revenue   $ 73,856     $ 74,861     $ 78,287  
    Noninterest expense   $ 45,451     $ 44,532     $ 39,997  
                 
    Efficiency ratio     61.54 %     59.49 %     51.09 %
                 
    Pre-provision net revenue            
    Net interest income   $ 65,649     $ 70,794     $ 74,698  
    Noninterest income     8,207       4,067       3,589  
    Less: Noninterest expense     (45,451 )     (44,532 )     (39,997 )
    Pre-provision net revenue   $ 28,405     $ 30,329     $ 38,290  
                             

    Tangible common equity, tangible common equity to tangible assets (the “tangible common equity ratio”), tangible book value per common share, average tangible common equity, and annualized return on average tangible common equity are non-GAAP financial measures derived from GAAP based amounts. The Company calculates the tangible common equity ratio by excluding the balance of intangible assets from common shareholders’ equity, or tangible common equity, and dividing by tangible assets. The Company calculates tangible book value per common share by dividing tangible common equity by common shares outstanding, as compared to book value per common share, which the Company calculates by dividing common shareholders’ equity by common shares outstanding. The Company calculates the annualized return on average tangible common equity ratio by dividing net income available to common shareholders by average tangible common equity, which is calculated by excluding the average balance of intangible assets from the average common shareholders’ equity. Tangible equity is a measure that is consistent with the calculation of capital for bank regulatory purposes, which excludes intangible assets from the calculation of risk based ratios, and as such tangible equity and related measures are useful for investors, regulators, management and others to evaluate capital adequacy and to compare against other financial institutions.

    The efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure calculated by dividing GAAP noninterest expense by the sum of GAAP net interest income and GAAP noninterest income. The efficiency ratio measures a bank’s overhead as a percentage of its revenue. The Company believes that reporting the non-GAAP efficiency ratio more closely measures its effectiveness of controlling operational activities.

    Pre-provision net revenue is a non-GAAP financial measure calculated by subtracting noninterest expenses from the sum of net interest income and noninterest income. The Company considers this information important to shareholders because it illustrates revenue excluding the impact of provisions and reversals to the allowance for credit losses on loans.

    ____________________________
    1
    A reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures and the nearest GAAP measures is provided in the GAAP Reconciliation to Non-GAAP Financial Measures tables that accompany this document.
    2 Calculated as the ACL attributable to loans collateralized by performing office properties as a percentage of total loans.
    3 A reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures and the nearest GAAP measures is provided in the GAAP Reconciliation to Non-GAAP Financial Measures tables that accompany this document.

    EAGLE BANCORP, INC.
    CONTACT:
    Eric R. Newell
    240.497.1796

    For the March 31, 2025 Earnings Presentation, click http://ml.globenewswire.com/Resource/Download/f1f31917-6800-4f81-8c02-417b49f279cc

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Special Category National Panchayat Awards-2025 to Be Conferred on April 24th, National Panchayati Raj Day, in Bihar

    Source: Government of India

    Special Category National Panchayat Awards-2025 to Be Conferred  on April 24th, National Panchayati Raj Day,  in Bihar

    In a First,  Ministry of Panchayati Raj Institutionalises Special Category Awards to Recognise Panchayats’ Efforts in Climate Action and Self-Reliance

    Posted On: 23 APR 2025 4:30PM by PIB Delhi

    This year’s National Panchayati Raj Day  (NPRD) will mark a special moment with the presentation of the Special Category National Panchayat Awards–2025 at the National event of NPRD-2025 to be held at Lohna Uttar Gram Panchayat, District Madhubani, Bihar on 24th April, 2025. It is for the first time, that the Ministry of Panchayati Raj has institutionalised dedicated Special Category Awards to incentivize and acknowledge exemplary efforts of Gram Panchayats in the key national priorities of Climate Action and Atmanirbharta (Self-Reliance) through augmentation of Own Sources Revenue (OSR). In addition the awards for best Institutions for Capacity Building of Panchayats aligned with the Localisation of Sustainable Development Goals (LSDGs) will also be conferred on the occasion.

    The following Special Category National Panchayat Awards have been introduced to acknowledge outstanding contributions by Panchayats/ Institutions in key national priority areas:

    Climate Action Special Panchayat Award (CASPA) – to encourage Panchayats to act as climate-responsive local governments;

    Atma Nirbhar Panchayat Special Award (ANPSA) – to promote Atmanirbharta through augmentation of Own Source Revenue (OSR) by Panchayats;

    Panchayat Kshamta Nirman Sarvottam Sansthan Puraskar (PKNSSP) – to recognize excellence in capacity building and training of Panchayati Raj representatives and functionaries. This award was instituted by the Ministry in 2023 and first awards were conferred in 2024.

    The Awardees for Special Categories of National Panchayat Awards–2025 are:

    Climate Action Special Panchayat Award (CASPA)

    • Rank 1: Dawwa S Gram Panchayat, Gondia District, Maharashtra
    • Rank 2: Biradahalli Gram Panchayat, Hassan District, Karnataka
    • Rank 3: Motipur Gram Panchayat, Samastipur District, Bihar

    Atma Nirbhar Panchayat Special Award (ANPSA)

    • Rank 1: Mall Gram Panchayat, Rangareddi District, Telangana
    • Rank 2: Hatbadra Gram Panchayat, Mayurbhanj District, Odisha
    • Rank 3: Gollapudi Gram Panchayat, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh

    Panchayat Kshamta Nirman Sarvottam Sansthan Puraskar (PKNSSP)

    • Rank 1: Kerala Institute of Local Administration (KILA), Kerala
    • Rank 2: State Institute for Rural Development and Panchayati Raj, Odisha
    • Rank 3: State Institute of Panchayat and Rural Development, Assam

    Each award includes a financial incentive of Rs.1 crore (Rank 1), Rs.75 lakh (Rank 2), and Rs.50 lakh (Rank 3) respectively. The awardees will be presented with specially designed trophies and certificates. Notably, 3 of the 6 awardee Gram Panchayats – from Bihar (Motipur Gram Panchayat), Maharashtra (Dawwa S Gram Panchayat), and Odisha (Hatbadra Gram Panchayat) – are headed by women Sarpanches.

    ***

    Aditi Agrawal

    (Release ID: 2123817) Visitor Counter : 21

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: REPORT on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section X – European External Action Service – A10-0069/2025

    Source: European Parliament

    2. MOTION FOR A EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT RESOLUTION

    with observations forming an integral part of the decision on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section X – European External Action Service

    (2024/2024(DEC))

    The European Parliament,

     having regard to its decision on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section X – European External Action Service,

     having regard to Rule 102 of and Annex V to its Rules of Procedure,

     having regard to the opinion of the Committee on Foreign Affairs,

     having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgetary Control (A10-0069/2025),

    A. whereas in the context of the discharge procedure, the discharge authority wishes to stress the particular importance of further strengthening the democratic legitimacy of the Union institutions by improving transparency and accountability, and implementing the concept of performance-based budgeting and good governance of human resources;

    B. whereas the European External Action Service (the ‘EEAS’) is responsible for the management of the administrative expenditure of its Headquarters in Brussels and for the network of the 144 Union delegations and offices;

    C. whereas the EEAS’ responsibility has been extended to cover the administrative management of the Commission staff in the delegations through a series of Service Level Arrangements (SLAs);

    D. whereas the role of the delegations is to represent the Union and its citizens around the world by building networks and partnerships, and to promote the values of the Union;

    E. whereas the peculiarity of the EEAS remains in its nature and origin, as it was when it was formed by the merging of staff belonging to the former external relation departments of the Council and of the Commission, into which diplomats from the Member States have been integrated;

    F. whereas under the EEAS Internal Rules, the Secretary-General of the EEAS acts as authorising officer by delegation for the institution and the director-general for resource management has the role of principal sub-delegated authorising officer;

    G. whereas the powers conferred by the Staff Regulations on the Appointing Authority are exercised by the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy/Vice President (‘HR/VP’) in respect of staff of the EEAS;

    H. whereas the implementation of the budget is governed by the Financial Regulation and by the Internal Rules of implementation of the Budget of the EEAS;

    1. Notes that the budget of the EEAS falls under MFF heading 7, ‘European public administration’, which amounted to EUR 12,3 billion in 2023 (representing 6,4 % of the total Union budget); notes that the EEAS budget of approximately EUR 1,1 billion represents approximately 9,2 % of the total administrative expenditure of the Union;

    2. Notes that the Court of Auditors (the ‘Court’), in its annual report for the financial year 2023 examined a sample of 70 transactions under administration, 10 more than were examined in 2022; further notes that the Court writes that administrative expenditure comprises expenditure on human resources, including expenditure on pensions, which in 2023 accounted for about 70 % of the total administrative expenditure, and expenditure on buildings, equipment, energy, communications and information technology, and that its work over many years indicates that, overall, this spending is low risk;

    3. Notes that 21 (30 %) of the 70 transactions contained errors but that the Court, based on the five errors which were quantified, estimates the level of error to be below the materiality threshold;

    4. Notes with concern that the Court, in its annual report for the financial year 2023, found a quantifiable error in one of the 13 payments examined and raised six non-quantifiable findings concerning the EEAS; notes that the quantifiable error concerned the absence of a valid procurement procedure before a rental contract was signed for a Union delegation; notes that, in 2023, the EEAS took measures to address the two quantifiable errors found by the Court in its 2022 annual report and took measures to avoid such issues in the future;

    Budgetary and financial management

    5. Notes that the final EEAS budget for 2023 was EUR 821 900 280, representing an increase of 4,45 % compared to 2022; notes that the EEAS also disposed of an amount of EUR 259,7 million (including assigned revenues and carried over amounts) from the Commission to cover the administrative costs of Commission staff working in Union delegations; notes further that the EEAS received additional fixed-amount contributions to cover common costs of European Development Fund staff in delegations and co-locations, as well as other amounts received under co-location and other agreements; notes that the total budgetary amount managed by the EEAS in 2023 therefore amounted to EUR 1 198,2 million (commitment appropriations), which represented an increase of 4,8 % compared to the previous year;

    6. Notes that, in 2023, the budgetary implementation rate of commitment appropriations stood at 100 %, whereas the implementation rate for payments was 91,9 % compared to 90,6 % in 2022; notes that the average time for payment was 13,57 days but notes nevertheless that 8,63 % of the total amount was paid late, which led to EUR 50 253,91 in late interest payments in 2023; urges the EEAS to pay its commitments on time; urges the EEAS to continue its efforts in improving the number of electronic payments and the digitalisation of workflows, in particular in delegations;

    7. Notes that the EEAS informed the budgetary authority of two budgetary transfers in accordance with Article 29(1) of the Financial Regulation and made 11 autonomous transfers in accordance with Article 29(4), for an overall value of EUR 55,7 million; notes that the main purpose of the transfers was to increase budget line 3003 on buildings and associate costs in delegations by EUR 18,97 million and budget lines 3001 on External Staff and outside services in delegations by EUR 5,6 million; notes that further to the transfers, the final budget for the EEAS headquarters amounted to EUR 327,8 million and the final budget for delegations amounted to EUR 494,1 million;

    8. Notes that, in 2023, the EEAS has faced growing political and financial challenges, as well as challenges with respect to Human Rights and the Rule of Law; notes that Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine and its geopolitical consequences continued to be a key issue in 2023, leading the EEAS to ensure wide-range support for Ukraine, exert pressure on Russia and continue its global outreach to address the wider consequences of the war, including the implementation of the Action Plan on the geopolitical consequences of Russian aggression against Ukraine; acknowledges the EEAS’s role in gathering evidence against EU-sanctioned Russian state-backed outlets and individuals involved in spreading disinformation and manipulating information to justify Russia’s war of aggression; underlines the need to provide adequate resources to the Strategic Communication and Foresight division of the EEAS to effectively combat disinformation campaigns deployed as strategic tools by authoritarian and illiberal regimes; calls on the EEAS to reinforce the Union Delegations in the Eastern Partnership countries to support those countries heavily affected by Russia’s military aggression against Ukraine; notes that the financial ceiling of the European Peace Facility managed under the authority of the HR/VP was increased from EUR 5,6 million to more than EUR 12 million in 2023; calls on the EEAS to collaborate with DG ENEST to ensure effective oversight and monitoring of the projects funded by the Facility; notes that the reignited Israel-Palestine conflict following the Hamas attack on 7 October 2023 required the EEAS to engage in intense diplomatic efforts, encourage Union institutions to urge regional de-escalation, respond to humanitarian needs and support regional peace efforts; emphasises that Union and EEAS assistance must align with broader human rights and peace objectives in the region, with strong safeguards in place to ensure that the funds do not, either directly or indirectly, support terrorist or violent activities; emphasises that Union funding for the reconstruction of Gaza should only commence once all hostages taken by Hamas have been released; emphasises the importance of transparency in the allocation of financial resources in third countries to ensure accountability in the use of the Union budget and the new financial instruments;

     

    9. Urges the EEAS to work closely with the Commission to ensure that the complete restitution of the Romanian National Treasure, along with the national heritage of other Member States, is on the agenda of any potential future actions regarding the Russian Federation;

    10. Recalls that there have been allegations regarding the involvement of UNRWA employees in Gaza in the terrorist attacks by Hamas against Israel on 7 October 2023; notes that in response to these allegations, nine staff members had their employment formally terminated by the UNRWA; underlines that the Commission has been working with the UNRWA to improve control systems, in line with recommendations from the UN Office of Internal Oversight Services (OIOS), including the screening of staff and the strengthening of internal investigative and ethical frameworks; stresses that following the concerns repeatedly raised by Parliament regarding the misuse of Union funding, any Union aid should not under any circumstances be financing terrorism; urges continued vigilance in ensuring that the taxpayer money is not misused; stresses the importance of controls to ensure compliance with Union rules and international law by beneficiaries of Union funds, as well as the need for enhanced measures to prevent misuse of Union financial support; encourages the EEAS to reinforce efforts to safeguard Union funding, and to monitor the implementation of the milestones outlined in the agreement between Commissioner Várhelyi and the UNRWA Commissioner General Lazzarini in April 2024, which includes provisions for conducting Union audits and reinforcing internal oversight at the UNRWA; underlines the need for the Palestinian Authority to align all educational materials with UNESCO standards, particularly removing any content that includes antisemitism or incitement to violence; stresses that Union financial support for the Palestinian Authority in the area of education should be provided on the condition that these standards are met; encourages the EEAS to support diplomatic efforts for a comprehensive and sustainable solution to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and to keep Parliament informed about any developments in Union cooperation with the Palestinian Authority;

    11. Notes that, for 2023, the EEAS reported significant budgetary constraints, leading to drastic cuts and budget optimisation in order to cope with inflation in third countries, fluctuations in local currencies, an increase in prices, in particular the cost of renting office space, IT, security and energy prices, which exposed the EEAS to much higher running costs in foreign countries, thus affecting its ability to function effectively and to fulfil its duty of care towards the staff posted in delegations; regrets that, as a result of the budgetary pressures, the EEAS postponed infrastructure maintenance, set aside or cancelled security expenditures in delegations and made cuts to budget posts, such as cuts to the mission and representation budget, office supplies and training courses; deplores that, for budgetary reasons, the EEAS had to prioritise staff participation in election observation missions over other types of missions, such as follow-up missions; emphasises the necessity of establishing an EU diplomatic service;

    12. Notes that, in 2023, the EEAS, both at the EEAS headquarters and in delegations, launched a total of 28 open public procurement procedures, 27 competitive procedures with negotiations, 14 negotiated procedures without prior publication of a contract notice, 6 restricted procedures and 2 negotiated procedures for middle-value works contracts, which were successful and led to the award of a contract in 52 % of cases on average; notes that the high standards and complexity of Union procurement rules might be one of the reasons for the relatively high number of failed procurement procedures, as the application of those rules might be challenging for tenderers, especially in third countries; requests the EEAS to investigate the reasons behind the relatively high number of failed procurement procedures and to propose solutions to ensure their effective implementation while maintaining the standards set by the Union; regrets that, for external actions, procurement rules have been simplified in the recast of the Financial Regulation; underlines that procurement rules are intended to ensure that funded projects maintain high standards and are not prone to fraud; calls on the EEAS to always strive for the highest possible level of scrutiny in any tender process; believes that a lack of familiarity in third countries with the high standards of Union procurement rules should never be a pretext or excuse to lower the bar;

    13. Welcomes that the number of co-locations with Member States and other Union partners in Union delegations was 138 at the end of 2023, 12 more than in 2022; notes that, out of the total number of co-locations in 2023, 42 were concluded with Member States and Partner Countries, 91 with other Union partners and five were reverse co-locations; notes that, in 2023, co-locations represented 8 % of the total office surface in Union delegations and involved more than half of the Union delegations (75), which can be seen as an example of successful optimisation of the EEAS building management, but also as an indicator of the increased interest of partners in sharing premises in third countries and the relevance of co-location in diplomatic affairs;

    14. Notes that the budget for missions was EUR 18 948 650 in 2023, representing a limited increase of 1,46 % compared to the previous year, the aim of which was to compensate the increase in costs due to inflation, but was insufficient when compared with the actual rise in travel costs in 2023; regrets that the EEAS does not have a separate budget line for missions and travel for the HR/VP and that the missions and travel costs for the HR/VP are shared between the EEAS and the Commission depending on the purpose of the mission; notes finally that for 2023, the EEAS had costs of EUR 2 995,14 on 6 missions for the HR/VP and air-taxi costs of EUR 288 145, corresponding to a decrease of 51% compared to 2022 when air-taxi costs were EUR 588 103; underlines that the leaders of the Union’s institutions should act as good examples to the public and citizens, especially when using Union resources in the performance of their duties; stresses that the flight options should be chosen on the basis of sound financial management criteria, provided that such alternatives are available and in line with the agenda and venue of meetings; stresses that transparency and sound financial management in using the Union’s public funds must remain a core principle for all Union institutions;

    15. Underlines the negative impact cuts may have on the implementation of the external affairs instruments, such as Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe (NDICI – Global Europe) and Global Gateway; underlines the need to provide adequate resources to the Strategic Communication and Foresight division of the EEAS to continue to effectively combat disinformation campaigns deployed as strategic tools by authoritarian and illiberal regimes; welcomes in this regard the announcement of the creation of the Task Force for Strategic Communication and Countering Information Manipulation in DG COMM of the Commission;

    16. Insists on the budgetary increase for Common Foreign Security Policy (CFSP) actions and other appropriate peace, conflict and crisis response instruments, as well as IT and security protocols, in order to fully match the Union’s activities and capabilities with current challenges and conflicts worldwide;

    Internal management, performance and internal control

    17. Notes that, following an internal reorganisation, the EEAS created a new Corporate Governance Service in October 2023, composed of three divisions in charge of inspections, internal audit and planning, reporting and compliance, to enable the EEAS to achieve greater accountability, better management and better monitoring of activities; welcomes that a Corporate Governance Board was also established to ensure coherence on corporate management issues in the EEAS; notes furthermore that the EEAS created the Managing Directorate for Peace, Security and Defence (MD PSD), the Peace, Partnership and Crisis Management Directorate and two new Divisions dedicated to “Hybrid Threats and Cyber” and “Maritime Security” in order to better support the Union’s work in security and defence matters;

    18. Notes that, in 2023, the Corporate Governance Service performed a fitness check on governance processes and policies; welcomes that, as part of that process, the EEAS updated the Audit Progress Committee charter, revised its internal control framework, its annual management plan and its risk management framework;

    19. Notes that, in line with the EEAS Audit Plan for 2023, three audits were finalised in 2023, namely an audit on the management of the registry of exceptions and non-compliance and two audits on the management of local agents’ salaries and the recruitment and management of local agents and equivalent local staff; notes furthermore with great concern that, due to an organisational restructuring and corresponding staff turnover in the internal audit function, a planned audit on security could not be launched in 2023 and that such audit will be reassessed in the framework of the preparation of the 2025-27 multiannual strategic internal audit plan; stresses the importance of conducting internal audits diligently and regularly; deeply regrets that 4 critical and 49 very important audit recommendations related to finalised audits remained open in 2023; requests that the Parliament be informed on the implementation of the recommendations;

    20. Notes that, in December 2023, the Court adopted its final report following its audit on the coordination role of the EEAS, the scope of which was to assess whether the coordination, in particular with regard to information management, staffing and reporting, both internally and with the Commission and Council, was effective; notes that, in 2023, some of the audit recommendations had already been covered by ongoing initiatives, such as the sending of mission letters to the newly appointed Ambassadors before taking up duty and the efforts made by the EEAS since 2019 to implement its Information Management Strategy; calls on the EEAS to fully implement the ECA’s report recommendations to address identified weaknesses in information management, both within its headquarters and EU delegations in non-EU countries, as well as within the High Representative/Vice-President’s private office; asks that Parliament be kept informed on the follow-up of the Court’s recommendations;

    21. Notes that, based on the 26 inspections carried out in delegations in 2023, security, buildings and administrative burden were identified as the main challenges for delegations; notes that the EEAS has put in place security risk management measures in delegations based on international standards and best practices; notes that, in 2023, five critical recommendations were formulated by the EEAS inspection service, all related to the management of three delegations; notes that in all cases, the recommendations were addressed through increased oversight and support from the EEAS headquarters; welcomes the toolbox developed by the EEAS to respond to internal management situations;

    22. Notes that, in 2023, three EU Delegations (Central African Republic, Sierra Leone, and Syria) submitted reservations in their Declarations of Assurance, primarily concerning operational budget lines managed by the European Commission; highlights that these reservations did not have a substantial financial impact on the administrative budget under the responsibility of the EEAS;

    23. Calls on the EEAS and on the Commission to closely collaborate with the EPLO office in Washington, D.C., and the EU delegation in the United States to identify, fund, and implement initiatives aimed at strengthening the Transatlantic Relationship, including exchange programs for professionals working in public institutions in both the EU and the U.S.;

    24. Calls on the EEAS and Union delegations to intensify monitoring of the state of democracy in various countries and to enhance logistical and technological support for human rights defenders and indigenous individuals, with a particular focus on women;

    25. Recalls that is crucial to further strengthen our support to human rights, democracy and development in third countries through the NDICI – Global Europe, as a world of democracies is a safer world; underlines that resources to the EU’s Digital Diplomacy should be further increased given the current context of rapid technological advancements and geopolitical competition; insists that “green diplomacy” and the green transition, as one of the Union’s priorities, should be enhanced towards third countries through the Union’s External Action; emphasises the need for EEAS to play a central role in promoting peace and stability in the Middle East, to increase funding to ensure humanitarian aid in Lebanon, Gaza, and Syria, and to strengthen human rights monitoring; highlights financial support for the EEAS delegations deployed in the Middle East, Gulf countries, and Africa to ensure they can continue implementing the Union’s External Action in the region;

    26. Notes that the Special Report 14/2023 of the Court found deficiencies in the methodologies used by the Commission and the EEAS for allocating funding to partner countries and in the setup of the monitoring framework and recommended that the Commission and the EEAS notably improve the methodology for allocating funding and the assessment of the impact of Union support, focus the scope of the programming process and simplify and consistently use the indicators in the multiannual indicative programmes.

    27. Welcomes the appointment of the first EU Special Representative for the Gulf region;

    28. Highlights that recent events, notably Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine and its hostile attempts to influence democratic processes in Europe as well as growing instability in the Middle East, have brought Union foreign policy and its implementation to the forefront of concerns among the Member States and institutions; underlines the central role played by the EEAS and its delegations in conducting the Union’s external policy and in fighting foreign information manipulation and interference (FIMI); stresses the importance of the EEAS for the Union’s relations with the 25 to 30 million Union citizens living outside the Union; acknowledges that the EEAS budget, already structurally underfunded, was disproportionately affected in comparison to other Union institutions by the higher inflation rates and subsequent energy crisis caused by Russia’s war of aggression in Ukraine, and is concerned of these negative consequences for the EEAS and the performance of the Union institutions and the lack of action to rectify the current budgetary situation that can severely impact the Union’s relations with third countries;

    29. Welcomes the steadfast support provided to Ukraine, including through the civilian EU Advisory Mission (EUAM Ukraine) and the training of Ukrainian soldiers under the EU Military Assistance Mission (EUMAM);

    30. Underlines that the Union must increase funding to reinforce the dedicated budget line within the Union’s foreign policy actions specifically for gender equality and the Women, Peace, and Security (WPS) agenda, in order to ensure consistent financing for initiatives that promote gender-responsive leadership, protect women’s rights, and combat sexual and gender-based violence (SGBV) in conflict and post-conflict settings; stresses that such funding is essential to support local civil society organisations, provide survivor-centred support, and integrate gender perspectives into Union diplomatic and security efforts.

    31. Stresses that the Gender Action Plan (GAP) III dictates that 85% of new Union actions must contribute to gender equality and women and girls’ empowerment; calls on the EEAS to accelerate the progress towards the goals of GAP III by meaningfully focusing in its every day work on the GAP III’s key areas of engagement, including ending gender-based violence, promoting sexual and reproductive health and rights, economic and social rights and empowerment, equal participation and leadership; notes that GAP III will expire in 2027 and urges the EEAS, to this end, to develop a more ambitious GAP IV that will ensure a stronger connection between women’s rights and empowerment and the Union’s foreign and security policy, ready for implementation as of 2028;

    32. Underlines the extremely vulnerable situation of children in the world, specifically in armed conflict; expresses serious concern about the tens of thousands of children that were affected by armed conflict across the globe and suffered abhorrent abuses and violations of their most basic rights in 2023; calls on the EEAS to put children’s rights at the centre of their efforts;

    33. Recalls the dire situation of women’s rights and LGBTQI+ rights in many parts of the world; stresses the urgent need to better protect these rights; highlights the central role of the EEAS in advancing human rights around the world; calls on the EEAS to enhance their efforts in this regard;

    34. Sees electoral observation mission as a practical and effective foreign policy instrument that remains central to the Union’s democracy support policies and strategies; calls on the Union to ensure adequate resources to the EU electoral observation missions, in view also of extending them to elections in candidate and neighbouring countries;

    Human resources, equality and staff well-being

    35. Notes that, at the end 2023, the occupation rate of the establishment plan was at 96,7 %; notes that the EEAS was employing a total of 2 812 members of staff, including 1 245 officials, 450 temporary agents, 603 contract agents and 514 seconded national experts (SNEs); notes that out of the total number of officials and temporary agents employed by the EEAS, either in its headquarters or in delegations, 62,5 % was made up of administrators, 32,8 % was made up of assistants and 4,8 % was made up of secretaries;

    36. Notes that 5 252 people in total were working in the EEAS at the end of 2023, employed either directly by the EEAS or through external contractors, from which 46,2 % were working in the EEAS headquarters and 53,8 % in delegations; notes that out of the total number of people working in the EEAS, 46,5 % were non-statutory staff or external contractors; notes that the largest number of external staff employed by an external contractor but working in the premises of the EEAS provide services in the areas of information technology, security and safety and medical care;

    37. Notes that, in 2023, the EEAS received 36 full-time equivalents from the budgetary authority, including 31 contract agents and five cost-shared SNEs; notes that the additional resources were allocated to crisis management functions, to the implementation of the Strategic Compass and to other EEAS priorities; notes that, at the end of 2023, the EEAS received an additional 20 cost-free SNEs for the Military Planning and Conduct Capability structures;

    38. Notes that, by the end of 2023, the EEAS statutory population comprised 52,7% men and 47,3% women, reflecting a slight increase in female representation compared to 2022, when 46,8% of staff were women; welcomes the modest progress in gender balance within senior management, where the representation of women increased from 6,3% in 2022 to 7,6% in 2023, and in middle management, where it rose from 30,1% in 2022 to 30,4% in 2023; calls on the EEAS to intensify efforts to achieve a more substantial and visible gender balance across all levels of the organisation;

    39. Welcomes the publication of the mid-term report on the implementation of the EU Gender Action Plan (GAP III) by the HR/VP and the Commission at the end of 2023, as well as the decision to extend its timeline to 2027 to align with the multiannual financial framework (MFF); acknowledges GAP III’s significance in promoting gender equality as a strategic priority in EU external action and enhancing its role in this area; welcomes the organisation of the first executive trainings on Gender-Responsive Leadership (GRL) for senior managers in late 2023 by the team of the Ambassador for Gender and Diversity;

    40. Welcomes the first EEAS report on FIMI activities targeting LGBTIQA+ individuals, aimed at enhancing understanding of FIMI tactics and fostering cooperation, including with ENISA, to protect the LGBTIQA+ community; expresses concern about the global status of LGBTIQ+ rights and the increasing resistance to gender equality, women’s rights, and sexual and reproductive health and rights in developing countries; calls on the Commission and the EEAS to address these setbacks and prioritise targeted support for civil society organisations advocating for these rights;

    41. Notes that, in its decision adopted in July 2023, the HR/VP clarified that the maximum duration of the engagement by the EEAS of temporary and contract staff was 8 years in a reference period of 13 years or, in exceptional circumstances and in the interests of the service, 10 years in a reference period of 15 years and that the minimum lapse of time between successive engagements for temporary agents seconded from national diplomatic services of the Member States was 2 years from the termination of their last contract;

    42. Notes that at the end of 2023, out of 1695 officials and temporary agents, 863 (51 %) were men and 832 (49 %) were women, which represents a slight increase from 2022; notes that among contract agents 57,4% were women , which is a slight increase from 2022; however regrets that women are still notably underrepresented in senior positions, both in headquarters and in delegations, and overrepresented mainly in AST positions; calls on the EEAS to publish a gender and nationality breakdown of middle and senior management positions; asks the EEAS to address this issue, while at the same time respecting the competences and merits of the candidates; welcomes that the 2023 rotation exercise offered 42 management posts in Delegations and resulted in a 12% increase in the number of women Ambassadors, whereas in 2023 35,50 % of them were women (up from 31,70 %), which, nevertheless, is still an underrepresentation;

    43. Observes that although all Member States are represented in the EEAS staff, significant imbalances persist with Belgium being the most overrepresented Member State making up 12,1 % of total staff employed by the EEAS; points out that a significant geographical imbalance is also concentrated between Western and Eastern Member States; notes also that among managers, Italy is the most overrepresented Member State, with 15 % of all managerial positions being occupied by Italians; notes that out of 141 Union Ambassadors, three Member States still do not occupy any Ambassador posts (Hungary, Luxembourg and Malta), whereas the Member States with most Ambassadors are France with 22, Spain and Italy with 16, Germany with 12 and Belgium with 10, meaning that these five countries occupy 54 % of all Ambassador posts; strongly reiterates its call on the EEAS to continue to ensure a sound geographical balance throughout its organisation and on all levels; also reiterates its concern about gender balance; notes that women are notably under-represented in senior positions, while in AST positions in particular, they are overrepresented; calls on the EEAS to publish a gender and nationality breakdown of middle and senior management positions; asks the EEAS to address this issue, while at the same time respecting the competences and merits of the candidates;

    44. Notes that a major rotation exercise of 52 management posts in delegations was organised in 2023; welcomes the efforts deployed by the EEAS to raise the awareness of Member States in relation to the need to attract a wide range of candidates to the published posts and to propose qualified candidates for the Union Ambassador posts;

    45. Notes with satisfaction that, in 2023, the EEAS adopted its Agenda for Diversity and Inclusion 2023-2025, a detailed action plan to promote a safe and respectful working environment and a zero tolerance approach towards harassment; notes that staff representatives, staff associations and the Joint Committee for Equal Opportunities, which was renamed as the Joint Committee on Diversity and Inclusion, were consulted on both documents; notes that the action plan contains anti-harassment preventive measures, such as a mandatory e-learning training course for all staff on “Recognising and addressing harassment at work” and a mandatory management training on “How to create an harassment free work environment”; calls on the EEAS to continue to regularly train managerial and non-managerial staff on issues regarding diversity, equity, inclusion, and belonging;

    46. Notes with concern that, in 2023, the EEAS received three requests for assistance for allegations of psychological harassment involving two officials which led to two administrative enquiries, one of which is still ongoing and the other was closed with a disciplinary sanction; notes that, under the informal procedure, the EEAS mediation service dealt with 28 cases involving allegations of psychological harassment and 10 cases of sexual harassment and that the Confidential Counsellors dealt with 21 cases of allegations of psychological harassment and 6 cases of sexual harassment in 2023; notes that, in 2023, the EEAS prepared a decision on anti-harassment for local staff in delegations, which was adopted in June 2024; acknowledges the efforts made by the EEAS to strengthen its anti-harassment policies, including the introduction of mandatory e-learning modules to raise awareness and the establishment of an ‘Istanbul Convention Task Force’ aimed at identifying measures to ensure a safer workplace for all; however, expresses serious concern about the persistently high number of harassment cases; calls on the EEAS to implement stronger prevention, victim support, strict disciplinary measures to ensure zero tolerance for harassment and a safe working environment;

    47. Notes that, in 2023, the EEAS took several measures to ensure the physical and mental wellbeing of its staff, including a systematic health check for all staff before being posted to a delegation, psychological support and awareness-raising actions; notes that, in October 2023, two decisions on working time and flexible working arrangements were adopted, following which flexitime became the default working time regime in the EEAS headquarters and in delegations for all staff, except managers; notes furthermore that the decisions authorise teleworking for up to two days per week in the EEAS headquarters, one day per week in delegations and 10 days per year away from the place of employment for all; notes that, exceptional teleworking for a longer period has remained possible in the event of crises, for medical or other imperative reasons;

    48. Is concerned that the EEAS members of staff on long-term sick leave for more than 50 days increased from 111 members of staff in 2022 to 171 members of staff in 2023, equivalent to an increase of 54 %; notes that the medical service implemented several measures to prevent the risk of burnout, such as the recruitment of a psychiatrist in December 2023 and a more systematic follow-up of sick leave by the medical service, psychological support and guidance to both staff and managers, awareness-raising activities and the creation of a mental health first aiders network; stresses the need for managers to ensure fair task allocation and implement guidance and flexible working arrangements; calls on the EEAS to take a proactive approach to prevent long-term sickness and burnout, prioritising the mental wellbeing of its staff through effective support measures;

    Ethical framework and transparency

    49. Notes that, in 2023, the EEAS improved its ethical framework by issuing new instructions to prohibit or limit the missions with costs partially or totally paid by external sources to avoid risks of conflicts of interest by sending a reminder on ethics to all staff; notes that the EEAS also focused on organising specific training courses on ethics, conflicts of interest, internal control and anti-fraud targeted at and adapted to different audiences in the EEAS headquarters and in delegations; notes furthermore that the 16 ‘principles of professional behaviour’ adopted in 2022 continued to be distributed to newcomers and promoted widely, in particular during the ‘Ethics and integrity’ and ‘Anti-harassment policy’ courses; asks that Parliament be kept informed by the EEAS of any further development of its ethical framework; calls on the EEAS to provide regular mandatory trainings on ethics, including ethical usage of AI, and accountability;

    50. Welcomes that, in October 2023, the EEAS adopted a new Anti-Fraud Strategy, applicable to all staff in the EEAS headquarters and in delegations, which resulted from a thorough review process of fraud-related risks and was formally endorsed by OLAF; welcomes that the EEAS devoted particular efforts to staff training and guidance, in particular through the anti-fraud cell established in December 2022; notes that the EEAS staff posted in Union delegations actively participated in a series of workshops and seminars on fraud awareness and prevention, that staff newly assigned to a Union delegation systematically received training on these issues prior to taking up posts and that the intranet page related to anti-fraud was further revamped with the aim of facilitating the reporting of potential fraud cases and providing a wider range of options for anti-fraud training; asks the EEAS to conduct mandatory regular fraud awareness and prevention trainings for all staff;

    51. Notes that the EEAS did not receive any whistleblowing cases in 2023; notes with satisfaction that, in 2023, the EEAS started to develop a dedicated whistleblower protection policy in line with the new Anti-Fraud Strategy; asks that Parliament be kept informed about its adoption, scheduled for 2025, and its implementation across the service;

    52. Notes that, in 2023, the EEAS received five declarations of conflicts of interest, which were handled in accordance with the applicable rules; notes that, in a case related to a member of an evaluation committee in a procurement procedure, the authorising officer by subdelegation concluded that there was a potential conflict of interest and relieved the member of staff from the duty of member of the evaluation committee;

    53. Notes with concern that OLAF opened eight investigations in 2023, which are still ongoing, concerning potential misconduct in the context of procurement procedures and implementation of contracts, grant agreements or potential irregularities related to human-resource matters; notes that the open cases in 2023 concerned officials, temporary agents and local agents both in the EEAS headquarters and in delegations; asks that Parliament be kept informed regarding the follow-up to those investigations; notes that eight older cases involving former and current staff were closed, with recommendations to take further action in five cases; notes that the EEAS is in regular contact with OLAF through its anti-fraud cell and ensures the timely follow-up of OLAF recommendations; asks that the Parliament is kept informed on the implementation of the recommendations;

    54. Notes that, in 2023, the EEAS handled ten requests from the Ombudsman, nine of which related to administrative files and one to a request for access to documents; notes that the Ombudsman found no instances of maladministration or partial maladministration and did not issue any recommendation to the EEAS;

    55. Takes note of all activities undertaken to raise awareness on outside activities; reminds the Parliament’s request to adopt self-standing implementation provisions on outside activities and assignments, in order to protect the image and reputation of the Union in particular in case of Heads of Delegations;

    56. Notes that, in his/her capacity as Vice-President of the Commission, the HR/VP is bound by the rules of the Transparency Register; stresses that while the EEAS is not an Institution within the meaning of Article 13 of the Treaty on European Union and does not have a direct role in Union law, it does, however, have an important role in Union law with regard to decisions concerning sanctions and the negotiation of international trade agreements, which have a considerable regulatory impact; notes that it would be of great relevance for the EEAS to adopt transparency measures, notify them to the management board of the Transparency Register and join the Register; invites the EEAS to publish all meetings with all types of lobby organisations, including those of Heads of Union Delegations, in order to improve transparency; asks that Parliament be kept informed of any new initiative taken by the EEAS to improve transparency; reiterates the importance of further strengthening the democratic scrutiny of the Union and of upholding high standards of accountability and transparency when engaging with civil society organisations; asks Union delegations to ensure that Union funds awarded to civil society organisations and social partners in third countries are used in line with the Union values, policies, and financial rules;

    57. Urges the EEAS to join the EU Transparency Register to align its practices with the European Parliament and Commission, ensuring full disclosure of lobbying activities and financial interests related to defense and diplomatic matters;

    Digitalisation, cybersecurity and data protection

    58. Notes that the expenditures for IT projects, equipment and cybersecurity increased from EUR 19,7 million in 2022 to EUR 29,9 million in 2023, corresponding to an increase of 52 %; notes that, in 2023, the EEAS launched important digitalisation projects, such as its collaborative platform ‘HIVE’ for all users at headquarters and delegations and deployed its Corporate Classified Communications and Information System (EC3IS) at the EEAS headquarters, before its progressive rolling out in sensitive delegations and interconnecting it with the corresponding systems at the Commission and at the Council;

    59. Notes that, in 2023, the EEAS started to host and control an AI environment so that a complete AI governance model could be put in place; notes that this technical step established the grounds for the adoption of guidelines on the use of generative AI and of an AI Strategy in 2024, as well as running proofs of concept; asks that the Parliament be kept informed of the development of the AI Strategy;

    60. Notes that, as part of the implementation of the Strategic Compass for Security and Defence adopted in 2022, the EEAS was involved in the adoption of major policy documents and toolboxes related inter alia to cyber defence, cyber diplomacy, hybrid threats, foreign interference and information manipulation; notes that, internally, the EEAS continued to improve its cybersecurity capabilities via the recruitment of specialised staff and to provide cyber-awareness activities to different audiences including the Security Management Team, members of the delegations, newcomers and managers; asks that the EEAS provides regular mandatory cybersecurity training to all staff; calls further for enhanced Union support for Moldova in combating disinformation, hybrid threats, and cyberattacks; calls on the EU Delegation to Moldova to enhance its efforts to promote a more proactive and effective communication strategy regarding the European perspective, including outreach in the Russian language;

    61. Welcomes the establishment of EU Partnership Mission in Moldova (EUPM Moldova); highlights the essential role of the EUPM Moldova and calls the EU and its Member States to extend the mission’s mandate beyond May 2025 while increasing resources to enhance its effectiveness;

    62. Notes with concern that, in 2023, the EEAS recorded over 29 623 cyber alerts via the Security Incident and Event Monitoring – SIEM, out of which 92 incidents were confirmed as cyberattacks; notes that four cyberattacks had an impact on EEAS operations and only one had significant consequences; warns that the EEAS is a highly likely target for well-resourced actors, including those sponsored by foreign states, seeking to disrupt Union Institutions; notes that the EEAS Security Operations Centre (SOC) is a key actor in dealing with real time threat monitoring and identification of system vulnerabilities; requests the EEAS to continue to consider the need for users’ cyber discipline and cyber awareness as key elements in its cyber security framework; emphasises the importance of the EEAS continuing to prioritise cybersecurity and hybrid threat mitigation while collaborating closely with other Union Institutions and Member States to identify and counter such threats;

    63. Notes that the EEAS followed up on one European Data Protection Supervisor enquiry in 2023, following a request from a member of staff concerning the publication of his/her personal data on the EU online directory; notes that a case pending since 2018 was dealt with in 2023 and closed in 2024 with a positive outcome for the EEAS; notes the awareness-raising activities and guidance issued by the EEAS to ensure a level playing field in the area of data protection across its network, notably the Joint Guide on the use of third party AI tools from the double perspective of data protection and cybersecurity;

    64. Notes that the fight against FIMI remained a priority for the EEAS in 2023; welcomes that the FIMI toolbox was endorsed by the European Council in December 2023 based on the pillars of situational awareness, resilience building, disruption and diplomatic responses; notes that, in 2023, the EEAS scaled up its analytical capacity to collect FIMI evidence and build responses to the increasing number of incidents and threats, in particular in the run up to the 2024 European elections; notes that the EEAS also launched new flagship projects to raise awareness and counter Russian disinformation, such as the EUvsDisinfo initiative which reached approximately 20,3 million people in 2023, and to create sustainable partnerships to counter FIMI globally; calls on the EEAS, together with the Commission to dedicate adequate resources to effectively combat FIMI; supports the pledged establishment of a “European Democracy Shield” to detect, track and delete deceitful online content, hereby strengthening the Union’s ability to counter FIMI and enhancing its support for protecting democracies in third countries, especially within the Union’s neighbourhood; calls on the EEAS and EU Delegations in third countries to further strengthen their respective capacities in fighting and countering disinformation and propaganda linked to the Union’s CFSP and; calls on the EEAS to scale up its efforts to empower citizens from across the Union to fight against foreign information manipulation and interference;

    Buildings and security

    65. Notes that, in the course of 2023, the budget line 3003 on buildings and associated costs was reinforced by EUR 19 million but that important maintenance works were nevertheless deferred; is deeply concerned that the accumulation of maintenance and security needs poses significant challenges to the EEAS with regard to how to operate the delegations’ network safely and effectively, and ensure the duty of care towards delegations staff; requests the EEAS to develop multi-annual contingency plans for buildings maintenance and security;

    66. Notes that the EEAS occupies and manages real estate covering about 87 618 sqm in the EEAS headquarters and 379 300 sqm around the world with 174 office buildings and 152 residences for Ambassadors; notes that, in 2023, the EEAS presented a working document outlining its purchase policy to the budgetary authority, which currently stands at 22 % of office buildings and 20 % of residences for Ambassadors, thereby achieving the best value for money;

    67. Notes that the purchase policy of real estate for Union delegations of April 2023 and the working document on the real estate policy of the EEAS for 2024 aims to achieve the most advantageous long term solution for the Union budget; highlights that none of these documents include any ideas with regard to reducing the number of delegations or creating regional hubs; urges the EEAS to keep Parliament informed of any possible future developments in that direction;

    68. Invites the EEAS to maintain its important network of Delegations around the world with sufficient staff in order to improve its ability to reach out to third countries;

    69. Notes with concern that these budgetary constraints could lead to excessive closures of EU embassies and postponing security installations in a number of EU Delegations hampering the EEAS’ ability to fulfil its mandate and defend EU values and properly ensure the duty of care to all staff in Delegations; urges the Members States to provide enough financing to the EEAS and the Commission to ensure that the EU maintains its network of Delegations untouched as a signal of its global engagement;

    70. Notes that, since 2020, the EEAS has been developing its office management policy towards collaborative and flexible office concepts both at the EEAS headquarters and in delegations; notes that the EEAS started to renovate the Schuman building complex, starting with the 6th and 7th floors, with a view to achieving more efficient use of office space; notes furthermore that the EEAS crisis response centre in the Schuman building was finalised in 2023; notes that, in delegations, the collaborative space concept was implemented in the new premises of 6 delegations;

    71. Welcomes that the EEAS is focused on ensuring that its buildings are accessible to people with disabilities and reduced mobility; notes that the Belmont building in Brussels already fulfils the legal requirements for barrier-free buildings and that the refurbishment of the NEO building complex also accommodates the needs of users with disabilities and reduced mobility; welcomes that, for delegations, the EEAS selection procedures envisage barrier-free construction as a key selection criteria for new office buildings;

    Environment and sustainability

    72. Welcomes that, in 2023, the EEAS continued to implement the Eco-management and Audit Scheme (EMAS/EMS), notably by setting up an Environment Steering Committee and by adopting an Environmental Policy and a relevant communication strategy highlighting the EEAS commitment to environmental sustainability in real estate management; notes that the EMAS Steering Committee worked on new objectives in 2023, the aim of which is to further reduce its carbon footprint by 2030; notes that the measures approved include the reduction of the use of natural gas by 35 %, the reduction of the use of paper, water and waste production by half, an increase in the share of short to medium distance flights for missions in economic class and the better use of green public procurement;

    73. Welcomes that the EEAS started to introduce sustainability clauses in the new co-location agreements, including both compulsory actions and voluntary practices; notes that, as regards the co-location agreements already in force, instead of including explicit environmental sustainability clauses, such agreements mention as an overarching principle that any co-location hosted partners adhere to procedures and practices applicable within the local context of Union office premises;

    74. Notes that, in 2023, the EEAS continued to work on the implementation of a policy towards greener commuting and more sustainable travel for staff, which led to the adoption of important measures in 2024, such as the increase of the reimbursement rate for public transport subscriptions to 90 % for all staff relinquishing parking access and the objective of at least 60 % of the kilometres travelled by plane during missions should be in economy class;

    75. Stresses the importance of strong political engagement, bilateral leverage, public and cultural diplomacy to promote Union values and combat disinformation; emphasises the need for a robust and resilient external service with clear political leadership to address current challenges and ensure coherence in the Union’s foreign policy; urges Union delegations to strengthen support for genuine democratic actors and civil society in the Western Balkans, while firmly and publicly condemning actions by illiberal and undemocratic actors that undermine the Union’s interests, and to ensure that IPA III funding is implemented in line with the Union’s objectives; calls on the EU Delegations in the region to apply a more credible and merit-based approach based on the Copenhagen criteria, notably on the rule of law, democracy and the protection of human rights, especially given the limited progress made by some countries in the Western Balkans;

    76. Welcomes the EEAS’s excellent cooperation with bodies such as OLAF, the EPPO, the Court, and the EDPS, reflected in regular meetings and exchanges of information; notes the conclusion of dedicated working arrangements in June 2024; calls nevertheless on the EEAS to institutionalise structured cooperation with those bodies, ensuring systematic fraud detection mechanisms for the Union’s external action funding, particularly in high-risk conflict zones and fragile states;

    Interinstitutional cooperation

    77. Notes that, in 2023, the Parliament, the Council and the EEAS continued their technical discussions regarding the replacement of the 2002 Institutional Agreement between Parliament and the Council in the field of Common Foreign and Security Policy; regrets that a single technical meeting took place in 2023 following which the Council was not able to find an agreement on the compromise solutions put forward;

    78. Notes that, in 2023, the EEAS opened the negotiation process for a working arrangement with the European Public Prosecutor’s Office, which was signed in 2024; notes that the working arrangement take into account the special context in which the EEAS operates, putting emphasis on the protection of information, the confidentiality of information and the protection of immunity of staff;

    79. Notes that, in its 2023 budget, the EEAS earmarked EUR 990,5 million for a pilot project to launch the European Diplomatic Academy, whereby 50 junior diplomats from Member States and the Union institutions are trained on Union foreign and security policies with the aim of building a true European Diplomatic corps to promote Union foreign policy and external interest; encourages this initiative as a step towards fostering a cohesive and well-trained European diplomatic corps that can effectively represent and defend the Union’s values and interests on the global stage; underlines the necessity to improve the visibility of the European Diplomatic Academy across all Member States and to strengthen its role and capacities;

    80. Welcomes that the EEAS scaled up its cooperation with the European Ombudsman in 2023 to improve awareness amongst its staff of the principles of good administration; notes that the new layer of cooperation involves inviting the European Ombudsman Office to present their work at the EEAS pre-posting seminars and in the EEAS annual staff seminars;

    Communication

    81. Notes that the EEAS has a budget allocation of EUR 22,2 million, spread over different budget lines covering publications, events, strategic communication, outreach activities and press; welcomes that standing up for democracy and the rule of law remained a priority for the EEAS, also by targeting Foreign Information Manipulation and Interference via strengthened policies and instruments;

    82. Points to the rise in the number of violations of freedom of religion worldwide; calls on the EEAS to adequately equip its staff in view of this in countries where there is no religious freedom or where religious freedom is under pressure (including by means of training courses); with a view to entering into discussions on this topic with the relevant authorities at all levels in countries where freedom of religion is being violated; and make this a key focus of its external action;

    83. Notes that, as part of its communication activities, the EEAS reaches out to the general public via public events, open days and the reception of visitors’ groups; notes that, in 2023, the EEAS launched several thematic communication campaigns across different channels on the support to Ukraine, the consequences of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine and the respect for Union values; welcomes that Ukraine remained a top priority for the EEAS; notes that, in 2023, the EEAS consolidated its presence on social media and increased the number of its followers by 41,5 % on LinkedIn, by 13,8 % on Instagram, by 5,4 % on Twitter and by 4,7 % on Facebook; urges the EEAS to enhance its communication of Union policies to citizens in third countries and to strengthen coordination efforts aimed at increasing the visibility of Union-funded projects, particularly in candidate countries, in order to counter the attempts of malicious actors to undermine the Union’s efforts;

    84. Welcomes the involvement of the EEAS in the institutional communication campaign of Parliament for the 2024 European elections, in particular the information campaign targeting the 25 to 30 million European citizens living in third countries on the possible ways to vote in the European elections, in particular via the delegation’ network; notes that this campaign reached out to 11 million recipients, via 26 video campaigns and over 2 000 posts on social media;

    85. Highlights the EEAS’s contribution to the Union’s overarching efforts to demonstrate steadfast support for Ukraine with initiatives like the #StandWithUkraine campaign and targeted communication projects such as Faces of Ukraine, Art vs War, and Share Your Light;

    86. Continues to encourage Union Delegations to promote and engage with local actors, civil society organisations and social partners in third countries to stimulate social dialogue and dialogue regarding the rule of law, fundamental rights and the fight against corruption; notes that, in 2023, under the thematic programme for civil society organisations, based on which Union partnerships are concluded with accountable and transparent organisations, EUR 50 million was allocated to the Union System for an Enabling Environment for Civil Society, which monitors and promotes civic space in 86 partner countries.

    OPINION OF THE COMMITTEE ON FOREIGN AFFAIRS (31.1.2025)

    for the Committee on Budgetary Control

    on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section X – European External Action Service

    (2024/2024(DEC))

    Rapporteur for opinion: Michael Gahler

     

     

    OPINION

    The Committee on Foreign Affairs calls on the Committee on Budgetary Control, as the committee responsible, to incorporate the following into its motion for a resolution:

    1. Highlights that recent events, notably Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine and the former’s hostile attempts to influence democratic processes in Europe as well as growing instability in the Middle East, have brought EU foreign policy and its implementation to the forefront of concerns among the EU Member States and institutions; underlines the central role played by the European External Action Service (EEAS) and its delegations in conducting the Union’s external policy and in fighting foreign information manipulation and interference (FIMI); stresses the importance of the EEAS for the EU’s relations with the 25 to 30 million EU citizens living outside the Union; acknowledges that the EEAS budget, already structurally underfunded, was disproportionately affected in comparison to other EU institutions by the higher inflation rates and subsequent energy crisis caused by Russia’s war of aggression in Ukraine, and is concerned of these negative consequences for the EEAS and the performance of the EU institutions and the lack of action to rectify the current budgetary situation that can severely impact the EU’s relations with third countries;

    2. Emphasises the need for the European External Action Service (EEAS) to play a central role in promoting peace and stability in the Middle East, to increase funding to ensure humanitarian aid in Lebanon, Gaza, and Syria, and to strengthen human rights monitoring.

    3. Highlight financial support for the European External Action Service (EEAS) delegations deployed in the Middle East, Gulf countries, and Africa to ensure they can continue implementing the EU’s External Action in the region.

    4. Insists on the budgetary increase for CFSP actions and other appropriate peace, conflict and crisis response instruments, as well as IT and security protocols, in order to fully match EU’s activities and capabilities with current challenges and conflicts worldwide;

    5. Highlights the EEAS’s contribution to the EU’s overarching efforts to demonstrate steadfast support for Ukraine with initiatives like the #StandWithUkraine campaign and targeted communication projects such as Faces of Ukraine, Art vs War, and Share Your Light;

    6. Reminds that is crucial to further strengthening our support to human rights, democracy and development in third countries through the NDICI – Global Europe, as a world of democracies is a safer world; underlines that resources to the EU’s Digital Diplomacy should be further increased given the current context of rapid technological advancements and geopolitical competition; insists that “green diplomacy” and the green transition, as one of the EU’s priorities, should be enhanced towards third countries through the EU’s External Action;

    7. Acknowledges the EEAS’s role in gathering evidence against EU-sanctioned Russian state-backed outlets and individuals involved in spreading disinformation and manipulating information to justify Russia’s war of aggression;

    8. Regrets that the European Court of Auditors in its Annual Report for the financial year 2023 observes that they found quantifiable error in one of the 13 payments examined, concerning the absence of a valid procurement procedure and six non-quantifiable findings concerning procurement at EU Delegations, including weaknesses in the methodology for selecting tenderers and evaluating tenders, as well as entering into a legal commitment before making the budgetary commitment;

    9. Notes that the Special Report 14/2023 of the European Court of Auditors found deficiencies in the methodologies used by the Commission and the EEAS for allocating funding to partner countries and in the setup of the monitoring framework and recommended that the Commission and the EEAS notably improve the methodology for allocating funding and the assessment of the impact of EU support, focus the scope of the programming process and simplify and consistently use the indicators in the multiannual indicative programmes.

    10. Welcomes the Court of Auditors’ Special Report regarding the coordination role of the EEAS and its conclusions that coordination is mostly effective, allowing the service to properly support the High Representative/Vice-President to deliver their mandate; notes that nevertheless some weaknesses in information management, staffing and reporting remain; calls on the EEAS to prioritise the implementation of the recommendations of the Special Report by the deadline in 2025 as timely action is important in reinforcing its operational capacity and enhancing its contribution to the EU foreign policy objectives.

    11. Notes that that the EEAS is committed to make itself more cost-effective while continuing to face significant budgetary constraints in 2023 despite increasing geopolitical challenges; acknowledges that the EEAS has substantially cut its mission and representation budget, which impacts the core functions of a Diplomatic service, and has reduced non-compulsory expenditure and freezing and postponing building maintenance, infrastructure and IT projects; notes with concern that these budgetary constraints could lead to excessive closures of EU embassies and postponing security installations in a number of EU Delegations hampering the EEAS’ ability to fulfil its mandate and defend EU values and properly ensure the duty of care to all staff in Delegations; urges the Members States to provide enough financing to the EEAS and the Commission to ensure that the EU maintains its network of Delegations untouched as a signal of its global engagement; underlines the negative impact cuts may have on the implementation of the external affairs instruments, such as NDICI and Global Gateway; underlines the need to provide adequate resources to the Strategic Communication and Foresight division of the European External Action Service (EEAS) to continue to effectively combat disinformation campaigns deployed as strategic tools by authoritarian and illiberal regimes; welcomes in this regard the announcement of the creation of the Task Force for Strategic Communication and Countering Information Manipulation in DG COMM of the Commission;

    12. Welcomes the steadfast support provided to Ukraine, including through the civilian EU Advisory Mission (EUAM Ukraine) and the training of Ukrainian soldiers under the EU Military Assistance Mission (EUMAM);

    13. Welcomes the appointment of the first EU Special Representative for the Gulf region;

    14. Underlines that the EU must increase funding to reinforce the dedicated budget line within EU foreign policy actions specifically for gender equality and the Women, Peace, and Security (WPS) agenda, in order to ensure consistent financing for initiatives that promote gender-responsive leadership, protect women’s rights, and combat sexual and gender-based violence (SGBV) in conflict and post-conflict settings; stresses that such funding is essential to support local civil society organisations, provide survivor-centered support, and integrate gender perspectives into EU diplomatic and security efforts.

    15. Stresses that the Gender Action Plan (GAP) III dictates that 85% of new EU actions must contribute to gender equality and women and girls’ empowerment; calls on the EEAS to accelerate the progress towards the goals of GAP III by meaningfully focusing in its every day work on the GAP III’s key areas of engagement, including ending gender-based violence, promoting sexual and reproductive health and rights, economic and social rights and empowerment, equal participation and leadership; notes that GAP III will expire in 2027 and urges the EEAS to this end to develop a more ambitious GAP IV that will ensure a stronger connection between women’s rights and empowerment and the EU’s foreign and security policy, ready for implementation as of 2028;

    16. Underlines the extremely vulnerable situation of children in the world, specifically in armed conflict; expresses serious concern about the tens of thousands of children that were affected by armed conflict across the globe and suffered abhorrent abuses and violations of their most basic rights in 2023; calls on the EEAS to put children’s rights at the centre of their efforts;

    17. Continues to encourage the EEAS and Union delegations to promote and engage with local actors and civil society organisations in third countries to stimulate dialogue about the rule of law, fundamental human rights and the fight against corruption and the misuse of EU funds;

    18. Calls on the EU Delegations to enhance support to genuine democratic actors and civil society in the Western Balkans, go strongly and publicly denounce actions by illiberal and undemocratic actors that go against the Union’s interest and to ensure that the implementation of the Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance (IPA) III funding is in line with the EU’s objectives; calls on the EU Delegations in the region to apply a more credible and merit-based approach based on the Copenhagen criteria, notably on the rule of law, democracy and the protection of human rights, especially given the limited progress made by some countries in the Western Balkans;

    19. Calls for enhanced EU support for Moldova in combating disinformation, hybrid threats, and cyberattacks; calls the EU Delegation to Moldova to enhance its efforts to promote a more proactive and effective communication strategy regarding the European perspective, including outreach in the Russian language;

    20. Recalls the dire situation of women’s rights and LGBTQI+ rights in many parts of the world; stresses the urgent need to better protect these rights; highlights the central role of the EEAS in advancing human rights around the world; calls on the EEAS to enhance their efforts in this regard;

    21. Sees electoral observation mission as a practical and effective foreign policy instrument that remains central to the EU’s democracy support policies and strategies; calls on the EU to ensure adequate resources to the EU electoral observation missions, in view also of extending them to elections in candidate and neighbouring countries.

    22. Welcomes the establishment of EU Partnership Mission in Moldova (EUPM Moldova); highlights the essential role of the EUPM Moldova and calls the EU and its Member States to extend the mission’s mandate beyond May 2025 while increasing resources to enhance its effectiveness;

    23. Urges the EEAS and the EU Delegations to closely monitor the state of democracy in the different countries and to provide logistical and technological support to human rights defenders and indigenous persons, in particular women;

    24. Emphasises that freedom of religion and belief is a fundamental value of the free world and the European Union; urges the European External Action Service to incorporate faith diplomacy into its actions, recognising religion as a part of the solution to global challenges; underlines that this approach should include actively safeguarding the rights of Christians and other religious groups especially in countries where they are a minority, as well as promoting tolerance, and ensuring that religious freedom is part of all relevant external engagements and policies of the EU;

     

    ANNEX: ENTITIES OR PERSONS
    FROM WHOM THE RAPPORTEUR FOR THE OPINION HAS RECEIVED INPUT

     

    The rapporteur for opinion declares under his exclusive responsibility that he did not receive input from any entity or person to be mentioned in this Annex pursuant to Article 8 of Annex I to the Rules of Procedure.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: REPORT on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section IV – Court of Justice – A10-0050/2025

    Source: European Parliament

    2. MOTION FOR A EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT RESOLUTION

    with observations forming an integral part of the decision on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section IV – Court of Justice of the European Union

    (2024/2022(DEC))

    The European Parliament,

     having regard to its decision on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section IV – Court of Justice of the European Union,

     having regard to Rule 102 of and Annex V to its Rules of Procedure,

     having regard to the opinion of the Committee on Legal Affairs,

     having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgetary Control (A10-0050/2025),

    A. whereas in the context of the discharge procedure, the discharge authority wishes to stress the particular importance of further strengthening the democratic legitimacy of the Union institutions by improving transparency and accountability, and by implementing the concept of performance-based budgeting and good governance of human resources;

    B. whereas the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) is the judicial institution of the Union, having the task of ensuring compliance with Union law by overseeing the uniform interpretation and application of the Treaties and ensuring the lawfulness of measures adopted by the Union institutions, bodies, offices and agencies;

    C. whereas the CJEU helps preserving the values of the Union and, through its case-law, works towards the building of Europe;

    D. whereas the CJEU comprises two courts: the Court of Justice and the General Court;

    E. whereas Parliament and Council amended Protocol No 3 on the Statute of the CJEU (the ‘Statute’)[7] in 2024 with respect to the transfer of preliminary rulings in specific areas to the jurisdiction of the General Court;

    1. Notes that the budget of the CJEU falls under MFF heading 7, ‘European public administration’, which amounted to EUR 12,3 billion in 2023 (representing 6,4 % of the total Union budget); notes that the CJEU’s budget of approximately EUR 0,5 billion represents approximately 3,9 % of the total administrative expenditure of the Union;

    2. Notes that the Court of Auditors (the ‘Court’), in its Annual Report for the financial year 2023 (the ‘Court’s report’) examined a sample of 70 transactions under the heading ‘Administration’, 10 more than were examined in 2022; the Court further states that administrative expenditure comprises expenditure on human resources, including expenditure on pensions, which in 2023 accounted for approximately 70 % of the total administrative expenditure, and expenditure on buildings, equipment, energy, communications and information technology (IT), and that its work over many years indicates that, overall, this spending is low risk;

    3. Notes that 21 (30 %) of the 70 transactions contained errors but that the Court, based on the five errors which were quantified, estimates the level of error to be below the materiality threshold;

    4. Notes that the Court’s report did not identify any specific issues concerning the CJEU;

    Budgetary and financial management

    5. Notes that the budget allocated for the CJEU in 2023 amounted to EUR 486 025 796, which represented an increase of 3,9 % compared to 2022; notes that this increase was mainly related to salary adjustments forecasted for 2023; stresses that the budget of the CJEU is essentially administrative, with around 75 % of the appropriations related to expenditure for its members and staff, and almost all of the rest related to expenditure for buildings and IT;

    6. Notes that the overall implementation rate of the budget at the end of 2023 was 97,72%; notes that five transfers were submitted to the budgetary authority in accordance with Article 29 of the Financial Regulation to reinforce the budget lines for ‘Energy consumption’, ‘Purchases, work, servicing and maintenance of equipment and software’ and ‘buildings’ from other budget lines, mainly the budget line for staff ‘Remuneration and allowances’; notes that Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine continued to create budgetary pressure for the CJEU, including through rising inflation and salary adjustments, strongly increasing energy costs and costs for a number of goods and services;

    7. Notes with satisfaction that the authorising officer by delegation declared that the resources allocated had been used for the purpose intended and in accordance with the principle of sound financial management and that the control procedures put in place provided the necessary guarantees as to the legality and regularity of the underlying transactions;

    8. Notes that the average payment time stood at 23,1 days in 2023 compared to 24,32 days in 2022; calls on the CJEU to continue its efforts to reduce the time for payment, particularly considering that 81 % of invoices were received electronically in 2023;

    9. Notes that the CJEU’s mission budget, which stood at EUR 638 000 for both staff and Members in 2023, continued to decrease by 3,3 % in 2023 compared to 2022; notes that 85,1 % of the appropriations for missions in 2023 were used compared to 46,6 % in 2022 due to the persistent travel restrictions in application at that time;

    Internal management, performance and internal control

    10. Notes the significant steps taken by the CJEU in 2023 towards its judicial reform which has led to the partial transfer of jurisdiction to give preliminary rulings from the Court of Justice to the General Court; notes that a political agreement with Parliament and Council was reached at the end of 2023 in view of the amendment to the Statute of the CJEU and with a view to improving the functioning of the CJEU against the background of a steady increase in the caseload and in the complexity and sensitive nature of questions raised; notes that, further to the adoption of the reform in 2024, detailed rules and procedures were adopted in order to complete the reform and allow the implementation of the new regulatory framework as of 1 October 2024;

    11. Notes that, in 2023, the Court of Justice ruled on five cases concerning the principle of primacy in the context of four preliminary rulings brought by the courts in Germany, Ireland, Poland, and Romania, as well as one infringement case concerning Poland; stresses the fundamental importance of the principle of primacy of Union law, which ensures the uniform interpretation and application of Union law across all Member States and safeguards the rule of law as a core value of the Union; strongly reaffirms that the primacy of Union law is the cornerstone of the Union’s legal order and highlights the pivotal role of the CJEU in upholding the rule of law across the Union. Furthermore, notes that the General Court ruled on six cases related to measures for the protection of the Union budget against breaches of the principles of the rule of law by the Hungarian government, which systematically undermines core Union values; urges the Commission to take decisive enforcement actions against any Member State that challenges or disregards the binding nature of CJEU rulings;

    12. Condemns any national measures or legislative actions that seek to undermine the codification and enforcement of CJEU judgments; calls for the establishment of a formal monitoring mechanism to track Member State compliance with CJEU rulings and recommends linking compliance with EU funding disbursement under the rule of law conditionality framework;

    13. Notes that 821 new cases were submitted to the Court of Justice in 2023, compared to 806 in 2022, out of which 63% were references for preliminary ruling and 28,6% were appeals against decisions of the General Court; notes that the General Court saw a major increase of cases with 1 271 new cases in 2023 compared to 904 in 2022, including an exceptional series of 404 joint cases submitted in October 2023; notes that in 2023 for the General Court, 37% of the new cases, including the series of 404 joint cases, concerned actions relating to institutional law, 24,3% concerned actions relating to intellectual property and 6 % concerned disputes between institutions of the Union and their staff; notes that the total number of pending cases remains stable when compared to previous years: considering the previously mentioned 404 cases as a single case, 2 587 cases were pending at the end of 2023, compared to 2 585 at the end of 2022 and 2 541 at the end of 2021;

    14. Notes that the Court of Justice closed 783 cases in 2023, compared to 808 in 2022, and that the General Court closed 904 cases in 2023, compared to 858 in 2022;

    15. Welcomes the decrease in the average length of proceedings for the cases closed by the Court of Justice, whereas in 2023 that average was 16,1 months, compared to 16,4 months in 2022; notes that the average duration for the cases closed by the General Court was 18,2 months, compared to 16,2 months in 2022, which the General Court explained was due to the nature and related complexity of the proceedings managed in 2023;

    16. Notes the decrease in the average time taken to deal with direct actions before the Court of Justice (from 23,5 months in 2022 to 20,8 months in 2023) and with references for preliminary rulings (from 17,3 months to 16,8 months); notes that, as regards the litigation before the Court of Justice, there was a significant increase in the number of direct actions, in particular in the field of the environment, and that the questions referred to the Court of Justice for a preliminary ruling in 2023 related principally to the area of freedom, security and justice, followed by taxation, consumer protection and transport; notes that, as regards the litigation before the General Court, there was an increase of cases in the fields of intellectual property and economic and monetary policy, including banking;

    17. Notes with satisfaction the high use rate of e-Curia in 2023, with 10 502 e-Curia accounts being registered: 94 % of lodgements before the General Court were made via e-Curia, which is the same as in 2022, while the use rate of e-Curia at the Court of Justice went up to approximately 89 %, compared to 87 % in 2022;

    18. Appreciates the progress made in digitising the judicial archives with a view to preserving documents for future consultation and facilitating access for researchers and the public by means of a digital portal;

    19. Welcomes the performance-based approach developed by the CJEU, allowing the CJEU to take decisions based on performance outcomes and the level of achievement of its objectives, measured through a set of workload and operational indicators; notes that the key performance indicators used by the CJEU cover a wide range of specific areas in support of the five management objectives relating to the proper functioning of the CJEU, digitalisation and emerging technologies, openness and transparency, multilingualism and human resources management;

    20. Notes that the internal control framework of the CJEU was subject to an in-depth evaluation in 2022-2023, which confirmed its soundness; notes that, as part of that evaluation, the financial control circuits were adapted in order to make the controls more efficient;

    21. Notes that the main internal audits carried out in 2023 concerned the CJEU’s expenditure on the cleaning of buildings, the effectiveness of the internal control system to safeguard the CJEU’s IT assets and the staff selection procedures; notes that an internal audit also carried out a study on the use of artificial intelligence in the area of justice in relation to the implementation of a “strategy for integrating tools based on artificial intelligence into the operation of the CJEU”; notes that, in many cases, the services of the CJEU took actions to implement the internal audit recommendations before the formal finalisation of the internal audits and that those actions were considered satisfactory by the internal auditor;

    Human resources, equality and staff well-being

    22. Notes that, at the end of 2023, the CJEU employed 1340 officials (58 %), 765 temporary agents (33 %) under Articles 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c) of the Conditions of Employment of Other Staff of the EU, and 198 contract agents (9 %); notes that, at the end of 2023, the occupation rate of the establishment plan stood at 97,11 %; notes further that the annual turnover of staff was 7,8 % in 2023, which was particularly due to the 20% of those staff who left the CJEU by taking retirement;

    23. Notes that the Court of Justice is composed of 27 Judges and 11 Advocates General and that no new Judge or Advocate General took office in 2023; notes further that the General Court is composed of 54 Judges and that two new Judges, one woman and one man, took office during 2023; notes further that a new Registrar for the General Court was elected in 2023;

    24. Welcomes the CJEU’s detailed responses to the questionnaire from Parliament’s Committee on Budgetary Control, provided as part of the current discharge procedure, particularly regarding staff distribution at the end of 2023; notes that the gender composition of the Court of Justice and the General Court continues to be very unbalanced; expresses its appreciation of the letter from the President of the General Court to the President of the Conference of the Representatives of the Member States in 2024, calling on Member States to take the need for gender balance into account when nominating candidates for the replacement of Judges and Advocates General; calls on Member States to take the need for gender balance into account when nominating candidates for the replacement of judges;

    25. Takes note that, of the 2 303 officials and agents serving at the end of 2023, 61 % are women; welcomes the fact that the proportion of women in administrative positions is 55 %, and especially the fact that, in managerial posts, the proportion has increased to 43 %, compared to 40 % in 2022 and 2021, confirming the upward trend recorded since 2018 (41 % in 2020, 39 % in 2019 and 37,5 % in 2018); notes however that representation of women was the highest in assistant grades, whereas it was the lowest in senior management positions; calls on the CJEU to ensure a greater representation of women in senior management positions and take further measures to promote gender balance at all levels; welcomes the efforts deployed by the CJEU in favour of equality, inclusion and diversity, especially at recruitment stage;

    26. Calls on the CJEU to publish an annual Gender and Diversity Report to provide transparency on gender representation at all levels of the institution, including Judges, Advocates General, and administrative staff, as well as to provide for concrete measures of improving gender parity in senior positions;

    27. Welcomes that all Union nationalities are represented in the staff of the CJEU, but notes that certain nationalities are more represented than others; welcomes the continued efforts of the CJEU to promote a better geographical balance among its staff, in particular by fostering the visibility and attractiveness of its job vacancies, creating and offering more favourable job conditions to attract temporary agents from certain less-represented Member States and communicating widely to varied audiences on the job opportunities at the CJEU in 2023; notes that a significant effort was made to attract many talented young people from different Member States though the CJEU’s internship programme; invites the CJEU to examine whether trainees are proportionally represented from all member states;

    28. Urges the CJEU to promote a multilingual working environment, recognizing its potential to enhance the fair distribution of nationalities among its staff; calls on all EU institutions to uphold and ensure the principle of multilingualism;

    29. Welcomes the work done by the High Level Interinstitutional Group on enhancing the attractiveness of Luxembourg as a place of work for staff; calls on the CJEU to maintain and enhance cooperation with other Luxembourg-based institutions across different initiatives; notes with appreciation that the budgetary authority approved for the financial year 2025 the necessary appropriations in order to allow the granting of a housing allowance to staff at lower grades, as recommended by the High Level Interinstitutional Group; asks that Parliament be updated on the progress of such initiatives intended to improve the attractiveness of Luxembourg as a place of work;

    30. Notes that, in 2023, the CJEU implemented several initiatives to promote physical and mental wellbeing of staff through specialised workshops and awareness-raising activities; notes that the teleworking scheme, which entered into force on 1 May 2022, was assessed positively by the managers, among whom 92 % replied that the productivity of staff teleworking was either equivalent or better than prior to the existence of the teleworking scheme; notes that, with a view to achieving a better work and personal-life balance, in 2023, the CJEU renewed the possibility for its staff to telework from outside the place of employment up to 10 days per year, especially during the judicial vacations;

    31. Welcomes the ongoing awareness-raising, information and training campaigns aiming at promoting inclusion, mutual respect, cooperation and support for people with disabilities and their helpers;

    32. Notes that the number of working days of sick leave was 20 198 in 2023, corresponding to a reduction of 14,78 % compared to 2022; notes with concern that the medical service reported 11 cases of burnout in 2023; welcomes a thorough analysis of diagnostic reports undertaken by the CJEU to identify instances of professional burnout and the CJEU’s focus on preventive measures, especially the reinforcement of its medical and social workers’ team, the prevention of psychosocial risks in the workplace and the introduction of awareness-raising activities for management on the right to disconnect and the risks of over-performance; encourages the CJEU to maintain focus on this problem in order to prevent any further cases associated with burnout and inform the Parliament of the measures taken in this regard;

    33. Notes that an administrative enquiry was launched in 2023 on an alleged case of sexual harassment concerning a member of staff and that this case was closed in 2024 with a sanction; expresses concern that a procedure of assistance for alleged harassment concerning a judge was also filed in 2023 but no harassment was established in that case; notes that an interdepartmental working group, established in March 2023, therefore ahead of the ratification of the Council of Europe Convention on preventing and combating violence against women and domestic violence, examined the rules and procedures in place in the CJEU to prevent harassment and made some recommendations with a view to improving these rules and procedures; encourages the CJEU to follow up and continue to show no tolerance for harassment in the workplace by introducing mandatory training on unconscious bias and ethical standards for all judges and senior officials to prevent abuse of power;

    Ethical framework

    34. Notes with satisfaction that, as requested in previous discharge recommendations, the new code of conduct on the rights and obligations of officials and other servants of the CJEU reflecting the CJEU’s values and commitment to ethics was drawn up in 2023 and adopted in March 2024; notes that the code of conduct includes provisions on conflict of interests, duty of loyalty, duty of confidentiality and discretion, outside activities, occupational activities after leaving the service and publications and also applies to seconded national experts and trainee judges hosted under the European Judicial Training Network; notes that, in 2023, awareness-raising activities and revamped training on the code of conduct were organised for staff and managers, with a particular focus on newcomers; calls for a mandatory training for all staff on a regular basis and asks that Parliament be kept informed about the implementation of the code of conduct;

    35. Notes that, before the code of conduct entered into force, two potential cases of conflict of interest were declared and handled in accordance with the procedures in place, with the aim of ensuring that the new members of staff concerned were not involved in the management of files that they knew from a previous job;

    36. Notes that, further to the adoption of the code of conduct for Members and former Members of the CJEU, the declaration of interests of the Members have been published online to avoid any potential conflict of interest in the handling of cases; notes that the CJEU is constantly reassessing its internal rules on this matter with a view to updating those rules and to ensuring the highest possible standards of ethical behaviour; calls on the CJEU to establish an independent ethics committee to oversee compliance with the code of conduct and investigate potential breaches; calls for mandatory annual ethics training for all CJEU personnel, including Judges and Advocates General to preserve the integrity of the Court; asks the CJEU to inform Parliament about the results of any further assessment of the effectiveness of that measure aimed at the prevention of conflicts of interest;

    37. Welcomes the publication of the declarations of interests of the Members of the CJEU but calls for the introduction of a standard pre-appointment screening process to identify and mitigate potential conflicts of interest at an early stage; urges the Council to establish transparent guidelines for Member States when nominating candidates for judicial positions at the CJEU;

    38. Urges the CJEU to introduce a mandatory recusal policy for judges in cases where they have past professional affiliations with litigants appearing before the Court; calls for stricter conflict-of-interest screening for judges and high-ranking staff, including regular updates to financial disclosure requirements; asks for the publication of real-time recusal decisions in cases where judges declare a conflict of interest, ensuring greater transparency in the judicial process and reinforcing public confidence in the impartiality and integrity of the CJEU;

    39. Notes that in 2023, all Members of the CJEU were resident of Luxembourg in accordance with Article 14 of the Statute;

    40. Notes that the list of external activities carried out by the Members of both the Court of Justice and the General Court has been published on the CJEU website since 2018; further notes that the list is difficult to read for the general public and recommends its revision to ensure greater clarity and informativeness; notes that the prior authorisation by the general meeting of the Court of Justice or by the plenary conference of the General Court is only granted when the external activity is compatible with the requirements of the code of conduct and with the Members’ obligations to be available for judicial activities; asks the CJEU to inform the discharge authority about any initiatives to improve the readability of the information related to external activities, in line with previous discharge recommendations;

    41. Notes that the rules governing Members’ travels, missions and use of drivers and cars, as updated in 2021, provide that only the running costs resulting from the car use for purposes related to the execution of a mission order or to the exercise of his or her mandate within a limit of 10 000 km are borne by the CJEU; reiterates its opinion that the use of the car fleet outside of the strict performance of the duties of the Members of the CJEU should not take place under any circumstances, notes that the CJEU reported to be in discussion with other institutions in order to obtain a harmonised set of rules for the use of official vehicles, while respecting the autonomy of each institution; invites all Union institutions to agree on a single system to be applied horizontally, which would reduce the confusion and increase transparency and efficiency in the use of public money; asks the CJEU to keep Parliament informed of any progress in this matter;

    42. Notes that an OLAF case, referred to in previous discharge resolutions, which dealt with the conduct of a  member of staff that might have constituted a serious failure to comply with their obligations, was closed in 2023; notes that the CJEU is not aware of any new OLAF investigation or recommendation in 2023;

    43. Notes that the CJEU did not report any cases of fraud, corruption or misuse of Union funds in 2023; notes that the CJEU’s anti-fraud strategy is an integral part of its integrated internal control and risk management framework, with a particular focus on the risks of improper disclosure of information;

    Transparency and access to justice for citizens

    44. Welcomes the CJEU’s engagement to enhance transparency, access to justice and public openness, thus contributing to foster public trust in the Union institutions;

    45. Notes that, in 2023, the CJEU consolidated the streaming service for hearings of the Court of Justice and of the General Court on the Curia website, thus facilitating the access of citizens to the judicial activities of the CJEU; welcomes the improvement of the CVRIA website, in terms of its structure, functionalities and content; welcomes that the delivery of judgments of the Court of Justice, the reading of opinions of the Advocates General, the hearings of the Grand Chamber and certain hearings of chambers sitting with five Judges have been broadcast live on the Curia website since 2023; calls on the CJEU to further improve transparency by broadcasting all hearings of the two Courts on its website and permanently storing them online;

    46. Welcomes that, further to the reform of its Statute, the CJEU will publish statements of case or written observations lodged in preliminary ruling proceedings after the closure of such proceedings, except in cases of objection to the publication of a person’s statement of case or observation; underlines that such publication will improve transparency and access to justice for citizens and calls on the CJEU to publish all documents related to a file on its website; calls on the CJEU to implement a procedure that could be used by any person to access in house all the documents related to a case;

    47. Notes that rules on the use of videoconferencing were adopted by the General Court in April 2023 and by the Court of Justice in September 2024, according to which a party may request the use of videoconferencing where security or other serious reasons prevent that party’s representative from participating in a hearing in person;

    48. Notes that the rules laid down by the CJEU decision of 26 November 2019 concerning public access to documents held by the CJEU in the exercise of its administrative function do not apply to judicial documents for which access is governed by the Rules of Procedure of the Courts; notes that the CJEU registered 21 requests of public access to administrative documents in 2023 and granted access to administrative documents in 12 cases; notes that the European Ombudsman found no instances of maladministration on the part of the CJEU in 2023;

    49. Invites the Court to simplify the process of finding specific rulings on e-curia; welcomes efforts to make the interface more client-friendly and intuitive;

    Digitalisation, cybersecurity and data protection

    50. Notes that compared to 2022 the budget expenditure increased by 10,9 % for IT projects, by 13 % for IT equipment, by 59 % for cybersecurity projects and by 72 % for cybersecurity services, licences and equipment in 2023;

    51. Notes that the implementation of major digitalisation projects under the digital transformation strategy remained a priority for the CJEU in 2023, such as the development of the integrated case management system (SIGA), the promotion of the use of the e-Curia application for the lodging and notification of procedural documents by electronic means, the adoption of eSignature and the adoption of HAN/Ares electronic document record and management system; notes that the CJEU tracks the return on investment in digitalisation projects in terms of costs and resources efficiency and asks the CJEU to keep the discharge authority informed of its findings in that area;

    52. Notes that, as part of its comprehensive initiative to increase accessibility and inclusion for persons with vulnerability, the CJEU has continued to implement the “accessibility by design” approach for any change and evolution of its IT systems; notes that, following an audit of the Curia website, the CJEU started to improve the site’s accessibility to a wide range of users, such as people with visual impairments, hearing impairments or learning disabilities;

    53. Notes that the CJEU implemented several projects based on artificial intelligence (AI), such as the automation of document analysis for references to applicable legislation and assistance with invoice verification through robotic processes and hearing transcription, in line with its new AI integration strategy adopted in June 2023; underlines that it is of vital importance that AI is used in a manner which fully preserves the independence, the quality and the serenity of the legal processes, is in full consideration of ethical matters and is used under human oversight and allowing human intervention in order to avoid negative consequences or risks, or stop the system if it does not perform as intended; notes that, as part of that strategy, the CJEU set up an AI management board composed of members of the Court of Justice and of the General Court to oversee the ethical aspects of AI use within the CJEU and to set clear boundaries for its application; welcomes the staff guidelines on the use of AI issued by the board; welcomes the initiatives in place to upskill employees in digital competencies through the training path developed in cooperation with the Interinstitutional Committee for Digital Transformation (ETA); emphasises that the digitalisation of justice and the adoption of emerging technologies such as AI will offer significant advantages for the efficient functioning of the Court; recommends however that the Court of justice anticipate the associated cybersecurity risks and strengthen even more its collaboration with the EU Agency for Cybersecurity and CERT-EU;

    54. Notes that no EDPS enquiries were communicated to the CJEU in 2023; notes that, in 2023, EDPS had not addressed any specific recommendation to the CJEU following its investigation regarding the use of cloud services by Amazon web services; notes that EDPS published a decision in 2023 confirming compliance of the CJEU’s use of cloud videoconferencing services with data protection law; reiterates however its concerns regarding the use of external cloud services, given the growing threats about cybersecurity and digital sovereignty;

    55. Welcomes the CJEU adoption of a cyber roadmap in 2023 and strengthening of its cybersecurity operational capabilities to better protect its systems against the increasing number of cyberattacks; underlines furthermore that a robust cybersecurity strategy is an essential tool to fight against foreign interferences aiming to undermine the integrity of the European Institutions; notes that the CJEU has taken various measures to reinforce its cybersecurity preparedness and ability to recover from security incidents, including through its participation in the governance of the Interinstitutional Cybersecurity Board and through a combination of cybersecurity controls and tools in line with the recommendations of CERT-EU; notes that the budgetary authority approved for the financial year 2025 the necessary appropriations for two additional posts in order to reinforce the CJEU’s staff capacities in the field of cybersecurity;

    56. Welcomes the measures taken, such as cybersecurity audits, staff training and rapid incident response protocols, to protect the CJEU’s technological infrastructure from cyber threats; stresses that the digitisation of justice and the use of new technologies such as artificial intelligence will bring many benefits in terms of the smooth functioning of the CJEU, but also entail risks that the Court needs to pre-empt and protect itself against; suggests in this regard that the Court of Justice develop a cybersecurity strategy and step up collaboration with other Union institutions, in particular ENISA (the EU Agency for Cybersecurity), on the prevention of cyber-attacks, the number and sophistication of which are growing exponentially in Europe;

    57. Welcomes the initiative to assign fictitious names to anonymised cases, by using a computerised automatic name generator, in order to strengthen the protection of personal data and facilitate the identification of individual cases;

    58. Notes with satisfaction the amendment to the Rules of Procedure of the General Court, which will clarify and simplify judicial procedures, including the possibility of using videoconferencing for hearings, electronic signature of decisions and the designation of pilot cases;

    Buildings

    59. Notes that, following-up on the cross services reflection about the most efficient use of the CJEU’s premises, that was concluded in 2023, pilot projects were launched; notes that the results of those projects, together with other factors, such as environmental and budgetary aspects, quality of justice, well-being at work, inclusion, accessibility and the attractiveness of the CJEU, will be taken into account in the final decision on the use of the CJEU’s buildings; asks that Parliament be kept informed about the implementation of those conclusions and the consequences for the organisation of the workspace;

    60. Notes that, in 2023, the CJEU further pursued its comprehensive initiative to increase accessibility and inclusion for persons with disabilities, with the aim of guaranteeing access to the CJEU, physically or virtually, to all individuals, participants in proceedings and visitors; notes further that, in 2023, the CJEU started to make an inventory of its infrastructure with a view to complying with the new national accessibility legislation as of 1 January 2032; asks that Parliament be kept informed about further initiatives in this area;

    Environment and sustainability

    61. Notes with satisfaction that, in 2023, the CJEU continued to significantly reduce its energy consumption and carbon footprint compared to 2015, which is the baseline for the implementation of the CJEU’s eco-management and audit scheme strategy, thanks to energy-saving measures and optimisation of its heating, cooling  and lighting infrastructures; notes that heating consumption was reduced by 33,5 %, electricity by 28,7 %, water by 20,1 %, office paper by 63 %, office and canteen waste by 43% and greenhouse gas emissions by 30,2 % in 2023 compared to 2015; welcomes that the CJEU applied green procurement criteria in 10 calls for tender above EUR 60 000; welcomes the CJEU’s commitment to the Eco-Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS); encourages the CJEU to continue its efforts in reducing its environmental impact, with a strategy to reach carbon neutrality by 2035;

    62. Welcomes that the CJEU has taken several initiatives to support and increase sustainable mobility for its staff and Members, including subsidies for public transportation, subsidies for self-service bicycles, improved bike parking facilities and improved facilities for hybrid and electrical cars;

    Interinstitutional cooperation

    63. Welcomes the budgetary savings achieved through cooperation with other institutions and in particular the shared applications and hosting services based on service-level agreements with the Commission as well as the participation in interinstitutional procurement procedures, which have allowed the CJEU to optimise costs and resources;

    64. Welcomes the efforts of the European Judicial Training Network (EJTN) in training national judges on EU law; notes with appreciation that, in line with the CJEU’s declaration entitled “Supporting the EJTN to shape a sustainable European judicial culture”, the CJEU and the EJTN sought to increase the diversity of long-term trainees in 2023, with the aim of ultimately increasing their number to one per Member State; notes that the measures taken have already been successful since the CJEU has trainees from some Member States which previously did not actively participate in the programme; notes that 15 remunerated traineeships were offered for the year 2023-24; calls on the CJEU to further develop its knowledge-sharing initiatives, including joint case-law databases and virtual collaboration platforms to support national courts in complex legal interpretations;

    65. Emphasises that traineeships should be remunerated in compliance with the European Parliament’s resolution of 14 June 2023 on Quality Traineeships in the Union (2020/2005(INL)), which calls for all internships in Europe to be paid; welcomes that currently all trainees at the CJEU receive a grant during their stay, mainly from the CJEU and, in some specific cases, from other sources; take notes that the CJEU only accepts a few trainees (less than 10 per year) paid by other sources, and for short periods (on average 2 months); welcomes that in such cases, the CJEU administration carefully checks that these trainees receive a grant, allowance or remuneration for this traineeship, paid directly by their employer or academic institution;

    66. Appreciates that the CJEU fully cooperates with OLAF, the Court of Auditors, the EDPS and the European Ombudsman; notes that, in 2023, the CJEU has continued to work towards maintaining the established dialogue with national courts, and in particular with the constitutional and supreme courts, and that the CJEU hosted a number of meetings, including the annual meeting of national judges; encourages deeper cooperation between the CJEU and national courts to strengthen uniform application of Union law; recommends establishing a permanent judicial exchange programme for judges from Member States to work alongside their CJEU counterparts, fostering best practices in the interpretation of Union law;

    Communication

    67. Notes that, in 2023, the CJEU strengthened its efforts to engage with Union citizens by enhancing its outreach on social media; notes that, at the end of 2023, the number of subscribers to the CJEU’s LinkedIn account increased by 32 % and the number of followers on the CJEU’s two accounts on X (formerly Twitter) by 9 %,while the views on its YouTube channel increased by 84,96 % compared to the previous year;

    68. Welcomes the CJEU’s efforts to enhance strategic communication and transparency towards Union citizens on the judicial activities of the CJEU, especially through the organisation of an open day, the offer for visitors, in particular the special virtual visits, in which 800 students participated in 2023, and the review of the drafting of its press releases and online publications in an accessible style, about matters of media interest or which have an impact on the lives of citizens.

    OPINION OF THE COMMITTEE ON LEGAL AFFAIRS (30.1.2025)

    for the Committee on Budgetary Control

    on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section IV – Court of Justice of the European Union

    (2024/2022(DEC))

    Rapporteur for opinion: Ilhan Kyuchyuk

     

    OPINION

    The Committee on Legal Affairs calls on the Committee on Budgetary Control, as the committee responsible, to incorporate the following suggestions into its motion for a resolution:

    1. Appreciates the CJEU’s very high budgetary implementation rate for 2023 (99,2 %), a further increase as compared to previous years (98,4 % in 2022 and 98,7 % in 2021);

    2. Stresses that the budget of the CJEU is essentially administrative, with around 75 % of the appropriations related to expenditure for its members and staff, and almost all of the rest related to expenditure for buildings and IT;

    3. Welcomes the recent amendment to Protocol n° 3 on the Statute of the CJEU, enacted by Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2019 of the European Parliament and of the Council[8], that transfers part of the Court of Justice’s jurisdiction for preliminary rulings to the General Court and extends the mechanism for the Court of Justice to decide whether appeals shall be allowed to proceed or not, for considerations relating to legal certainty and expedition, in order to preserve the ability of the Court of Justice to deliver high quality judgements in a timely manner, hence serving to guarantee the right to effective remedy by the national authorities; as well as strengthening access to justice by facilitating intervention in judicial proceedings by the European Parliament, the Council and the European Central Bank where a particular interest is invoked; Welcomes that with the amendment to Protocol n° 3 on the Statute of the CJEU, transparency and openness of judicial proceedings will be strengthened through the publication of written submissions submitted by an interested person on the website of the CJEU, after the closing of the case, unless that person raises objections to the publication of that person’s own written submissions; stresses in this regard the need for a reflection on the implementation of the Statute through the constructive dialogue between the European Parliament and the CJEU;

    4. Notes that the number of cases brought before the Court of Justice in 2023 was just one short of the exact average for the last three years –  in 2023, 821 new cases were registered, 15 more than in 2022 (806 cases) and 17 fewer than in 2021 (838 cases); takes note that the breakdown of litigation by type of case is also broadly similar to that in previous years – with the number of requests for preliminary rulings and appeals still accounting for over 90 % of all the cases brought before the Court; also notes the increase in the number of direct actions brought before the Court in 2023;

    5. Welcomes the fact that the average length of proceedings for cases completed before the Court of Justice decreased to 16,1 months in 2023, compared to 16,4 months in 2022, and notes that the average length of proceedings before the General Court was 18,2 months, compared to 16,2 months in 2022, which increase was mainly due to the closure of several complex cases or groups of cases, in particular in the fields of state aid and competition;

    6. Notes the decrease in the average time taken to deal with direct actions before the Court of Justice (from 23.5 months in 2022 to 20.8 months in 2023) and with references for preliminary rulings (from 17.3 months to 16.8 months);

    7. Notes that the number of cases brought before the two courts in 2023 exceeded, for the first time, the emblematic threshold of 2 000 (2 092 cases), including a series of 404 essentially identical cases brought before the General Court, and that, even if those cases are counted as a single case, the number of cases remains at a very high level (1 689), close to that of the preceding years (1 710 cases in 2022 and 1 720 in 2021);

    8. Underlines that, together, the Court of Justice and the General Court were able to complete 1 687 cases in 2023, compared to 1 666 cases in 2022, with an average duration of proceedings of 17.2 months, and notes that the total number of pending cases remains stable when compared to previous years: considering the previously mentioned 404 cases as a single case, 2 587 cases were pending at the end of 2023, compared to 2 585 at the end of 2022 and 2 541 at the end of 2021;

    9. Notes with satisfaction the high use rate of e-Curia in 2023, with 10 502 e-Curia accounts being registered: 94 % of lodgements before the General Court were made via e-Curia, which is the same as in 2022, while the use rate of e-Curia at the Court of Justice went up to approximately 89 %, compared to 87 % in 2022;

    10. Notes that, as regards the litigation before the Court of Justice, there was a significant increase in the number of direct actions, in particular in the field of the environment, and that the questions referred to the Court of Justice for a preliminary ruling in 2023 related principally to the area of freedom, security and justice, followed by taxation, consumer protection and transport;

    11. Notes that, as regards the litigation before the General Court, there was an increase of cases in the fields of intellectual property and economic and monetary policy, including banking; 

    12. Points out that dialogue and cooperation with national courts is central to the Court’s mission; acknowledges and welcomes the pursuit of the activities carried out by the Judicial Network of the European Union, which contributes to fostering and facilitating the cooperation between the CJEU and the national courts, and especially with the constitutional and supreme courts, and welcomes the strengthening of the cooperation between the CJEU and the European Judicial Training Network, which allows for the presence of national judges for traineeships, study visits and annual seminars at the CJEU; welcomes the adoption by the Court, in 2023, of the declaration entitled ‘Supporting the European Judicial Training Network to shape a sustainable European judicial culture’, which shows the Court’s commitment to that network;

    13. Appreciates the progress made in digitising the judicial archives with a view to preserving documents for future consultation and facilitating access for researchers and the public by means of a digital portal;

    14. Welcomes the adoption by the CJEU of an Artificial Intelligence Strategy of the Court of Justice of the European Union’, which seeks to improve the efficiency and efficacy of administrative and judicial processes, enhance the quality and consistency of court decisions and improve access to justice and transparency for EU citizens, followed by the setting up of an AI Management Board and the adoption of certain guidelines for the use of AI-based tools;

    15. Welcomes the measures taken, such as cybersecurity audits, staff training and rapid incident response protocols, to protect the CJEU’s technological infrastructure from cyber threats; stresses that the digitisation of justice and the use of new technologies such as artificial intelligence will bring many benefits in terms of the smooth functioning of the CJEU, but also entail risks that the Court needs to pre-empt and protect itself against; suggests in this connection that the Court of Justice develop a cybersecurity strategy and step up collaboration with other EU institutions, in particular ENISA (the EU Agency for Cybersecurity), on preventing of cyber-attacks, whose number and sophistication are growing exponentially in Europe;

    16. Welcomes the initiative to assign fictitious names to anonymised cases, through the use of a computerised automatic name generator, in order to strengthen the protection of personal data and facilitate the identification of individual cases;

    17. Notes with satisfaction the amendment to the Rules of Procedure of the General Court, which will clarify and simplify judicial procedures, including the possibility of using videoconferencing for hearings, electronic signature of decisions and the designation of pilot cases;

    18. Notes with satisfaction the adoption of a code of conduct for the staff or the CJEU, which code of conduct entered into force in March 2024;

    19. Appreciates the CJEU’s inter-departmental project that is focused on physical and digital accessibility and inclusion of persons with disabilities; accessibility is essential to enabling persons with disabilities to exercise their basic human rights;

    20. Takes notes that, of the 2 303 officials and agents serving at the end of 2023, 61 % are women; welcomes the fact that the proportion of women in administrative positions is 55 %, and especially the fact that, in managerial posts, the proportion has increased to 43 %, compared to 40 % in 2022 and 2021, confirming the upward trend recorded since 2018 (41 % in 2020, 39 % in 2019 and 37,5 % in 2018).

    21. Notes, however, the still existing imbalanced situation in terms of women’s representation among the judges of both the Court of Justice and the General Court; exhorts, once again, the Members of the Council to address this situation by actively promoting gender parity in the appointment of judges, in line with the principles enshrined in Article 8 TFEU and Article 23 of the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union, and with the commitments taken under Regulations (EU, Euratom) 2015/2422[9] and (EU, Euratom) 2019/629[10] of the European Parliament and of the Council.

     

    ANNEX: ENTITIES OR PERSONS
    FROM WHOM THE RAPPORTEUR FOR THE OPINION HAS RECEIVED INPUT

     

    Pursuant to Article 8 of Annex I to the Rules of Procedure, the Chair in his capacity as rapporteur for opinion declares that he received input from the following entities or persons in the preparation of the opinion:

     

     

    Entity and/or person

    Court of Justice

     

     

     

     

    The list above is drawn up under the exclusive responsibility of the Chair in his capacity as rapporteur for opinion.

     

    Where natural persons are identified in the list by their name, by their function or by both, the Chair in his capacity as rapporteur for opinion declares that he has submitted to the natural persons concerned the European Parliament’s Data Protection Notice No 484 (https://www.europarl.europa.eu/data-protect/index.do), which sets out the conditions applicable to the processing of their personal data and the rights linked to that processing.

     

    INFORMATION ON ADOPTION BY COMMITTEE ASKED FOR OPINION

    Date adopted

    30.1.2025

     

     

     

    Result of final vote

    +:

    –:

    0:

    16

    4

    1

    Members present for the final vote

    Maravillas Abadía Jover, José Cepeda, Ton Diepeveen, Mario Furore, Juan Carlos Girauta Vidal, Ilhan Kyuchyuk, Sergey Lagodinsky, Mario Mantovani, Victor Negrescu, Kira Marie Peter-Hansen, Pascale Piera, René Repasi, Krzysztof Śmiszek, Dominik Tarczyński, Adrián Vázquez Lázara, Axel Voss, Marion Walsmann, Michał Wawrykiewicz, Dainius Žalimas

    Substitutes present for the final vote

    Angelika Niebler, Jana Toom

    Members under Rule 216(7) present for the final vote

    Lara Wolters

     

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: REPORT on the protection of the European Union’s financial interests – combating fraud – annual report 2023 – A10-0049/2025

    Source: European Parliament

    MOTION FOR A EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT RESOLUTION

    on the protection of the European Union’s financial interests – combating fraud – annual report 2023

    (2024/2083(INI))

    The European Parliament,

     having regard to Articles 310(6) and 325(5) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU),

     having regard to the Commission report of 25 July 2024 entitled ‘35th Annual Report on the protection of the European Union’s financial interests and the fight against fraud – 2023’ (COM(2024)0318) (2023 PIF Report),

     having regard to the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) 2023 annual report[1] and the Activity report of the Supervisory Committee of OLAF – 2023[2],

     having regard to the European Public Prosecutor’s Office (EPPO) 2023 Annual Report published on 1 March 2024,

     having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2020 on a general regime of conditionality for the protection of the Union budget[3] (the Conditionality Regulation),

     having regard to Directive (EU) 2019/1937 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2019 on the protection of persons who report breaches of Union law [4] (the Whistleblower Directive) and to the Commission report of 3 July 2024 on its implementation and application (COM(2024)0269),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 5 July 2023 entitled ‘2023 Rule of Law Report – The rule of law situation in the European Union’ (COM(2023)0800), and to the European Parliament resolution of 28 February2024 entitled ‘Report on the Commission’s 2023 Rule of Law report’[5],

     having regard to the Commission’s decision of 16 December 2024 not to lift the measure imposed in application of Article 2(2) of Council Implementing Decision (EU) 2022/2506 of 15 December 2022 on measures for the protection of the Union budget against breaches of the principles of the rule of law in Hungary,

     having regard to the judgments of the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) of 16 February 2022 in Cases C-156/21[6] and C-157/21[7] and to Council Implementing Decision (EU) 2022/2506 of 15 December 2022 on measures for the protection of the Union budget against breaches of the principles of the rule of law in Hungary, all of which refer to the Conditionality Regulation,

     having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2509 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 September 2024 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union[8] (the Financial Regulation),

     having regard to Regulation (EU) 2024/1624[9], Regulation (EU) 2024/1620[10] and Directive (EU) 2024/1640[11], all of the European Parliament and of the Council, all adopted on 31 May 2024 and all concerning the prevention of the use of the financial system for the purposes of money laundering or terrorist financing, including through the establishment of the Authority for Anti-Money Laundering and Countering the Financing of Terrorism,

     having regard to Directive (EU) 2017/1371 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 July 2017 on the fight against fraud to the Union’s financial interests by means of criminal law[12] (the PIF Directive),

     having regard to the Commission report of 16 September 2022 entitled ‘Second report on the implementation of Directive (EU) 2017/1371 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 July 2017 on the fight against fraud to the Union’s financial interests by means of criminal law’ (COM(2022)0466),

     having regard to the Commission report of 3 July 2024 on the implementation and application of Directive (EU) 2019/1937 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2019 on the protection of persons who report breaches of Union law (COM(2024)0269),

     having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/1060 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 laying down common provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, the Cohesion Fund, the Just Transition Fund and the European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund and financial rules for those and for the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund, the Internal Security Fund and the Instrument for Financial Support for Border Management and Visa Policy[13] (the Common Provisions Regulation),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 24 July 2024 entitled ‘2024 Rule of Law Report – The rule of law situation in the European Union’ (COM(2024)0800),

     having regard to the study entitled ‘Strengthening the fight against organised crime: Assessing the legislative framework’, published in December 2022[14],

     having regard to the study entitled ‘Strengthening the fight against corruption: assessing the legislative and policy framework’, published in January 2023[15],

     having regard to the study entitled ‘Compliance assessment of measures adopted by the Member States to adapt their systems to Council Regulation (EU) 2017/1939 of 12 October 2017 implementing enhanced cooperation on the establishment of the European Public Prosecutor’s Office (‘the EPPO’)’ and its extension, both published in December 2023[16],

     having regard to the joint communication from the Commission and the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy of 3 May 2023 on the fight against corruption (JOIN(2023)0012) and to the Commission proposal of 3 May 2023 for a directive of the European Parliament and of the Council on combating corruption, replacing Council Framework Decision 2003/568/JHA and the Convention on the fight against corruption involving officials of the European Communities or officials of Member States of the European Union and amending Directive (EU) 2017/1371 of the European Parliament and of the Council (COM(2023)0234),

     having regard to the joint Europol-OLAF report of 6 June 2023 entitled ‘Assessing the Threats to the NextGenerationEU (NGEU) Fund’,

     having regard to the European Ombudsman’s closing note of 12 September 2023 on the Strategic Initiative concerning the transparency and accountability of the Recovery and Resilience Facility in relation to Case SI/6/2021/PVV, opened on 24 February 2022,

     having regard to the European Court of Auditors (ECA) report entitled ‘Our activities in 2023’, published on 9 October 2024,

     having regard to ECA Review 04/2023 of 6 July 2023 entitled ‘Digitalising the management of EU funds’,

     having regard to Special Eurobarometer 534 entitled ‘Citizens’ attitudes towards corruption in the EU in 2023’[17],

     having regard to ECA special report 06/2023 of 13 March 2023 entitled ‘Conflict of interest in EU cohesion and agricultural spending – Framework in place but gaps in transparency and detection measures’,

     having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/785 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2021 establishing the Union Anti-Fraud Programme and repealing Regulation (EU) No 250/2014[18],

     having regard to its resolution of 18 January 2024 on the protection of the European Union’s financial interests – combating fraud – annual report 2022[19],

     having regard to Rule 55 of its Rules of Procedure,

     having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgetary Control (A10-0049/2025),

    A. whereas, in line with the obligation laid down in Article 325(5) TFEU, each year, the Commission submits to the European Parliament and to the Council a report drafted in cooperation with the Member States on the measures taken for the implementation of this article (known as PIF reports);

    B. whereas PIF reports are based mainly on information provided by the Member States, including data on irregularities and fraud detected, via the Irregularity Management System (IMS), and on data extracted from the Commission’s accounting system (ABAC);

    C. whereas effective measures to protect the EU’s financial interests at EU level have to be implemented on the basis of data-based knowledge of the specific situation in each Member State, particularly in cases involving complex criminal activity;

    D. whereas the number of irregularities detected and reported demonstrates the results of Member States’ efforts to counter illegal activities in this area and is not to be interpreted, by itself, as an indication of the level of mismanagement or fraud in the Member States;

    E. whereas the links between irregularities’ occurrence, their detection and the reporting level require a wider overall assessment;

    F. whereas sound management of public resources and protecting the EU’s financial interests across all EU policies should be key to increasing citizens’ confidence by ensuring the proper and effective use of taxpayers’ money;

    G. whereas protecting the EU budget involves multiple actors at various levels who can only achieve their mandate through a structured network of relationships and coordination within the anti-fraud architecture (AFA)[20];

    H. whereas the diversity of legal and administrative systems in the Member States and their varying levels of digitalisation need to be adequately addressed with the creation of more unified, interoperable and comparable administrative and reporting systems in the EU in order to effectively prevent and counter fraud, corruption, irregularities and other infringements;

    I. whereas solid cooperation between authorities conducting administrative investigations and those conducting criminal investigations at both EU and Member State levels should be encouraged;

    J. whereas the Early Detection and Exclusion System (EDES) and ARACHNE are effective tools to protect the EU budget from risks of insolvency, negligence, fraud or irregularity committed by private actors, in the case of the EDES, and via a data-mining and risk-scoring approach, in the case of ARACHNE;

    K. whereas criminal networks operating in the EU are fully embracing the entire range of cutting-edge information technology, including artificial intelligence (AI), to facilitate their criminal activities, posing an even more complex threat to the EU budget and a new challenge for law enforcement and requiring the AFA to fast-track its exploration of AI use in the fight against fraud;

    L. whereas respect for the values on which the EU is founded and for fundamental rights, as well as compliance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union, are prerequisites for accessing EU funding;

    M. whereas the rule of law conditionality mechanism applies across the entire EU budget as a prerequisite for accessing all EU funds and allows measures to be taken in cases of breaches of the rule of law principles that affect or seriously risk affecting the sound financial management of the EU budget or the EU’s financial interests;

    N. whereas Article 22 of Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility[21] (the RRF Regulation) contains provisions concerning the protection of the EU’s financial interests;

    General remarks on PIF reporting and on major threats

    1. Welcomes the 2023 PIF Report and its analyses on the relevant findings, and endorses its recommendations;

    2. Shares the view that effective protection of the Union’s financial interests requires the acceleration of the digitalisation that facilitates knowledge sharing, data accessibility and data processing and that would enhance the governance of the overall AFA; maintains that both the EU and national authorities should intensify the use of digital tools with a view to facilitating cooperation;

    3. Reiterates that a more measurable and results-oriented governance of the activities of the AFA’s many components is key both to effectively protecting the Union’s financial interests and to assessing the AFA’s efficiency;

    4. Recalls that solid cooperation between the administrative and judicial authorities conducting investigations at both EU and Member State levels is essential; reiterates its concerns over the still suboptimal situation, in particular as regards the detection and reporting of suspected fraud and irregularities and their follow-up, in which there are marked differences between Member States; encourages the Member States, therefore, to take a proactive approach to protecting the Union’s financial interests and to enhance the exchange of information between their national authorities and with EU bodies and agencies, including in order to identify and address emerging risks and fraud trends in a timely manner; underlines the fact that the fight against fraud requires a holistic and comprehensive approach, covering all stages of the anti-fraud cycle and reflecting the multiple, interconnected and interdependent actors and processes in place for the protection of the financial interests of the Union;

    5. Notes that the overall number of cases of fraud and irregularities reported by the competent EU and national authorities increased significantly, by 9 %, in 2023 (13 563) compared to 2022 (12 455); regrets the fact that this is an all-time high and is the continuation of a growing trend over the last five years; observes, further, that the overall financing concerned in relation to these cases in 2023 (EUR 1.90 billion) was markedly higher than in 2022 (EUR 1.77 billion), having increased by 7.3 %; acknowledges that the multiannual cycle of implementation of numerous programmes makes comparisons based on a five-year average more appropriate than year-to-year comparisons for identifying real-time situations and obtaining reliable analysis of trends and patterns; appreciates, accordingly, that the 2023 PIF Report refers to the results of the 2019-2023 period; observes that the rise in the number of irregularities and in funding that achieves no positive results highlights the need to correlate budgets with the performance indicators of the competent institutions;

    6. Is concerned by the overall scenario depicted by the multiannual analysis in the 2023 PIF Report; emphasises that the current situation justifies the efforts made to ensure more effective deployment of adequate resources and their more efficient use, which requires better governance and cooperation; underlines that fraud, corruption and violations of democracy, justice and the rule of law are deeply interconnected and cannot be tackled in isolation; calls on the Commissioners on budget, fraud and public administration and on democracy, justice and the rule of law to work closely and immediately on launching initiatives to make the actions and the results of the AFA measurable and more tangible and to present them to Parliament, in line with the commitment made at the confirmation hearings; suggests that stronger synergies be created between the Commission’s Directorate-General for Budget and other Commission directorates-general working on the rule of law and the protection of other EU values, particularly the Directorate-General for Justice and Consumers, the Directorate-General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and the Directorate-General for Regional and Urban Policy, to ensure that all the departments work together, rather than in silos, to address these systemic challenges more effectively;

    7. Reiterates the call for a holistic approach in PIF reports, which are also considered an AFA governance tool, in order to provide a comprehensive overview of the synergies between all the relevant actors, identify best practices and address shortcomings; is aware that, as emphasised in the 2023 PIF Report, the operational protection of the Union’s financial interests from fraud, irregularities and other illicit activities is entrusted to national authorities, OLAF and the EPPO, and welcomes the integration of OLAF and EPPO findings in the 2023 PIF Report; asks for a deeper analysis of the interaction between the AFA components, and for the introduction of measures to increase the efficiency of the competent institutions with a view to reducing fraud and irregularities; calls for the further improvement of this holistic approach to provide a clearer, more complete and more concrete picture of the overall state of play of the protection of the Union’s financial interests, encompassing the entirety of anti-fraud action at both national and EU levels;

    8. Welcomes OLAF’s investigative performance, in particular the increased number of recommendations issued (309 compared to 275 in 2022) and the overall amount recommended for financial recovery (EUR 1 043.8 million compared to EUR 426.8 million in 2022) against a stable number of cases opened (190 in 2023 and 192 in 2022) and concluded (265 in 2023 and 256 in 2022); points out, in particular, that over the 2019-2023 period, more than 88 % of the irregularities identified as potentially fraudulent and related to expenditure disbursed under direct management were detected following OLAF investigations; regrets that the long duration of the investigations can have a negative impact regarding the consequential late launching of remedial measures; reiterates its request to receive comprehensive and adequately detailed figures on the amounts effectively recovered by the Commission on the grounds of the financial recommendations issued by OLAF; calls on the Commission also to integrate in the next PIF reports ad hoc sections on OLAF in order to develop a more granular analysis and reporting of its activities and of the financial recoveries carried out;

    9. Welcomes the way in which the EPPO, operationally active since June 2021, has developed and increased its activities, which is well-reflected in the numbers of opened investigations (1 371 compared to 865 in 2022), of overall currently active investigations (1 927 compared to 1 117 in 2022) and of indictments (139 compared to 87 in 2022); appreciates the level of detail in EPPO reporting, which offers relevant information on many trends and on the situation in the participating Member States; calls for greater EPPO efficiency, with this being reflected in the amounts recovered and not just in the number of investigations;

    10. Stresses the added value that EU bodies bring to the protection of the financial interests of the Union and the fight against fraud, especially when it comes to cross-border crime, as shown by the operational results of the EPPO and OLAF in 2023 too; reiterates its call for all relevant EU actors involved in the fight against fraud to be guaranteed adequate resources and, in this regard, reminds the Commission and the Council that every euro spent on investigation and anti-fraud action returns to the EU budget;

    11. Is concerned that the substantial financial loss of value added tax (VAT) fraud reported by the EPPO is having a detrimental effect on the national budgets of the Member States while simultaneously threatening fair taxation and fair competition between businesses in the single market; underlines the fact that VAT is an important resource for the Union’s budget too; deems it appropriate to take into account the complexity of the underlying provisions on the system of own resources of the Union when quantifying the financial impact of the EPPO’s activities[22]; points out the concerning number of investigations into the recovery and resilience programmes (233) and the estimated financial loss (EUR 1.86 billion); calls, therefore, for adequate measures to be taken at both national and EU levels;

    12. Calls on the Commission to develop and implement solutions allowing a follow-up to OLAF recommendations and EPPO prosecutions, their analysis and the measurability of the actual impact of their actions on the protection of the Union’s budget in terms of recovery of both mismanaged funds and of uncollected resources, with a view to providing additional justification for results-oriented policymaking; calls on the Commission to notify Parliament of the outcomes of EPPO prosecutions;

    13. States that communication and transparency are essential to address fraud and corruption; emphasises the importance of engaging civil society, the media and investigative journalism to enhance awareness; underlines the central role played by the media and investigative journalism in the fight against fraud, corruption, conflicts of interest and other misuse of public funds; considers that it is essential to safeguard the media from political pressure and influence to protect its independence and its role as a watchdog of democracy and the sound management of public funds;

    14. Underlines that transparency plays an important role in the management of public funds; encourages the Commission and the Member States to maximise transparency in the use of funds, including with regard to information about final beneficiaries;

    15. Underlines the importance of the role played by public authorities in fostering a zero-tolerance culture with regard to fraud and states that communication and transparency are essential to address fraud and corruption; emphasises the importance of engaging civil society, the private sector, the media and investigative journalism to enhance awareness; encourages the Commission to provide support to these relevant actors in the form of training programmes, funding and any other measures required to ensure their independence from external influence and from unlawful state surveillance, intimidation and attempts to undermine their legitimacy, in line with EU fundamental rights and the rule of law; invites the Commission to launch an EU-wide public awareness campaign on the risks of fake news, misinformation and deepfake content in fraud cases affecting EU-funded projects;

    16. Is concerned about the EPPO’s and Europol’s clear warning on the increasing presence of groups of organised criminals behind the most relevant cases of cross-border fraud; notes that the EPPO’s annual report indicates 209 investigated offences concerning PIF-focused criminal organisations in its active investigations up to the end of 2023; understands that organised crime affects Union resources substantially and that the scale of fraud affecting the financial interests of the Union, in particular on the revenue side of the budget, can only be explained by the heavy involvement of serious organised criminal groups; is aware that the current analysis and reporting tools do not allow its quantification in a way that is satisfactory for evaluating the effectiveness or the shortcomings of the measures and policies in place; calls on the Commission to swiftly launch all necessary actions to address the analysis and reporting issue;

    17. Maintains that the fact that the relevant EU legislation has not been transposed efficiently into the national legislation of many Member States and the fact that the Member States’ national laws are not harmonised give organised criminal groups opportunities to conduct a number of illegal cross-border activities in areas affecting the Union’s financial interests; reiterates, therefore, its previous calls for the revision of Council Framework Decision 2008/841/JHA on the fight against organised crime[23] and for the introduction of a new common definition of organised crime, taking into account, in particular, the use of corruption, violence, threat or intimidation to obtain control of economic activities or procurement;

    18. Points out the results of the 2023 Eurobarometer survey on ‘Citizens’ attitudes towards corruption in the EU in 2023’, showing that corruption is a serious concern for EU citizens and businesses in the EU; maintains that high-level corruption, including in EU institutions, not only affects the Union’s financial interests and the EU economy as a whole, but also undermines citizens’ trust in democratic institutions, both in the EU and in the Member States; underlines that organised criminal groups are increasingly using corruption to infiltrate public administrations and gain economic advantages;

    19. Points out that, in relation to corruption cases, the EPPO reported 131 investigated offences up to the end of 2023 (there were 87 cases in 2022) and that, over the years 2019-2023, 65 cases were reported to the Commission via IMS[24] by 11 countries, and that the reported irregular amounts linked to such cases come to about EUR 50.5 million; calls on the Commission to request that the EPPO inform Parliament of how much of that EUR 50.5 million has been recovered;

    20. Acknowledges that anti-corruption strategies are in place in the Member States; calls for an evaluation and a periodical revision of these strategies; emphasises the importance of taking into account and fully addressing country-specific recommendations relating to the fight against corruption;

    21. Acknowledges the Commission’s efforts to prevent and address cases of conflict of interest in the management of the Union’s financial resources; observes that, in the 2019-2023 period, 419 cases were reported via the IMS related to conflict of interest (there were 375 in 2018-2022), involving in total about EUR 112 million; stresses that the ECA has indicated in its audit work[25] that the main source of information on conflict of interest is the IMS and that the quantity and quality of the data recorded in the IMS varies between Member States; underlines that where Member States consider a conflict of interest to be a minor component in a wider fraud case, they do not report such cases as relating to conflicts of interest; calls on the Commission to adopt initiatives necessary to ensure consistent and adequately detailed reporting in the IMS of the above situations; calls for the provisions on conflicts of interest to be applied in a way that ensures legal certainty, be based on a clear and proportionate assessment of the risks and allow practical application by the competent authorities;

    Revenue

    22. Observes that, in 2023, the overall number of fraudulent and non-fraudulent irregularities related to traditional own resources (TOR) (5 118 compared to 4 661 in 2022) was 10 % higher than the five-year average (2019-2023), but that the amount involved decreased by 12 % to EUR 478 million (compared to EUR 783 million bat the end of2022); regrets that while the data show improved recovery for non-fraudulent cases (82 %), the recovery rate for fraudulent cases remains unchanged at 25 %, which is still low and is distributed unevenly across the Member States;

    23. Points out that, in 2023, the Commission considered that in only five of the new write-off reports submitted to it by the Member States had it been satisfactorily demonstrated that TOR had been lost for reasons not imputable to the Member States in question and that the latter were not financially responsible for the loss; notes, by contrast, that in 81 cases, amounting to almost EUR 69 million, the Commission considered that the Member States had not satisfactorily demonstrated that TOR had been lost for reasons not imputable to them and that they were therefore financially responsible for the loss; concludes, therefore, that there is actionable room for improvement in the collection of TOR by the Member States;

    24  Underlines that it is essential for Member States to live up to their responsibility to collect TOR in order to ensure that the burden of financing EU expenditure is shared fairly among the Member States and maintain a level playing field for economic actors in the single market; calls on the Member States to step up their efforts to improve the effectiveness of their national administrations’ activity in the field of recovery, following the detection of irregularities and fraud relating to VAT, in order to increase the amount of TOR made available to the EU budget; acknowledges that the VAT compliance gap relates to more than just fraud and evasion, but also covers VAT lost as a result of insolvencies, bankruptcies, administrative errors and legal tax optimisation; believes, however, that VAT fraud, such as missing trader intra-Community fraud, contributes meaningfully to VAT non-compliance and reiterates its call for the issue to be addressed through digital means, the fraud-proofing of VAT rules and stronger cooperation between national tax authorities and the competent EU investigative bodies;

    25. Acknowledges the current legal framework relating to cooperation with OLAF, the EPPO and Eurofisc; calls on the Commission to speed up the process of revising the current legal framework to provide a clear legal basis for direct cooperation between Eurofisc and the EPPO; encourages OLAF to maximise the possibilities offered by mutual administrative assistance practices to detect and identify customs fraud and related VAT fraud, as well as to report such cases to the EPPO without delay; stresses that, in 2023, the EPPO identified VAT fraud in about 20 % of its active cases (873 cases), making this the second most frequent type of crime after non-procurement expenditure fraud (1 586 cases); is concerned by the increasing participation of groups of organised criminals in VAT fraud operations and by the identified connections between this kind of fraud and other kinds of very serious crimes, such as money laundering;

    26. Reiterates its call on the Commission to reconsider the threshold of EUR 10 million set in the PIF Directive, which has a major impact on the EPPO’s activities in VAT fraud cases; maintains that different interpretations of the methodologies for calculating this threshold make the situation unclear; emphasises that the current threshold limits deterrence and allows perpetrators to seek out the weakest jurisdiction to elude the EPPO’s intervention; believes that the revision of the PIF Directive should either remove the threshold or substantially lower it; calls on the Commission, in the meantime, to provide adequate guidance on the calculation method for cases prior to the amendment of the PIF Directive;

    27. Stresses the importance of effective and efficient cooperation between OLAF and the EPPO in this specific revenue sector and maintains that adequate detection and data transmission by OLAF to the EPPO could increase the collection of VAT and customs revenue for the EU budget, and would help avoid any overlap between the activities of the two offices;

    Expenditure

    28. Is concerned by the high levels of fraud and irregularities detected, both in 2023 and in 2022, under the common agricultural policy, both in rural development and in support for agriculture; remarks that the data confirm patterns and risks identified in previous years; observes that, during the 2019-2023 period, fraudulent irregularities reported for rural development increased, mainly owing to a rising number of irregularities detected for the 2014-2020 programming period; notes that during the 2019-2023 period, the number of non-fraudulent rural development irregularities continuously increased in line with the implementation of the programmes;

    29. Observes that in cohesion policy the number and financial amounts of non-fraudulent irregularities reported for the 2014-2020 programming period are much lower than those reported during the first 10 years of implementation of the 2007-2013 programming period; points out that the fraud detection rate[26] (0.53 %) for the 2014-2020 programming period is similar to the rate for the 2007-2013 programming period, while the irregularity detection rate (0.67 %) is much lower than the rate recorded for the 2007-2013 programming period (2.5 %); notes that individual irregularities involving large financial amounts have a substantial impact on the fraud detection rate; calls for further clarification of the correlation between the fraud detection rate and the occurrence of fraud;

    30. Welcomes OLAF’s analytical report entitled ‘Fraud and irregularities by areas of the cohesion policy – comparing risks’, which refers to information from Member States for the 2014-2020 programming period up until December 2023 and identifies areas particularly exposed to fraud risk (such as investments for the environment, climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy, research, development and innovation); remarks that the largest financial amounts in fraud cases were in environmental protection and research, technology development and innovation;

    31. Reiterates its concern over the lengthy administrative procedures for dealing with the fraudulent cases reported; points out that, on average, during the 2019-2023 period, under the common agricultural policy, nearly four years were required from the start of an irregularity to arrive at a suspicion of fraudulent activity, and nearly three more years to close the case after its being reported to the Commission; highlights that, for cohesion, on average and during the 2014-2020 period, it took about a year and a half to arrive at a suspicion that a fraudulent irregularity had been committed and more than two years to close the case after its being reported to the Commission; asks the Commission to intensify dialogue with, and provide advice to, the Member State authorities to reduce the length of administrative procedures;

    32. Observes that, for direct management between 2019 and 2023, OLAF was mentioned as the source of detection of fraudulent irregularities for 88.4 % of recovery items, corresponding to 92.1 % of total recovery amounts; asks the Commission to provide clear information on the data and on the actions taken to enhance swift recovery, including data on overall recovery levels for fraudulent and non-fraudulent irregularities;

    33. Emphasises that when, despite preventive measures, fraudulent or non-fraudulent irregularities are detected, recovery is the measure that protects the Union’s financial interests, allowing for the correct implementation of EU policies and for the refunding of disbursed expenditure that is non-compliant with the funding requirements; stresses the findings of ECA special report 7/2024[27] when referring to the 2014-2020 period, for which the reported irregular expenditure was EUR 14 billion, which is to be refunded via recovery; stresses the need to speed up the recovery process by establishing clear deadlines and imposing penalties for delays, so that funds are returned to the EU budget as quickly as possible; calls on the Commission to propose adequate measures to provide complete information on irregular expenditure and the associated corrective measures taken;

    34. Stresses the importance of follow-up measures after the necessary corrective actions have been taken, with a view to learning from cases of fraud and improving procedures to prevent similar cases from occurring in the future; considers it important, in this regard, that the Member States thoroughly follow up on cases by analysing the enabling factors behind fraud and assessing the need to revise their management and control systems accordingly;

    35. Understands that, following a lack of support in the Council for its initiatives in 2004 and 2014, the Commission is not willing to put forward another legislative proposal for mutual administrative assistance in the areas of EU spending that do not currently provide for this practice; encourages the Commission to take advantage of the revision of the OLAF Regulation[28], which already provides OLAF with an enhanced mandate for the coordination of Member States’ actions in order to further develop the current provisions with a view to filling this gap;

    36. Notes that civil society organisations are an essential component of a vibrant democratic society, ensuring the broad coverage of diverse views in public debates; recognises that these organisations may receive Union funds to support their work in contributing to democratic dialogue and public engagement; emphasises that transparency in stakeholder meetings is fundamental to democratic integrity and should apply equally to all entities engaging with EU institutions; stresses that clear documentation and disclosure of such interactions strengthens public trust and democratic accountability; stresses that lobbying should be transparent, with full disclosure of all parties involved; takes notes of the allegations that the Commission subsidises NGOs to influence Members of the European Parliament; stresses that, if their existence is confirmed, such practices could distort policy discussions and contravene the principle of separation of powers and should therefore be ended; calls on the ECA to audit the programmes concerned and give its recommendations; expects the future ECA report to bring clarity on these issues; recalls that the ECA asked, in special report 05/2024[29], for more efforts to be made to improve checks on the ground; notes with concern the ECA’s observation that lobbyists can choose to which category they belong, regardless of their legal form, to avoid disclosing financial information; notes that the EU is one of the largest global funders of civil society organisations; underlines the need for the EU Transparency Register Secretariat to enhance its systematic checks of the self-declarations of entities declaring themselves to be ‘NGOs, platforms, networks and similar’; observes that such systematic checks could be based on a set of criteria, including non-profit status, objectives relating to public benefit, and independence, to strengthen the trust in all entities registered in the EU Transparency Register, and should be supported by robust requirements for accountability and transparency;

    37. Considers that when assessing delivery models for EU expenditure, the susceptibility of the various options to fraud and other misuse should be taken into account; calls on the Commission to ensure that the lessons learnt from the design and implementation of the RRF, including the recommendations addressed to it by the ECA and Parliament, are taken into account in future EU funding instruments, notably the post-2027 multiannual financial framework (MFF); underlines that the shortcomings identified in the implementation of the RRF, including risks of fraud, double funding, and lack of transparency, must serve as a lesson for future EU financial frameworks; opposes any replication of the RRF model in its current form and stresses that any future performance-based funding must be accompanied by significantly stronger safeguards, transparency requirements and fraud prevention mechanisms to ensure the sound management of EU funds;

    NextGenerationEU (NGEU) and the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF)

    38. Appreciates the efforts made by the Commission in the revision of the 27 recovery and resilience plans (RRPs) to adjust to the energy market disruptions following Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine; notes that the integration into the RRPs of REPowerEU is expected to contribute to reducing dependence on Russian fossil fuels and increasing European self-sufficiency;

    39. Recalls, nevertheless, that delays can be observed in the implementation of the RRF and calls on the Commission to remain vigilant, in particular towards the end of the RRF life cycle, in order to ensure that Member States adequately protect the financial interests of the EU and that EU taxpayers’ money is spent appropriately;

    40. Underlines the importance of robust management and control systems in preventing fraud as they have the effect of deterring criminals from attempting to defraud public authorities; expresses concerns about the ECA’s repeated observations pointing to persistent weaknesses in the implementation of Member State control systems, as this poses risks to the availability of complete and accurate data underlying payment requests, access to those requests for control purposes, and the effective functioning of Member State control systems to protect the EU’s financial interests; regrets that in several Member States, the control systems were not fully functional when the national RRPs started to be implemented, and underlines that such issues pose risks to the regularity of RRF payments and to the protection of the EU’s financial interests; calls on the Commission to ensure that the Member States remedy the inadequacies identified in their control frameworks without delay, including by implementing the recommendations addressed to it by the ECA;

    41. Observes that the Commission’s control framework for the RRF relies primarily on the responsibility of the Member States to protect the EU’s financial interests; calls on the Commission to maintain a high level of attention to the fulfilment by the Member States of the specific audit and control milestones added to those RRPs which had lacked robustness and to continue efforts to close accountability gaps; takes notes of the actions launched by the Commission following the ECA’s recommendations on the identifiable weaknesses of some Member States’ control and reporting systems; urges the Commission to take decisive and swift action whenever necessary and to make full use of the provisions of the RRF Regulation if deficiencies persist in the control systems of Member States;

    42. Notes with grave concern that ECA special report 14/2024 found that the climate impact of green spending under the RRF could have been overestimated by up to EUR 34.5 billion, with some projects having minimal impact on the energy transition or even causing environmental harm while also increasing the risk of fraud;

    43. Calls for the establishment of clear, measurable criteria for green investments under the EU budget and the RRF to ensure that only projects with significant and proven environmental and economic benefits receive funding, thereby enhancing accountability and long-term sustainability while reducing the risk of fraud;

    44. Observes that, for the RRF in 2023, the 2023 PIF Report indicates the number of cases of suspected fraud reported by the Commission (15) and the number of audits (13, compared with 16 carried out in 2022), but it does not include the concerningly high number of EPPO investigations (233 investigations referred to recovery and resilience programmes, with an estimated financial loss of EUR 1.86 billion); is concerned by a possible increase in the number of cases of fraud, corruption, double funding and conflicts of interest in the coming years and urges the Commission and the Member States to act swiftly in order to ensure the sound management and fair distribution of RRF funds;

    45. Calls on the Commission to introduce mandatory fraud reporting via the IMS for all RRF-related cases, ensuring that irregularities and fraud affecting RRF funds are systematically recorded and monitored; notes with concern the lack of transparency in reporting fraud linked to RRF funds and insists that all Member States comply with standardised reporting obligations;

    46. Asks OLAF to continue its risk analysis, which, in 2023, was made available to Member States along with an updated version of the ‘RRF risk framework’, and with the training and seminars for Member State authorities; endorses the use of the IMS for reporting RRF irregularities; reiterates its call on the Commission, on the specialised EU agencies and bodies, as well as on Member States, to actively cooperate and interact to ensure the protection of the EU’s financial interests when implementing the NGEU;

    47. Observes that, as part of the Guidance on RRPs, the Commission has adopted[30] Annex IV on the framework for reduction and recoveries under the RRF; understands that the reduction of a payment is feasible when there are still payments to be effected; recalls that the RRF ends in 2026; points out that recovery is only to be launched whenever no further instalments remain; is concerned by the fact that this recovery procedure, borrowed from the model for implementing cohesion funds, has proved to be extremely ineffective and was abandoned in the current MFF; strongly regrets the fact that by the end of 2023 there were no recovery orders in ABAC concerning the RRF, and that there is still no obligation for Member States to report irregularities related to the RRF via the IMS;

    48. Reiterates that transparency plays a vital role in exposing fraudulent schemes and discouraging fraudsters; reiterates its dissatisfaction with the interpretation endorsed by the Commission of the concept of ‘final recipient’ under the RRF; rejects the Commission’s incomplete and misleading interpretation[31]; remarks that, even according to the Commission guidelines[32], the ‘final recipient’ is the ‘last entity’ that receives funds for an RRF measure, and that any initial or intermediary recipient of funding, such as ministries or agencies operating merely as distributors of the funds, should not be considered to be the ‘last entity’; asks the Commission again to request that the Member States provide information on the ‘final recipient’ or ‘last entity’ and not to accept from Member States any information on ‘second-level recipients’ that is not in line with the agreement between the co-legislators; calls on the Commission to review its guidance by providing cases and examples that can clarify the provision and be a solid term of reference for the national authorities, in such a way as to endorse an adequate transparency level and a homogeneous interpretation across all the Member States; stresses that, should the Commission continue to refuse to ensure full transparency, Parliament must consider all available measures to enforce compliance;

    49. Is concerned by the ECA’s opinion[33] on the increasing risk of EU funds being spent twice on the same measure and handed out twice for the same action; understands that corresponding measures in similar areas, such as transport and energy infrastructure, are financed from both the EU budget and the RRF, because the EU’s pandemic recovery fund finances actions similar to those covered by standard EU programmes; acknowledges that complementarity between the RRF and other EU instruments is allowed, but observes that this could result in delivering milestones that are fully financed by funds other than the RRF, because the RRF is not linked to the reimbursement of costs effectively incurred, but rather rewards the fulfilment of milestones and targets; emphasises that the several layers of governance, the fragmented IT landscape and the limited exchanges of data or use of data-mining tools such as ARACHNE, prevent the detection of double funding, and therefore the control mechanisms in place may be insufficient to properly mitigate this increased risk; maintains that the absence of direct access to the full list of RRF final recipients limits the Commission’s capacity to detect potential cases of double funding; believes that the precaution adopted by some Member States of avoiding combining the RRF with other EU instruments contributes to mitigating the risk of double funding; calls on the Commission to increase its controls in this regard;

    50. Observes that Member States may include measures in their RRPs with no estimated costs or estimated costs of zero[34]; points out also that these ‘cost-free’ milestones are the main term of reference for assessing the correct use of RRF resources for their intended purposes; understands that the payments for these ‘cost-free’ or ‘zero-cost’ milestones are released following the milestones’ achievement, irrespective of the cost sustained, in line with the ‘financing not linked to cost’ approach under the RRF; observes, however, that such milestones make it impossible to verify the sound management of paid RRF resources, because such resources are disbursed in connection with a milestone for which they have not been deployed; calls on the Commission to reconsider its assumption that a ‘zero-cost’ measure cannot induce double funding, irrespective of whether other EU funds are used to implement it; strongly calls on the Commission to strengthen controls on ‘zero-cost’ measures and to give guidance to the Member States on how to address the financial design of the measures concerned in order to prevent such risk;

    51. Reiterates its calls on the Commission to maintain adequate ex post audit procedures and to pay close attention to the risk of reversal after payment for the achievement of targets previously audited and assessed as satisfactorily fulfilled;

    52. Follows up on the Ombudsman’s strategic initiative, launched in February 2022 and closed in September 2023, conducted on the transparency and accountability of the RRF, whose results it fully endorses; welcomes the ongoing dialogue between the Commission and the Ombudsman to address the suboptimal situations detected, in particular concerning the scoreboard and the proactive publication of documents related to the RRF;

    Digitalisation and transparency to enhance the fight against fraud

    53. Welcomes the political agreement reached on the proposed recast text of the Financial Regulation; believes that extending the scope of EDES to include shared management, and the adoption of a legal basis to use ARACHNE as a model for an EU-wide data-mining and risk-scoring tool, will strengthen the protection of the EU’s financial interests; recalls the calls made in previous reports to ensure that all Member States make use of data-mining tools, especially ARACHNE, to ensure timely and diligent reporting standards;

    54. Shares the view that the IMS, the system through which Member States report to the Commission on irregularities and fraud affecting the EU budget, has potential for greater interoperability with other corporate tools of the Commission, such as ARACHNE and EDES, and with digital tools in Member States; asks to be informed, following the recast of the Financial Regulation, on the progress of the EDES-IMS interface and about the possible use of IMS data within the data-mining and risk-scoring tool (ARACHNE);

    55. Reiterates its call for increased interoperability between data systems and for the harmonisation of reporting, monitoring and auditing in the Union; is aware of the crosscutting nature of interoperability and appreciates the adoption of the Interoperable Europe Act[35];

    56. Underlines the findings of ECA Review 4/2023 of 6 July 2023 on digitalising the management of EU funds; recalls the positive effects of digitalisation on prevention and detection of fraud and irregularities, as well as on the management, control and auditing of EU funds, by allowing easier and quicker access to data and remote cross-checks, thereby limiting costs by reducing the need for controls and on-the-spot checks;

    57. Recognises that taking advantage of a real-time and data-driven economy has significant benefits for the protection of the Union’s financial interests, while reducing the administrative burden on public authorities and businesses operating and trading across borders within the EU; calls for the EU and the Member States to improve the effectiveness of data sharing by creating a digital ecosystem allowing for the seamless, real-time and secure movement of standardised, structured and machine-readable data between businesses and public authorities, in particular national tax administrations, with a view to limiting possibilities for committing fraud and tax evasion;

    58. Shares the view that digitalisation should be at the core of every anti-fraud strategy, and in particular that it should be integrated into national anti-fraud strategies to allow coordination between its constituent parts and for the threats posed by new technologies to be factored in;

    59. Believes that digitalisation offers opportunities for tangible improvements to the governance of the anti-fraud network and that by facilitating communication and accessibility it helps to improve reporting, thereby allowing for a better understanding of the obstacles that persist and a more timely and comprehensive response by decision-makers and co-legislators; welcomes the fact that over half of the Member States have taken steps to identify and address skills gaps in digitalisation, in particular a lack of information and access to data on digitalisation; encourages the Member States and actors in the AFA to continue addressing skills gaps through measures involving, inter alia, knowledge sharing, training and the broadening of know-how and skills in the field of digitalisation;

    60. Welcomes the efforts of many components of the AFA in assessing and further developing the options offered by AI and machine learning in identifying and detecting irregularities and pursuing efficiency gains in both analysis and classic administrative tasks; reiterates that human assessment must remain the pivotal characteristic of every process; adds that AI has the potential to be a game changer in the fight against fraud, allowing the rapid analysis of large data sets, as well as enhancing fraud detection and identification of fraud patterns; recalls that the successful use of AI relies on effective collaboration between all stakeholders and on the availability of high quality data, underpinned by the effective use of ARACHNE; urges the Commission to work towards developing AI in Europe so as to uphold data sovereignty and ensure robust data protection, aligning with the principles outlined in the AI Act[36] and the General Data Protection Regulation[37] (GDPR); calls on all anti-fraud actors to strengthen their cooperation to leverage the use of AI effectively and responsibly in the fight against fraud;

    61. Recognises the growing risk of AI-generated content being used to manipulate procurement processes, financial transactions and evidence in fraud investigations; calls on the Commission to prioritise research and policy measures to combat fraudulent activities enabled by artificial intelligence, including deepfake technology and AI-driven disinformation campaigns that could compromise financial and anti-fraud mechanisms; calls on the Commission to propose stricter legal provisions and penalties for entities found to be using AI to commit or facilitate financial fraud, including AI-driven money laundering schemes, falsification of contracts, and digital identity theft in procurement processes;

    62.  Acknowledges the importance of the use of AI to make improvements in the quality and completeness of data exchanged with Member States; welcomes, in this regard, OLAF’s actions, including recommendations in the annual PIF reports, structured bilateral dialogues with Member States, the revision of the Commission Anti-Fraud Strategy action plan, and interinstitutional exchanges focusing on these matters;

    63. Further calls for a dedicated EU-wide initiative to develop AI-driven fraud detection mechanisms within OLAF, the EPPO, and Europol, to increase efficiency in tracking and preventing financial crimes against the EU budget; recommends the establishment of an EU-wide task force composed of representatives from OLAF, the EPPO, Europol and national anti-fraud units, with a dedicated focus on digital fraud threats, including deepfake technology, AI-generated fake documents and synthetic identity fraud; underlines that this task force should develop and share best practices with the Member States;

    64. Stresses the need for increased cross-border cooperation and data-sharing mechanisms between Member States to combat AI-enabled fraud, particularly in high-risk areas such as VAT, customs and financial aid distribution; encourages the creation of a joint EU intelligence hub to track fraudulent AI activity in real time; calls on the Commission and the Member States to integrate AI and data analytics into fraud detection systems, ensuring interoperability between national and EU-level databases while maintaining strong data protection safeguards;

    65. Calls on the Commission and the Member States to implement strict transparency and audit measures in AI-based fraud detection tools to prevent bias, algorithmic manipulation and misuse in financial oversight systems; urges the development of AI ethics guidelines for anti-fraud institutions to ensure accountability;

    66. Calls for a mandatory forensic verification process for all digital evidence submitted in financial fraud cases, ensuring the authenticity of documents and audio and video material used in investigations;

    The internal layer of the EU’s AFA – 2023 key measures at EU level

    67. Underlines the fact that the EU’s AFA is a composite institutional architecture designed to detect, prevent and combat fraud and other forms of misconduct affecting the EU’s financial interests, built on a multi-layered network of cooperation in which the first layer (OLAF, the EPPO, Europol, Eurojust, AMLA, the Commission, the ECA and the European Investment Bank (EIB)) is grounded on horizontal cooperation between the EU institutions, bodies, offices and agencies, while the other layers are based on vertical relationships between EU and national authorities, and between EU authorities and international organisations; points out that the AFA has evolved over the years through a series of separate decisions that have led to an innovative network of entities; underlines that their coordinated activities in recent years have generated valuable experience that should be considered in the future revision of the relevant regulations; stresses that with the creation of the EPPO, the first European prosecutorial authority was established, enabling prompt and direct criminal law investigations and prosecutions, and that the lessons learnt in the first years of its operational activity need to be adequately integrated in the legislative framework to be able to take full advantage of the available tools and resources; stresses the importance of clear mandates between the various EU institutions, bodies, offices and agencies in order to minimise the risk of overlaps and duplication and thereby ensure the efficiency of the functioning of the AFA;

    68. Appreciates the integration in the 2023 PIF Report of the main administrative and judicial results achieved by OLAF and the EPPO, respectively, which follows the many calls from Parliament for more comprehensive reporting of the actions carried out by the components of the AFA; considers, however, that the differences in nature, scope and granularity between the two reports should be addressed and that the areas of cooperation should be indicated clearly; deems the differences in the figures provided by OLAF, the EPPO and the 2023 PIF Report to be justified in the current circumstances; highlights that reporting bodies in the Member States may report on criminal investigations only when the relevant judicial authorities grant the authorisation for them to do so, and this implies that while the EPPO and OLAF report data on active investigations, the reporting bodies are often unable to enter these details in the IMS database because of the need to protect confidentiality and ensure the proper conduct of investigations; understands that these cases result in a divergence in the data (‘delta’) that can only be eliminated when the investigations are completed and the relevant data are included in the reporting to the Commission so they can be included in a future PIF Report;

    69. Welcomes the adoption by the Commission, in May 2023, of a package of anti-corruption measures which encompasses a proposal for a directive on combating corruption; believes that prevention and prosecution of corruption need to be stepped up and calls on the Commission to intensify the monitoring of the enforcement of measures in the Member States;

    70. Welcomes the establishment of a network against corruption, which met for the first time on 20 September 2023, believes that the mapping of areas at a high-risk of corruption could contribute effectively to the further development of the EU anti-corruption strategy;

    71. Underlines the importance of the rule of law as one of the fundamental values of the Union and stresses that the rule of law conditionality mechanism is crucial in order to ensure that Member States continue to respect rule of law principles; reiterates its deep concern regarding the situation concerning the rule of law in certain Member States, which is deeply worrying in its own right and can lead to serious losses for the Union budget; calls on the Commission to ensure the strict and fast implementation of all elements of the mechanism when Member States breach rule of law principles and when this affects, or risks affecting, EU financial interests; further insists on the need for coherence across various instruments when assessing the rule of law situation in Member States;

    72. Notes that the fourth Commission Report 2023 on the rule of law, adopted in February 2024, provides a follow-up to the recommendations issued in the previous year’s Rule of Law Report; acknowledges that, in the fight against corruption, various Member States have updated or launched a revision of their national strategies and/or action plans, while others have reformed criminal law to strengthen the fight against corruption; observes that for many Member States the main obstacle to the fight against corruption is the limited resources of prosecution services; calls on the Commission to continue encouraging and supporting the efforts of Member States to reform and improve the efficacy of criminal proceedings and addressing the other challenges identified in the report; reminds the Commission of the effective tools at its disposal to safeguard the rule of law, such as infringement procedures, funding conditionality and the Article 7 TEU procedures, and expects it to make full use of them all; highlights, in this regard, that the new Financial Regulation introduces conditionality linked to the values enshrined in Article 2 TEU and calls on the Commission to start applying it, particularly in cases where infringement procedures have already been launched against a Member State for violations of the values enshrined in Article 2 TEU, as this constitutes a clear recognition of an ongoing breach that could also impact the sound financial management of the Union budget;

    73. Takes note of the Commission’s decision not to lift the measure under Article 2(2) of Council Implementing Decision (EU) 2022/2506 of 15 December 2022 on measures for the protection of the Union budget against breaches of the principles of the rule of law in Hungary[38]; expects the Commission and the Council to lift the adopted measures only where evidence is collected that the remedial measures adopted by the Hungarian Government have proven effective in practice and, in particular, that no regression has been detected on already adopted measures; condemns the threats, such as espionage, to which EU institution staff are exposed, such as OLAF staff during their investigative missions in Hungary; stresses that such actions gravely undermine the rule of law and the integrity of the EU institutions; calls for the swift establishment of robust protection measures to safeguard EU institution staff on missions; calls on the Hungarian authorities to take immediate and concrete steps to safeguard judicial independence, uphold media freedom and fully implement the recommendations of the Commission’s Rule of Law Report to restore democratic checks and balances; urges the Council to continue the Article 7 TEU procedure against the Hungarian Government;

    74. Emphasises that respect for the rule of law, including the fight against corruption, is a key determinant of the single market environment that fosters investment, growth, jobs and innovation, and protects small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) and economic operators operating across borders; stresses that the Commission is accountable for rigorous verification, as a condition for disbursing funding, of the fulfilment of the rule of law-related milestones integrated in the various Member State RRPs; recalls that the Commissioner for democracy, justice and rule of law, working in close coordination with the recently appointed Commissioner on budget, anti-fraud and public administration, holds primary responsibility for the full application of the general regime of conditionality; calls on the Commission not to use ‘dialogue’ with Member States or the ‘pilot’ procedure as an open-ended means to avoid launching actual infringement procedures; calls, furthermore, on the Commission to prioritise horizontally infringements affecting the EU’s financial interests, in particular regarding the PIF Directive and the EPPO Regulation[39]; welcomes the statement in the Commission Political Guidelines on the importance of the rule of law for EU funds and the commitment by the Commissioner for budget, anti-fraud and public administration to introduce strong safeguards on the rule of law in the next MFF;

    75. Considers that the protection of the common EU values enshrined in Article 2 TEU currently included in the Common Provisions Regulation needs to be further strengthened; calls on the Commission to explore how a mechanism equivalent to the horizontal enabling conditions could be developed as a general feature in all areas of the EU budget, with a view to linking a wider range of policies to all the values set out in Article 2 TEU; calls on the Commission to explore means of linking funding to rule of law conditions and the completion of necessary reforms in order to ensure a comprehensive approach, applied horizontally to all EU funds; calls on the Commission to pursue a comprehensive approach and to put forward proposals for further strengthening the Union’s rule of law toolbox as a priority, including strengthened rule of law conditionality for funds deployed in the current programming period;

    76. Maintains that corruption is intrinsically linked to money laundering, and that money laundering is one of the most important enablers of illegal activities by organised criminals, as it allows them to transfer the proceeds of their crime into the legal economy; recognises that the heterogeneous national legal systems and fragmented application of the Union’s anti-money laundering framework have made it difficult to prevent, detect and counter money laundering; welcomes, in this regard, the adoption of the ambitious legislative package on anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism, which will unify national rules and thus enhance the collective fight against money laundering across the Union; welcomes the establishment of the new Authority for Anti-Money Laundering and Countering the Financing of Terrorism (AMLA); considers that the new agency will play a central role in the new anti-money laundering framework through its coordinating and supervisory responsibilities; recalls that money laundering and terrorist financing are intrinsically linked and calls for the EPPO, OLAF and the ECA to have a stronger role in countering these phenomena;

    77. Shares the view that the protection of the EU’s financial interests has been strengthened by the recast Financial Regulation; points out that the scope of EDES has been extended to encompass shared and direct management and provide new grounds for exclusion; welcomes the introduction of a legal basis for a risk-scoring and data-mining tool to be used by all Member States and in all management modes; regrets that both these measures will enter into force only in 2028 and only from the next MFF, resulting in several more years without comprehensive transparency regarding the final recipients of EU funds and missing a crucial opportunity to use these data to strengthen safeguards against corruption and fraud;

    78. Appreciates the adoption of an updated action plan[40] for the 2019 Commission Anti-Fraud Strategy; notes that it includes 44 actions distributed over seven themes covering, in particular, digitalisation, cooperation, the RRF, customs fraud, and awareness-raising in ethical and anti-fraud culture matters;

    79. Points out that the EU’s anti-fraud programme (UAFP) is the only spending programme specifically dedicated to fighting fraud affecting the EU’s financial interests and that it provides relevant support to all Member States’ authorities as components of the external layer of the AFA, in order to strengthen the fight against fraud; observes that the UAFP has the flexibility needed to adapt to the constantly changing anti-fraud landscape and is aligned with the seven-year period (2021-2027) of the current MFF; notes that, so far, 55 % of the total implementation of the UAFP has contributed to the digital transition;

    80. Calls on the Commission to build on the success of the UAFP and encourages the Commissioner on budget and anti-fraud to consider the UAFP as a model to be extended in the next MFF, in line with the task, indicated in the mission letter, of securing support for Member States’ efforts to protect the Union’s financial interests;

    81. Welcomes the first UAFP association request received in 2023 from a non-EU country, namely Ukraine, with which an association agreement covering its participation in the programme has been negotiated and was adopted in March 2024;

    82. Expresses concern that the Commission’s latest interim evaluation of Hercule III found aspects that may have hampered the programme’s effectiveness, notably that certain Member States’ administrations lacked the resources to enable them to cope with the programme’s administrative requirements;

    83. Takes note of the reiterated calls from the EPPO to bolster the detection capacity of the relevant components of the AFA, and recalls that, in line with the Commission Anti-Fraud Strategy, emphasis is to be given to data analysis as a tool for detecting fraud; highlights, in this regard, the importance of harmonising definitions in order to obtain comparable data across the EU; encourages the Commission to strengthen the use of the IMS as a tool to support auditors’ risk analysis when preparing audit activities; invites OLAF to increase its training offer to Commission staff, including auditors and relevant actors in the financial flow circuit;

    84. Is aware that the decentralised structure of the EPPO entails an interplay between national law and EU law and between national authorities and the EPPO; understands that the EPPO operates based on the directly applicable EU regulations but that it also requires adequate implementing measures to be adopted via national legislation transposing the PIF Directive and other relevant Union acts; calls on the Commission to ensure that national legislation is fully in line with the EPPO Regulation and the PIF Directive, launch infringement proceedings and propose the revision of these legal acts in order to make the EPPO more effective in the exercise of its mandate;

    85. Notes the results of the Compliance assessment of measures adopted by the Member States to adapt their systems to the EPPO Regulation[41], which was presented in September 2023; regrets that many situations are still suboptimal and need to be addressed because they weaken the effectiveness of the protection of the Union’s financial interests by means of criminal investigations; refers, in particular, to the attribution of competence between national prosecution services and the EPPO; stresses also that the EPPO Regulation stipulates the reporting of possible EPPO cases directly and without undue delay; calls on the Commission to verify and monitor Member States’ full compliance with the EPPO Regulation and their prompt reporting of suspicions of fraud in areas within the EPPO’s competence directly to it;

    86. Is concerned that in many Member States the designated national authority deciding on disagreements between the EPPO and national authorities on the competence for prosecuting a case is not a ‘court’ or a ‘tribunal’; calls on the Commission to verify and monitor whether Member States are fully complying with Article 25(6) and Article 42(2)(c) of the EPPO Regulation, which requires the possibility of an appeal to the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) against a decision by a national authority on the attribution of competence;

    87. Stresses that the current control by national authorities over the ‘necessary’ resources and equipment of the European Delegated Prosecutors (EDPs) and the need to refer to the national authorities’ provisions for ‘adequate arrangements’ on social security, pensions and insurance coverage could constrain the autonomy and independence of the EPPO’s actions; calls on the Commission to propose adequate solutions in the forthcoming revision of the EPPO Regulation;

    88. Points out that the transposition of the PIF Directive differs between Member States, which, in some cases, affects the cross-border exercise of EPPO competences; calls on the Commission to ensure proper implementation of the PIF Directive and to propose its revision, based on the experience gathered;

    89. Underlines that Article 25(3) of the EPPO Regulation, which elaborates on the exercise of the EPPO’s competence in the event of non-PIF offences inextricably linked to PIF offences, raises legal and practical questions and requires further streamlining in order to make effective use of the EPPO’s legal framework; calls on the Commission to propose suitable solutions in the forthcoming revision of the EPPO Regulation in order to reinforce the EPPO’s ability to investigate cross-border organised crime;

    90. Reiterates[42] that the EPPO has an important role in safeguarding the rule of law and in combating corruption in the Union, and encourages the Commission to closely monitor Member States’ level of cooperation with the EPPO in the rule of law reports; welcomes the accession of Poland and Sweden to the EPPO; notes with approval Ireland’s recent announcement of its intention to participate; calls on the Government of Hungary, the sole remaining Member State that has not yet joined the EPPO, despite the absence of any legal or constitutional impediment, to join the EPPO without further delay; recalls that broad public support for Hungary’s accession has been demonstrated by the collection of 680 000 signatures in favour of joining the EPPO, underscoring a strong societal demand for enhanced legal safeguards against fraud and corruption affecting the Union’s financial interests;

    91. Reiterates its call for the launch of an exchange of views on the possible clarification of the competence of the EPPO within its mandate, as defined in the Treaty, as regards protecting the financial interests of the Union;

    92. Notes that in 2023, cooperation between the relevant actors increased, with the EPPO and Eurojust cooperating on 26 ongoing cases at the end of 2023; observes that also in 2023 the EPPO and Europol cooperated efficiently on various operational matters, and understands that this cooperation almost doubled in 2023, with Europol providing support on 47 cases upon the EPPO’s request; calls on the Commission to request that the EPPO and Eurojust specify the efficiency criteria on the basis of which they conduct their activities;

    93. Welcomes the efforts by OLAF and the EPPO to strengthen their cooperation; understands that information is being exchanged between the two offices in order to avoid parallel investigations into the same matters, and that, in 2023, 22 complementary investigations were opened by OLAF and four supporting investigations were requested by the EPPO; is aware that the synergies resulting from the use of complementary investigations (ex Article 12(f) of the OLAF Regulation) and investigations in support (ex Article 12(e) of the OLAF Regulation) are suboptimal; calls on the Commission to address the legal and operational causes of this when reviewing its regulations;

    94. Is concerned about the lack of analysis and accurate information on the recoveries to the benefit of the Union’s budget that should follow both OLAF and EPPO investigations; is aware that the impact of the AFA on the security of citizens and on the enforcement of the rule of law in the Union goes beyond the quantification of financial recoveries alone; stresses, however, that the results of the efforts made to create the AFA should tend towards measurability and be tangible at least as regards the budgetary aspects; emphasises that the impact of the activities implemented for the protection of the Union’s financial interests should be assessed and taken into consideration in the allocation of resources and definition of mandates;

    95. Understands that the Commission has yet to provide data on the recoveries to the benefit of the Union budget following the EPPO activities reported to the Commission, as provided by Article 103(2) of the EPPO Regulation, and that this matter is included in the mission letter of the Commissioner for budget, anti-fraud and public administration; observes that the freezing of assets is essential to combat crime affecting the EU budget and that a certain amount of time is needed for freezing to be converted into actual confiscations and recoveries; highlights that the amount confiscated is not expected to return by default to the Union’s budget; notes that, in line with Article 38 of the EPPO Regulation, the potential revenue resulting from seizure and confiscation measures taken by EDPs in Member States should flow back into the EU budget and could be accounted for in the EU budget as non-assigned revenue; calls on the Commission to make the necessary arrangements with the relevant national authorities to allow these sums to enter the EU budget;

    96. Points out that data on effective recoveries following OLAF financial recommendations are not published in the OLAF Annual Report or in any other official report from the Commission; regrets that only aggregated data are made available and they refer to 2 299 financial recommendations issued by OLAF between 2012 and 2023 for an overall amount of about EUR 9 billion; remarks that the analysis of the available figures suggests considerable room for improvement; observes that a large gap exists between the amounts recommended for recovery by OLAF, the amount established as recoverable by the Commission’s services and the amount eventually effectively recovered; is concerned by the low recovery rates for undue expenditure (for activities implemented under shared and indirect management modes the rate is 34 % and 11 %, respectively, and for recovery under direct management only 22 %); calls on the Commission to provide data with adequate granularity on recovery and to assess the reasons behind the recovery gap; stresses the need for OLAF and the Commission to agree upon, and apply consistently, common evaluation criteria that ensure greater convergence and clarity, thereby improving the efficiency and effectiveness of financial recovery assessment; emphasises that recovery following an OLAF recommendation and the EPPO’s investigations is an important measurement of the efficiency of the AFA and calls for more transparency in this regard;

    The external layer of the EU’s AFA – key measures at national level in 2023

    97. Understands that the overall level of implementation by the Member States of the Commission’s recommendations issued in the 2022 PIF Report is considered satisfactory; highlights, however, that significant differences between Member States persist; is concerned, in particular, by the cases of inadequate reporting of irregularities by some Member States via the IMS; recalls that reporting is mandatory under the current regulations and encourages OLAF to strengthen its oversight and monitoring actions with a view to achieving uniform reporting across the Union;

    98. Calls on the Commission to monitor the comprehensiveness of the reporting in IMS by countries benefiting from pre-accession assistance and welcomes the initiatives of the Directorate-General for Neighbourhood and Enlargement Negotiations to enforce candidate countries’ obligations to report irregularities in the IMS on a regular basis;

    99. Encourages the Member States to report in the IMS the irregularities related to the RRF, in line with the ECA recommendations; calls on the Commission to facilitate such use of the IMS by the Member States by providing support in the form of training, seminars and exchange of best practices;

    100. Welcomes the participation of Sweden and Poland in the EPPO, decided on in 2024, as well as the objective of the new Irish Government to join the EPPO; insists that Member States that are not yet participating must do so without delay and calls on the Commission to incentivise participation in the EPPO through positive measures;

    101. Reiterates that Member States’ ineffective, untimely or lack of cooperation with the EPPO and OLAF constitute grounds for action under the Conditionality Regulation; calls on the Commission to take into due consideration all information from the EPPO and OLAF on situations where Member States fail to comply with their obligations;

    102. Maintains that National Anti-Fraud Strategies (NAFS) are the most effective tool for coordination between the various national, regional and sectoral authorities and the many local entities entrusted with the tasks into which the anti-fraud cycle is organised; notes that, in 2023, 21 out of 27 Member States reported having an anti-fraud strategy; observes that out of 21, only 10 Member States had a full national anti-fraud strategy[43] while 11 Member States had only sectoral rather than national anti-fraud strategies in place; recognises that the approach taken by Member States in their anti-fraud strategies today varies widely; regrets that six Member States do not have any anti-fraud strategy at all; strongly regrets this highly unsatisfactory situation, which compromises the integrity of EU spending and undermines citizens’ trust in EU institutions;

    103. Maintains that Member States would benefit from a periodic evaluation of their anti-fraud frameworks; calls on the Commission to encourage Member States to run independent or peer reviews of their anti-fraud frameworks to enhance consistency and pursue high standards;

    104. Encourages the Commission to propose enforceable initiatives to clarify the relationship and consider establishing a link between the adoption of NAFS by the Member States and the level of financial support they receive;

    105. Asks the Commission to launch, in preparation for the revision of the OLAF Regulation, a monitoring exercise on the state of play of the Anti-Fraud Coordination Services (AFCOS) established in the Member States; encourages the Commission to plan for the update and redesign of their structure, role, responsibilities and mandate; regrets the suboptimal staffing level across the majority of the AFCOS in the Member States; underlines the need to ensure sufficient levels of expertise among staff in national anti-fraud coordinating structures; calls on the Commission to encourage and support Member States in addressing these issues as a matter of priority, including in the context of the European Semester cycle;

    106. Underlines the role played by public authorities in fostering a zero-tolerance culture against fraud and stresses, in particular, the importance of fraud prevention to ensure that fraud, corruption, conflicts of interest and other misuse of funds do not occur in the first place; recalls that the correct transposition of the PIF Directive, adopted on 5 July 2017, is crucial for the protection of the Union budget, for the implementation of all the EU policies for which EU money is used, including in the context of RRF deployment, and for establishing the scope of investigations and prosecutions by the EPPO, whose competence is established by reference to the PIF Directive, as implemented by national law; expects national authorities, including governments, in all Member States unequivocally to condemn fraud, corruption, conflicts of interest and any other misuse of public funds, taking a proactive approach in protecting the financial interests of the Union through effective measures in areas including risk assessment, communication and information sharing, and training of staff; calls on the Commission to intervene in a timely manner through infringement procedures to ensure the consistent transposition of the PIF Directive and the effective liability of – and sanctions for – legal and natural persons;

    107. Reiterates that whistleblowers play a key role in boosting fraud detection, investigation and prosecution; understands that, by the end of 2023, 24 Member States had adopted national legislation to transpose the Whistleblower Directive and declared their transposition complete; regrets, however, that in March 2023, after analysis of the national measures adopted, the Commission was obliged to refer six Member States to the CJEU for their failure to transpose the Directive and failure to notify transposition measures, asking the Court to impose financial sanctions; is concerned by the further infringement proceedings[44] ongoing against six other Member States; calls on the Commission to intensify the monitoring of national transposition measures and report to Parliament accordingly; stresses that Parliament itself must also urgently ensure the proper transposition of the Directive, as confirmed by the CJEU ruling of 11 September 2024, which found that Parliament’s current framework fails to provide balanced and effective protection against retaliation; calls for Parliament to immediately adopt robust rules in line with the Directive to safeguard its own whistleblowers;

    108. Notes that the Investigative Division of the European Investment Bank (EIB IG/IN) had made 10 referrals to the EPPO and 17 to OLAF by the end of 2023; is aware that entities which have been found by EIB IG/IN to engage in prohibited practices may be excluded, in other words declared ineligible, for a stated period, from being awarded any contracts or entering into any relationship with the EIB; observes that, in 2023, these exclusion proceedings resulted in the exclusion of five economic operators for a minimum duration of three years, while five other companies reached settlement agreements applying conditionality to their eligibility;

    External dimension of the protection of the EU’s financial interests

    109. Welcomes the Commission’s reaction to its call to increase the monitoring of, and control over, the funds under the Global Europe, Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument for assistance to non-EU countries, as well as via the joint communication with the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy[45]; appreciates the Commission’s continuous efforts to ensure that anti-corruption measures are mainstreamed into EU external action instruments; reiterates its recommendation to suspend budgetary support and de-commit funds to non-EU countries, including candidate countries, where the authorities clearly fail to take genuine action against widespread corruption, without compromising support for the civil population; emphasises that respect for and commitment to promoting EU values is an essential precondition for all partners aspiring to join the Union; reiterates that accession to the EU is a merit-based process whereby each applicant is assessed on its own merits and its fulfilment of the Copenhagen criteria; considers that when applying the revised enlargement methodology there should be a particular focus on fundamental reforms, and that fair and rigorous conditionality should be applied as well as reversibility where setbacks occur; considers that appropriate tools must be used to ensure that candidate countries show concrete and sustainable compliance with the rule of law, democratic principles and fundamental rights, both before and after joining the Union;

    110. Observes that in the context of the Russian war of aggression against Ukraine, Ukraine will continue to require substantial support in the current and next MFF and, in the perspective of a fair and sustainable peace agreement, Ukraine will need support for post-war reconstruction, including for central government services and reforms;

    111. Considers that the three pillars of the Ukraine Facility could be reshaped accordingly and that reconstruction should align with pre-accession requirements; emphasises the importance of close coordination and cooperation with the Ukraine coordination mechanism established by the G7; calls for the EU and all Member States to increase their support for Ukraine, while putting appropriate measures in place to protect the financial interests of the EU through the prevention, detection and correction of fraud, corruption, conflicts of interest and irregularities in the use of Union funds, including by performing more thorough checks, in order to ensure that EU funds sent to Ukraine and to its neighbouring countries are adequately monitored and controlled and end up benefiting those most in need;

    112. Stresses that the unprecedented volume of financial support received by Ukraine from the EU in recent years, and deployed in the extremely adverse conditions imposed by the ongoing war, imply the adoption of appropriate measures to ensure that such resources are employed as intended, in particular where they are aimed at benefiting infrastructure and people in need;

    113. Appreciates the work carried out by OLAF and the EPPO in protecting the financial interests of the Union by providing training to increase administrative capacity and autonomy, carrying out investigations in Ukraine and agreeing on the working arrangement with the National Anti-Corruption Bureau of Ukraine to facilitate cooperation in the investigation of corruption; invites the competent EU offices to continue their cooperation with and support for the Ukrainian authorities;

    114. Acknowledges, in this regard, the progress made by Ukraine in advancing reforms related to judicial independence, accountability, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering, despite the difficult conditions caused by Russia’s ongoing war of aggression; encourages Ukraine to continue on the path of reform, including with regard to the influence of oligarchs in politics;

    115. Welcomes the enhanced sanctions adopted by the EU against Russia so far, encompassing the banning of Russian nationals and entities from participating in public procurement contracts in the EU and restrictions on EU funding for Russian publicly owned or controlled entities; recognises, however, that despite the current measures, individuals and entities subject to the sanctions against Russia can still find ways to circumvent the sanctions and calls, therefore, for the EU and the Member States to maintain, reinforce and extend the scope and effectiveness of the sanctions policy against Russia and Belarus;

    116. Recognises that the Member States and their relevant competent authorities are responsible for the effective implementation and enforcement of EU sanctions, as well as for identifying breaches and imposing appropriate penalties; underlines the role played by customs authorities and the importance of their close cooperation in strengthening the uniform enforcement of sanctions; welcomes, in this regard, the Baltic Customs Initiative;

    117. Underlines that the EU is the biggest provider of external assistance to Palestinian refugees; stresses that the Union budget must continue to provide support to build peace and stability in the Middle East region, combat terrorism, hate, fundamentalism and disinformation, as well as promote human rights, fight impunity and strengthen adherence to the rule of law; emphasises, accordingly, that EU budgets must not support, under any circumstances, activities that go against these objectives; notes that, following the heinous terror attacks of 7 October 2023 by Hamas and allegations of misuse of EU funds for terrorism, a funding review has been conducted by the Commission, which, although concluding that no evidence has been found, to date, that money had been diverted for unintended purposes (including for support for incarcerated terrorists) and reporting that the safeguards in place worked well, still called for certain additional measures that were deemed necessary; recalls that all hostages taken by Hamas have to be released; emphasises the importance of ensuring that EU funds are effectively allocated and managed in order to achieve their intended goals, even via scrutiny by the EPPO, OLAF and the ECA where appropriate; recalls the ongoing issue of the destruction of EU-funded projects in Gaza and the West Bank and calls for greater accountability and safeguards in this context;

    118. Stresses that suspension of budgetary support in non-EU countries, including candidate countries, is an appropriate measure in the event of failure to take genuine action against widespread corruption; expects priority to be given to the fight against corruption in pre-accession negotiations, with capacity building via the establishment of specialised anti-corruption bodies; asks the Commission to ensure, also in cases where funding is suspended, assistance for civil populations, where possible through alternative channels;

    119. Underlines the importance of cooperation with international organisations in combating fraud; regrets the lack of cooperation by some international organisations in providing the ECA with complete, unlimited and timely access to the documents necessary to carry out its tasks; notes that the Commission has stepped up communication with international organisations and calls on it to further intensify efforts to ensure access to all requested documentation;

     

    °

    ° °

    120. Instructs its President to forward this resolution to the Council and the Commission.

     

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI: XA Investments Finds Strong Start to 2025 in Fund Launches and Asset Gathering Among Non-Listed Closed End Funds in its First Quarter 2025 Market Update

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CHICAGO, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — XA Investments LLC (“XAI”), an alternative investment management and consulting firm, announced today that its Non-Listed Closed-End Funds First Quarter 2025 Market Update shows a strong start to 2025 in both fund launches and asset gathering. The market update is a comprehensive research report detailing current market trends and industry highlights. The non-listed closed-end fund (CEF) market includes all interval and tender offer funds. The report introduces the XAI Interval Fund Index™ (INTVL), analyzes recent developments in co-investment relief, and reviews 2024 net flows across the market.

    “The non-listed CEF market continues to grow after a record year in 2024, with many sponsors launching a second fund and new sponsors entering the market” stated Kimberly Flynn, the president of XAI. “Such robust growth is great for the interval / tender offer fund market. We believe the market’s trajectory will remain positive, with significant opportunities for expansion throughout the rest of the year,” she added.

    XAI recently launched their XAI Interval Fund Index™ (INTVL), a total return index that tracks the interval fund market, helping to address the lack of easily accessible information on the market. “The XAI Interval Fund Index gives asset managers and financial advisors an unprecedented level of clarity in a market that has been notoriously difficult to track,” Flynn noted. “The first index tracking the interval and tender offer fund market, INTVL serves as the sole barometer for the market, giving investors a snapshot of how interval funds as a whole are performing,” Flynn added.

    The non-listed CEF market reached a new peak with 270 interval and tender offer funds with a total of $181 billion in net assets and $220 billion in total managed assets, inclusive of leverage, as of March 31, 2025. The market includes 134 interval funds which comprise 50% of the total managed assets at $132.1 billion and 136 tender offer funds which comprise the other 50% with $88.3 billion in total managed assets. This is a significant change from previous quarters, as the number of interval funds has caught up to the total number of tender funds. In Q1 2025, 14 new funds entered the market, representing an increase of four funds compared to the 10 funds launched in Q1 2024. Market-wide net assets increased $9 billion in Q1 2025 from the prior quarter.

    In total, there are 143 unique fund sponsors in the interval and tender offer fund space, with 50 fund sponsors that have two or more interval and/or tender offer funds currently in the market. Additionally, there are 27 funds currently in the Securities and Exchange Commission registration process from fund sponsors looking to launch another fund. Notably, the top 20 funds decreased their market share from 65% Q4 2024, to 60% in Q1 2025, displaying the growth of new funds in the market. Among the new funds launched in Q1 2025, there were three new interval fund sponsors, HarbourVest, Gemcorp and Pop Venture Advisers.

    In this quarterly report, XAI covers the 2024-year end net flows which are lagged by reporting cycles. In 2024 funds had positive net flows, totaling over $38 billion, with 67% of funds reporting positive net flows. The majority of net flows in 2024 (53%) went into daily NAV funds without suitability restrictions, while 26% went into funds limited to accredited investors, and 21% went into funds limited to qualified clients. In aggregate, the top 20 largest interval/tender offer funds experienced an increase in net flows year-over-year from 2023 to 2024 including many of the market leaders such as the Cliffwater Corporate Lending Fund, Partners Group Private Equity (Master Fund), LLC, and ACAP Strategic Fund. In addition, Private Credit funds continued to dominate capital raising in 2024, bringing in over $20 billion in net assets, with Venture / Private Equity funds coming in second, bringing in over $11 billion in net assets.

    “The non-listed CEF market continues to grow with a total of 58 funds in the SEC registration process at the end of the first quarter,” said Flynn. “The SEC backlog increased by five funds from the end of 2024 to the end of Q1 2025. So far in 2025, there have been 23 new SEC filings, compared to 15 new filings from Q1 2024, representing a 53% increase in registrations. Newly launched non-listed CEFs spent around seven months in the SEC registration process, with the fund’s asset class continuing to be the main driver of time spent in the SEC review process. Tax-Free Bond funds were the quickest to launch, at 160 days on average spent in registration,” she added.

    At 49%, the majority of interval and tender offer funds do not have any suitability restrictions for investors imposed at the fund level — 30% of funds are available to accredited investors and 21% are only available to qualified clients. Alternative funds without suitability restrictions also prove to be more accessible and have gathered more assets at $118.2 billion in managed assets or 54% of market-wide assets.

    For more information on the interval fund market and to read our full quarterly report on non-listed CEFs, please visit the CEF Market research page linked here and click ‘Subscribe’ for access to XA Investments’ online research portal and pricing information. In addition, please contact info@xainvestments.com or 888-903-3358 with questions.

    About XA Investments
    XA Investments LLC (“XAI”) is a Chicago-based firm founded by XMS Capital Partners in 2016. XAI serves as the investment adviser for two listed closed-end funds and an interval closed-end fund, respectively the XAI Octagon Floating Rate & Alternative Income Trust, the XAI Madison Equity Premium Income Fund, and the Octagon XAI CLO Income Fund. In addition to investment advisory services, the firm also provides investment fund structuring and consulting services focused on registered closed-end funds to meet institutional client needs. XAI offers custom product build and consulting services, including product development and market research, marketing and fund management. XAI believes that the investing public can benefit from new vehicles to access a broad range of alternative investment strategies and managers. For more information, please visit www.xainvestments.com.

    The MIL Network